Static method - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
a static method (or static function) is a method defined as a member of an object but is accessible directly from an api object's constructor, rather than from an object instance created via the constructor. in a web api, a static method is one which is defined by an interface but can be called without instantiating an object of that type first. methods called on object instances are called instance methods. ...
... accessible directly from an api object's constructor, rather than from an object instance created via the constructor. in a web api, a static method is one which is defined by an interface but can be called without instantiating an object of that type first. methods called on object instances are called instance methods. ...
...instance created via the constructor. in a web api, a static method is one which is defined by an interface but can be called without instantiating an object of that type first. methods called on object instances are called instance methods. ...
...And 2 more matches

Legacy layout methods - Learn web development
previous overview: css layout next grid systems are a very common feature used in css layouts, and before css grid layout they tended to be implemented using floats or other layout features. you imagine your layout as a set number of columns (e.g. 4, 6, or 12), and then fit your content columns inside these imaginary columns. in this article we'll explore how these older methods work, in order that you understand how they were used if you work on an older project. prerequisites: html basics (study introduction to html), and an idea of how css works (study introduction to css and styling boxes.) objective: to understand the fundamental concepts behind the grid layout systems used prior to css grid layout being available in browsers. layout and grid system...
...) objective: to understand the fundamental concepts behind the grid layout systems used prior to css grid layout being available in browsers. layout and grid systems before css grid layout it may seem surprising to anyone coming from a design background that css didn’t have an inbuilt grid system until very recently, and instead we seemed to be using a variety of sub-optimal methods to create grid-like designs. we now refer to these as "legacy" methods. for new projects, in most cases css grid layout will be used in combination with one or more other modern layout methods to form the basis for any layout. you will however encounter "grid systems" using these legacy methods from time to time. it is worth understanding how they work, and why they are different to css grid la...
...me to time. it is worth understanding how they work, and why they are different to css grid layout. this lesson will explain how grid systems and grid frameworks based on floats and flexbox work. having studied grid layout you will probably be surprised how complicated this all seems! this knowledge will be helpful to you if you need to create fallback code for browsers that do not support newer methods, in addition to allowing you to work on existing projects which use these types of systems. it is worth bearing in mind, as we explore these systems, that none of them actually create a grid in the way that css grid layout creates a grid. they work by giving items a size, and pushing them around to line them up in a way that looks like a grid. a two column layout let's start with the simplest...
...And 2 more matches

PaymentRequest.onpaymentmethodchange - Web APIs
the paymentrequest event handler onpaymentmethodchange is invoked when the paymentmethodchange is fired, indicating that the user has changed payment methods within a given payment handler. for example, when using apple pay, the user can swipe to select different credit cards, debit cards, and so forth. each time the user does so, this event is fired. this event may not be fired by all payment handlers. syntax paymentrequest.addeventlistener('paymentmethodchange', paymentmethodchangeevent => { ... }); paymentrequest.onpaymentmethodchange = function(paymentmethodchangeevent) { ... ...
... cards, debit cards, and so forth. each time the user does so, this event is fired. this event may not be fired by all payment handlers. syntax paymentrequest.addeventlistener('paymentmethodchange', paymentmethodchangeevent => { ... }); paymentrequest.onpaymentmethodchange = function(paymentmethodchangeevent) { ... }; value an event handler function which is to be called whenever the paymentmethodchange event is fired at the paymentrequest, indicating that the user has changed payment methods within the same payment handler. the paymentmethodchange event is triggered by a user-agent controlled interaction (i.e., the end-user switches from a debit to a credit card in the payment ui). to make sure you receive the event, you should add event listeners to paymentrequest object after instantia...
... user has changed payment methods within the same payment handler. the paymentmethodchange event is triggered by a user-agent controlled interaction (i.e., the end-user switches from a debit to a credit card in the payment ui). to make sure you receive the event, you should add event listeners to paymentrequest object after instantiation, but before you call show(). examples an example payment method change handler is shown below; this example handles changes made to the payment method when using apple pay, specifically: request.onpaymentmethodchange = ev => { const { type: cardtype } = ev.methoddetails; const newstuff = {}; if (ev.methodname === "https://apple.com/apple-pay") { switch (cardtype) { case "store": // do apple pay specific handling for store card... ...
...And 2 more matches

Method - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
a method is a function which is a property of an object. there are two kind of methods: instance methods which are built-in tasks performed by an object instance, or static methods which are tasks that are called directly on an object constructor. note: in javascript functions themselves are objects, so, in that context, a method is actually an object reference to a function. ...
... function which is a property of an object. there are two kind of methods: instance methods which are built-in tasks performed by an object instance, or static methods which are tasks that are called directly on an object constructor. note: in javascript functions themselves are objects, so, in that context, a method is actually an object reference to a function. ...
...wo kind of methods: instance methods which are built-in tasks performed by an object instance, or static methods which are tasks that are called directly on an object constructor. note: in javascript functions themselves are objects, so, in that context, a method is actually an object reference to a function. ...
...re called directly on an object constructor. note: in javascript functions themselves are objects, so, in that context, a method is actually an object reference to a function. ...

Relationship of grid layout to other layout methods - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
wo items have wrapped onto a new line. these items are sharing the available space and not lining up underneath the items above. this is because when you wrap flex items, each new row (or column when working by column) becomes a new flex container. space distribution happens across the row. a common question then is how to make those items line up. this is where you want a two-dimensional layout method: you want to control the alignment by row and column, and this is where grid comes in. the same layout with css grids in this next example, i create the same layout using grid. this time we have three 1fr column tracks. we do not need to set anything on the items themselves; they will lay themselves out one into each cell of the created grid. as you can see they stay in a strict grid, lining up...
...ible. these were things we have wanted to do for a very long time, and have come up with all kinds of hacks to accomplish, at least visually. the alignment properties from the flexbox specification have been added to a new specification called box alignment level 3. this means that they can be used in other specifications, including grid layout. in the future, they may well apply to other layout methods as well. in a later guide in this series, i’ll be taking a proper look at box alignment and how it works in grid layout. for now, here is a comparison between simple examples of flexbox and grid. in the first example, which uses flexbox, i have a container with three items inside. the wrapper min-height is set, so it defines the height of the flex container. i have set align-items on the fle...
...e rules for .box3 you can see how it would display without the positioning. a grid container as parent if the absolutely positioned child has a grid container as a parent but that container does not create a new positioning context, then it is taken out of flow as in the previous example. the positioning context will be whatever element creates a positioning context as is common to other layout methods. in our case, if we remove position: relative from the wrapper above, positioning context is from the viewport, as shown in this image. once again the item no longer participates in the grid layout in terms of sizing or when other items are auto-placed. with a grid area as the parent if the absolutely positioned item is nested inside a grid area then you can create a positioning context on ...
... see also flexbox guides multiple-column layout guides ...

HTTP request methods - HTTP
http defines a set of request methods to indicate the desired action to be performed for a given resource. although they can also be nouns, these request methods are sometimes referred to as http verbs. each of them implements a different semantic, but some common features are shared by a group of them: e.g. a request method can be safe, idempotent, or cacheable. get the get method requests a representation of the specified resource. requests using get should only retrieve data. head the head method asks for a response identical to that of a get request, but without the response body. post the post method is used to submit an entity to the specified resource, often causing a change in state or side effects on the server. ...
...cacheable. get the get method requests a representation of the specified resource. requests using get should only retrieve data. head the head method asks for a response identical to that of a get request, but without the response body. post the post method is used to submit an entity to the specified resource, often causing a change in state or side effects on the server. put the put method replaces all current representations of the target resource with the request payload. delete the delete method deletes the specified resource. connect the connect method establishes a tunnel to the server identified by the target resource. options the options method is used to describe the communication options for the target resource. ...
...erver. put the put method replaces all current representations of the target resource with the request payload. delete the delete method deletes the specified resource. connect the connect method establishes a tunnel to the server identified by the target resource. options the options method is used to describe the communication options for the target resource. trace the trace method performs a message loop-back test along the path to the target resource. patch the patch method is used to apply partial modifications to a resource. specifications specification title comment rfc 7231, section 4: request methods hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content specifies get, head, post, put, delete, connect, options, trace. ...
...est along the path to the target resource. patch the patch method is used to apply partial modifications to a resource. specifications specification title comment rfc 7231, section 4: request methods hypertext transfer protocol (http/1.1): semantics and content specifies get, head, post, put, delete, connect, options, trace. rfc 5789, section 2: patch method patch method for http specifies patch. ...

PaymentMethodChangeEvent - Web APIs
the paymentmethodchangeevent() constructor creates a new paymentmethodchangeevent object providing details about a paymentmethodchange event. syntax paymentmethodchangeevent = new paymentmethodchangeevent(type, options); parameters type a domstring which must contain the string paymentmethodchange, the name of the only type of event which uses the paymentmethodchangeevent interface. options optional an optional paymentmethodchangeeventinit dictionary which may contain zero or more of the following properties: methodname optional a domstring containing the payment method identifier for the payment handler being used. this is an empty string by default. ...
...tring paymentmethodchange, the name of the only type of event which uses the paymentmethodchangeevent interface. options optional an optional paymentmethodchangeeventinit dictionary which may contain zero or more of the following properties: methodname optional a domstring containing the payment method identifier for the payment handler being used. this is an empty string by default. methoddetails optional an object providing payment method-specific information describing the changes made to the payment, or null if there is no additional information available or required. this is null by default. return value a newly-created paymentmethodchangeevent object describing a change to the options specified for the payment method given in the methodname property. the type of the ...
...details optional an object providing payment method-specific information describing the changes made to the payment, or null if there is no additional information available or required. this is null by default. return value a newly-created paymentmethodchangeevent object describing a change to the options specified for the payment method given in the methodname property. the type of the methoddetails property depends on the payment method. for example, if methodname is basic-card, indicating that the basic card payment method is being used for validation, the methoddetails field must be a basiccardchangedetails object. specifications specification status comment payment request apithe definition of 'paymentmethodchangeevent()' in that specification. candida...

PaymentMethodChangeEvent - Web APIs
the paymentmethodchangeevent interface of the payment request api describes the paymentmethodchange event which is fired by some payment handlers when the user switches payment instruments (e.g., a user selects a "store" card to make a purchase while using apple pay). constructor paymentmethodchangeevent() creates and returns a new paymentmethodchangeevent object, optionally initialized with values taken from a given paymentmethodchangeeventinit dictionary. properties in addition to the properties below, this interface includes properties inherited from paymentrequestupdateevent. methoddetails read only secure context an object containing payment method-specific data useful when handling a payment method change. if no such information is available, this value is null. me...
... properties in addition to the properties below, this interface includes properties inherited from paymentrequestupdateevent. methoddetails read only secure context an object containing payment method-specific data useful when handling a payment method change. if no such information is available, this value is null. methodname read only secure context a domstring containing the payment method identifier, a string which uniquely identifies a particular payment method. this identifier is usually a url used during the payment process, but may be a standardized non-url string as well, such as basic-card. the default value is the empty string, "". methods this interface includes methods inherited from paymentrequestupdateevent. specifications specification status commen...
...ular payment method. this identifier is usually a url used during the payment process, but may be a standardized non-url string as well, such as basic-card. the default value is the empty string, "". methods this interface includes methods inherited from paymentrequestupdateevent. specifications specification status comment payment request apithe definition of 'paymentmethodchangeevent' in that specification. candidate recommendation initial definition. ...

PaymentResponse.methodName - Web APIs
the methodname read-only property of the paymentresponse interface returns a string uniquely identifying the payment handler selected by the user. this string may be either one of the standardized payment method identifiers or a url used by the payment handler to process payments. syntax var methodname = paymentresponse.methodname; value a domstring uniquely identifying the payment handler being used to process the payment. this may be either a standardized identifier, or a url used by the payment processor to handle payments. see merchant validation in payment processing concepts for more information. example the following example extracts the method name from the paymentresponse object to the promise returned from paymentrequest.show(). in a real-world implementation this data would t...
...r to handle payments. see merchant validation in payment processing concepts for more information. example the following example extracts the method name from the paymentresponse object to the promise returned from paymentrequest.show(). in a real-world implementation this data would then be sent to a payment server. ...
...ts. see merchant validation in payment processing concepts for more information. example the following example extracts the method name from the paymentresponse object to the promise returned from paymentrequest.show(). in a real-world implementation this data would then be sent to a payment server. payment.show().then(paymentresponse => { var paymentdata = { // payment method string method: paymentresponse.methodname, // payment details as you requested details: paymentresponse.details, // shipping address information address: todict(paymentresponse.shippingaddress) }; // send information to the server }); specifications specification status comment payment request api candidate recommendation initial definition. ...

XRWebGLLayer.getNativeFramebufferScaleFactor() static method - Web APIs
this information can be used when creating a new xrwebgllayer to configure the xrwebgllayerinit property framebufferscalefactor in the options specified when calling the xrwebgllayer() constructor. see the usage notes and examples for details. if the scaling factor is 1.0, then the frame buffer pixels and the native display pixels are the same size. ...
...resolution of 1280x1440 pixels). consider a frame buffer which at full size looks like this: if, on this device, it's determined that due to gpu limitations the browser needs to reduce image quality in order to improve performance to an acceptable level, it might choose to halve the resolution. in this case, the value returned by xrwebgllayer.getnativeframebufferscalefactor() will be 2.0. this method of dividing the frame buffer between views is shown in the following diagram. now the width and height of the frame buffer are 50% what they were before, resulting in a total frame buffer size of 1280 by 720 pixels, with each eye's half of the buffer being 640x720 pixels. now we can see the coordinates of each of the viewports representing these two views: since each eye gets half of the fr...
...needed to reach the native resolution, and we then pass that into the webgllayer() constructor as the value of the framebufferscalefactor property in its layerinit dictionary, which is an xrwebgllayerinit object. that gets us a new xrwebgllayer object representing a rendering surface we can use for the xrsession; we set it as the rendering surface for xrsession by calling its updaterenderstate() method, passing the new gllayer in using the xrrenderstate dictionary's xrrenderstate.baselayer property. the result is a rendering context that looks like the diagram below: each time the xrviewerpose's views are iterated over for rendering, the rendering loop obtains an xrview for the left eye which has its top-left corner at (0, 0) with its width and height being 1280x1440 pixels. the right eye it...

405 Method Not Allowed - HTTP
the hypertext transfer protocol (http) 405 method not allowed response status code indicates that the request method is known by the server but is not supported by the target resource. the server must generate an allow header field in a 405 response containing a list of the target resource's currently supported methods. ...
... the hypertext transfer protocol (http) 405 method not allowed response status code indicates that the request method is known by the server but is not supported by the target resource. the server must generate an allow header field in a 405 response containing a list of the target resource's currently supported methods. ...
...hod not allowed response status code indicates that the request method is known by the server but is not supported by the target resource. the server must generate an allow header field in a 405 response containing a list of the target resource's currently supported methods. ...

Methods - Archive of obsolete content
parts of this page show the use of the xpinstall api. the majority of this api is now deprecated and as of gecko 1.9 no longer available. extension, theme, and plug-in developers must switch away from install.js based packages to the new packaging scheme with an install.rdf manifest. in particular plugin developers should see how to package a plugin as an extension. methods adddirectory unpacks an entire subdirectory. addfile unpacks a single file. alert displays an alert dialog box with a message and an ok button. cancelinstall aborts the installation of the software. confirm displays a confirm dialog box with the specified message and ok and cancel buttons. also allows custom button labels and a checkbox. del...
... extracts a file from the xpi file to a temporary location and schedules it for later execution. gestalt retrieves information about the operating environment. (mac os only) getcomponentfolder returns an object representing the directory in which a component is installed. getfolder returns an object representing a directory, for use with the addfile method. getlasterror returns the most recent non-zero error code. getwinprofile constructs an object for working with a windows .ini file. getwinregistry constructs an object for working with the windows registry. initinstall initializes installation for the given software and version. loadresources returns an object whose properties ...

Input method editor - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
an input method editor (ime) is a program that provides a specialized user interface for text input. ...
... an input method editor (ime) is a program that provides a specialized user interface for text input. ...

Access-Control-Allow-Methods - HTTP
the access-control-allow-methods response header specifies the method or methods allowed when accessing the resource in response to a preflight request. header type response header forbidden header name no syntax access-control-allow-methods: <method>, <method>, ... access-control-allow-methods: * directives <method> comma-delimited list of the allowed http request methods. * (wildcard) the value "*" only counts as a special wildcard value for requests without credentials (requests without http cookies or http authentication information). in requests with credentials, it is treated as the literal method name "*" without special semantics. ...
...methods: * directives <method> comma-delimited list of the allowed http request methods. * (wildcard) the value "*" only counts as a special wildcard value for requests without credentials (requests without http cookies or http authentication information). in requests with credentials, it is treated as the literal method name "*" without special semantics. examples access-control-allow-methods: post, get, options access-control-allow-methods: * specifications specification status comment fetchthe definition of 'access-control-allow-methods' in that specification. living standard initial definition ...

method - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
value align | stretch default value align animatable yes align this value indicates that the characters should be rendered so that they are not stretched or warped. the characters are rotated, scaled and stretched when they are rendered. as a result, for fonts with connected characters (e.g. cursive fonts), the connections may not align properly when text is rendered along the path. ...
...perly when text is rendered along the path. stretch this value indicates that the character outlines will be converted into paths, and then stretched and possibly warped. with this approach, connected characters, such as in cursive fonts, will maintain their connections. specifications specification status comment scalable vector graphics (svg) 2the definition of 'method' in that specification. candidate recommendation described the stretch value in more detail. scalable vector graphics (svg) 1.1 (second edition)the definition of 'method' in that specification. recommendation initial definition ...

Methods - Archive of obsolete content
parts of this page show the use of the xpinstall api. the majority of this api is now deprecated and as of gecko 1.9 no longer available. extension, theme, and plug-in developers must switch away from install.js based packages to the new packaging scheme with an install.rdf manifest. in particular plugin developers should see how to package a plugin as an extension. methods dircreate creates a new directory. dirgetparent returns an object representing the parent directory. dirremove removes a directory. dirrename renames the specified directory. copy makes a copy of the specified file. diskspaceavailable returns the amount of disk space available in bytes. exists returns a boolean value indicating whether the specified file exists or not. execute queues a file for exec...

Methods - Archive of obsolete content
init initialize an installversion object. tostring converts an installversion init to a string. ...

Methods - Archive of obsolete content
parts of this page show the use of the xpinstall api. the majority of this api is now deprecated and as of gecko 1.9 no longer available. extension, theme, and plug-in developers must switch away from install.js based packages to the new packaging scheme with an install.rdf manifest. in particular plugin developers should see how to package a plugin as an extension. methods getstring retrieves a value from a .ini file. writestring changes a value in a .ini file. ...

Methods - Archive of obsolete content
parts of this page show the use of the xpinstall api. the majority of this api is now deprecated and as of gecko 1.9 no longer available. extension, theme, and plug-in developers must switch away from install.js based packages to the new packaging scheme with an install.rdf manifest. in particular plugin developers should see how to package a plugin as an extension. methods createkey adds a key. deletekey removes a key. deletevalue removes the value of an arbitrary key. enumkeys retrieves the registry subkeys for the given key. enumvaluenames retrieves the value of a given subkey. getvalue retrieves the value of an arbitrary key. getvaluenumber retrieves the value of a key, when that value ...

Methods - Archive of obsolete content
removetab removetabsprogresslistener removetransientnotifications replacegroup reset rewind scrollbyindex scrollbypixels scrolltoindex select selectall selectitem selectitemrange selecttabatindex setselectionrange showpane showpopup sizeto startediting stop stopediting swapdocshells syncsessions timedselect toggleitemselection related dom element methods dom:element.addeventlistener dom:element.appendchild dom:element.comparedocumentposition dom:element.dispatchevent dom:element.getattribute dom:element.getattributenode dom:element.getattributenodens dom:element.getattributens dom:element.getelementsbytagname dom:element.getelementsbytagnamens dom:element.getfeature fixme: brokenlink dom:element.getuserdata dom:element...

NPN_HasMethod - Archive of obsolete content
« gecko plugin api reference « scripting plugins summary determines whether or not the specified npobject has a particular method. syntax #include <npruntime.h> bool npn_hasmethod(npp npp, npobject *npobj, npidentifier methodname); parameters the function has the following parameters: npp the npp indicating which plugin instance is making the request. npobj the object on which to look for the method. methodname a string identifier indicating the name of the method to look for. returns true if the method exists on the specified object, otherwise false. ...

PR_GetDefaultIOMethods
gets the default i/o methods table. syntax #include <prio.h> const priomethods* pr_getdefaultiomethods(void); returns if successful, the function returns a pointer to a priomethods structure. description after using pr_getdefaultiomethods to identify the default i/o methods table, you can select elements from that table with which to build your own layer's methods table. you may not modify the default i/o methods table directly. you can pass your own layer's methods table to pr_createiolayerstub to create your new layer. ...

JSFUN_BOUND_METHOD
obsolete since javascript 1.8.5this feature is obsolete. although it may still work in some browsers, its use is discouraged since it could be removed at any time. try to avoid using it. flag that indicates a function nominally associated with an object is bound, instead, to that object's parent. syntax jsfun_bound_method description this macro exists only for backward compatibility with existing applications. its use is deprecated. future versions of the javascript engine may not support or recognize this macro. jsfun_bound_method is a flag that indicates a method associated with an object is bound to the method's parent, the object on which the method is called. see also jsfun_global_parent bug 429507 ...

HTMLFormElement.method - Web APIs
the htmlformelement.method property represents the http method used to submit the <form>. unless explicitly specified, the default method is 'get'. syntax var string = form.method; form.method = string; example document.forms['myform'].method = 'post'; const formelement = document.createelement("form"); // create a form document.body.appendchild(formelement); console.log(formelement.method); // 'get' specifications specification status comment html living standardthe definition of 'htmlformelement: method' in that specification. living standard ...

MerchantValidationEvent.methodName - Web APIs
the merchantvalidationevent property methodname is a read-only value which returns a string indicating the payment method identifier which represents the payment handler that requires merchant validation. syntax methodid = merchantvalidationevent.methodname; value a read-only domstring which uniquely identifies the payment handler which is requesting merchant validation. see merchant validation in payment processing concepts for more information on the process. specifications specification status comment payment request apithe definition of 'merchantvalidationevent.methodname' in that specification. candidate recommendation initial definition. ...

Request.method - Web APIs
the method read-only property of the request interface contains the request's method (get, post, etc.) syntax var mymethod = request.method; value a bytestring indicating the method of the request. example in the following snippet, we create a new request using the request.request() constructor (for an image file in the same directory as the script), then save the method of the request in a variable: var myrequest = new request('flowers.jpg'); var mymethod = myrequest.method; // get specifications specification status comment fetchthe definition of 'method' in that specification. living standard initial definition ...

Access-Control-Request-Method - HTTP
the access-control-request-method request header is used by browsers when issuing a preflight request, to let the server know which http method will be used when the actual request is made. this header is necessary as the preflight request is always an options and doesn't use the same method as the actual request. header type request header forbidden header name yes syntax access-control-request-method: <method> directives <method> one of the http request methods, for example get, post, or delete. examples access-control-request-method: post specifications specification status comment fetchthe definition of 'access-control-request-method' in that specification. living standard initial definition. ...

Comparing Reflect and Object methods - JavaScript
the reflect object, introduced in es2015, is a built-in object that provides methods to interface with javascript objects. some of the static functions that exist on reflect also correspond to methods available on object, which predates es2015. although some of the methods appear to be similar in their behavior, there are often subtle differences between them. the table below details the differences between the methods available on the object and reflect apis. please note that if a method does not exist in an api, it is marked as n/a. method name object reflect defineproperty() object.defineproperty() returns the object that was passed to the function. returns a typeerror if the property was not successfully defined on the object. reflect.defineproperty() ret...

Index - Web APIs
app or site. 2 angle_instanced_arrays api, reference, webgl, webgl extension the angle_instanced_arrays extension is part of the webgl api and allows to draw the same object, or groups of similar objects multiple times, if they share the same vertex data, primitive count and type. ...
... angle_instanced_arrays extension is part of the webgl api and allows to draw the same object, or groups of similar objects multiple times, if they share the same vertex data, primitive count and type. 3 angle_instanced_arrays.drawarraysinstancedangle() angle_instanced_arrays, api, method, reference, webgl, webgl extension the angle_instanced_arrays.drawarraysinstancedangle() method of the webgl api renders primitives from array data like the gl.drawarrays() method. ...
...) angle_instanced_arrays, api, method, reference, webgl, webgl extension the angle_instanced_arrays.drawarraysinstancedangle() method of the webgl api renders primitives from array data like the gl.drawarrays() method. in addition, it can execute multiple instances of the range of elements. 4 angle_instanced_arrays.drawelementsinstancedangle() angle_instanced_arrays, api, method, reference, webgl, webgl extension the angle_instanced_arrays.drawelementsinstancedangle() method of the webgl api renders primitives from array data like the gl.drawelements() method. in addition, it can execute multiple instances of a set of elements. ...
...And 1555 more matches

Index - Archive of obsolete content
/path provides access to the local filesystem with the nodejs path module api. 87 io/byte-streams provides streams for reading and writing bytes. 88 io/file provides access to the local filesystem. 89 io/text-streams provides streams for reading and writing text. 90 lang/functional functional helper methods. 91 lang/type functions for working with type detection. 92 loader/cuddlefish add-on sdk, cfx the sdk's module loader. 93 loader/sandbox create javascript sandboxes and execute scripts in them. 94 net/url no summary! 95 net/xhr provides access to xmlhttprequest functionality. 96 ...
...on sdk, jpm implements the assert interface defined in the commonjs unit testing specification version 1.1. 114 test/harness test harness setup and execution. 115 test/httpd an http server for the mozilla platform, which can be used in unit tests. 116 test/runner sets up unit tests. 117 test/utils helper methods used in the commonjs unit testing suite. 118 ui/button/action add a button to the firefox user interface. 119 ui/button/toggle add a toggle button to the firefox user interface. 120 ui/frame create html iframes, using bundled html, css and javascript, that can be added to a designated area of the firefox user interface. 121...
... 182 drag & drop code snippets 183 embedding svg code snippets no summary! 184 examples and demos from articles no summary! 185 file i/o add-ons, code snippets, extensions, files, streams, tutorial no summary! 186 ...
...And 129 more matches

Index
emes—that were created prior to firefox 1.5. add-ons can (and should) be identified with ids of the form extensionname@organization.tld since firefox 1.5. 9 generic factory xpcom most xpcom factories can be very simple. rick potts wrote a templated-based generic factory (nsfactory<t>) that simplifies the factory creation process that just requires writing a createinstance() method. the new nsigenericfactory interface takes this a step further, by providing a single interface that can be reused anytime a simple implementation of nsifactory is needed. here is the interface, and a description of its use.</t> 10 how to pass an xpcom object to a new window needsexample, needshelp if you want to be able to call functions within an xpcom object from a xul win...
...can be reused anytime a simple implementation of nsifactory is needed. here is the interface, and a description of its use.</t> 10 how to pass an xpcom object to a new window needsexample, needshelp if you want to be able to call functions within an xpcom object from a xul window's code, you can do so if you pass the xpcom object as one of the arguments to the window creation method. 11 how to build a binary xpcom component using visual studio add-ons, extensions, xpcom this is a simple tutorial for building xpcom objects in c++ using visual studio. xpcom is mozilla’s cross platform component object model, similar to microsoft’s com technology. xpcom components can be implemented in c, c++, and javascript, and can be used from c, c++, and javascript.
...y xpcom component using visual studio add-ons, extensions, xpcom this is a simple tutorial for building xpcom objects in c++ using visual studio. xpcom is mozilla’s cross platform component object model, similar to microsoft’s com technology. xpcom components can be implemented in c, c++, and javascript, and can be used from c, c++, and javascript. that means you can call javascript methods from c++ and vice versa. for more information on the workings of xpcom look elsewhere. 12 index found 1275 pages: 13 interfacing with the xpcom cycle collector firefox 3, xpcom this is a quick overview of the cycle collector introduced into xpcom for firefox 3, including a description of the steps involved in modifying an existing c++ class to participa...
...And 113 more matches

WebIDL bindings
orts of possible options here that handle various edge cases, but most descriptors can be very simple. all the generated code is placed in the mozilla::dom namespace. for each interface, a namespace whose name is the name of the interface with binding appended is created, and all the things pertaining to that interface's binding go in that namespace. there are various helper objects and utility methods in dom/bindings that are also all in the mozilla::dom namespace and whose headers are all exported into mozilla/dom (placed in $objdir/dist/include by the build process). adding webidl bindings to a class to add a webidl binding for interface myinterface to a class mozilla::dom::myinterface that's supposed to implement that interface, you need to do the following: if your interface doesn...
...rappers, as nodes do). the idea is that walking the getparentobject chain will eventually get you to a window, so that every webidl object is associated with a particular window. for example, nsinode::getparentobject returns the node's owner document. the return type of getparentobject doesn't matter other than it must either singly-inherit from nsisupports or have a corresponding tosupports method that can produce an nsisupports from it. (this allows the return value to be implicitly converted to a parentobject instance by the compiler via one of that class's non-explicit constructors.) if many instances of myinterface are expected to be created quicky, the return value of getparentobject should itself inherit from nswrappercache for optimal performance. returning null from getparento...
...new interface has as arguments or return values. implement a wrapobject override on mozilla::dom::myinterface that just calls through to mozilla::dom::myinterface_binding::wrap. note that if your c++ type is implementing multiple distinct web idl interfaces, you need to choose which mozilla::dom::myinterface_binding::wrap to call here. see audiocontext::wrapobject, for example. expose whatever methods the interface needs on mozilla::dom::myinterface. these can be inline, virtual, have any calling convention, and so forth, as long as they have the right argument types and return types. you can see an example of what the function declarations should look like by running mach webidl-example myinterface. this will produce two files in dom/bindings in your objdir: myinterface-example.h and myinter...
...And 106 more matches

Index - Archive of obsolete content
reference no summary! 354 substate xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 355 suppressonselect xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 356 tab.selected xul, xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 357 tabindex xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 358 tabmodalpromptshowing xul, xul methods, xul reference no summary! 359 tabs.onselect xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 360 tabscrolling xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 361 targets xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 362 template xul attributes, xul reference no summary! 363 template.container xul attributes,...
... 423 dynamically modifying xul-based user interface add-ons, dom, extensions, xul this article discusses manipulating xul interfaces, using dom and other apis. it explains the concept of dom documents, demonstrates a few simple examples of using dom calls to perform basic manipulations on a document, and then demonstrates working with anonymous xbl content using mozilla-specific methods. 424 fileguide see io 425 accessing files file and stream guide: [ nsiscriptableio | accessing files | getting file information | reading from files | writing to files | moving, copying and deleting files | uploading and downloading files | working with directories ] 426 getting file information file and stream guide: [ nsiscripta...
... reading from files | writing to files | moving, copying and deleting files | uploading and downloading files | working with directories ] 433 writing to files to write to a file, an output stream is used. an output stream is an object which can be used to write bytes, strings and other values to a file. to create an output stream, use nsiscriptableio.newoutputstream(). this method has a number of options to specify text or binary writing, the character set, and whether to append to an existing file or create a new one. 434 how to quit a xul application xul, xulrunner script can attempt to quit a xul application, or force the application to quit, using the nsiappstartup interface. 435 how to implement a custom xul query processor component ...
...And 65 more matches

nsIAnnotationService
efox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1) implemented by: "@mozilla.org/browser/annotation-service;1". to use this service, use: var annotationservice = components.classes["@mozilla.org/browser/annotation-service;1"] .getservice(components.interfaces.nsiannotationservice); note: the annotation service is not thread-safe. you should only use it from the main thread. ...
...ill want to outlast a session. removed at 7 days. type_int32 1 int32 type constant. type_double 2 double type constant. type_string 3 string type constant. type_binary 4 binary type constant. type_int64 5 int64 type constant. note: use of value "1" is omitted due to it's temporary use as expire_never in bug 319455. methods setpageannotation() this method sets an annotation for given uri, overwriting any previous annotation with the same url/name. it is your job to namespace your annotation names. use the form "namespace/value", so your name would be like "bills_extension/page_state" or "history/thumbnail". do not use characters that are not valid in urls such as spaces, ":", commas, or most other symbols. you s...
... plus "_", "-", and "/". the annotation "favicon" is special. favicons are stored in the favicon service, but are special cased in the protocol handler so they look like annotations. do not set favicons using this service, it will not work. binary annotations should be set using setitemannotationbinary() or setpageannotationbinary(). for other types, only c++ consumers may use the type-specific methods. void setpageannotation( in nsiuri auri, in autf8string aname, in nsivariant avalue, in long aflags, in unsigned short aexpiration ); parameters auri the uri on which the annotation is to be set. aname the annotation name. avalue the annotation value. aflags should be "0" for now, some flags will be defined in the future. aexpiration one of the expire_* constant value de...
...And 42 more matches

LiveConnect Overview - Archive of obsolete content
this chapter describes using liveconnect technology to let java and javascript code communicate with each other. the chapter assumes you are familiar with java programming. working with wrappers in javascript, a wrapper is an object of the target language data type that encloses an object of the source language. when programming in javascript, you can use a wrapper object to access methods and fields of the java object; calling a method or accessing a property on the wrapper results in a call on the java object. on the java side, javascript objects are wrapped in an instance of the class netscape.javascript.jsobject and passed to java. when a javascript object is sent to java, the runtime engine creates a java wrapper of type jsobject; when a jsobject is sent from java to javascript, the...
...side, javascript objects are wrapped in an instance of the class netscape.javascript.jsobject and passed to java. when a javascript object is sent to java, the runtime engine creates a java wrapper of type jsobject; when a jsobject is sent from java to javascript, the runtime engine unwraps it to its original javascript object type. the jsobject class provides an interface for invoking javascript methods and examining javascript properties. javascript to java communication when you refer to a java package or class, or work with a java object or array, you use one of the special liveconnect objects. all javascript access to java takes place with these objects, which are summarized in the following table. table 9.1 the liveconnect objects object description javaarray ...
...ay. for example, you can create a java string object and assign it to the javascript variable mystring by using the new operator with the java constructor, as follows: var mystring = new java.lang.string("hello world"); in the previous example, the variable mystring is a javaobject because it holds an instance of the java object string. as a javaobject, mystring has access to the public instance methods of java.lang.string and its superclass, java.lang.object. these java methods are available in javascript as methods of the javaobject, and you can call them as follows: mystring.length(); // returns 11 static members can be called directly on the javaclass object. alert(java.lang.integer.max_value); //alerts 2147483647 the packages object if a java class is not part of the java, sun, or netsca...
...And 41 more matches

nsINavBookmarksService
toolkit/components/places/nsinavbookmarksservice.idlscriptable the bookmarksservice interface provides methods for managing bookmarked history items. bookmarks consist of a set of user-customizable folders. a uri in history can be contained in one or more such folders. 1.0 67 introduced gecko 1.8 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 14.0 (firefox 14.0 / thunderbird 14.0 / seamonkey 2.11) implemented by: @mozilla.org/browser/nav-bookmarks-service;1. ...
...ced gecko 1.8 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 14.0 (firefox 14.0 / thunderbird 14.0 / seamonkey 2.11) implemented by: @mozilla.org/browser/nav-bookmarks-service;1. ...
... a folder. type_bookmark 1 this is an index for type "bookmark". type_folder 2 this is an index for type "folder". type_separator 3 this is an index for type "separator". type_dynamic_container 4 this is an index for type "dynamic container". dynamic containers were removed in gecko 11, but the type index remains to prevent reuse. methods addobserver() this method adds a bookmark observer. if ownsweak is false, the bookmark service will keep an owning reference to the observer. if ownsweak is true, then aobserver must implement nsisupportsweakreference, and the bookmark service will keep a weak reference to the observer. void addobserver( in nsinavbookmarkobserver observer, in boolean ownsweak ); parameters observer ...
...And 39 more matches

Starting WebLock
are created and notified via the general-purpose observer interface nsiobserver. observersare objects that are notified when various events occur. using them is a good way for objects to pass messages to each other without the objects having explicit knowledge of one another. usually, there is one object notifying a group of observers. for example, an object may be created and have its observe method called at startup, or it may register to be notified prior to xpcom shutdown. the method at the core of this interface is observe: void observe(in nsisupports asubject, in string atopic, in wstring adata); there aren't really any restrictions on what the three parameters (asubject, atopic and adata) may represent. these parameters are defined according to the event be...
...serverservice can notify your object of registered events by means of this interface, as in the figure below. the observer interfaces the above figure shows the observer service maintaining a list of all registered nsiobserver objects. when the notification is made, the nsiobserverservice broadcasts the notification from the caller of the notifyobserver() to the nsiobserver object's observe() method. this is a very useful decoupling of different objects. the nsiobserver is a generic interface for passing messages between two or more objects without defining a specific frozen interface, and it's one of the ways in which extensibility is built into xpcom. the implementation of the nsiobserver interface in the weblock component is similar to the implementation for the nsifactory interface. xxx...
...orts1(weblock, nsiobserver); the standard implementation of observe() simply compares the atopic string with the value defined by the event the object is expecting. when there is a match, you can handle the event any way you see fit. if the object has only registered for one notification, then you can ignore the atopic string and simply handle the event as it occurs. in other words, the observe method should never be called in response to some event for which the object is not registered. ns_imethodimp weblock::observe(nsisupports *asubject, const char *atopic, const prunichar *adata) { return ns_ok; } notification via the observer service is somewhat indirect. the only way to register directly for a notification via the observer service is to instantiate...
...And 38 more matches

JavaScript Daemons Management - Archive of obsolete content
s problem is to nest all the information needed by each animation to start, stop, etc. in different objects (daemons) and then to create a constructor for such a class of objects (daemon) in order to standardize and simplify the instantiation of them. note: a minimalistic version of it (minidaemon) is published here. this more complex version of it is nothing but a big and scalable collection of methods for the daemon constructor. but the daemon constructor itself is nothing but a clone of minidaemon with an added support for init and onstart functions declarable during the instantiation of the daemon. so the minidaemon framework will remain the recommended way for simple animations, because daemon without its collection of methods is essentially a clone of it. the architecture of the daemon c...
...tails). advantages of this approch: abstraction passage of this object to javascript timers (both setinterval and settimeout) optimisation (avoiding closures) modularity the code the code of this framework is split into three files: daemon.js (the core) daemon-safe.js (an extension of the core which adds a replacement of setinterval with a recursive invocation of settimeout) daemon-methods.js (a wide and highly scalable collection of methods) the only independent module is daemon.js: both the daemon-safe.js module and the daemon-methods.js module require daemon.js to work. for a fast overview on the code proposed here you can git clone https://github.com/madmurphy/daemon.js.git. or, at your choice, directly download this .zip file. about the “callback arguments” polyfill ...
...ows is the module that declares the daemon constructor (the core of this framework). the daemon constructor itself is nothing but a clone of the little framework minidaemon with added support for init and onstart functions (declarable during the instantiation of the daemon). so the minidaemon framework will remain the recommended way for simple animations, because daemon without its collection of methods is essentially a clone of it. /*\ |*| |*| ******************************* |*| * daemon.js * |*| ******************************* |*| |*| ver. 1.0 rev. 2 |*| |*| daemon.js - a javascript highly scalable daemons manager. |*| |*| https://developer.mozilla.org/docs/javascript/timers/daemons |*| https://developer.mozilla.org/user:fusionchess |*| |*| this framewo...
...And 37 more matches

Creating the Component Code
variables are picked up by files that do not specify themselves as mozilla_strict_api. includes and constants in weblock1.cpp #include <stdio.h> // may be defined at the project level // in the makefile #define mozilla_strict_api #include "nsimodule.h" #include "nsifactory.h" #include "nsicomponentmanager.h" #include "nsicomponentregistrar.h" // use classes to handle iids // classes provide methods for comparison: equals, etc. static const nsiid kimoduleiid = ns_imodule_iid; static const nsiid kifactoryiid = ns_ifactory_iid; static const nsiid kisupportsiid = ns_isupports_iid; static const nsiid kicomponentregistrariid = ns_icomponentregistrar_iid; // generate unique id here with uuidgen #define sample_cid \ { 0x777f7150, 0x4a2b, 0x4301, \ { 0xad, 0x10, 0x5e, 0xab, 0x25, 0xb3, 0x22, ...
...functions such as registerfactorylocation that are required to implement the module and factory classes in your code. identifiers in xpcom the series of nsiid variables initialized here are actually classes created for handing the 128-bit identifiers that xpcom uses to support contractual relationships between the client and component interfaces. the variable kifactoryiid, for example, provides methods like equals() that can be used to facilitate comparisons in the code, as in the following example from the mozilla source: using class methods to handle identifiers if (aiid.equals(ns_get_iid(nsisupports))) { *ainstanceptr = (void*)(nsisupports*)this; ns_addref_this(); return ns_ok; } finally, sample_cid is an example of a cid that uniquely identifies the component. all of the 128-bit ...
...well. nsresult nsgetmodule(nsicomponentmanager *servmgr, nsifile* location, nsimodule** result); xpcom expects a successful call to nsgetmodule to return an implementation of the interface nsimodule. when you write a xpcom component, you implement nsimodule to do all of the necessary registration, unregistration, and object creation. ...
...And 31 more matches

Scripting Java
for example, to import the org.mozilla.javascript package you could use importpackage() as follows: $ java org.mozilla.javascript.tools.shell.main js> importpackage(packages.org.mozilla.javascript); js> context.currentcontext; org.mozilla.javascript.context@bb6ab6 occasionally, you will see examples that use the fully qualified name of the package instead of importing using the importpackage() method. this is also acceptable, it just takes more typing. using a fully qualified name, the above example would look as follows: $ java org.mozilla.javascript.tools.shell.main js> jspackage = packages.org.mozilla.javascript; [javapackage org.mozilla.javascript] js> jspackage.context.currentcontext; org.mozilla.javascript.context@bb6ab6 alternatively, if you want to import just one class from a pack...
...ore typing. using a fully qualified name, the above example would look as follows: $ java org.mozilla.javascript.tools.shell.main js> jspackage = packages.org.mozilla.javascript; [javapackage org.mozilla.javascript] js> jspackage.context.currentcontext; org.mozilla.javascript.context@bb6ab6 alternatively, if you want to import just one class from a package you can do so using the importclass() method. the above examples could be expressed as follows: $ java org.mozilla.javascript.tools.shell.main js> importclass(packages.org.mozilla.javascript.context); js> context.currentcontext; org.mozilla.javascript.context@bb6ab6 working with java now that we can access java classes, the next logical step is to create an object. this works just as in java, with the use of the new operator: js> new j...
...ackages.org.mozilla.javascript.context); js> context.currentcontext; org.mozilla.javascript.context@bb6ab6 working with java now that we can access java classes, the next logical step is to create an object. ...
...And 27 more matches

nsIFile
having to deal with the different path separators used on different platforms, query the state of any file or directory at the position represented by the nsifile and create, move or copy items in the filesystem. an nsifile can be retrieved by either instantiating an nsilocalfile using a platform specific path string or by using cross-platform locations retrieved from the directory service. all methods with string parameters have two forms. the preferred form operates on utf-16 encoded characters strings. an alternate form operates on characters strings encoded in the "native" charset. a string containing characters encoded in the native charset cannot be safely passed to javascript via xpconnect. therefore, the utf-16 forms are scriptable, but the "native methods" are not. in addition, the na...
...is guaranteed that the path passed to a native form function is always ascii. to create an nsifile from a path you can use fileutils.jsm: var fileutils = cu.import("resource://gre/modules/fileutils.jsm").fileutils var nsifile = new fileutils.file( filename ) note: nsilocalfile was merged with this interface in gecko 14. much of the documentation has not been updated to reflect this change. ...
... only. exceptions thrown ns_error_file_invalid_path indicates that this nsifile does not reference a symbolic link. constants constant value description normal_file_type 0 a normal file. directory_type 1 a directory/folder. delete_on_close 0x80000000 optional parameter used by opennsprfiledesc methods append() this function is used for constructing a descendant of the current nsifile. note: this method does not return a new nsifile; it modifies the object it was called on. if the old nsifile should be retained, use clone(). void append( in astring node ); parameters node a string which is intended to be a child node of the nsifile. this string must not contain a path separator c...
...And 26 more matches

HTTP Index - HTTP
4 basics of http guide, http, overview http is a pretty extensible protocol. it relies on a few basic concepts like the notion of resources and uris, a simple structure of messages, and a client-server structure for the communication flow. on top of these basic concepts, numerous extensions have appeared over the years, adding new functionality and new semantics by creating new http methods or headers. 5 choosing between www and non-www urls guide, http, url a recurring question among website owners is whether to choose non-www or www urls. this page provides some advice on what's best. 6 data urls base64, guide, http, intermediate, url data urls, urls prefixed with the data: scheme, allow content creators to embed small files inline in doc...
...llow-origin’ is ‘*’ cors, corsnotsupportingcredentials, cross-origin, error, http, https, messages, reasons, security, console, troubleshooting the cors request was attempted with the credentials flag set, but the server is configured using the wildcard ("*") as the value of access-control-allow-origin, which doesn't allow the use of credentials. ...
...portingcredentials, cross-origin, error, http, https, messages, reasons, security, console, troubleshooting the cors request was attempted with the credentials flag set, but the server is configured using the wildcard ("*") as the value of access-control-allow-origin, which doesn't allow the use of credentials. ...
...And 26 more matches

Introduction to XPCOM for the DOM
e. i will introduce nscomptr's, interfaces, reference counting, and the nsisupports interface. a tutorial about how to add a new interface is also provided, and eventually, a more detailed discussion of class inheritance in c++. interfaces object-oriented programming is based on the used of inheritance between classes. furthermore, a class can be de declared to be "abstract" if it declares some methods but does not implement them entirely. pushing this concept to its maximum, a class can be "purely virtual" if it declares methods without implementing any of them. such a class is called an interface. the goal of interfaces is to have a single ... interface to a set of methods that manipulate an object (often represented by a class), without worrying about the details of the implementation. if y...
...oncept to its maximum, a class can be "purely virtual" if it declares methods without implementing any of them. such a class is called an interface. the goal of interfaces is to have a single ... interface to a set of methods that manipulate an object (often represented by a class), without worrying about the details of the implementation. if you know a class implements an interface, just use the methods in the interface, and you don't have to care if the implementation of the interface (the concrete class) changes. xpcom pushes this concept to the extreme. pure virtual methods are declared with the following syntax: virtual nsresult functionfoo() = 0; an interface is thus simply a c++ class where all the member functions are declared as pure virtual functions. an interface can also be define...
...ynamically (on the heap, or free store), using the syntax nsfoo *fooptr = new nsfoo; that object can then be manipulated only through fooptr. let's consider what happens when the class nsfoo implements an interface nsifoo. you can manipulate the nsfoo object directly through fooptr, however your code will not be very robust. indeed, if someone decides to change the name or the signature of the methods you use, you will have to change all the calls to those methods throughout your code. as opposed to a concreate class, an interface is supposed to be more stable through time. indeed, many interfaces in the mozilla code are frozen (this is indicated by the comment @frozen at the beginning of the interface definition). that means that the interface will never change anymore. the good thing is tha...
...And 25 more matches

Chapter 5: Let's build a Firefox extension - Archive of obsolete content
mer 2007. gomita-san won "most useful upgraded extension" award in mozilla's 2006 "extend firefox" competition for scrapbook, and was runner-up in the "extend firefox 2" contest for firegestures. the chapters so far have each focused on technologies in isolation—xul, javascript, css, and xpcom. in this chapter, we’ll discuss how to put them together to actually build an extension. an easier method of building a firefox/thunderbird addon for developers who are well-acquainted with ides like netbeans, eclipse, etc. is to use netbeans (ide from sun microsystems) and foxbeans (plugin for netbeans, by teesoft). setting up your development environment in order to develop (and test) extensions in a most convenient way it is recommended to apply some changes to firefox. in the following you wil...
... nglayout.debug.disable_xul_cache (not present in firefox 3.5+) ordinarily, firefox will cache xul documents after they have been read in once, to speed subsequent displays. disabling this cache forces xul documents to be reloaded any every time they are displayed. true browser.dom.window.dump.enabled (not present in firefox 3.5+) enables use of the dump method for debugging. refer to the “javascript debugging methods” sidebar. true javascript.options.showinconsole (present in firefox 3.5+) outputs javascript errors to the error console. true javascript.options.strict (present in firefox 3.5+) enforces strict error output from javascript true table 1: preferences to set for developing extensions to m...
...</menu> </menupopup> </overlay> test install perform a test install using pointer files as you did in the previous section. afterwards, you should see a session store menu item under the tools menu. phase 2: implement functionality in phase 2, we’ll use javascript to implement the session save and restore functions using the session store api. figure out javascript skeleton decide on method names and variable names for each of the processes you’ll need to implement these features, and put them into an overlay.js file. follow the code in listing 15. listing 15: content for overlay.js var gsessionstore = { // directory to save sessions (nsilocalfile) _dir: null, // initialization init: function() { }, // uninitialization uninit: function() { }, // save session (event...
...And 23 more matches

Following the Android Toasts Tutorial from a JNI Perspective
ar feature, so mozilla developers chose to bring it to the privileged javascript scope via the nativewindow object. the java code example above can be done with privileged javascript from firefox for android with the following code: window.nativewindow.toast.show("hello, firefox!", "short"); converting java to jni.jsm the first step is to look at the java code and see all the different types, methods, constructors, and fields that are being used. in the toast code we have the following: types - context, charsequence, int, toast, and void methods - maketext, show fields - length_short no constructors are used. declare the types we will start by declaring the types needed. in jni, there is the all-important property called sig. when something is declared, we are stating the sig and th...
...for example, if the class is blah.foo.bar then the signature of this will be this in slash notation with an l and ; around it. so this would be lblah/foo/bar;. if there is a sub class such as blah.foo.bar.subclass then a dollar sign is used in the slash notation, so t...
...he return type here declaring a class/object is done in a special way. for example, if the class is blah.foo.bar then the signature of this will be this in slash notation with an l and ; around it. so this would be lblah/foo/bar;. if there is a sub class such as blah.foo.bar.subclass then a dollar sign is used in the slash notation, so this would be lblah/foo/bar$subclass;. when declaring methods, the signatures of the types go right next to each other without any spacing. the arguments are within the parenthesis, and the return type is immediately following. more on this later. so let us now declare the types for our toast example. we see we have three classes and two basic types (int and void). the class signature is looked up on the android documentation. for instance, we go to andro...
...And 22 more matches

Index - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
hnology. 7 arpa glossary, infrastructure .arpa (address and routing parameter area) is a top-level domain used for internet infrastructure purposes, especially reverse dns lookup (i.e., find the domain name for a given ip address). 8 ascii glossary, infrastructure ascii (american standard code for information interchange) is one of the most popular coding method used by computers for converting letters, numbers, punctuation and control codes into digital form. since 2007, utf-8 superseded it on the web. 9 atag atag, accessibility, authoring tool accessibility guidelines, glossary atag (authoring tool accessibility guidelines) is a w3c recommendation for building accessible-authoring tools that produce accessible contents. 10 ...
... tabs). this is not to be confused with the google chrome browser. 75 cipher cryptography, glossary, privacy, security in cryptography, a cipher is an algorithm that can encode cleartext to make it unreadable, and to decode it back. 76 cipher suite cryptography, glossary, security a cipher suite is a combination of a key exchange algorithm, authentication method, bulk encryption cipher, and message authentication code. 77 ciphertext cryptography, glossary, privacy, security in cryptography, a ciphertext is a scrambled message that conveys information but is not legible unless decrypted with the right cipher and the right secret (usually a key), reproducing the original cleartext. a ciphertext's security, and therefore the secrecy of ...
...ght secret (usually a key), reproducing the original cleartext. a ciphertext's security, and therefore the secrecy of the contained information, depends on using a secure cipher and keeping the key secret. 78 class codingscripting, glossary in object-oriented programming, a class defines an object's characteristics. class is a template definition of an object's properties and methods, the "blueprint" from which other more specific instances of the object are drawn. 79 client hints client hints, glossary, performance, reference, web performance client hints are a set of http request header fields for proactive content negotiation allowing clients to indicate a list of device and agent specific preferences. 80 closure codingscripting, gloss...
...And 21 more matches

Bytecode Descriptions
f x compiles to getgname "x"; typeof. typeof (0, x) compiles to getgname "x"; typeofexpr. emitting the same bytecode for these two expressions would be a bug. per spec, the latter throws a referenceerror if x doesn't exist. format: jof_ic pos stack: val ⇒ (+val) the unary + operator. +val doesn't do any actual math. it just calls tonumber(val). the conversion can call .tostring()/.valueof() methods and can throw. the result on success is always a number. (per spec, unary - supports bigints, but unary + does not.) format: jof_ic neg stack: val ⇒ (-val) the unary - operator. convert val to a numeric value, then push -val. the conversion can call .tostring()/.valueof() methods and can throw. the result on success is always numeric. format: jof_ic bitnot stack: val ⇒ (~val) the bitwi...
...mat: jof_ic neg stack: val ⇒ (-val) the unary - operator. convert val to a numeric value, then push -val. the conversion can call .tostring()/.valueof() methods and can throw. the result on success is always numeric. format: jof_ic bitnot stack: val ⇒ (~val) the bitwise not operator (~). val is converted to an integer, then bitwise negated. the conversion can call .tostring()/.valueof() methods and can throw. the result on success is always an int32 or bigint value. format: jof_ic not stack: val ⇒ (!val) the logical not operator (!). val is first converted with toboolean, then logically negated. the result is always a boolean value. this does not call user-defined methods and can't throw. format: jof_ic binary operators bitor, bitxor, bitand stack: lval, rval ⇒ (lval op rva...
... operator (!). val is first converted with toboolean, then logically negated. the result is always a boolean value. this does not call user-defined methods and can't throw. format: jof_ic binary operators bitor, bitxor, bitand stack: lval, rval ⇒ (lval op rval) binary bitwise operations (|, ^, &). the arguments are converted to integers first. the conversion can call .tostring()/.valueof() methods and can throw. the result on success is always an int32 or bigint value. format: jof_ic eq, ne stack: lval, rval ⇒ (lval op rval) loose equality operators (== and !=). pop two values, compare them, and push the boolean result. the comparison may perform conversions that call .tostring()/.valueof() methods and can throw. implements: abstract equality comparison. format: jof_ic stricteq, st...
...And 21 more matches

Mozilla internal string guide
ing/nsacstring: the abstract base class for all strings. it provides an api for assignment, individual character access, basic manipulation of characters in the string, and string comparison. this class corresponds to the xpidl astring parameter type. nsastring is not necessarily null-terminated. nsstring/nscstring: builds on nsastring by guaranteeing a null-terminated storage. ...
...string/nscstring: builds on nsastring by guaranteeing a null-terminated storage. this allows for a method (.get()) to access the underlying character buffer. the remainder of the string classes inherit from either nsastring or nsstring. thus, every string class is compatible with nsastring. since every string derives from nsastring (or nsacstring), they all share a simple api. common read-only methods: .length() - the number of code units (bytes for 8-bit string classes and char16_ts for 16-bit string classes) in the string. .isempty() - the fastest way of determining if the string has any value. ...
... .append(string) - appends a value to the string. .insert(string, position) - inserts the given string before the code unit at position. .truncate(length) - shortens the string to the given length. complete documentation can be found in the appendix. ...
...And 21 more matches

Mail composition back end
feedback mechanism is provided by a nsimsgsendlistener which is implemented by the caller. the caller has the ability to add or remove listener interfaces to the nsimsgsend object and the interface can support multiple listeners. (for detailed information on the listener interfaces, see the listener interfaces section of this document) nsimsgsend the following describes the methods of the nsimsgsend interface. all of these methods are asynchronous operations. createandsendmessage the createandsendmessage method will create an rfc822 message and send it all in one operation as well as providing the ability to save disk files for later use. the mode of delivery can also be specified for the "send later", "drafts" and "templates" operations. (note: this...
... of the nsimsgsend interface. all of these methods are asynchronous operations. createandsendmessage the createandsendmessage method will create an rfc822 message and send it all in one operation as well as providing the ability to save disk files for later use. the mode of delivery can also be specified for the "send later", "drafts" and "templates" operations. (note: this method could easily be broken in to a few different calls. currently, this method does several functions depending on the arguments passed in, but this could easily lead to confusion. this is something that very well may change as time allows). ns_imethod createandsendmessage( nsieditorshell *aeditor, - the editor object for the mail compose operation. if this i...
...gle call void *relatedpart /* nsmsgsendpart */, - a related part for multipart related operations nsimsgsendlistener **alistenerarray) = 0; - an array of listeners for the send operation. this can be nsnull if you want to do the delivery operation "blind" sendmessagefile the sendmessagefile method will let the caller send a message that has been created by another process (note: createandsendmessage can accomplish this task). ns_imethod sendmessagefile( nsimsgidentity *auseridentity, - the user identity for the person doing the send operation. this will be needed to determine the appropriate folder for copy operations. ...
...And 21 more matches

Using XMLHttpRequest - Web APIs
} var oreq = new xmlhttprequest(); oreq.addeventlistener("load", reqlistener); oreq.open("get", "http://www.example.org/example.txt"); oreq.send(); types of requests a request made via xmlhttprequest can fetch the data in one of two ways, asynchronously or synchronously. the type of request is dictated by the optional async argument (the third argument) that is set on the xmlhttprequest.open() method. if this argument is true or not specified, the xmlhttprequest is processed asynchronously, otherwise the process is handled synchronously. a detailed discussion and demonstrations of these two types of requests can be found on the synchronous and asynchronous requests page. do not use synchronous requests outside web workers. note: starting with gecko 30.0 (firefox 30.0 / thunderbird 30.0 / sea...
...analyzing this xml document: using xpath to address (or point to) parts of it. manually parsing and serializing xml to strings or objects. using xmlserializer to serialize dom trees to strings or to files. regexp can be used if you always know the content of the xml document beforehand. you might want to remove line breaks, if you use regexp to scan with regard to line breaks. however, this method is a "last resort" since if the xml code changes slightly, the method will likely fail. note: xmlhttprequest can now interpret html for you using the responsexml property. read the article about html in xmlhttprequest to learn how to do this. processing a responsetext property containing an html document if you use xmlhttprequest to get the content of a remote html webpage, the responsetext...
...lhttprequest.responsexml property as covered in the article html in xmlhttprequest. inject the content into the body of a document fragment via fragment.body.innerhtml and traverse the dom of the fragment. regexp can be used if you always know the content of the html responsetext beforehand. you might want to remove line breaks, if you use regexp to scan with regard to linebreaks. however, this method is a "last resort" since if the html code changes slightly, the method will likely fail. handling binary data although xmlhttprequest is most commonly used to send and receive textual data, it can be used to send and receive binary content. there are several well tested methods for coercing the response of an xmlhttprequest into sending binary data. these involve utilizing the overridemimetype...
...And 21 more matches

Working with objects - JavaScript
« previousnext » javascript is designed on a simple object-based paradigm. an object is a collection of properties, and a property is an association between a name (or key) and a value. a property's value can be a function, in which case the property is known as a method. in addition to objects that are predefined in the browser, you can define your own objects. this chapter describes how to use objects, properties, functions, and methods, and how to create your own objects. objects overview objects in javascript, just as in many other programming languages, can be compared to objects in real life. the concept of objects in javascript can be understood with real life, tangible objects. in javascript, an object is a standalone entity, with properties and type. compare it wit...
...eys in the square bracket notation are converted to string unless they're symbols, since javascript object property names (keys) can only be strings or symbols (at some point, private names will also be added as the class fields proposal progresses, but you won't use them with [] form). for example, in the above code, when the key obj is added to the myobj, javascript will call the obj.tostring() method, and use this result string as the new key. you can also access properties by using a string value that is stored in a variable: var propertyname = 'make'; mycar[propertyname] = 'ford'; propertyname = 'model'; mycar[propertyname] = 'mustang'; you can use the bracket notation with for...in to iterate over all the enumerable properties of an object. to illustrate how this works, the following ...
... before ecmascript 5, there was no native ...
...And 21 more matches

Mozilla DOM Hacking Guide
++, we expect to receive an argument of the correct type for our function. this is one of the jobs of xpconnect. xpconnect will "wrap" the argument in a wrapper that will be of the type expected by our c++ function. similarly, then return type of the c++ function will be wrapped by xpconnect so that javascript can use it safely. when, in javascript, a client tries to access a dom object or a dom method on a dom object, the js engine asks xpconnect to search for the relevant c++ method to call. for example, when we ask for |document.getelementbyid("myid");|, xpconnect will find that |document| is a property of the window object, so it will look on the interface nsidomwindow, and it will find the getdocument() method. the return value of getdocument() is a nsidomdocument. so xpconnect will then t...
...i'll take two very different examples. ...
...is a property of the window object, so it will look on the interface nsidomwindow, and it will find the getdocument() method. the return value of getdocument() is a nsidomdocument. so xpconnect will then try to find a method named getelementbyid() on the nsidomdocument interface. and indeed it will find it, and thus call it. this is the schema used most of the time when using w3c dom objects and methods. it is however different for some dom level 0 objects and methods. i'll take two very different examples. the first one is the window.location object (the same holds true for document.location, actually). we can change the url of the current window by assigning window.location. ...
...And 20 more matches

An Overview of XPCOM
things are made and just use that software. interfaces and programming by contract an interface forms a contractual agreement between components and clients. there is no code that enforces these agreements, but ignoring them can be fatal. in component-based programming, a component guarantees that the interfaces it provides will be immutable - that they will provide the same access to the same methods across different versions of the component - establishing a contract with the software clients that use it. in this respect, interface-based programming is often referred to as programming by contract. interfaces and encapsulation between component boundaries, abstraction is crucial for software maintainability and reusability. consider, for example, a class that isn't well encapsulated. usin...
...t - establishing a contract with the software clients that use it. in this respect, interface-based programming is often referred to as programming by contract. interfaces and encapsulation between component boundaries, abstraction is crucial for software maintainability and reusability. consider, for example, a class that isn't well encapsulated. ...
... abstraction is crucial for software maintainability and reusability. consider, for example, a class that isn't well encapsulated. using a freely available public initialization method, as the example below suggests, can cause problems. someclass class initialization class someclass { public: // constructor someclass(); // virtual destructor virtual ~someclass(); // init method void init(); void dosomethinguseful(); }; for this system to work properly, the client programmer must pay close attention to whatever rules the component programmer has established. this is the contractual agreement of this unencapsulated class: a set of rules that define when each method can be called and what it is expected to do. one rule might specify that dosomethinguseful may on...
...And 20 more matches

XPIDL
w up to date again) xpidl syntax (out of date) xpidl author's guide (not as out of date) explanation of idl semantics a full guide to the syntax can be found at xpidl:syntax, which is written in an abnf form. an xpidl file is essentially just a series of declarations. at the top level, we can define typedefs, native types, or interfaces. interfaces may furthermore contain typedefs, natives, methods, constants, or attributes. most declarations can have properties applied to them. types there are three ways to make types: a typedef, a native, or an interface. in addition, there are a few built-in native types. the built-in native types are those listed under the type_spec production above. the following is the correspondence table: table 1: standard idl types idl c++ in param...
... nscid* ? nsidptr const nsid* nsid** ? nsiidptr const nsiid* nsiid** ? nscidptr const nscid* nscid** ? nsiid const nsiid nsiid* ? nsid const nsid nsid* ? nscid const nscid nscid* ? ...
...point constants, though parseable, cannot be made into a header or xpt file. constants are emitted in header files using anonymous enums, although there is an outstanding patch that combines adjacent constants into the same anonymous enums to quiet enum mismatch warnings. interfaces specifying interfaces is the primary purpose of using xpidl. interfaces are basically a collection of constants, methods, and attributes; in mozilla, these are the primary ways in which javascript code can interact with native c++ code. furthermore, interfaces can also inherit from another interface. every interface should inherit nsisupports in some fashion. however, it is generally not recommended to have a chain of interfaces inheriting from each other if you intend to have a chain of implementations for each i...
...And 20 more matches

Using Web Workers - Web APIs
ly accessible from the script that first spawned it, whereas shared workers can be accessed from multiple scripts. note: see the web workers api landing page for reference documentation on workers and additional guides. you can run whatever code you like inside the worker thread, with some exceptions. ...
... workers may, in turn, spawn new workers, as long as those workers are hosted within the same origin as the parent page. ...
...code in the following (main.js): if (window.worker) { ... } spawning a dedicated worker creating a new worker is simple. all you need to do is call the worker() constructor, specifying the uri of a script to execute in the worker thread (main.js): var myworker = new worker('worker.js'); sending messages to and from a dedicated worker the magic of workers happens via the postmessage() method and the onmessage event handler. when you want to send a message to the worker, you post messages to it like this (main.js): first.onchange = function() { myworker.postmessage([first.value,second.value]); console.log('message posted to worker'); } second.onchange = function() { myworker.postmessage([first.value,second.value]); console.log('message posted to worker'); } so here we have ...
...And 20 more matches

Migrate apps from Internet Explorer to Mozilla - Archive of obsolete content
s when new browser versions arrive, thus requiring code changes. it is much better and more reliable to sniff by browser capability or object feature support. you can usually do this by testing the required functionality in javascript. for example, rather than: if (ismozilla || isie5) you would use: if (document.getelementbyid) this would allow other browsers that support that w3c standard method, such as opera or safari, to work without any changes. useragent sniffing makes sense in very limited cases where you really do want to know the exact browser in use, such as when you need to work around a bug in a specific version of a specific browser. for all other purposes you should check for the feature you need rather than the browsers you think will support that feature. javascript al...
...elementbyid(aid), which works in internet explorer 5.0+, mozilla-based browsers, other w3c-compliant browsers and is part of the dom level 1 specification. mozilla does not support accessing an element through document.elementname or even through the element's name, which internet explorer does (also called global namespace polluting). ...
...h internet explorer does (also called global namespace polluting). mozilla also does not support the netscape 4 document.layers method and internet explorer's document.all. while document.getelementbyid lets you retrieve one element, you can also use document.layers and document.all to obtain a list of all document elements with a certain tag name, such as all <div> elements. the w3c dom level 1 method gets references to all elements with the same tag name through getelementsbytagname(). the method returns an array in javascript, and can be called on the document element or other nodes to search only their subtree. ...
...And 19 more matches

Sending form data - Learn web development
...
...pairs joined with ampersands. the action value should be a file on the server that can handle the incoming data, including ensuring server-side validation. the server then responds, generally handling the data and loading the url defined by the action attribute, causing a new page load (or a refresh of the existing page, if the action points to the same page). how the data is sent depends on the method attribute. the method attribute the method attribute defines how data is sent. the http protocol provides several ways to perform a request; html form data can be transmitted via a number of different methods, the most common being the get method and the post method to understand the difference between those two methods, let's step back and examine how http works. each time you want to reach a...
... difference between those two methods, let's step back and examine how http works. each time you want to reach a resource on the web, the browser sends a request to a url. an http request consists of two parts: a header that contains a set of global metadata about the browser's capabilities, and a body that can contain information necessary for the server to process the specific request. the get method the get method is the method used by the browser to ask the server to send back a given resource: "hey server, i want to get this resource." in this case, the browser sends an empty body. because the body is empty, if a form is sent using this method the data sent to the server is appended to the url. ...
...And 18 more matches

Object prototypes - Learn web development
note: this article covers traditional javascript constructors and classes. in the next article, we talk about the modern way of doing things, which provides easier syntax to achieve the same things — see ecmascript 2015 classes. ...
...ing things, which provides easier syntax to achieve the same things — see ecmascript 2015 classes. prerequisites: understanding javascript functions, familiarity with javascript basics (see first steps and building blocks), and oojs basics (see introduction to objects). objective: to understand javascript object prototypes, how prototype chains work, and how to add new methods onto the prototype property. a prototype-based language? javascript is often described as a prototype-based language — to provide inheritance, objects can have a prototype object, which acts as a template object that it inherits methods and properties from. an object's prototype object may also have a prototype object, which it inherits methods and properties from, and so on. this is ...
...d as a prototype-based language — to provide inheritance, objects can have a prototype object, which acts as a template object that it inherits methods and properties from. an object's prototype object may also have a prototype object, which it inherits methods and properties from, and so on. this is often referred to as a prototype chain, and explains why different objects have properties and methods defined on other objects available to them. in javascript, a link is made between the object instance and its prototype (its __proto__ property, which is derived from the prototype property on the constructor), and the properties and methods are found by walking up the chain of prototypes. note: it's important to understand that there is a distinction between an object's prototype (available ...
...And 18 more matches

Python binding for NSS
wing: network security services (nss). nss project page. netscape portable runtime. nspr project page. nspr reference. nspr api documentation. design goals nss and nspr are c language api's which python-nss "wraps" and exposes to python programs. the design of python-nss follows these basic guiding principles: be a thin layer with almost a one-to-one mapping of nss/nspr calls to python methods and functions. programmers already familiar with nss/nspr will be quite comfortable with python-nss. be "pythonic". the term pythonic means to follow accepted python paradigms and idoms in the python language and libraries. thus when deciding if the nss/nspr api should be rigidly followed or a more pythonic api provided the pythonic implementation wins because python programmers do not want to ...
...ith the richness of full python. identifer names follow the preferred python style instead of the style in the nss/nspr c header files. classes are camel-case. class names always begin with a upper case letter and are then followed by a mix of lower and upper case letters, a upper case letter is used to separate words. acronyms always appear as a contiguous string of upper case letters. method, function and property names are always lower case with words seperated by underscores. constants are all upper case with words seperated by underscores, they match the nss/nspr c api. every module, class, function, and method has associated documentation and is exposed via the standard python methodology. this documentation is available via the numerous python documentation extraction t...
... nss/nspr objects which are collections support the python iteration protocol. in other words they can be iterated over, indexed by position, or used as slices. nss/nspr objects whose collection elements can be referenced by name support associative indexing. ...
...And 18 more matches

Add to iPhoto
nstallable version of this extension on amo. once installed, when you right-click on an image, you'll see among the options in the contextual menu an option to "add image to iphoto". choose it, and iphoto will start up (if it's not already running) and import the image. declaring the apis the first thing we have to do is declare the mac os x apis we'll be using. this extension uses a number of methods and data types, as well as constants, from three system frameworks. since a lot of this stuff is repetitive, we'll only look at selected parts of the code to get an idea how things work. you can download the extension and poke through the code inside it if you'd like to see all of it. for the sake of organization, i chose to implement each system framework (and, mind you, i only declare the ap...
...is stuff is repetitive, we'll only look at selected parts of the code to get an idea how things work. you can download the extension and poke through the code inside it if you'd like to see all of it. for the sake of organization, i chose to implement each system framework (and, mind you, i only declare the apis i actually use, not all of them) as a javascript object containing all the types and methods that framework's api. note: in a few cases, this code takes the easy way out by using ctypes.voidptr_t instead of a typed pointer. that's not really the ideal way to do things but saved some time for this simple example. some of this may change as i refine the example in the future; i'll update the article if and when that happens. some global types there are a few global data types used by a...
... field data type. core foundation the majority of the system routines we'll be using come from core foundation. among these are routines for managing cfstring, cfurl, and cfarray objects, among others. these are core system data formats that are used by other frameworks, and we'll be making use of them. ...
...And 18 more matches

Debugger - Firefox Developer Tools
accessor properties of the debugger prototype object a debugger instance inherits the following accessor properties from its prototype: enabled a boolean value indicating whether this debugger instance’s handlers, breakpoints, and the like are currently enabled. ...
...ned to a debugging handler must be either a function or undefined; otherwise a typeerror is thrown. handler functions run in the same thread in which the event occurred. they run in the compartment to which they belong, not in a debuggee compartment. onnewscript(script,global) new code, represented by the debugger.script instancescript, has been loaded in the scope of the debuggees. ...
...however, note that a { return:value } resumption value is treated like undefined (“continue normally”);value is ignored. ...
...And 18 more matches

WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope.setInterval() - Web APIs
syntax var intervalid = scope.setinterval(func, [delay, arg1, arg2, ...]); var intervalid = scope.setinterval(function[, delay]); var intervalid = scope.setinterval(code, [delay]); parameters func a function to be executed every delay milliseconds. the function is not passed any arguments, and no return value is expected. ...
...t amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. pellentesque a nisl eu sem vehicula egestas.</p> </div> </body> </html> view this demo in action. see also: clearinterval(). callback arguments as previously discussed, internet explorer versions 9 and below do not support the passing of arguments to the callback function in either settimeout() or setinterval(). the following ie-specific code demonstrates a method for overcoming this limitation. to use, simply add the following code to the top of your script. /*\ |*| |*| ie-specific polyfill that enables the passage of arbitrary arguments to the |*| callback functions of javascript timers (html5 standard syntax). |*| |*| /docs/web/api/window.setinterval |*| https://developer.mozilla.org/user:fusionchess |*| |*| syntax: |*| var timeoutid = window.se...
...lity is to use function's bind. example: var intervalid = setinterval(function(arg1) {}.bind(undefined, 10), 1000); inactive tabs requires gecko 5.0(firefox 5.0 / thunderbird 5.0 / seamonkey 2.2) starting in gecko 5.0 (firefox 5.0 / thunderbird 5.0 / seamonkey 2.2), intervals are clamped to fire no more often than once per second in inactive tabs. the "this" problem when you pass a method to setinterval() or any other function, it is invoked with the wrong this value. this problem is explained in detail in the javascript reference. explanation code executed by setinterval() runs in a separate execution context than the function from which it was called. as a consequence, the this keyword for the called function is set to the window (or global) object, it is not the same as the t...
...And 18 more matches

XPCOM Objects - Archive of obsolete content
few extensions installed yields 876 strings. that's quite a lot. luckily, you'll only need to know a handful of those for extension development. the @mozilla.org/ prefix is just a way to keep things namespaced. we would use something like @xulschool.com/ to make our own components. components are either services (static objects) or instances of classes, just like the objects we handle in js. the method you call on cc["some-string"] should either be getservice or createinstance, depending on what you're asking for. in most cases it is very clear which one to call, but in case of doubt, look for documentation on it. those two methods always receive the interface identifier as an argument. similarly to cc, ci (components.interfaces) is an index of available interfaces. a modified version of the l...
...rfaces. a modified version of the last code snippet produces an even longer list of available interfaces. just like in component identifiers, the nsi prefix is just a way of keeping things in order. the ns stands for netscape, mozilla's predecessor. the "i" stands for interface. our interfaces should begin with something like xsihello. an interface is just a definition of a set of attributes and methods that an object implementing it should have. xpcom components can implement multiple interfaces, and they often do. let's look at the preference service as an example of this. we'll look at its documentation in a very old xul site called xul planet. all of its documentation was planned to be migrated to mdc, but it looks like it was never finished and xul planet was discontinued. their xpcom docu...
...omponent page. right at the top you can see a list of the interfaces it implements, with a link to a documentation page for each one of them. then you'll see a list of all members of this object, with some documentation about it. it is particularly important to note that, for every member in the component, you'll see in what interface this member is defined. clicking on the link for the getbranch method takes you to the nsiprefservice documentation page, where you can see more details on the interface and the method. you can also see a list of what components implement this interface. all of this documentation is generated from the one present in the firefox source files, so it's in general very complete and well written. it's a shame xul planet is no longer with us. interfaces can be awkward t...
...And 17 more matches

JXON - Archive of obsolete content
(nattrlen; nattrlen < oxmlparent.attributes.length; nattrlen++) { oattrib = oxmlparent.attributes.item(nattrlen); this.keyattributes[oattrib.name.tolowercase()] = parsetext(oattrib.value.trim()); } } /* * optional properties... this.keylength = nlength; this.attributeslength = nattrlen; // this.domnode = oxmlparent; */ /* object.freeze(this); */ } /* * optional methods... uncomment the optional properties first! jxontree.prototype.valueof = function () { return this.keyvalue; }; jxontree.prototype.tostring = function () { return string(this.keyvalue); }; jxontree.prototype.getitem = function (nitem) { if (nlength === 0) { return null; } var ncount = 0; for (var skey in this) { if (ncount === nitem) { return this[skey]; } ncount++; } return null; }; jx...
...name]; } nattr++; } return null; }; jxontree.prototype.haschildren = function () { return this.keylength > 0; }; */ var myobject = new jxontree(doc); // we got our javascript object! try: alert(json.stringify(myobject)); note: if you want to freeze the whole object tree (because of the "static" nature of an xml document), uncomment the string: /* object.freeze(this); */. the object.freeze() method prevents new properties from being added to it, prevents existing properties from being removed and prevents existing properties, or their enumerability, configurability, or writability, from being changed. in essence the object tree is made effectively immutable. with this algorithm our example becomes: { "catalog": { "product": { "catalog_item": [{ "item_number": { "k...
...} }, "script": { "keyvalue": "function matchwo(a,b) {\n if (a < b && a < 0) { return 1; }\n else { return 0; }\n}", "keyattributes": { "type": "text/javascript" } }, "keyvalue": null }, "keyvalue": null } this is a recommanded technique if you don't know the structure of the xml document. algorithm #2: a less verbose way here is another, simpler, conversion method, in which nodeattributes are listed under the same object of child nodes but have the “@” prefix (as suggested by the badgerfish convention). as above, the text content is stored into the keyvalue property. the constructor's argument can be the entire xml document, a documentfragment or simply an element node of it. /*\ |*| |*| jxon snippet #2 mdndeveloper network |*| |*| https://developer...
...And 17 more matches

Reading from Files - Archive of obsolete content
using the unavailable nsiscriptableio apis: code snippets: file i/o, open and save dialogs, reading textual data, writing textual data, list of file-related error codes. reading data from a file involves getting a reference to a file and then creating an input stream to read from it. an input stream provides a means of reading bytes, strings or other values from the file. while there is only one method to create an input stream, it provides a number of options to control exactly how reading is performed. for instance, there are options to read a file as if it were text or a binary file. using the former will cause characters in the stream to be interpreted with a particular character encoding. in addition, lines may be read by reading the file up until a linefeed character is detected. a binary...
...t file objects, see files and streams. var file = io.getfile("home", "sample.txt"); var stream = io.newinputstream(file, "text"); this example first retrieves a file object using nsiscriptableio.getfile(). in this case, the file 'sample.txt' within the user's home directory is retrieved. next, nsiscriptableio.newinputstream() is called to create a new input stream for reading from the file. this method will open the file and return a stream. naturally, if the file does not exist, an error will occur. you may wish to use nsifile.exists() to check if the file exists before opening it. in fact, it is a good idea to enclose file reading and writing operations within a try-catch block to capture any errors that might occur during the process. see file errors for a list of errors that might occur. th...
...le and return a stream. naturally, if the file does not exist, an error will occur. you may wish to use nsifile.exists() to check if the file exists before opening it. in fact, it is a good idea to enclose file reading and writing operations within a try-catch block to capture any errors that might occur during the process. see file errors for a list of errors that might occur. the newinputstream method takes two arguments in this example. the first argument is the file to read from, and the second is a set of flags which control the reading. in this case, the 'text' flag is used which indicates that you expect this file to be text file. this method actually takes a number of additional arguments, however they are optional so they do not need to be specified if they aren't needed. these extra ar...
...And 17 more matches

Gecko info for Windows accessibility vendors
this is the w3c's specification for how web content is exposed to javascript and other languages. it covers content, style and events. inside the gecko process, code has full access to dom apis. however, exposing the entire dom to external software packages is quite involved, partially because changes to the dom in firefox must occur on the main thread. we have chosen a subset of readonly methods in the dom needed for assistive technology vendors. events such as focus changes must be tracked through msaa events, rather than dom events. xul: extensible user-interface language the xml-based language used by firefox and mozilla to develop the ui. similar to html in that it can be combined with css and javascript to make powerful applications. contains more desktop-styl...
...l: extensible user-interface language the xml-based language used by firefox and mozilla to develop the ui. similar to html in that it can be combined with css and javascript to make powerful applications. contains more desktop-style widgets than html and follows a box layout model, rather than being text-flow based. ajax: asynchronous javascript and xml ajax is a method of building interactive web applications that process user requests, user actions immediately in real time, unlike an http request, during which users must wait for a whole page to reload or for a new page to load. data is therefore stored and retrieved dynamically much faster. roles, states and events: please read the msaa documentation on msdn if you are unfamiliar with th...
...ad a new window by firing two event_state_change's on the root role_document accessible -- the first state change indicates the document pane is now busy loading. the second state change indicates the document pane has finished. when handling the event, use get_accstate() to check the state_busy flag. when the document has finished loading the busy flag will be cleared. ...
...And 17 more matches

Debugger.Object - Firefox Developer Tools
debugger.object a debugger.object instance represents an object in the debuggee, providing reflection-oriented methods to inspect and modify its referent. the referent's properties do not appear directly as properties of the debugger.object instance; the debugger can access them only through methods like debugger.object.prototype.getownpropertydescriptor and debugger.object.prototype.defineproperty, ensuring that the debugger will not inadvertently invoke the referent's getters and setters. spidermonkey creates exactly one debugger.object instance for each debuggee object it presents to a given debugger instance: if the debugger encounters the same object through two different routes (perhaps two functions are called on the same object), spidermonkey presents the same debugger.object instance...
...ironment if the referent is a function that is debuggee code, a debugger.environment instance representing the lexical environment enclosing the function when it was created. if the referent is a function proxy or not debuggee code, this is undefined. proxyhandler if the referent is a proxy whose handler object was allocated by debuggee code, this is its handler object—the object whose methods are invoked to implement accesses of the proxy's properties. if the referent is not a proxy whose handler object was allocated by debuggee code, this is null. proxycalltrap if the referent is a function proxy whose handler object was allocated by debuggee code, this is its call trap function—the function called when the function proxy is called. if the referent is not a function proxy wh...
...vascript module's global object might look like this: { "type":"jsm", "uri":"resource:://gre/modules/xpcomutils.jsm" } firefox provides [debuggerhostannotationsforfirefox annotations] for its host objects. ...
...And 17 more matches

Finishing the Component
technical details about how interface changes beneath your code can cause havoc. the danger of using unfrozen interfaces suppose that you need to use the interface nsifoo that isn't frozen. you build your component using this interface, and it works great with the version of gecko that you have tested against. ...
...foo interface requires a major change, and methods are reordered, some are added, others are removed. moreover, since this interface was never supposed to be used by clients other than gecko or mozilla, the maintainers of the interface don't know that it's being used, and don't change the iid of the interface. when your component runs in a version of gecko in which this interface is updated, your method calls will be routed through a different v-table than the one the component expected, most likely resulting in a crash. below, the component is compiled against a version of the nsifoo interface that has three methods. the component calls the method testa and passes an integer, 10. this works fine in any gecko installation where a contract guarantees that the interface that was compiled against ...
...needless to say, this is a bad thing. furthermore, there is no way easy way to realize this error at runtime. ...
...And 16 more matches

Using the Payment Request API - Web APIs
the payment request api provides a browser-based method of connecting users and their preferred payment systems and platforms to merchants that they want to pay for goods and services. this article is a guide to making use of the payment request api, with examples and suggested best practices. the basics of making a payment this section details the basics of using the payment request api to make a payment. note: the code snippets from this section are from our feature detect support demo. creating a new payment request object a payment request always starts with the creation of a new paymentrequest object — using the paymentrequest() constructor. ...
...his section details the basics of using the payment request api to make a payment. note: the code snippets from this section are from our feature detect support demo. creating a new payment request object a payment request always starts with the creation of a new paymentrequest object — using the paymentrequest() constructor. this takes two mandatory parameters and one option parameter: methoddata — an object containing information concerning the payment provider, such as what payment methods are supported, etc. details — an object containing information concerning the specific payment, such as the total payment amount, tax, shipping cost, etc. options (optional) — an object containing addtional options related to the payment. so for example, you could create a new paymentreq...
...h as what payment methods are supported, etc. details — an object containing information concerning the specific payment, such as the total payment amount, tax, shipping cost, etc. options (optional) — an object containing addtional options related to the payment. ...
...And 16 more matches

RTCPeerConnection - Web APIs
the rtcpeerconnection interface represents a webrtc connection between the local computer and a remote peer. it provides methods to connect to a remote peer, maintain and monitor the connection, and close the connection once it's no longer needed. <div id="interfacediagram" style="display: inline-block; position: relative; width: 100%; padding-bottom: 11.666666666666666%; vertical-align: middle; overflow: hidden;"><svg style="display: inline-block; position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0;" viewbox="-50 0 600 70" preserveaspectratio="xminymin meet"><a xlink:href="/docs/web/api/eventtarget" target="_top"><rect x="1" y="1" width="110" height="50" fill="#fff" stroke="#d4dde4" stroke-width="2px" /><text x="56" y="30" font-size="12px" font-family="consolas,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill="#4d4e5...
...te end of the connection as it was most recently successfully negotiated since the last time the rtcpeerconnection finished negotiating and connecting to a remote peer. also included is a list of any ice candidates that may already have been generated by the ice agent since the offer or answer represented by the description was first instantiated.getdefaulticeservers() the getdefaulticeservers() method of the rtcpeerconnection interface returns an array of objects based on the rtciceserver dictionary, which indicates what, if any, ice servers the browser will use by default if none are provided to the rtcpeerconnection in its rtcconfiguration. however, browsers are not required to provide any default ice servers at all.iceconnectionstate read only the read-only property rtcpeerconnection.icecon...
...angethe onsignalingstatechange event handler property of the rtcpeerconnection interface specifies a function to be called when the signalingstatechange event occurs on an rtcpeerconnection interface.ontrack the rtcpeerconnection property ontrack is an eventhandler which specifies a function to be called when the track event occurs, indicating that a track has been added to the rtcpeerconnection.methodsalso inherits methods from: eventtargetaddicecandidate()when a web site or app using rtcpeerconnection receives a new ice candidate from the remote peer over its signaling channel, it delivers the newly-received candidate to the browser's ice agent by calling rtcpeerconnection.addicecandidate().addstream() the obsolete rtcpeerconnection method addstream() adds a mediastream as a local source o...
...And 16 more matches

Private class fields - JavaScript
class properties are public by default and can be examined or modified outside the class. there is however an experimental proposal to allow defining private class fields using a hash # prefix is added. ...
... class properties are public by default and can be examined or modified outside the class. there is however an experimental proposal to allow defining private class fields using a hash # prefix is added. ...
... class classwithprivatefield { #privatefield } class classwithprivatemethod { #privatemethod() { return 'hello world' } } class classwithprivatestaticfield { static #private_static_field } examples private static fields private fields are accessible on the class constructor from inside the class declaration itself. the limitation of static variables being called by only static methods still holds. class classwithprivatestaticfield { static #private_static_field static publicstaticmethod() { classwithprivatestaticfield.#private_static_field = 42 return classwithprivatestaticfield.#private_static_field } } console.assert(classwithprivatestaticfield.publicstaticmethod() === 42) private static fields are added to the class constructor at class evaluation time. ...
...And 16 more matches

Modularization techniques - Archive of obsolete content
. the mechanism we're using is based on the principles laid down by com, so pretty much anything you know about com can be applied here, and any reference on com can provide you with more interesting and complex examples than the ones provided here. the basics interfaces the basic building blocks of modules are c++ pure virtual interfaces. a pure virtual interface is simply a class where every method is defined as pure virtual, that is: virtual int foo(int bar) = 0; pure virtual interfaces provide an easy mechanism for passing function tables between modules that may reside in separate, possibly dynamically loaded, libraries. each interface is assigned a unique interface identifier, or iid. nsisupports the key interface in our model is the nsisupports interface, our equivalent to com's i...
...s the nsisupports interface, our equivalent to com's iunknown interface. nsisupports provides two key features, interface interrogation and reference counting. interface interrogation is a simple, uniform mechanism for determining which interfaces a object supports, and for hiding the the mechanics of how the object was implemented. interface interrogation is performed using the queryinterface() method. the caller passes in an id and a pointer to a address to place the resulting interface. if the query is successful, queryinterface() will return ns_ok. if the object does not support the given interface, it will return ns_nointerface. reference counting is performed using the addref() and release() methods. an objects reference count generally starts at zero. addref() increments that reference ...
...ddref() on the requested interface before returning. both addref() and release() return the resulting reference count. the convenience macros ns_addref() and ns_release() are preferred over calling addref and release directly. in debug builds, these macros provide useful reference counting logs. use them wherever possible. /* * the nsisupports interface */ class nsisupports { public: ns_imethod queryinterface(const nsiid &aiid, void **aresult) = 0; ns_imethod_(nsrefcnt) addref(void) = 0; ns_imethod_(nsrefcnt) release(void) = 0; }; the ns_imethod and ns_imethod_(type) macros are basically shorthand for virtual nsresult and virtualtype. on windows they expand to virtual nsresult __stdcall and virtual type __stdcall for com compatibility reasons. you...
...And 15 more matches

tabbrowser - Archive of obsolete content
it is similar to the browser element, except that multiple documents can be displayed, each in a separate tab. note: starting in firefox 3 (xulrunner/gecko 1.9), this is only used in the main firefox window and cannot be used in other xul windows by third-party applications or extensions. ...
...eupdown, onbookmarkgroup, onnewtab, tabmodalpromptshowing properties browsers, cangoback, cangoforward, contentdocument, contenttitle, contentvieweredit, contentviewerfile, contentwindow, currenturi, docshell, documentcharsetinfo, homepage, markupdocumentviewer, securityui, selectedbrowser, selectedtab, sessionhistory, tabcontainer, tabs, visibletabs, webbrowserfind, webnavigation, webprogress methods addprogresslistener, addtab, addtabsprogresslistener,appendgroup, getbrowseratindex, getbrowserindexfordocument, getbrowserfordocument, getbrowserfortab, geticon, getnotificationbox, gettabforbrowser, gettabmodalpromptbox, goback, gobackgroup, goforward, goforwardgroup, gohome, gotoindex, loadgroup, loadonetab, loadtabs, loaduri, loaduriwithflags, movetabto, pintab, reload, reloadalltabs, reloa...
...ations on the document. contentviewerfile type: nsicontentviewerfile reference to the nsicontentviewerfile interface for the document. contentwindow type: todo use the contentwindow.wrappedjsobject to obtain a dom(html) window object currenturi type: nsiuri this read-only property contains the currently loaded url. to change the url, use the loaduri method. docshell type: nsidocshell this read-only property contains the nsidocshell object for the document. documentcharsetinfo obsolete since gecko 12.0 type: nsidocumentcharsetinfo this read-only property contains the nsidocumentcharsetinfo object for the document which is used to handle which character set should be used to display the document. the prop...
...And 15 more matches

Vue conditional rendering: editing existing todos - Learn web development
<button type="submit" class="btn btn__primary"> save <span class="visually-hidden">edit for {{label}}</span> </button> </div> </form> </template> <script> export default { props: { label: { type: string, required: true }, id: { type: string, required: true } }, data() { return { newlabel: this.label }; }, methods: { onsubmit() { if (this.newlabel && this.newlabel !== this.label) { this.$emit("item-edited", this.newlabel); } }, oncancel() { this.$emit("edit-cancelled"); } } }; </script> <style scoped> .edit-label { font-family: arial, sans-serif; -webkit-font-smoothing: antialiased; -moz-osx-font-smoothing: grayscale; color: #0b0c0c; display: block; ...
...n clicked, will delete the todo item via an event handler function called deletetodo(). in this handler we’ll emit an item-deleted event to our parent component so the list can be updated. let's define our click handlers, and the necessary isediting flag. add isediting below your existing isdone data point: data() { return { isdone: this.done, isediting: false }; } now add your methods inside a methods property, right below your data() property: methods: { deletetodo() { this.$emit('item-deleted'); }, toggletoitemeditform() { this.isediting = true; } } conditionally displaying components via v:if and v:else now we have an isediting flag that we can use to signify that the item is being edited (or not). if isediting is true, we want to use that ...
... the props property inside the component object: components: { todoitemeditform }, now, if you go to your app and click a todo item's "edit" button, you should see the checkbox replaced with the edit form. however, there's currently no way to go back. to fix that, we need to add some more event handlers to our component. ...
...And 15 more matches

Using XPCOM Components
called xpconnect to seamlessly connect to the cookiemanager component (see connecting to components from the interface below). xul is just one way to expose the functionality of the cookiemanager component-but it's a particularly useful one in the mozilla world. the functionality of the cookiemanager component is available through the nsicookiemanager interface, which is comprised of the public methods in the table below. the nsicookiemanager interface removeall remove all cookies from the cookie list. enumerator enumerate through the cookie list. remove remove a particular cookie from the list. in xpcom the interface is guaranteed to stay the same even if the underlying implementation changes. the interfaces are public, in other words, and the impl...
... the cookie list. remove remove a particular cookie from the list. in xpcom the interface is guaranteed to stay the same even if the underlying implementation changes. the interfaces are public, in other words, and the implementations are private[private-xpcom-interfaces]. ...
...erfaces]. when a user selects one of the cookies displayed in the list and then clicks the remove button, the remove method in the nsicookiemanager interface is called. the function is carried out by the cookiemanager component, and the selected cookie is deleted from disk and removed from the displayed list. ...
...And 15 more matches

nsIWindowsRegKey
xpcom/ds/nsiwindowsregkey.idlscriptable this interface is designed to provide scriptable access to the windows registry system. 1.0 66 introduced gecko 1.8 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 1.8 (firefox 1.5 / thunderbird 1.5 / seamonkey 1.0) the interface represents a single key in the registry. this interface is highly win32 specific. ...
...corresponds to the hkey_ prefix in the ms platform sdk. this interface is not restricted to using only these root keys. constant value description root_key_classes_root 0x80000000 root_key_current_user 0x80000001 root_key_local_machine 0x80000002 access constants values for the mode parameter passed to the open() and create() methods. the values defined here correspond to the regsam values defined in winnt.h in the ms platform sdk, where access_ is replaced with key_. this interface is not restricted to using only these access types. constant value description access_basic 0x00020000 access_query_value 0x00000001 access_set_value 0x00000002 access_cre...
... wow64_32 0x00000200 wow64_64 0x00000100 type constants values for the type of a registry value. the numeric values of these constants are taken directly from winnt.h in the ms platform sdk. the microsoft documentation should be consulted for the exact meaning of these value types. this interface is somewhat restricted to using only these value types. there is no method that is directly equivalent to regqueryvalueex or regsetvalueex. in particular, this interface does not support the reg_multi_sz and reg_expand_sz value types. it is still possible to enumerate values that have other types (that is, getvaluetype() may return a type not defined below). constant value description type_none 0 reg_none type_string 1 reg_sz...
...And 15 more matches

this - JavaScript
a function's this keyword behaves a little differently in javascript compared to other languages. it also has some differences between strict mode and non-strict mode. in most cases, the value of this is determined by how a function is called (runtime binding). it can't be set by assignment during execution, and it may be different each time the function is called. es5 introduced the bind() method to set the value of a function's this regardless of how it's called, and es2015 introduced arrow functions which don't provide their own this binding (it retains the this value of the enclosing lexical context). the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-e...
...window.f2()). this feature wasn't implemented in some browsers when they first started to support strict mode. as a result, they incorrectly returned the window object. to set the value of this to a particular value when calling a function, use call(), or apply() as in the examples below. class context the behavior of this in classes and functions is similar, sin...
... they incorrectly returned the window object. to set the value of this to a particular value when calling a function, use call(), or apply() as in the examples below. class context the behavior of this in classes and functions is similar, since classes are functions under the hood. but there are some differences and caveats. within a class constructor, this is a regular object. all non-static methods within the class are added to the prototype of this: class example { constructor() { const proto = object.getprototypeof(this); console.log(object.getownpropertynames(proto)); } first(){} second(){} static third(){} } new example(); // ['constructor', 'first', 'second'] note: static methods are not properties of this. they are properties of the class itself. derived clas...
...And 15 more matches

StringView - Archive of obsolete content
the aims of this library are: to create a c-like interface for strings (i.e., an array of character codes — an arraybufferview in javascript) based upon the javascript arraybuffer interface to create a highly extensible library that anyone can extend by adding methods to the object stringview.prototype to create a collection of methods for such string-like objects (since now: stringviews) which work strictly on arrays of numbers rather than on creating new immutable javascript strings to work with unicode encodings other than javascript's default utf-16 domstrings introduction as web applications become more and more powerful, adding features such as audio and video manipulation, access to raw data using websockets, and so forth, it has become clear that there are times when i...
...b applications become more and more powerful, adding features such as audio and video manipulation, access to raw data using websockets, and so forth, it has become clear that there are times when it would be helpful for javascript code to be able to quickly and easily manipulate raw binary data. in the past, this had to be simulated by treating the raw data as a string and using the charcodeat() method to read the bytes from the data buffer. however, this is slow and error-prone, due to the need for multiple conversions (especially if the binary data is not actually byte-format data, but, for example, 32-bit integers or floats). javascript typed arrays provide a mechanism for accessing raw binary data much more efficiently. the stringview constructor is one level above typed arrays. the code...
...in front of a 5/6-byte sequence stringview tries to * encode it in any case. */ var nlen = achars.length, npart = achars[nidx]; ...
...And 14 more matches

Chapter 4: Using XPCOM—Implementing advanced processes - Archive of obsolete content
developing components in c++ or other compiled languages, be sure to include binaries for every platform. reference materials to get an idea of what kinds of functions embedded xpcom can handle, take a look at the api reference and the interface definitions from xpidl in the actual source code. note: interface definition language (idl) is a language for giving standard definitions of objects, methods, and so forth. the xpidl (cross-platform idl) used by mozilla is a partial extension to the corba idl. you can perform a full-text search of the firefox source code in mozilla cross-reference using character strings, filenames, etc as search keys. if you’re having trouble with any of the details of the interface, it is helpful to search on the source code for usage examples within firefox. ...
...ce = components.classes['@mozilla.org/network/io-service;1'] .getservice(components.interfaces.nsiioservice); alert(ioservice); ]]></script> </page> calling xpconnect using local files try saving the contents of listing 1 as the file test.xul, somewhere on your desktop, and drag and drop it into firefox to open it. you'll note that even though the file includes an alert method, nothing happens. this is a by-product of the fact that test.xul currently doesn’t have privileges. in order to use xpconnect, the file needs special universalxpconnect privileges. because ordinary web pages and local files don't have privileges, it's impossible to actually try out the sample code in this chapter. in order to set universalxpconnect privileges, you need to run the code in list...
...ary/application support/firefox/profiles/random number.default/ in the interests of security, delete these lines from prefs.js after finishing these tests. note that firefox itself and its extensions have privileges set by default after installation and registration. extensions don't need special code like that in listing 2 in order to get privileges. fixme: we should advise against using such method fixme: figure 1: dialog requesting privileges listing 3: grant privileges without manual confirmation for a specific file user_pref("capability.principal.codebase.test.granted", "universalxpconnect"); user_pref("capability.principal.codebase.test.id", "file url"); frequently used xpcom functions let’s take a look at those xpcom functions that are used especially frequently. you should be ...
...And 14 more matches

nsIDOMWindowUtils
dom/interfaces/base/nsidomwindowutils.idlscriptable this interface is a dom utility interface that provides useful dom methods and attributes. 1.0 66 introduced gecko 1.8 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 49.0 (firefox 49.0 / thunderbird 49.0 / seamonkey 2.46) implemented by: window. ...
...interfaces/base/nsidomwindowutils.idlscriptable this interface is a dom utility interface that provides useful dom methods and attributes. 1.0 66 introduced gecko 1.8 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 49.0 (firefox 49.0 / thunderbird 49.0 / seamonkey 2.46) implemented by: window. ...
... ime-mode: password. ime_status_plugin 3 plug-in has focus. at this time we should not attempt to set the ime state. composition_attr_rawinput 0x02 synthesize a text event to the window. cannot be accessed from unprivileged context (not content-accessible) will throw a dom security error if called without universalxpconnect privileges. currently, this method doesn't support 4 or more clauses composition string. obsolete since gecko 38.0 composition_attr_selectedrawtext 0x03 obsolete since gecko 38.0 composition_attr_convertedtext 0x04 obsolete since gecko 38.0 composition_attr_selectedconvertedtext 0x05 obsolete since gecko 38.0 query_content_flag_use_native_line_break 0x0000 one of valu...
...And 14 more matches

nsIOutputStream
xpcom/io/nsioutputstream.idlscriptable an interface describing a writable stream of data. inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 1.0 an output stream may be "blocking" or "non-blocking" (see the isnonblocking() method). a blocking output stream may suspend the calling thread in order to satisfy a call to close(), flush(), write(), writefrom(), or writesegments(). a non-blocking output stream, on the other hand, must not block the calling thread of execution. ...
...(), write(), writefrom(), or writesegments(). a non-blocking output stream, on the other hand, must not block the calling thread of execution. note: blocking output streams are often written to on a background thread to avoid locking up the main application thread. for this reason, it is generally the case that a blocking output stream should be implemented using thread-safe addref and release. ...
... void close(); parameters none. exceptions thrown ns_base_stream_would_block indicates that closing the output stream would block the calling thread for an indeterminate amount of time. ...
...And 14 more matches

Drawing and Event Handling - Plugins
window or a drawable. this structure contains information about coordinate position, size, the state of the plug-in (windowed or windowless), and some platform-specific information. note: when a plug-in is drawn to a window, the plug-in is responsible for preserving state information and ensuring that the original state is restored. for windowless plug-ins, the browser calls the npp_setwindow method with an npwindow structure that represents a drawable. for windowed plug-ins, the browser calls the npp_setwindow method with an npwindow structure that represents a window. //the npwindow structure typedef enum { npwindowtypewindow = 1, npwindowtypedrawable } npwindowtype; typedef struct _npwindow { void* window; /* platform-specific handle */ uint32 x; /* position of to...
...ecific handle to a window. npwindowtypedrawable: windowless plug-in. the window field holds a platform-specific handle to a drawable, as follows: windows: hdc mac os: pointer to np_port structure. unix/x11: not used. (the drawable is provided in the paint message. see below.) in both cases, the drawable can be an off-screen pixmap. drawing plug-ins this section describes the methods and processes you use in drawing both windowed and windowless plug-ins. processes that apply to only one of these plug-in types are described in the following sections. the plug-in uses these methods to draw plug-ins and to handle events: plug-in methods, called by the browser: npp_handleevent: deliver a platform-specific event to the instance. npp_print: request a platform-specific print ...
...ly one of these plug-in types are described in the following sections. the plug-in uses these methods to draw plug-ins and to handle events: plug-in methods, called by the browser: npp_handleevent: deliver a platform-specific event to the instance. npp_print: request a platform-specific print operation for the instance. npp_setwindow: set the window in which a plug-in draws. browser-side methods, called by the plug-in: npn_forceredraw: force a paint message to a windowless plug-in. npn_invalidaterect: invalidate an area in a windowless plug-in before repainting or refreshing. npn_invalidateregion: invalidate a region in a windowless plug-in before repainting or refreshing. printing the plug-in the browser calls the npp_print method to ask the plug-in instance to print itself. v...
...And 14 more matches

DevTools API - Firefox Developer Tools
box (and all the tools it contains) is linked to a target, which is the object the tools are debugging. a target is usually a web page (a tab), but can be other things (a chrome window, a remote tab,…). in terms of code, each tool has to provide a tooldefinition object. a definition is a js light object that exposes different information about the tool (like its name and its icon), and a build method that will be used later-on to start an instance of this tool. the gdevtools global object provides methods to register a tool definition and to access tool instances. an instance of a tool is called a toolpanel. the toolpanel is built only when the tool is selected (not when the toolbox is opened). there is no way to "close/destroy" a toolpanel. the only way to close a toolpanel is to close its ...
...ose a toolpanel is to close its containing toolbox. all these objects implement the eventemitter interface. api gdevtools the gdevtools api can be used to register new tools, themes and handle toolboxes for different tabs and windows. to use the gdevtools api from an add-on, it can be imported with following snippet const { gdevtools } = require("resource:///modules/devtools/gdevtools.jsm"); methods registertool(tooldefinition) registers a new tool and adds a tab to each existing toolbox. parameters: tooldefinition {tooldefinition} - an object that contains information about the tool. see tooldefinition for details. unregistertool(tool) unregisters the given tool and removes it from all toolboxes. parameters: tool {tooldefinition|string} - the tool definition object or the...
...ut to be destroyed. toolbox-destoyed(target) the toolbox for the specified target has been destroyed. {toolid}-init(toolbox, iframe) a tool with the given id has began to load in the given toolbox to the given frame. {toolid}-build(toolbox, panel) a tool with the given id has began to initialize in the given toolbox. the panel is the object returned by the tooldefinition.build() method. {toolid}-ready(toolbox, panel) a tool with the given id has finished its initialization and is ready to be used. the panel is the object returned by the tooldefinition.build() method. {toolid}-destroy(toolbox, panel) a tool with the given id is about to be destroyed. the panel is the object returned by the tooldefinition.build() method. toolbox a toolbox is a frame for the toolpan...
...And 14 more matches

Setting up your own test automation environment - Learn web development
another new file inside your project directory called google_test_multiple.js. you can feel free to change the references to some of the other browsers we added, remove them, etc., depending on what browsers you have available to test on your operating system. you'll need to make sure you have the right browser drivers set up on your system. in terms of what string to use inside the .forbrowser() method for other browsers, see the browser enum reference page. give it the following contents, then save it: const webdriver = require('selenium-webdriver'), by = webdriver.by, until = webdriver.until; let driver_fx = new webdriver.builder() .forbrowser('firefox') .build(); let driver_chr = new webdriver.builder() .forbrowser('chrome') .build(); searchtest(driver_fx); sea...
...xamples to learn from written in different languages. starting a new test to start up a new test, you need to include the selenium-webdriver module like this: const webdriver = require('selenium-webdriver'), by = webdriver.by, until = webdriver.until; next, you need to create a new instance of a driver, using the new webdriver.builder() constructor. this needs to have the forbrowser() method chained onto it to specify what browser you want to test with this builder, and the build() method to actually build it (see the builder class reference for detailed information on these features). let driver = new webdriver.builder() .forbrowser('firefox') .build(); note that it is possible to set specific configuration options for browsers to be tested, for example you can set a speci...
...nt to test with this builder, and the build() method to actually build it (see the builder class reference for detailed information on these features). let driver = new webdriver.builder() .forbrowser('firefox') .build(); note that it is possible to set specific configuration options for browsers to be tested, for example you can set a specific version and os to test in the forbrowser() method: let driver = new webdriver.builder() .forbrowser('firefox', '46', 'mac') .build(); you could also set these options using an environment variable, for example: selenium_browser=firefox:46:mac let's create a new test to allow us to explore this code as we talk about it. inside your selenium test project directory, create a new file called quick_test.js, and add the following code to i...
...And 13 more matches

nsIFaviconService
1.0 66 introduced gecko 1.8 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 22.0 (firefox 22.0 / thunderbird 22.0 / seamonkey 2.19) implemented by: @mozilla.org/browser/favicon-service;1. ...
...ete since gecko 22.0 void setfavicondatafromdataurl(in nsiuri afaviconuri, in astring adataurl, in prtime aexpiration); obsolete since gecko 22.0 void setfaviconurlforpage(in nsiuri apageuri, in nsiuri afaviconuri); obsolete since gecko 22.0 attributes attribute type description defaultfavicon nsiuri the default favicon uri. read only. methods addfailedfavicon() this method adds a given favicon's uri to the failed favicon cache. the lifespan of the favicon cache is up to the caching system. this cache will also be written to if you use setandloadfaviconforpage() method and it encounters an error while fetching an icon. void addfailedfavicon( in nsiuri afaviconuri ); parameters afaviconuri the uri of an icon in the favicon ...
...eallfavicons() expires all known favicons, removing them from the database. note: this is an asynchronous operation; when it completes, a "places-favicons-expired" notification is dispatched through the observer's service. void expireallfavicons(); parameters none. getfavicondata() obsolete since gecko 22.0 (firefox 22.0 / thunderbird 22.0 / seamonkey 2.19) note: this method was removed in gecko 22.0. you should use the new async api moziasyncfavicons.getfavicondataforpage() instead. this method retrieves the given favicon data. throws an exception if we don't have data. if there is no data but we have an entry for this favicon, adatalen will be "0" and adata will be null. void getfavicondata( in nsiuri afaviconuri, out autf8string amimetype, out unsigned long...
...And 13 more matches

nsIXULTemplateQueryProcessor
r and a query processor. the template builder creates the query processor, and there is no other means to retrieve it. a template query is the contents inside a <query> element within the template. the actual syntax is opaque to the template builder and defined by a query processor. the query is expected to consist of either text or dom nodes that, when executed by a call to the generateresults() method, will allow the generation of a list of results. the template builder will supply two variables, the reference variable and the member variable to further indicate what part of the datasource is to be examined in addition to the query itself. the reference is always a placeholder for the starting point and the member is always a placeholder for the end points (the results). the reference point is...
...ach bookmark within a given folder. the variable ?start would be the reference variable, while the variable ?id would be the member variable, since it is the unique value that identifies a result. ...
...riable, while the variable ?id would be the member variable, since it is the unique value that identifies a result. each result will have the four variables referred to defined for it and the values may be retrieved using the result's nsixultemplateresult.getbindingfor() and nsixultemplateresult.getbindingobjectfor() methods. the template builder must call initializeforbuilding() before the other methods, except for translateref(). ...
...And 13 more matches

Using Fetch - Web APIs
this kind of functionality was previously achieved using xmlhttprequest. fetch provides a better alternative that can be easily used by other technologies such as service workers. fetch also provides a single logical place to define other http-related concepts such as cors and extensions to http. ...
...ta => console.log(data)); here we are fetching a json file across the network and printing it to the console. the simplest use of fetch() takes one argument — the path to the resource you want to fetch — and returns a promise containing the response (a response object). this is just an http response, not the actual json. to extract the json body content from the response, we use the json() method (defined on the body mixin, which is implemented by both the request and response objects.) note: the body mixin also has similar methods to extract other types of body content; see the body section for more. fetch requests are controlled by the connect-src directive of content security policy rather than the directive of the resources it's retrieving. supplying request options the fetch() ...
... (defined on the body mixin, which is implemented by both the request and response objects.) note: the body mixin also has similar methods to extract other types of body content; see the body section for more. fetch requests are controlled by the connect-src directive of content security policy rather than the directive of the resources it's retrieving. supplying request options the fetch() method can optionally accept a second parameter, an init object that allows you to control a number of different settings: see fetch() for the full options available, and more details. // example post method implementation: async function postdata(url = '', data = {}) { // default options are marked with * const response = await fetch(url, { method: 'post', // *get, post, put, delete, etc. ...
...And 13 more matches

WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope.setTimeout() - Web APIs
syntax var timeoutid = scope.settimeout(function[, delay, arg1, arg2, ...]); var timeoutid = scope.settimeout(function[, delay]); var timeoutid = scope.settimeout(code[, delay]); parameters function a function to be executed after the timer expires. code an alternative syntax that allows you to include a string instead of a function, which is compiled and executed when the timer expires. this syntax is not recommended for the same reasons that make using eval() a security risk. ...
...ple: var intervalid = settimeout(function() { myfunc('one', 'two', 'three'); }, 1000); the above example can also be written with the help of an arrow function: var intervalid = settimeout(() => { myfunc('one', 'two', 'three'); }, 1000); yet another possibility is to use function's bind. example: settimeout(function(arg1){}.bind(undefined, 10), 1000); the "this" problem when you pass a method to settimeout() (or any other function, for that matter), it will be invoked with a this value that may differ from your expectation. this issue is explained in detail in the javascript reference. explanation code executed by settimeout() is called from an execution context separate from the function from which settimeout was called. the usual rules for setting the this keyword for the called f...
...t separate from the function from which settimeout was called. the usual rules for setting the this keyword for the called function apply, and if you have not set this in the call or with bind, it will default to the window (or global) object. it will not be the same as the this value for the function that called settimeout. ...
...And 13 more matches

Numbers and dates - JavaScript
same as the global parsefloat() function. number.parseint() parses a string argument and returns an integer of the specified radix or base. same as the global parseint() function. number.isfinite() determines whether the passed ...
... same as the global parsefloat() function. number.parseint() parses a string argument and returns an integer of the specified radix or base. same as the global parseint() function. number.isfinite() determines whether the passed value is a finite number. ...
...nes whether the passed value is a finite number. number.isinteger() determines whether the passed value is an integer. number.isnan() determines whether the passed value is nan. more robust version of the original global isnan(). number.issafeinteger() determines whether the provided value is a number that is a safe integer. the number prototype provides methods for retrieving information from number objects in various formats. the following table summarizes the methods of number.prototype. methods of number.prototype method description toexponential() returns a string representing the number in exponential notation. tofixed() returns a string representing the number in fixed-point notation. toprecision...
...And 13 more matches

Index - Learn web development
endan eich (co-founder of the mozilla project), the mozilla foundation, and the mozilla corporation. 43 publishing your website beginner, codingscripting, ftp, github, google app engine, learn, web, l10n:priority, publishing, web server publishing a website is a complex topic because there are many ways to go about it. this article doesn't attempt to document all the possible methods. instead, it explains the advantages and disadvantages of three approaches that are practical for beginners. then it steps through one method that can work right away for many readers. 44 the web and web standards beginner, front-end, learn, web, web standards this article provides some useful background on the web — how it came about, what web standard technologies are, h...
...hen, with recommendations and reminders of common pitfalls where appropriate. we'll probably add to this resource as time goes on. 51 cooperative asynchronous javascript: timeouts and intervals animation, beginner, codingscripting, guide, intervals, javascript, loops, asynchronous, requestanimationframe, setinterval, settimeout, timeouts this tutorial looks at the traditional methods javascript has available for running code asychronously after a set time period has elapsed, or at a regular interval (e.g. a set number of times per second), discusses what they are useful for, and considers their inherent issues. 52 general asynchronous programming concepts javascript, learn, promises, threads, asynchronous, blocking in this article, we'll run through a nu...
...ect literal, theory, this congratulations, you've reached the end of our first js objects article — you should now have a good idea of how to work with objects in javascript — including creating your own simple objects. you should also appreciate that objects are very useful as structures for storing related data and functionality — if you tried to keep track of all the properties and methods in our person object as separate variables and functions, it would be inefficient and frustrating, and we'd run the risk of clashing with other variables and functions that have the same names. objects let us keep the information safely locked away in their own package, out of harm's way. 68 object building practice article, beginner, canvas, codingscripting, guide, javascript, le...
...And 12 more matches

Inheritance in JavaScript - Learn web development
running live also). inside here you'll find the same person() constructor example that we've been using all the way through the module, with a slight difference — we've defined only the properties inside the constructor: function person(first, last, age, gender, interests) { this.name = { first, last }; this.age = age; this.gender = gender; this.interests = interests; }; the methods are all defined on the constructor's prototype. for example: person.prototype.greeting = function() { alert('hi! i\'m ' + this.name.first + '.'); }; note: in the source code, you'll also see bio() and farewell() methods defined. later you'll see how these can be inherited by other constructors. say we wanted to create a teacher class, like the one we described in our initial object-orient...
...ou'll also see bio() and farewell() methods defined. later you'll see how these can be inherited by other constructors. say we wanted to create a teacher class, like the one we described in our initial object-oriented definition, which inherits all the members from person, but also includes: a new property, subject — this will contain the subject the teacher teaches. an updated greeting() method, which sounds a bit more formal than the standard greeting() method — more suitable for a teacher addressing some students at school. defining a teacher() constructor function the first thing we need to do is create a teacher() constructor — add the following below the existing code: function teacher(first, last, age, gender, interests, subject) { person.call(this, first, last, age, gen...
...her parameters are required as we are not inheriting any properties from the parent that are set via parameters. setting teacher()'s prototype and constructor reference all is good so far, but we have a problem. we have defined a new constructor, and it has a prototype property, which by default just contains an object with a reference to the constructor function itself. it does not contain the methods of the person constructor's prototype property. to see this, enter object.getownpropertynames(teacher.prototype) into either the text input field or your javascript console. then enter it again, replacing teacher with person. nor does the new constructor inherit those methods. to see this, compare the outputs of person.prototype.greeting and teacher.prototype.greeting. we need to get teacher() t...
...And 12 more matches

Public class fields - JavaScript
abel. see the compat information below. both static and instance public fields are writable, enumerable, and configurable properties. as such, unlike their private counterparts, they participate in prototype inheritance. syntax class classwithinstancefield { instancefield = 'instance field' } class classwithstaticfield { static staticfield = 'static field' } class classwithpublicinstancemethod { publicmethod() { return 'hello world' } } examples public static fields public static fields are useful when you want a field to exist only once per class, not on every class instance you create. this is useful for caches, fixed-configuration, or any other data you don't need to be replicated across instances. public static fields are declared using the static keyword. they are add...
...sole.log(subclasswithstaticfield.basestaticfield) // expected output: "base field" when initializing fields, this refers to the class constructor. you can also reference it by name, and use super to get the superclass constructor (if one exists). ...
...d.basestaticfield) // expected output: "base field" when initializing fields, this refers to the class constructor. you can also reference it by name, and use super to get the superclass constructor (if one exists). ...
...And 12 more matches

Obsolete: XPCOM-based scripting for NPAPI plugins - Archive of obsolete content
nce = 10, nsplugininstancevariable_scriptableiid = 11 what's in the plugin code? a unique interface id should be obtained. windows command uuidgen should be sufficient. an interface definition (.idl) file describing the plugin scriptable interface should be added to the project (see example 1). a scriptable instance object should be implemented in the plugin. ...
...rface id should be obtained. windows command uuidgen should be sufficient. an interface definition (.idl) file describing the plugin scriptable interface should be added to the project (see example 1). a scriptable instance object should be implemented in the plugin. this class will contain native methods callable from javascript. this class should also inherit from nsiclassinfo and implement its methods to be able to request all necessary privileges from the mozilla security manager (see example 2). ...
...gin. this class will contain native methods callable from javascript. this class should also inherit from nsiclassinfo and implement its methods to be able to request all necessary privileges from the mozilla security manager (see example 2). two new cases for the above mentioned new variables should be added to the plugin implementation of npp_getvalue (see example 3). ...
...And 11 more matches

Plug-in Development Overview - Gecko Plugin API Reference
browser and the special media for which the plug-in is created. decide the mime type for the plug-in (see registering plug-ins). set up your development environment properly. you can use a variety of environments to create a plug-in, but make sure that you have the necessary files from the plugin sdk. create a plug-in project. write your plug-in code and implement the appropriate plug-in api methods for basic plug-in operation. you'll find an overview of the plug-in api methods in this chapter, as well as separate chapters for all of the major functional areas of the plug-in api. also see making plug-ins scriptable for more information about making plug-ins accessible from the browser. build the plug-in for your operating system. see "building plug-ins". install the plug-in in the plug-in...
...s windows unix mac os x ms windows on windows, plug-ins are found according to the section how gecko finds plug-ins. to determine the mime types and file extensions that the plug-in handles, the browser normally uses the content of the registry entries for the plug-in described below in installation using the registry. but when the plug-in is loaded from a well-known directory, a different method must be used. in this case to ensure the plug-in file will be loaded, it should have a name in the form of "np*.dll". also, the windows version information for the plug-in dll will be used to determines the mime types, file extensions, file open template, plug-in name, and description. for this the version stamp of the embedded resource of the plug-in dll should contain the following set of stri...
...c os x mac os x plug-ins are found according to the section how gecko finds plug-ins. plug-ins are identified by file type nspl. to determine the supported mime types, gecko first checks for registry information in the plugins info.plist. if nothing is found there, gecko checks for an np_getmimedescription entry point, and will use the information returned by this function. note: the resource method described below is deprecated. plugins should use the info.plist approach, and only use the following method as a supplement to support older browsers. if neither is present, gecko will check the plugins resources. 'str#' 128 should contain a list of mime types and file extensions in alternating strings. for example: str 128 mime type string 1 video/quicktime s...
...And 11 more matches

Working with Svelte stores - Learn web development
your component hierarchy gets complex, it might become too difficult for components to relay data between each other. in that case, moving to a global data store might be a good option. if you’ve already worked with redux or vuex, then you'll be familiar with how this kind of store works. svelte stores offer similar features for state management. a store is simply an object with a subscribe() method that allows interested parties to be notified whenever the store value changes, and an optional set() method that allows you to set new values for the store. this minimal api is known as the store contract. svelte provides functions for creating readable, writable, and derived stores in the svelte/store module. svelte also provides a very intuitive way to integrate stores into its reactivity sy...
...is piece of code in detail. at the beginning we import the alert store. next we import the ondestroy() lifecycle function, which lets us execute a callback after the component has been unmounted. we then create a local variable named alertcontent. remember that we can access top-level variables from the markup, and whenever they are modified the dom will update accordingly. ...
...so we subscribe when the component is being initialized, and use ondestroy to unsubscribe when the component is unmounted. finally we use the alertcontent variable in our markup, and if the user clicks on the alert we clean it. ...
...And 11 more matches

Mozilla accessibility architecture
all expose an accessible name, or text representation, of each object, and they all use an enumerated integer value from a finite list, to expose the role of an object. examples of accessible role constants are role_button, role_checkbox and role_list, although they can have slightly different names and values in each api. in general, the accessibility apis use similar concepts, but use different method, constant and interfaces names. given that there is a fair amount of commonality between accessibility api toolkits, it made sense to write of the code in a cross platform manner, and then deal with the platform differences on a consistent manner. the shared code makes itself available to the toolkit-specific code via generic xpcom interfaces that return information about objects we want to expos...
...one in widget/src. however, because this would have caused a lot of difficulty when implementing the accessibility cache, the code was moved in to the "wrap" classes in a source directory specific to each toolkit. classes with "wrap" in the name, such as nstextaccessiblewrap and nsdocaccessiblewrap, inherit from cross-platform classes of similar name without "wrap" in them. they may override some methods, such as init() and shutdown(), and add other methods to support interfaces needed only by the given toolkit. for example, nsaccessiblewrap implements the methods in iaccessible, but because it is also an nsaccessible, it only needs to call the nsiaccessible methods in "this" to get at the information it needs. class inheritence diagram view the class inheritence diagram. 3. accessible tree cons...
... focus, or it can get the accessible at a given point on the screen. no matter how the assistive technology client requests the data, the accessible for a given node is only created once. we use the accessibility cache to retrieve accessibles that have already been created for a given dom node. this tree traversal is accomplished via toolkit-specific calls which end up as calls into nsiaccessible methods getaccparent(), getaccnextsibling(), getaccprevioussibling(), getaccfirstchild(), getacclastchild(), getaccchildcount() and getchildat(childnum). the atk has more convenience methods than msaa does for traversal - for example it is possible to go straight to the accessible for a specific row and column of a table, using nsiaccessibletable::cellrefat(). the algorithm used to calculate the number ...
...And 11 more matches

IPDL Tutorial
with the letter p. the file in which the protocol is declared must have a matching name, pplugin.ipdl. generated c++ code when pplugin.ipdl is compiled, the headers ppluginparent.h, and ppluginchild.h will be generated in the ipc/ipdl/_ipdlheaders/ directory of the build tree. the ppluginparent and ppluginchild classes are abstract classes that must be subclassed. ...
...a matching name, pplugin.ipdl. generated c++ code when pplugin.ipdl is compiled, the headers ppluginparent.h, and ppluginchild.h will be generated in the ipc/ipdl/_ipdlheaders/ directory of the build tree. the ppluginparent and ppluginchild classes are abstract classes that must be subclassed. each outgoing message is a c++ method which can be called. each incoming message is a pure-virtual c++ method which must be implemented: class ppluginparent { public: bool sendinit(const nscstring& pluginpath) { // generated code to send an init() message } bool sendshutdown() { // generated code to send a shutdown() message } protected: /** * a subclass of ppluginparent must implement this method to handle the ready() message. */ bool recvready() = 0; }; class ppluginchild ...
...brary = pr_loadlibrary(pluginpath.get()); sendready(); } void recvshutdown() { pr_unloadlibrary(mpluginlibrary); } private: prlibrary* mpluginlibrary; }; launching the subprocess and hooking these protocol actors into our ipc "transport layer" is beyond the scope of this document. see ipdl processes and threads for more details. because protocol messages are represented as c++ methods, it's easy to forget that they are in fact asynchronous messages: by default the c++ method will return immediately, before the message has been delivered. the parameters of the recv* methods (const nscstring& pluginpath in the example) are references to temporary objects, so copy them if you need to keep their data around. direction each message type includes a "direction." the message dire...
...And 11 more matches

Index
, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey js::compilefunction compiles a function from a text string chars, bytes, or srcbuf. 33 js::compileoffthread jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey js::compileoffthread compiles a script, chars for execution. 34 js::compileoptions jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey some methods of js::owningcompileoptions and js::compileoptions return the instance itself to allow method chain. 35 js::construct jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey js::construct calls a specified function as a constructor, fun. 36 js::createerror jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey js::createerror creates an error object w...
... reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey js::getdeflatedutf8stringlength returns the length of the char buffer required to encode s as utf8. the returned length does not include the null-terminator. 45 js::getfirstargumentastypehint jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey js::getfirstargumentastypehint converts first argument of @@toprimitive method to jstype. 46 js::getselfhostedfunction jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey js::getselfhostedfunction creates a new javascript function implemented in self-hosted javascript. 47 js::handle jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey here, ptr represents the private member of js::handle<t>, typed with t. 48 js::...
... jsclass.flags and has a non-null jsextendedclass.wrappedobject, then objects of that class may be wrappers. in a few cases the javascript engine will pretend the wrapper isn't there, instead operating on the object it wraps. in these cases the engine calls the jsextendedclass.wrappedobject callback to get the wrapped object. most classes do not implement wrappedobject. 104 jsfun_bound_method jsapi reference, obsolete, spidermonkey this macro exists only for backward compatibility with existing applications. its use is deprecated. future versions of the javascript engine may not support or recognize this macro. 105 jsfun_global_parent jsapi reference, obsolete, spidermonkey no summary! 106 jsfastnative jsapi reference, obsolete, spidermonk...
...And 11 more matches

nsINavHistoryService
introduced gecko 1.8 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 22 (firefox 22 / thunderbird 22 / seamonkey 2.19) implemented by: "@mozilla.org/browser/nav-history-service;1". ...
... the transition was a permanent redirect. transition_redirect_temporary 6 this transition type is set when the transition was a temporary redirect. transition_download 7 this transition type is set when the transition is a download. transition_framed_link 8 this transition type is set when the user followed a link that loaded a page in a frame. methods getpagetitle() this method retrieves the original title of the page. astring getpagetitle( in nsiuri auri ); parameters auri the page whose title needs to be retrieved. return value returns the original title of the page. markpageasfollowedbookmark() this method is just like markpageastyped (in nsibrowserhistory, also implemented by the history service), but for bookmarks. it dec...
...istory service), but for bookmarks. it declares that the given uri is being opened as a result of following a bookmark. if this uri is loaded soon after this message has been received, that transition will be marked as following a bookmark. void markpageasfollowedbookmark( in nsiuri auri ); parameters auri the page that is to be marked as followed by a bookmark. markpageastyped() this method designates the url as having been explicitly typed in by the user, so it can be used as an autocomplete result. it is called by the url bar when the user types in a url. this can be and is called before the page is actually added to history, since the page isn't added until it actually starts loading. the typed flag affects the url bar autocomplete. this will cause the transition type of the next...
...And 11 more matches

nsIPromptService
embedding/components/windowwatcher/public/nsipromptservice.idlscriptable this interface can be used to display simple dialogs. its methods should be used in privileged code instead of dom window.alert, window.confirm, and other similar functions. inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 1.7.5 you can define access keys (or keyboard shortcuts) for buttons by including an ampersand ("&") in front of the character that should be the access key for that button. if you need to include an ampersand in the button's text, use two of them, like this: "&&". note: some of these interface methods use out and inout parameters. in c++, out parameters are pointers. for javascript, they are extra work, as you can't use an out parameter directly. you need to wrap them in a temporary objec...
...pty or have a value property set to the out parameter type. for more information on out parameters and javascript refer to working with out parameters. implemented by: @mozilla.org/embedcomp/prompt-service;1. ...
... standard buttons flags constant value description std_ok_cancel_buttons 513 selects the standard set of ok/cancel buttons. (button_title_ok *button_pos_0) +(button_title_cancel * button_pos_1) std_yes_no_buttons 1027 selects the standard set of yes/no buttons. (button_title_yes *button_pos_0) +(button_title_no * button_pos_1) methods alert() alert shows an alert dialog with an ok button. it works the same way as window.alert, but accepts a title for the dialog. you should use this method instead of window.alert in chrome code. void alert( in nsidomwindow aparent, in wstring adialogtitle, in wstring atext ); parameters aparent the parent window for the dialog, or null, in which case the parent window will be n...
...And 11 more matches

nsITreeView
layout/xul/base/src/tree/public/nsitreeview.idlscriptable this interface is used by the tree widget to get information about what and how to display a tree widget. inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 22 (firefox 22 / thunderbird 22 / seamonkey 2.19) implementing a nsitreeview in lieu of dom methods for tree creation can improve performance dramatically, and removes the need to make changes to the tree manually when changes to the database occur. ...
...lay a tree widget. inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 22 (firefox 22 / thunderbird 22 / seamonkey 2.19) implementing a nsitreeview in lieu of dom methods for tree creation can improve performance dramatically, and removes the need to make changes to the tree manually when changes to the database occur. further information about creating treeviews is given in the xul tutorial. ...
...to get the behavior where drops are only allowed on items, such as the mailnews folder pane, always return false when the orientation is not drop_on. note: drop_on will only be passed to candrop() if the item is a container; see iscontainer(). boolean candrop( in long index, in l...
...And 11 more matches

Plug-in Development Overview - Plugins
browser and the special media for which the plug-in is created. decide the mime type for the plug-in (see registering plug-ins). set up your development environment properly. you can use a variety of environments to create a plug-in, but make sure that you have the necessary files from the plugin sdk. create a plug-in project. write your plug-in code and implement the appropriate plug-in api methods for basic plug-in operation. you'll find an overview of the plug-in api methods in this chapter, as well as separate chapters for all of the major functional areas of the plug-in api. also see making plug-ins scriptable for more information about making plug-ins accessible from the browser. build the plug-in for your operating system. see "building plug-ins". install the plug-in in the plug-in...
...s windows unix mac os x ms windows on windows, plug-ins are found according to the section how gecko finds plug-ins. to determine the mime types and file extensions that the plug-in handles, the browser normally uses the content of the registry entries for the plug-in described below in installation using the registry. but when the plug-in is loaded from a well-known directory, a different method must be used. in this case to ensure the plug-in file will be loaded, it should have a name in the form of "np*.dll". also, the windows version information for the plug-in dll will be used to determines the mime types, file extensions, file open template, plug-in name, and description. for this the version stamp of the embedded resource of the plug-in dll should contain the following set of stri...
...c os x mac os x plug-ins are found according to the section how gecko finds plug-ins. plug-ins are identified by file type nspl. to determine the supported mime types, gecko first checks for registry information in the plugins info.plist. if nothing is found there, gecko checks for an np_getmimedescription entry point, and will use the information returned by this function. note: the resource method described below is deprecated. plugins should use the info.plist approach, and only use the following method as a supplement to support older browsers. if neither is present, gecko will check the plugins resources. 'str#' 128 should contain a list of mime types and file extensions in alternating strings. for example: str 128 mime type string 1 video/quicktime s...
...And 11 more matches

Streams - Plugins
n have more than one stream object per instance. streams can be produced by the browser and consumed by a plug-in instance, or produced by an instance and consumed by the browser. each stream has an associated mime type identifying the format of the data in the stream. streams produced by the browser can be automatically sent to or requested by the plug-in instance. the browser calls the plug-in methods npp_newstream, npp_writeready, npp_write, and npp_destroystream to, respectively, create a stream, find out how much data the plug-in can handle, push data into the stream, and delete it. the plug-in instance selects a transmission mode for streams produced by the browser. stream data can be pushed by the browser, pulled by the plug-in, or saved to a local file and passed to the plug-in. nor...
...e, and npp_destroystream to, respectively, create a stream, find out how much data the plug-in can handle, push data into the stream, and delete it. the plug-in instance selects a transmission mode for streams produced by the browser. stream data can be pushed by the browser, pulled by the plug-in, or saved to a local file and passed to the plug-in. normal mode: the browser uses the npp_write method to "push" stream data to the instance incrementally as it is available. random-access mode: the plug-in calls the npn_requestread method to "pull" stream data. in general, this mode is more expensive, because the entire stream must be downloaded to a temporary file before use unless the stream comes from a local file or an http server that supports the byte-range extension to http. file mode: t...
...use this feature only as a last resort; plug-ins should implement an incremental stream-based interface wherever possible. streams sent by the plug-in to the browser are like normal-mode streams produced by the browser, but in reverse. in normal-mode streams, the browser calls the plug-in to tell it when a stream is created and to push more data. ...
...And 11 more matches

CanvasRenderingContext2D - Web APIs
the canvas tutorial has more explanation, examples, and resources, as well. ...
... hand, you can draw anything you like. this code draws a house: // set line width ctx.linewidth = 10; // wall ctx.strokerect(75, 140, 150, 110); // door ctx.fillrect(130, 190, 40, 60); // roof ctx.beginpath(); ctx.moveto(50, 140); ctx.lineto(150, 60); ctx.lineto(250, 140); ctx.closepath(); ctx.stroke(); the resulting drawing looks like this: reference drawing rectangles there are three methods that immediately draw rectangles to the canvas. canvasrenderingcontext2d.clearrect() sets all pixels in the rectangle defined by starting point (x, y) and size (width, height) to transparent black, erasing any previously drawn content. canvasrenderingcontext2d.fillrect() draws a filled rectangle at (x, y) position whose size is determined by width and height. canvasrenderingcontext2d.stro...
...t) to transparent black, erasing any previously drawn content. canvasrenderingcontext2d.fillrect() draws a filled rectangle at (x, y) position whose size is determined by width and height. canvasrenderingcontext2d.strokerect() paints a rectangle which has a starting point at (x, y) and has a w width and an h height onto the canvas, using the current stroke style. ...
...And 11 more matches

Elements - Archive of obsolete content
plementation?,handlers?)"> <!element binding %binding-content;> <!attlist binding id id #required extends cdata #implied display cdata #implied inheritstyle true #implied > the binding element describes a single xbl binding. a xbl binding can add anonymous content, fields, properties, methods, and event handlers to html/xml elements. a single xbl binding can be attached to an element by using style sheets or by scripting. (see bug 83830 for <table> specifics). css: div { -moz-binding: url(mybinding.xml#default); } dom: elementreference.style.mozbinding = "url(mybinding.xml#default)"; in both cases above we are using binding with id="default" contained in file mybinding.xml ...
...at the embedded xml in the previous example looks like: <?xml version="1.0"?> <bindings id="xbltestbindings" xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/xbl"> <binding id="xbltest"><content>pass</content></binding> </bindings> only css declarations provide an easy way to attach bindings to any set of elements. it also makes your binding partially functional if scripting is disabled. in the latter case all methods and handlers will be blocked, but the anonymous content and styling will be still used. given that the css declarations should be always used - unless you need to add bindings at runtime to individual elements. a binding element may contain a resources tag, a content tag, a implementation tag and a handlers tag. id - the id attribute is a document-unique identifier. for the binding element, ...
...ml fragment <customelement><foobar><hoge/></foobar></customelement> with an binding definition <binding id="customelement"><content><xul:box><children includes="hoge"/></xul:box></content></binding> for the customelement element, <xul:box/> becomes empty because the selector includes="hoge" doesn't match for the immediate child foobar element. ...
...And 10 more matches

Writing to Files - Archive of obsolete content
nd i/o not using the unavailable nsiscriptableio apis: code snippets: file i/o, open and save dialogs, reading textual data, writing textual data, list of file-related error codes. to write to a file, an output stream is used. an output stream is an object which can be used to write bytes, strings and other values to a file. to create an output stream, use nsiscriptableio.newoutputstream(). this method has a number of options to specify text or binary writing, the character set, and whether to append to an existing file or create a new one. to create an input stream, first get a reference to a nsifile, and then use nsiscriptableio.newoutputstream() to open a stream for writing to it. to learn more about file objects, see files and streams. try { var file = io.getfile("desktop", "myinfo.txt");...
...iscriptableio.getfile(). it doesn't matter whether the file exists or not. nsiscriptableio.newoutputstream() is called to create a new output stream, which will be used to write to the file. in this example, the operations are enclosed in a try-catch block in order to capture any errors that might occur during the process. see file errors for a list of errors that might occur. the newoutputstream method takes two arguments in this example. the first argument is the file to write to, and the second is a set of flags which control the writing. in this case, the 'text' flag is used which indicates that you will be writing text to the file. when writing text files, characters are writing using a chosen character set, encoded automatically. the default character set is 'utf-8' but this can be changed...
... to write to, and the second is a set of flags which control the writing. in this case, the 'text' flag is used which indicates that you will be writing text to the file. when writing text files, characters are writing using a chosen character set, encoded automatically. the default character set is 'utf-8' but this can be changed using an additional, yet optional, argument to the newoutputstream method. see below for more details about this. creating and appending to files a number of flags control whether a new file is created when writing or whether data is appended to an existing file. these flags should be included in addition to the 'text' or 'binary' flags when using the newoutputstream method. the default when writing is to create a new file when the file to write to does not exist, and ...
...And 10 more matches

OpenClose - Archive of obsolete content
be opened by either holding down the mouse button or by pressing the control key and clicking the mouse button. on windows, the context menu can also be opened by pressing the menu key on the keyboard (the key on many keyboards next to control with a menu image) or by pressing shift+f10. for this reason, you should not assume that a user has used the mouse to open the context menu. ...
... context menu can also be opened by pressing the menu key on the keyboard (the key on many keyboards next to control with a menu image) or by pressing shift+f10. for this reason, you should not assume that a user has used the mouse to open the context menu. the openpopup method regardless of the type of popup, you may wish to open the popup programatically. to do this, use the popup's openpopup method. ...
... can also be opened by pressing the menu key on the keyboard (the key on many keyboards next to control with a menu image) or by pressing shift+f10. for this reason, you should not assume that a user has used the mouse to open the context menu. the openpopup method regardless of the type of popup, you may wish to open the popup programatically. to do this, use the popup's openpopup method. ...
...And 10 more matches

browser - Archive of obsolete content
other urls will need to use the document and history objects to change the displayed document. ...
...other urls will need to use the document and history objects to change the displayed document. ...
...other urls will need to use the document and history objects to change the displayed document. ...
...And 10 more matches

Archived JavaScript Reference - Archive of obsolete content
ovide the function that invoked the currently executing function. this property has been removed and no longer works.array comprehensionsthe array comprehension syntax was a javascript expression which allowed you to quickly assemble a new array based on an existing one. however, it has been removed from the standard and the firefox implementation. do not use it!array.observe()the array.observe() method was used for asynchronously observing changes to arrays, similar to object.observe() for objects. it provided a stream of changes in order of occurrence. it's equivalent to object.observe() invoked with the accept type list ["add", "update", "delete", "splice"]. however, this api has been deprecated and removed from browsers. you can use the more general proxy object instead.array.unobserve()the ...
...chronously observing changes to arrays, similar to object.observe() for objects. it provided a stream of changes in order of occurrence. it's equivalent to object.observe() invoked with the accept type list ["add", "update", "delete", "splice"]. however, this api has been deprecated and removed from browsers. you can use the more general proxy object instead.array.unobserve()the array.unobserve() method was used to remove observers set by array.observe(), but has been deprecated and removed from browsers. you can use the more general proxy object instead.arraybuffer.transfer()the static arraybuffer.transfer() method returns a new arraybuffer whose contents have been taken from the oldbuffer's data and then is either truncated or zero-extended by newbytelength. if newbytelength is undefined, the ...
...intl.datetimeformat is an alternative to format dates in a standards-compliant way. ...
...And 10 more matches

Client-side storage - Learn web development
ata is contained within two object-like structures inside the browser: sessionstorage and localstorage. the first one persists data for as long as the browser is open (the data is lost when the browser is closed) and the second one persists data even after the browser is closed and then opened again. we'll use the second one in this article as it is generally more useful. the storage.setitem() method allows you to save a data item in storage — it takes two parameters: the name of the item, and its value. try typing this into your javascript console (change the value to your own name, if you wish!): localstorage.setitem('name','chris'); the storage.getitem() method takes one parameter — the name of a data item you want to retrieve — and returns the item's value. now type these l...
...type the following lines into your javascript console: localstorage.removeitem('name'); let myname = localstorage.getitem('name'); myname the third line should now return null — the name item no longer exists in the web storage. ...
...ame notes, and also specified an autoincrement key field called id — in each new record this will automatically be given an incremented value — the developer doesn't need to set this explicitly. being the key, the id field will be used to uniquely identify records, such as when deleting or displaying a record. we also create two other indexes (fields) using the idbobjectstore.createindex() method: title (which will contain a title for each note), and body (which will contain the body text of the note). so with this simple database schema set up, when we start adding records to the database; each one will be represented as an object along these lines: { title: "buy milk", body: "need both cows milk and soy.", id: 8 } adding data to the database now let's look at how we can add...
...And 10 more matches

JavaScript object basics - Learn web development
d building blocks). objective: to understand the basic theory behind object-oriented programming, how this relates to javascript ("most things are objects"), and how to start working with javascript objects. object basics an object is a collection of related data and/or functionality (which usually consists of several variables and functions — which are called properties and methods when they are inside objects.) let's work through an example to understand what they look like. to begin with, make a local copy of our oojs.html file. this contains very little — a <script> element for us to write our source code into. we'll use this as a basis for exploring basic object syntax. while working with this example you should have your developer tools javascript console open and ...
...: member2value, member3name: member3value }; the value of an object member can be pretty much anything — in our person object we've got a string, a number, two arrays, and two functions. the first four items are data items, and are referred to as the object's properties. the last two items are functions that allow the object to do something with that data, and are referred to as the object's methods. an object like this is referred to as an object literal — we've literally written out the object contents as we've come to create it. this is in contrast to objects instantiated from classes, which we'll look at later on. it is very common to create an object using an object literal when you want to transfer a series of structured, related data items in some manner, for example sending a re...
... you want to transfer a series of structured, related data items in some manner, for example sending a request to the server to be put into a database. sending a single object is much more efficient than sending several items individually, and it is easier to work with than an array, when you want to identify individual items by name. ...
...And 10 more matches

Advanced Svelte: Reactivity, lifecycle, accessibility - Learn web development
d a terminal with node + npm installed to compile and build your app. objective: learn some advanced svelte techniques involving solving reactivity issues, keyboard accessibility problems to do with component lifecycle, and more. we'll focus on some accessibility issues involving focus management. to do so, we'll utilize some techniques for accessing dom nodes and executing methods like focus() and select(). we will also see how to declare and clean-up event listeners on dom elements. we also need to learn a bit about component lifecycle, to understand when these dom nodes get mounted and and unmounted from the dom and how we can access them. we will also learn about the action directive, which will allow us to extend the functionality of html elements in a reusable and d...
...can access them. we will also learn about the action directive, which will allow us to extend the functionality of html elements in a reusable and declarative way. finally, we will learn a bit more about components. so far, we've seen how components can share data using props, and communicate with their parents using events and two-way data binding. now we will see how components can also expose methods and variables. the following new components will be developed throughout the course of this article: moreactions: displays the check all and remove completed buttons, and emits the corresponding events required to handle their functionality. newtodo: displays the <input> field and add button for adding a new todo. todosstatus: displays the "x out of y items completed" status heading. cod...
...rtual dom is an in-memory copy of the contents of the web page. the framework updates this virtual representation which is then synced with the "real" dom. this is much faster than directly updating the dom and allows the framework to apply many optimization techniques. these frameworks, by default, basically re-run all our javascript on every change against this virtual dom, and apply different methods to cache expensive calculations and optimize execution. they make little to no attempt to understand what our javascript code is doing. svelte doesn't use a virtual dom representation. instead, it parses and analyzes our code, creates a dependency tree, and then generates the required javascript to update only the parts of the dom that need to be updated. this approach usually generates optimal...
...And 10 more matches

Displaying Places information using views
data. this update is handled by logic between the view and its results. all places views implement or own an instance of interface nsinavhistoryresultviewer, which is the point of interaction between a view and its results. results themselves observe places changes, and if on a places change a result determines that its data specifically has changed, it notifies its view by calling an appropriate method of nsinavhistoryresultviewer. once notified, the view is responsible for updating itself. note: starting in gecko 2.0, nsinavhistoryresultviewer has been replaced by the more powerful nsinavhistoryresultobserver. tree view create a built-in tree view by setting the type attribute to "places" on a tree element. the treechildren element should be empty: <tree type="places"> <treecols> <...
...urpose convenience. if you need to display additional data or otherwise require more control over your view, you may need to write your own. see creating custom views below. using the tree view so you've got a built-in tree view. how do you ask it about the data it displays? first, see nsiplacesview. like all places views, the built-in tree view implements this interface, which provides broad methods such as getting the view's nsinavhistoryresult instance and examining the view's selection. second, know this: when it comes to trees, "view" is an overloaded word. this document describes places views. places views are just xul elements; the built-in places tree view is just a tree element whose type attribute is equal to "places", as described above. but recall that all trees—places view or...
...eview. nsinavhistoryresulttreeviewer maps between row indices and the nsinavhistoryresultnode objects contained in the rows. nsinavhistoryresultobserver notifies observing clients about updates when the underlying data changes. it's not so useful for our purposes here. nsitreeview provides a high-level interface for trees in general. ...
...And 10 more matches

Using XPCOM Utilities to Make Things Easier
ule implementation code and another that creates a generic factory for your implementation class. used together, these macros can take care of a lot of the component implementation code and leave you working on the actual logic for your component. note that all of the macros described in this section are similar but are used in slightly different situations. some differ only in whether or not a method is called when the module is created and/or destroyed. xpcom module macros lists the macros discussed in this section. xpcom module macros macro description ns_impl_nsgetmodule(name, components) implements the nsimodule interface with the module name of name and the component list in components. ns_impl_nsgetmodule_with_ctor(name, components, ctor) same as a...
... \ 0x18bc, \ 0x11d3, \ {0x93, 0x37, 0x00, 0x10, 0x4b, 0xa0, 0xfd, 0x40} \ } the next entry is the contract id string, which is also usually defined in a #define in a header file. these three entries constitute the required parameters for the registerfactorylocation method we looked at in the prior chapter. when you use these implementation macros, you must declare a constructor for the object, and this keeps you from having to write a factory object. factory macros the factory macro makes it easy to write factory implementations. given the class name concreteclass, the factory macro declaration is: ns_generic_factory_constructor(concreteclass) this results in...
...u must be sure that a member variable of type nsrefcnt is defined and named mrefcnt in your class. but why even bother when you can use another macro? declaration macros ns_decl_nsisupports declares addref, release, and queryinterface for you, and it also defines the mrefcnt required by ns_impl_isupports. furthermore, ns_decl_ appended with any interface name in all caps will declare all of the methods of that interface for you. for example, ns_decl_nsifoo will declare all of the methods of nsifoo provided that it exists and that nsifoo.h was generated by the xpidl compiler. consider the following real class: class myenumerator : public nsisimpleenumerator { public: ns_decl_isupports ns_decl_nsisimpleenumerator myenumerator(); virtual ~myenumerator() {} }; the declaration...
...And 10 more matches

imgIContainer
internally, this interface also manages animation of images. 66 introduced gecko 1.0 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 14.0 (firefox 14.0 / thunderbird 14.0 / seamonkey 2.11) implemented by: ?????????????????????????????????????. ...
...sisupports last changed in gecko 14.0 (firefox 14.0 / thunderbird 14.0 / seamonkey 2.11) implemented by: ?????????????????????????????????????. ...
....9.2 void requestdecode(); void requestdiscard(); void requestrefresh([const] in timestamp atime); violates the xpcom interface guidelines void resetanimation(); void restoredatadone(); native code only! obsolete since gecko 2.0 void setdiscardable(in string amimetype); native code only! ...
...And 10 more matches

nsIAccessible
ts and text. mozilla creates the implementations of nsiaccessible on demand. [scriptable, uuid=(c7520419-87ec-42bc-98cc-04c0bf173530)] interface nsiaccessible : nsisupports { ... }; accessible/public/nsiaccessible.idlscriptable please add a summary to this article. last changed in gecko 1.9.2 (firefox 3.6 / thunderbird 3.1 / fennec 1.0) overview this section provides short overview of methods and attributes of this interface. all methods and attributes are grouped by categories. role, states and name these includes main properties used to describe the accessible. nsiaccessible.role to get the role of the accessible nsiaccessible.getstate() to get states of the accessibe nsiaccessible.name, nsiaccessible.value to get the name and the value of the accessible tree navigation you...
...tes are grouped by categories. role, states and name these includes main properties used to describe the accessible. nsiaccessible.role to get the role of the accessible nsiaccessible.getstate() to get states of the accessibe nsiaccessible.name, nsiaccessible.value to get the name and the value of the accessible tree navigation you can navigate through the accessible tree by the following methods and attributes. nsiaccessible.parent to get the parent accessible nsiaccessible.nextsibling, nsiaccessible.previoussibling to get sibling accessibles nsiaccessible.firstchild, nsiaccessible.lastchild to get first and last child nsiaccessible.children, nsiaccessible.getchildat(), nsiaccessible.childcount to navigate through the children by index accessible position you can use nsiaccess...
...use nsiaccessible.groupposition() to get information about this accessible in its group. relations many accessibles are linked with each other, for example, if one accessible gives the accessible name for another accessible (for example, html:label and html control) then these accessibles are related, please refer to relations documentation for more information. you can get related accessibles by methods nsiaccessible.getaccessiblerelated() nsiaccessible.getrelations() nsiaccessible.getrelation() and nsiaccessible.relationscount. focus and selection in order to focus an accessible or get focused child accessible use nsiaccessible.takefocus() and nsiaccessible.focusedchild. to select an accessible you can use nsiaccessible.setselected(), nsiaccessible.takeselection() and nsiaccessible.ext...
...And 10 more matches

Component; nsIPrefBranch
hich this "branch" stems. preferences are accessed off of this root by using just the final portion of the preference. ...
..."branch" stems. preferences are accessed off of this root by using just the final portion of the preference. for example, if this object is created with the root "browser.startup.", the preferences "browser.startup.page", "browser.startup.homepage", and "browser.startup.homepage_override" can be accessed by simply passing "page", "homepage", or "homepage_override" to the various get/set methods. ...
...s attribute type description root string called to get the root on which this branch is based, such as "browser.startup." read only. constants constant value description pref_invalid 0 long pref_string 32 long data type. pref_int 64 long data type. pref_bool 128 long data type. methods addobserver() adds a preference change observer. on preference changes, the following arguments will be passed to nsiobserver.observe(): asubject - the nsiprefbranch object (this). atopic - the string defined by ns_prefbranch_prefchange_topic_id adata - the name of the preference which has changed, relative to the "root" of the asubject branch. asubject.get*pref(adata) will get the new val...
...And 10 more matches

nsIXULTemplateBuilder
ch query may be accompanied by one or more <rule> elements. these rules are evaluated by the template builder for each result produced by the query. a rule consists of conditions that cause a rule to be either accepted or rejected. the condition syntax allows for common conditional handling; additional filtering may be applied by adding a custom filter to a rule with the builder's addrulefilter() method. if a result passes a rule's conditions, this is considered a match, and the content within the rule's <action> body is inserted as a sibling of the <template>, assuming the template builder creates real dom content. only one rule will match a result. for a tree builder, for example, the content within the action body is used to create the tree rows instead. a matching result must have its rulema...
...esult passes a rule's conditions, this is considered a match, and the content within the rule's <action> body is inserted as a sibling of the <template>, assuming the template builder creates real dom content. only one rule will match a result. for a tree builder, for example, the content within the action body is used to create the tree rows instead. a matching result must have its rulematched() method called. when a result no longer matches, the result's hasbeenremoved() method must be called. optionally, the rule may have a <bindings> section which may be used to define additional variables to be used within an action body. each of these declared bindings must be supplied to the query processor via its addbinding() method. the bindings are evaluated after a rule has matched. templates may gen...
... bindings are evaluated after a rule has matched. templates may generate content recursively, using the previous iteration's results as reference point to invoke the same queries. since the reference point is different, different output will typically be generated. the reference point nsixultemplateresult object for the first iteration is determined by calling the query processor's translateref() method using the value of the root node's ref attribute. this object may be retrieved later via the builder's rootresult property. for convenience, each reference point as well as all results implement the nsixultemplateresult interface, allowing the result objects from each iteration to be used directly as the reference points for the next iteration. when using multiple queries, each may generate resul...
...And 10 more matches

Drawing shapes with canvas - Web APIs
tx.strokerect(50, 50, 50, 50); } } this example's output is shown below. screenshotlive sample the fillrect() function draws a large black square 100 pixels on each side. the clearrect() function then erases a 60x60 pixel square from the center, and then strokerect() is called to create a rectangular outline 50x50 pixels within the cleared square. in upcoming pages we'll see two alternative methods for clearrect(), and we'll also see how to change the color and stroke style of the rendered shapes. unlike the path functions we'll see in the next section, all three rectangle functions draw immediately to the canvas. drawing paths now let's look at paths. a path is a list of points, connected by segments of lines that can be of different shapes, curved or not, of different width and of dif...
...apes using paths, we take some extra steps: first, you create the path. then you use drawing commands to draw into the path. once the path has been created, you can stroke or fill the path to render it. here are the functions used to perform these steps: beginpath() creates a new path. once created, future drawing commands are directed into the path and used to build the path up. path methods methods to set different paths for objects. closepath() adds a straight line to the path, going to the start of the current sub-path. stroke() draws the shape by stroking its outline. fill() draws a solid shape by filling the path's content area. the first step to create a path is to call the beginpath(). internally, paths are stored as a list of sub-paths (lines, arcs, etc) which toget...
...for objects. closepath() adds a straight line to the path, going to the start of the current sub-path. stroke() draws the shape by stroking its outline. fill() draws a solid shape by filling the path's content area. the first step to create a path is to call the beginpath(). internally, paths are stored as a list of sub-paths (lines, arcs, etc) which together form a shape. every time this method is called, the list is reset and we can start drawing new shapes. note: when the current path is empty, such as immediately after calling beginpath(), or on a newly created canvas, the first path construction command is always treated as a moveto(), regardless of what it actually is. for that reason, you will almost always want to specifically set your starting position after resetting a path. ...
...And 10 more matches

Element - Web APIs
more specific classes inherit from element. for example, the htmlelement interface is the base interface for html elements, while the svgelement interface is the basis for all svg elements. most functionality is specified further down the class hierarchy. languages outside the realm of the web platform, like xul through the xulelement interface, also implement element. ...
...ge event, which is sent when the element enters or exits full-screen mode. this can be used to watch both for successful expected transitions, but also to watch for unexpected changes, such as when your app is running in the background. element.onfullscreenerror an event handler for the fullscreenerror event, which is sent when an error occurs while attempting to change into full-screen mode. methods inherits methods from its parents node, and its own parent, eventtarget, and implements those of parentnode, childnode, nondocumenttypechildnode, and animatable. eventtarget.addeventlistener() registers an event handler to a specific event type on the element. element.attachshadow() attaches a shadow dom tree to the specified element and returns a reference to its shadowroot. element.ani...
...rom its parents node, and its own parent, eventtarget, and implements those of parentnode, childnode, nondocumenttypechildnode, and animatable. eventtarget.addeventlistener() registers an event handler to a specific event type on the element. element.attachshadow() attaches a shadow dom tree to the specified element and returns a reference to its shadowroot. element.animate() a shortcut method to create and run an animation on an element. returns the created animation object instance. element.closest() returns the element which is the closest ancestor of the current element (or the current element itself) which matches the selectors given in parameter. element.createshadowroot() creates a shadow dom on on the element, turning it into a shadow host. returns a shadowroot. elem...
...And 10 more matches

Implementing a Microsoft Active Accessibility (MSAA) Server - Accessibility
g, for a number of reasons. myths for not using msaa myth: msaa doesn't really work reality: msaa works really well for dialogs and ui. true, it's not great for documents, but it's the only existing widely-used standard for exposing accessibility. myth: msaa is too slow reality: assistive technology vendors have found ways around most of the performance problems related to out-of-process com method calls. just make sure to have decent performance on your end. myth: "msaa sucks" reality: this statement may come from another engineer or even an employee of an at vendor. and what are they recommending for an alternative, a proprietary solution? msaa is by no means perfect, but it is the only thing that will make your custom ui elements work with most assistive technologies. try to be careful...
...t and dragon can get by with your msaa support., and jaws can be scripted (even by external developers) to support alternative interfaces. don't use msaa if you're working with a small number of at vendors, you can get everyone to agree on a different solution, and you're sure that you won't be needing to support other assistive technologies later. deciding which msaa features to support msaa methods - cheat sheet for developers the iaccessible interface is used in a tree of iaccessible's, each one representing a data node, similar to a dom. here are the methods supported in iaccessible - a minimal implementation would contain those marked "[important]": get_accparent: get the parent of an iaccessible. [important] get_accchildcount: get the number of children of an iaccessible. [import...
...dow closes and the window is blurred. it is impossible to know if and when the 3rd party assistive technology will use one of these signals to release the objects of yours that is is refcounting. this can lead to crashes where it releases something and the wrong time, when some of your dll's are unloaded but not others, and a destructor is called in an unloaded dll. solution: create a "shutdown" method for each internal accessible object, to remove any references to other internal objects before any of your dll's are unloaded. in order to do this effectively, you will have to keep track of every accessible object that you create. the shutdown method for an accessibility object should be called whenever the document or ui object it refers to goes away. the easiest way to do that is to keep a poi...
...And 10 more matches

Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) - HTTP
sing drawimage(). css shapes from images. this article is a general discussion of cross-origin resource sharing and includes a discussion of the necessary http headers. functional overview the cross-origin resource sharing standard works by adding new http headers that let servers describe which origins are permitted to read that information from a web browser. additionally, for http request methods that can cause side-effects on server data (in particular, http methods other than get, or post with certain mime types), the specification mandates that browsers "preflight" the request, soliciting supported methods from the server with the http options request method, and then, upon "approval" from the server, sending the actual request. servers can also inform clients whether "credentials" (s...
...om a server perspective (including php code snippets) can be found in the server-side access control (cors) article. simple requests some requests don’t trigger a cors preflight. those are called “simple requests” in this article, though the fetch spec (which defines cors) doesn’t use that term. ...
...rigin: https://foo.example now no domain other than https://foo.example can access the resource in a cross-site manner. to allow access to the resource, the access-control-allow-origin header should contain the value that was sent in the request's origin header. preflighted requests unlike “simple requests” (discussed above), "preflighted" requests first send an http request by the options method to the resource on the other domain, to determine if the actual request is safe to send. cross-site requests are preflighted like this since they may have implications to user data. the following is an example of a request that will be preflighted: const xhr = new xmlhttprequest(); xhr.open('post', 'https://bar.other/resources/post-here/'); xhr.setrequestheader('x-pingother', 'pingpong'); xhr.s...
...And 10 more matches

static - JavaScript
the static keyword defines a static method for a class. static methods aren't called on instances of the class. instead, they're called on the class itself. these are often utility functions, such as functions to create or clone objects. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax static methodname() { ... } examples using static in classes the following example demonstrates several things: how a static method is implemented on a class. that a class with a static member can be sub-classed. how a static method can and cannot be called. class triple { static triple(n = 1) { return n * 3; } ...
...urn n * 3; } } class biggertriple extends triple { static triple(n) { return super.triple(n) * super.triple(n); } } console.log(triple.triple()); // 3 console.log(triple.triple(6)); // 18 var tp = new triple(); console.log(biggertriple.triple(3)); // 81 (not affected by parent's instantiation) console.log(tp.triple()); // 'tp.triple is not a function'. ...
...ertriple extends triple { static triple(n) { return super.triple(n) * super.triple(n); } } console.log(triple.triple()); // 3 console.log(triple.triple(6)); // 18 var tp = new triple(); console.log(biggertriple.triple(3)); // 81 (not affected by parent's instantiation) console.log(tp.triple()); // 'tp.triple is not a function'. ...
...And 10 more matches

Object.create() - JavaScript
the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax object.create(proto, [propertiesobject]) parameters proto the object which should be the prototype of the newly-created object. ...
...ariables. then again, the actual iteration order is not guaranteed no matter what the order members are added. be aware of, also, that using object.entries() on an object created via object.create() will result in an empty array being returned. ...
...ed no matter what the order members are added. be aware of, also, that using object.entries() on an object created via object.create() will result in an empty array being returned. var obj = object.create({ a: 1, b: 2 }); > console.log(object.entries(obj)); // shows "[]" some non-solutions a good solution for the missing object-methods is not immediately apparent. ...
...And 10 more matches

Search Extension Tutorial (Draft) - Archive of obsolete content
y steps necessary to mitigate the impact of offending add-ons. in particular, changing the location bar search keyword url in a way which is not automatically reset when the add-on is removed will result in a reset prompt for users. other settings violations designed to restrict user choice will result in stronger action, such as blacklisting of the add-ons in question. the most technically sound method of achieving this, and the only acceptable way of changing preferences such that they are automatically restored on add-on uninstall, is to make such changes in the default preference branch, as explained below. while the technical details below are important to understand, a library which encapsulates the appropriate logic is provided along with the example add-on at the end, and should be used ...
...ss extensions, the preferences need to be changed manually, and reverted when the extension is disabled if they have not been changed in the meantime. while changes to default preference values will not persist across sessions, restartless extensions must nevertheless restore them for the balance of the session after they have been disabled. the following example bootstrap.js file illustrates the method: const { classes: cc, interfaces: ci, utils: cu, results: cr } = components; // import the services module. cu.import("resource://gre/modules/services.jsm"); // keep track of whether this is the first run. var firstrun = false; // get the root user preference branch. var userprefs = services.prefs.getbranch(""); // get the root default preference branch. var defaultprefs = services.prefs.getde...
...t search engine this change comes in two parts: 1) installing a new search engine (and removing it when your extension is disabled), and 2) setting it as a default (and restoring the previous default when your extension is uninstalled). adding a new search engine search engines may be added either directly via an api call, or indirectly via an xml description file. ...
...And 9 more matches

Template and Tree Listeners - Archive of obsolete content
ent purposes. these each implement a different xpcom interface, as listed below: nsixulbuilderlistener - used to listen to template rebuilds. nsixultreebuilderobserver - used to listen to particular tree operations. nsirdfobserver - for rdf datasources, used to listen to changes in the underlying rdf datasource. listening for template rebuilds the first of these is the simplest and involves two methods, willrebuild and didrebuild. you would implement this object with these two methods if you wish to be notified when the template is rebuilt using the builder's rebuild call. the template builder might also force a rebuild when the underlying data change notifications require it. the primary use of this listener is to store some state before the template is rebuilt and restore it afterwards. reca...
... the template is rebuilt using the builder's rebuild call. the template builder might also force a rebuild when the underlying data change notifications require it. the primary use of this listener is to store some state before the template is rebuilt and restore it afterwards. recall that when a template is rebuilt, all of the existing content will be removed and generated fresh. the willrebuild method of any listeners will be called before the content is removed, and didrebuild method will be called when the content has been regenerated. this listener will also work for tree builders, and will call the appropriate methods before and after the tree has been generated. to assign a builder listener to a builder, use the addlistener method. var somelistener = { item: null, willrebuild : functi...
...{ if (this.item) { var idx = builder.getindexofresource(this.item) if (idx != -1) builder.root.view.selection.select(idx); } } }; tree.builder.addlistener(somelistener); this example is very simple and just saves and restores the selected index after a rebuild. since the content goes away during a rebuild, the selection is lost, so it is restored here during the didrebuild method. ...
...And 9 more matches

Anatomy of a video game - Game development
o develop an efficient, execute-once-per-frame main loop. of course, your game will only be as optimized as you make it. if something looks like it should be attached to a more infrequent event then it is often a good idea to break it out of the main loop (but not always). building a main loop in javascript javascript works best with events and callback functions. modern browsers strive to call methods right as they are needed and idle (or do their other tasks) in the gaps. it is an excellent idea to attach your code to the moments that are appropriate for them. think about whether your function really needs to be called on a strict interval of time, every frame, or only after something else happens. being more specific with the browser about when your function needs to be called allows the br...
...well-programmed per-frame main loops. a callback function must be passed in to it when it is called. that callback function will be executed at a suitable time before the next repaint. here is an example of a simple main loop: window.main = function () { window.requestanimationframe( main ); // whatever your main loop needs to do }; main(); // start the cycle note: in each of the main() methods discussed here, we schedule a new requestanimationframe before performing our loop contents. that is not by accident and it is considered best practice. calling the next requestanimationframe early ensures the browser receives it on time to plan accordingly even if your current frame misses its vsync window. the above chunk of code has two statements. the first statement creates a function as ...
...g of our new line if the previous one was not empty or terminated. */ ;(function () { function main() { window.requestanimationframe( main ); // your main loop contents } main(); // start the cycle })(); when the browser comes across this iife, it will define your main loop and immediately queue it for the next frame. it will not be attached to any object and main (or main() for methods) will be a valid unused name in the rest of the application, free to be defined as something else. note: in practice, it is more common to prevent the next requestanimationframe() with an if-statement, rather than calling cancelanimationframe(). for the second issue, stopping the main loop, you will need to cancel the call to main() with window.cancelanimationframe(). you will need to pass c...
...And 9 more matches

Introduction to CSS layout - Learn web development
around them, their parent container, or the main viewport/window. the page layout techniques we'll be covering in more detail in this module are normal flow the display property flexbox grid floats positioning table layout multiple-column layout each technique has its uses, advantages, and disadvantages, and no technique is designed to be used in isolation. by understanding what each method is designed for you will be in a good place to understand which is the best layout tool for each task. normal flow normal flow is how the browser lays out html pages by default when you do nothing to control page layout. let's look at a quick html example: <p>i love my cat.</p> <ul> <li>buy cat food</li> <li>exercise</li> <li>cheer up friend</li> </ul> <p>the end!</p> by default, the ...
...ld run. for many of the elements on your page the normal flow will create exactly the layout you need, however for more complex layouts you will need to alter this default behavior using some of the tools available to you in css. starting with a well-structured html document is very important, as you can then work with the way things are laid out by default rather than fighting against it. ...
...out by default rather than fighting against it. the methods that can change how elements are laid out in css are as follows: the display property — standard values such as block, inline or inline-block can change how elements behave in normal flow, for example making a block-level element behave like an inline element (see types of css boxes for more information). we also have entire layout methods that are switched on via specific display values, for example css grid and flexbox, which alter how elements inside the element they are set on are laid out. floats — applying a float value such as left can cause block level elements to wrap alongside one side of an element, like the way images sometimes have text floating around them in magazine layouts. the position property — allows you...
...And 9 more matches

Graceful asynchronous programming with Promises - Learn web development
eal example promises are important to understand because most modern web apis use them for functions that perform potentially lengthy tasks. to use modern web technologies you'll need to use promises. later on in the chapter, we'll look at how to write your own promise, but for now, we'll look at some simple examples that you'll encounter in web apis. in the first example, we'll use the fetch() method to fetch an image from the web, the blob() method to transform the fetch response's raw body contents into a blob object, and then display that blob inside an <img> element. this is very similar to the example we looked at in the first article of the series, but we'll do it a bit differently as we get you building your own promise-based code. note: the following example will not work if you jus...
...rl). you need to run it through a local testing server, or use an online solution such as glitch or github pages. first of all, download our simple html template and the sample image file that we'll fetch. add a <script> element at the bottom of the html <body>. inside your <script> element, add the following line: let promise = fetch('coffee.jpg'); this calls the fetch() method, passing it the url of the image to fetch from the network as a parameter. this can also take an options object as an optional second parameter, but we are just using the simplest version for now. we are storing the promise object returned by fetch() inside a variable called promise. as we said before, this object represents an intermediate state that is initially neither success nor failure — ...
...ing the promise object returned by fetch() inside a variable called promise. as we said before, this object represents an intermediate state that is initially neither success nor failure — the official term for a promise in this state is pending. to respond to the successful completion of the operation whenever that occurs (in this case, when a response is returned), we invoke the .then() method of the promise object. the callback inside the .then() block (referred to as the executor) runs only when the promise call completes successfully and returns the response object — in promise-speak, when it has been fulfilled. it is passed the returned response object as a parameter. note: the way that a .then() block works is similar to when you add an event listener to an object using ad...
...And 9 more matches

Object building practice - Learn web development
et up the <canvas> element and provide a general function that we're going to use. the first part of the script looks like so: const canvas = document.queryselector('canvas'); const ctx = canvas.getcontext('2d'); const width = canvas.width = window.innerwidth; const height = canvas.height = window.innerheight; this script gets a reference to the <canvas> element, then calls the getcontext() method on it to give us a context on which we can start to draw. the resulting constant (ctx) is the object that directly represents the drawing area of the canvas and allows us to draw 2d shapes on it. next, we set constants called width and height, and the width and height of the canvas element (represented by the canvas.width and canvas.height properties) to equal the width and height of the browser...
...zontal and vertical velocity (velx and vely) — each ball is given a horizontal and vertical velocity; in real terms these values are regularly added to the x/y coordinate values when we animate the balls, to move them by this much on each frame. color — each ball gets a color. size — each ball gets a size — this is its radius, in pixels. ...
...alues are regularly added to the x/y coordinate values when we animate the balls, to move them by this much on each frame. color — each ball gets a color. size — each ball gets a size — this is its radius, in pixels. this handles the properties, but what about the methods? we want to get our balls to actually do something in our program. drawing the ball first add the following draw() method to the ball()'s prototype: ball.prototype.draw = function() { ctx.beginpath(); ctx.fillstyle = this.color; ctx.arc(this.x, this.y, this.size, 0, 2 * math.pi); ctx.fill(); } using this function, we can tell the ball to draw itself onto the screen, by calling a series of members of the 2d canvas context we defined earlier (ctx). the context is like the paper, and now we want to command ou...
...And 9 more matches

Adding a new event
this header file should be used for defining input events from keyboard or ime and also other text edit related events like querying focused content information. touchevents.h this header file should be used for defining input events from touch devices. miscevents.h if the new event class isn't proper any header files above, you should use this. each event class should implement following methods manually. virtual internalfooevent* asfooevent() moz_override this method should just return this. this method is used for retrieving sub class pointer avoiding to use static_cast. virtual widgetevent* duplicate() const moz_override this method should create a new instance with copying its members except widget. for copying the members, this should use assignfooeventdata() with true for ac...
...then, copy the additional members which are defined in the class. ...
...then, copy the additional members which are defined in the class. ...
...And 9 more matches

Browser API
browser api concepts and usage the browser api consists of two major parts: custom <iframe> attributes: by adding a mozbrowser attribute to the <iframe> element we can make it appear like a top-level browser window to the embedded content. this means that window.top, window.parent, window.frameelement, etc. should not reflect the frame hierarchy. ...
...they are necessary to be able to implement back, forward, stop, and reload buttons. ...
...they are necessary to be able to implement back, forward, stop, and reload buttons. htmliframeelement.reload() allows reloading of the <iframe> element content. ...
...And 9 more matches

Extending a Protocol
wser engineers who are implementing dom/web apis that need to, for example, send a message to the os or spin up something off the main thread - so it's biased towards supporting w3c/whatwg dom apis. what are we going to implement? tl:dr: you can see the final implementation of pecho.ipdl as a diff in phabricator. to make this tutorial less abstract (more fun!), we are going to implement a js method called echo() on the navigator interface. the method will take one argument, a domstring, which we will pass to the parent process. then we will send that same string back to the child process. the webidl for this will be: partial interface navigator { promise<domstring> echo(domstring somestring); }; learning goals are: extending an existing ipdl protocol. simple message passing. work...
...ng system bit, which we are not actually going to do - just to illustrate what we could do): let's start by implementing the webidl above. ...
...strate what we could do): let's start by implementing the webidl above. ...
...And 9 more matches

CustomizableUI.jsm
handled by customizemode.jsm, which interacts with customizableui through a listener mechanism. areas areas are parts of the user interface in which customizable widgets can be placed. customizableui assumes that each area it is told about is present in every browser window. customizableui is aware of two types of areas: toolbars and the menu panel. areas are registered using the registerarea method and unregistered using the unregisterarea method. when a customizable toolbar's xbl binding is constructed (generally, that is when a <toolbar customizable="true"/> node is appended to the document and isn't invisible), the binding will call into customizableui and register the toolbar's node as being one of the concrete instances of its area. for each area, customizableui keeps track of a list ...
...on bootstrap's "shutdown", that's enough. listeners customizableui provides a way to listen for various bits of customization happening. this can be useful if other parts of the code need to react to changes in the customization of the user interface. in order to use this facility, you should create a plain js object which defines some of the event handlers defined below. not all event handler methods need to be defined. customizableui will catch exceptions. events are dispatched synchronously on the ui thread, so if you can delay any/some of your processing, that is advisable. the following event handlers are supported: onwidgetadded(awidgetid, aarea, aposition) fired when a widget is added to an area. awidgetid is the widget that was added, aarea the area it was added to, and aposition...
...widget's dom node is overflowing its container, a toolbar, and will be displayed in the overflow panel. onwidgetunderflow(anode, acontainer) fired when a widget's dom node is not overflowing its container, a toolbar, anymore. onwindowopened(awindow) fired when a new customizable (ie browser) window is opened. onwindowclosed(awindow) fired when a customizable (ie browser) window is closed. ...
...And 9 more matches

Promise
promises may also be created using the new promise() constructor. ...
...ons in documentation, the type of the fulfillment value is usually specified between angular brackets. for example, the os.file.exists function returns a promise that will eventually fulfill with a boolean: promise<boolean> exists(string path); the rejection reason may be specified separately in the function's documentation, and is considered to be an error object unless otherwise specified. method overview promise then([optional] function onfulfill, [optional] function onreject); promise catch([optional] function onreject); constructor creates a new promise, initially in the pending state, and provides references to the resolving functions that can be used to change its state. new promise(executor); parameters executor this function is invoked immediatel...
...mpleted, to control the final state of the promise. if the executor throws an exception, its value will be passed to the reject resolving function. resolving functions resolve() fulfills the associated promise with the specified value, or propagates the state of an existing promise. if the associated promise has already been resolved, either to a value, a rejection, or another promise, this method does nothing. note: calling this method with a pending promise as the avalue argument, and then calling it again with another value before the promise is fulfilled or rejected, will have no effect the second time, as the associated promise is already resolved to the pending promise. void resolve( avalue ); parameters avalue optional if this value is not a promise, including undefined, i...
...And 9 more matches

JSAPI User Guide
lects—objects it no longer needs. the word javascript may bring to mind features such as event handlers (like onclick), dom objects, window.open, and xmlhttprequest. but in mozilla, all of these features are actually provided by other components, not the spidermonkey engine itself. spidermonkey provides a few core javascript data types—numbers, strings, arrays, objects, and so on—and a few methods, such as array.push. it also makes it easy for each application to expose some of its own objects and functions to javascript code. browsers expose dom objects. your application will expose objects that are relevant for the kind of scripts you want to write. it is up to the application developer to decide what objects and methods are exposed to scripts. hello world using the spidermonkey libra...
...so use js_setoptions to enable jsoption_varobjfix. to get the latest javascript language features, applications may use js_setversion. error reporting is also per-context and is enabled using js_seterrorreporter. the global object: to create this object, you first need a jsclass with the jsclass_global_flags option. the example below defines a very basic jsclass (named global_class) with no methods or properties of its own. use js_newglobalobject to create a global object. use js_initstandardclasses to populate it with the standard javascript globals. this may seem like a lot of pieces for a simple application. it amounts to about 80 lines of code, as shown below. but the jsapi is designed to scale to applications that need many global objects. it is a fine-grained api, supporting many...
... see * the example for the "it" class in js.c. */ static jsbool my_getproperty(jscontext *cx, jsobject *obj, jsval id, jsval *vp) { if (jsval_is_int(id)) { switch (jsval_to_int(id)) { case my_color: *vp = . . .; break; case my_height: *vp = . . .; break; case my_width: *vp = . . .; break; case my_funny: *vp =...
...And 9 more matches

Accessing the Windows Registry Using XPCOM
the value is read using readstringvalue(). you have to specify what type of data you expect to read, which we will expand on later. finally, note that you should close the key when you are done to avoid wasting system resources. opening registry keys before doing anything with a registry key you must first open the key you are interested in. the example above demonstates this using the open() method. if you want to create a new key, you can use the create() method, which takes the same parameters as open(). note that it is not an error to call create() on an existing key, and doing so has the same result as calling open(). both of these methods take a root key as the first parameter. from javascript, you will want to use the named constants on the interface for this parameter. they are: ...
...ce. you can read the interface documentation for a full explanation, but we will show only the three most commonly used modes here: access_read — for reading values, enumerating keys, and receiving notifications access_write — for setting values and creating sub keys access_all — access for all operations in addition to open() and create(), there are the openchild() and createchild() methods. you can call these methods on an already-opened registry key to open a child key. both methods take a relative path and access mode as parameters and return a new object implementing nsiwindowsregkey. here's the simple example again, but using openchild(): var wrk = components.classes["@mozilla.org/windows-registry-key;1"] .createinstance(components.interfaces.nsiwindowsreg...
... opened a registry key, you can begin to make use of it. reading registry values probably the most common action associated with the windows registry is reading values. the simple example above shows how to read an existing string value. however, windows registry values can have several data types, so you need to ensure that you read the correct type. you can check the type of a value using the method getvaluetype(). this method returns an integer indicating the data type of the value. the data types supported by this interface are defined as named constants on the interface as follows: type_none — probably not useful type_string — a unicode string value type_binary — binary data type_int — a 32 bit integer type_int64 — a 64 bit integer each of these types (except type_none)...
...And 9 more matches

XPCOM array guide
ar usage pattern. this guide describes the available arrays as well as the enumerator classes that can be used to get to them. in this document the term array refers to a container for multiple objects with a numeric, zero-based index. the standard array classes are: nsiarray - a scriptable container for scriptable xpcom objects. this array is read-only, and the interface does not provide any methods that will allow adding and removing members. nsimutablearray - a scriptable container for scriptable xpcom objects, which allows addition and removal of member objects. this interface actually derives from nsiarray. nstarray<t> - a c++ class which provides a typesafe container for objects or primitive types (pointers, integers, and so on). the objects must define a default constructor and a co...
...possible. avoid all obsolete arrays and enumerators. avoid creating temporary arrays. scriptable arrays nsiarray / nsimutablearray usage nsiarray is useful if you need to pass arrays of com objects through interfaces or require a scriptable array. it can hold strong or weak references to its container objects. this basic interface only allows querying of existing elements in the array. the methods that modify the array have been broken out into nsimutablearray. an nsiarray implementation can be created from c++ or javascript using nsicomponentmanager.createinstance() and the contract id "@mozilla.org/array;1". the created array implements nsimutablearray and nsiarray. since nsimutablearray derives from nsiarray, the resulting array can be cast to a read-only array. c++ example void get...
...ugh, extra indirection! *elements->removeelementat(0); *elements->appendelement(newelement, pr_false); } in-place enumeration when accessing all members of an nsiarray, in-place enumeration is preferred over indexed access. however, i seem to have forgotten to implement that. good thing the interface is under review. sorry! enumerators creating an enumerator from an nsiarray is easy. the method enumerate() returns a nsisimpleenumerator which accesses all the elements in the array. often, simply accessing an array by index, using queryelementat is faster. see the section on enumerators to learn when to properly use enumerators. for example, if you need to iterate an array returned from another object, you might use enumerate(). ... // get the array nscomptr<nsiarray> array; foo->getele...
...And 9 more matches

nsICryptoHash
ompute a cryptographic hash function of some data. you can, for example, calculate the sha256 hash of a file to determine if it contains the data you think it does. the hash algorithms supported are md2, md5, sha-1, sha-256, sha-384, and sha-512. ...
...the values map directly onto the values defined in mozilla/security/nss/lib/cryptohi/hasht.h. constant value description md2 1 message digest algorithm 2 md5 2 message-digest algorithm 5 sha1 3 secure hash algorithm 1 sha256 4 secure hash algorithm 256 sha384 5 sec...
...ues defined in mozilla/security/nss/lib/cryptohi/hasht.h. ...
...And 9 more matches

nsILoginManagerStorage
tive password manager system, implementing and registering a storage module for the login manager is how you do it. see creating a login manager storage module for details. note: extensions that simply want to access/store logins should use the login manager service and nsiloginmanager interface instead. the login manager will handle selecting and using the correct nsiloginmanangerstorage module. ...
... void removealllogins(); void removelogin(in nsilogininfo alogin); void searchlogins(out unsigned long count, in nsipropertybag matchdata, [retval, array, size_is(count)] out nsilogininfo logins); void setloginsavingenabled(in astring ahost, in boolean isenabled); attributes attribute type description uibusy boolean true when a master password prompt is being shown. read only. ...
... a master password prompt is being shown. read only. methods addlogin() called by the login manager to store a new login. gecko 1.9.1 note default values for the nsiloginmetainfo properties are created if the specified login doesn't explicitly specify them. void addlogin( in nsilogininfo alogin ); parameters alogin the login to add to the login storage. countlogins() implement this method to return the number of logins matching the specified criteria. this method is called, for example, to check to see if there is a login that will match the criteria without having to ask the user for their master password in order to decrypt the logins. unsigned long countlogins( in astring ahostname, in astring aactionurl, in astring ahttprealm ); parameters ahostname the hostname to whi...
...And 9 more matches

nsINavBookmarkObserver
toolkit/components/places/nsinavbookmarksservice.idlscriptable this interface is an observer for bookmark changes. ...
...it is called before the actual removal takes place. void onbeforeitemremoved( in long long aitemid, in unsigned short aitemtype...
...g aparentid, in acstring aguid, in acstring aparentguid); void onseparatoradded(in print64 parent, in print32 index); obsolete since gecko 1.9 void onseparatorremoved(in print64 parent, in print32 index); obsolete since gecko 1.9 methods onbeforeitemremoved() obsolete since gecko 21.0 (firefox 21.0 / thunderbird 21.0 / seamonkey 2.18) note: this method was removed in gecko 21.0 as part of bug 826409. this method notifies this observer that an item is about to be removed. it is called before the actual removal takes place. void onbeforeitemremoved( in long long aitemid, in unsigned short aitemtype, in long long aparentid, in acstring aguid, in acstring aparentguid ); parameters aitemid the id of the bookmark that will be rem...
...And 9 more matches

Xptcall Porting Guide
it does this using platform specific assembly language code. this code needs to be ported to all platforms that want to support xptcall (and thus mozilla). ...
...the base md directory for their given platforms and to integrate into the build system as appropriate for their platform. theory of operation there are really two pieces of functionality: invoke and stubs... the invoke functionality requires the implementation of the following on each platform (from xptcall/public/xptcall.h): xptc_public_api(nsresult) ns_invokebyindex(nsisupports* that, pruint32 methodindex, pruint32 paramcount, nsxptcvariant* params); calling code is expected to supply an array of nsxptcvariant structs. these are discriminated unions describing the type and value of each parameter of the target function. the platform specific code then builds a call frame and invokes the method indicated by the index methodindex on the xpcom interface that. here are example...
...c++ is used where appropriate, assembly language is used where necessary. inline assembly language is used here, but it is equally valid to use separate assembly language source files. porters can decide how best to do this for their platforms. the stubs functionality is more complex. ...
...And 9 more matches

EventTarget.addEventListener() - Web APIs
common targets are element, document, and window, but the target may be any object that supports events (such as xmlhttprequest). addeventlistener() works by adding a function or an object that implements eventlistener to the list of event listeners for the specified event type on the eventtarget on which it's called. syntax target.addeventlistener(type, listener [, options]); target.addeventlistener(type, listener [, usecapture]); target.addeventlistener(type, listener [, usecapture, wantsuntrusted ]); // gecko/mozilla only parameters type a case-sensitive string representing the event type to listen for. ...
... synthetic events dispatched by web content (the default is false for browser chrome and true for regular web pages). this parameter is useful for code found in add-ons, as well as the browser itself. return value undefined usage notes the event listener callback the event listener can be specified as either a callback function or an object that implements eventlistener, whose handleevent() method serves as the callback function. the callback function itself has the same parameters and return value as the handleevent() method; that is, the callback accepts a single parameter: an object based on event describing the event that has occurred, and it returns nothing. for example, an event handler callback that can be used to handle both fullscreenchange and fullscreenerror might look like th...
... listener may be triggered during a later stage of event flow, such as the bubbling phase. multiple identical event listeners if multiple identical eventlisteners are registered on the same eventtarget with the same parameters, the duplicate instances are discarded. they do not cause the eventlistener to be called twice, and they do not need to be removed manually with the removeeventlistener() method. note, however that when using an anonymous function as the handler, such listeners will not be identical, because anonymous functions are not identical even if defined using the same unchanging source-code simply called repeatedly, even if in a loop. however, repeatedly defining the same named function in such cases can be more problematic. (see memory issues, below.) the value of "this" with...
...And 9 more matches

A simple RTCDataChannel sample - Web APIs
r('click', connectpeers, false); disconnectbutton.addeventlistener('click', disconnectpeers, false); sendbutton.addeventlistener('click', sendmessage, false); } this is quite straightforward. we grab references to all the page elements we'll need to access, then set event listeners on the three buttons. establishing a connection when the user clicks the "connect" button, the connectpeers() method is called. we're going to break this up and look at it a bit at a time, for clarity. note: even though both ends of our connection will be on the same page, we're going to refer to the one that starts the connection as the "local" one, and to the other as the "remote" end. set up the local peer localconnection = new rtcpeerconnection(); sendchannel = localconnection.createdatachannel("sendc...
...tion(localconnection.localdescription)) .then(() => remoteconnection.createanswer()) .then(answer => remoteconnection.setlocaldescription(answer)) .then(() => localconnection.setremotedescription(remoteconnection.localdescription)) .catch(handlecreatedescriptionerror); let's go through this line by line and decipher what it means. first, we call rtcpeerconnection.createoffer() method to create an sdp (session description protocol) blob describing the connection we want to make. this method accepts, optionally, an object with constraints to be met for the connection to meet your needs, such as whether the connection should support audio, video, or both. in our simple example, we don't have any constraints. if the offer is created successfully, we pass the blob along to the lo...
...this configures the local end of the connection. the next step is to connect the local peer to the remote by telling the remote peer about it. this is done by calling remoteconnection.rtcpeerconnection.setremotedescription(). now the remoteconnection knows about the connection that's being built. ...
...And 9 more matches

Preferences - Archive of obsolete content
elopers that wish to use the mozilla preferences system. information here applies to the mozilla suite, firefox, thunderbird, and possibly other mozilla-based applications. for more details on preferences in mozilla, see preferences system. if you haven't yet, read other documents about mozilla preferences on mdn (links below in resources section). note: this article doesn't cover all available methods for manipulating preferences; please refer to the xpcom reference pages listed in resources section for the complete list of methods. the interfaces dealing with preferences are fairly well documented, so using the methods not mentioned here should be straightforward. xpcom interfaces for preferences system mozilla exposes its preferences system through a few xpcom interfaces. look in the reso...
...; // get the "extensions.myext." branch var prefs = components.classes["@mozilla.org/preferences-service;1"] .getservice(components.interfaces.nsiprefservice); prefs = prefs.getbranch("extensions.myext."); simple types there are three types of preferences: string, integer, and boolean. each entry in the preferences database (prefs.js) has one of those types. there are six methods in nsiprefbranch that read and write preferences: getboolpref(), setboolpref(), getcharpref(), setcharpref(), getintpref(), and setintpref(). using them is as easy as: // get the "accessibility." branch var prefs = components.classes["@mozilla.org/preferences-service;1"] .getservice(components.interfaces.nsiprefservice).getbranch("accessibility."); // prefs is an nsiprefbra...
...he preferences database (prefs.js) must have a string, an integer, or a boolean value. however, there is a concept of complex types, which makes it easier for developers to save and load nsilocalfile and nsisupportsstring objects in preferences (as strings — note that from the preferences system's point of view, complex values have a nsiprefbranch.pref_string type.) there are two nsiprefbranch methods implementing the concept — setcomplexvalue() and getcomplexvalue(). you can look up their implementations in nsprefbranch.cpp. here are the idl definitions: void getcomplexvalue(in string aprefname, in nsiidref atype, [iid_is(atype), retval] out nsqiresult avalue); void setcomplexvalue(in string aprefname, in nsiidref atype, in nsisupports avalue); as you can see, both ...
...And 8 more matches

Appendix D: Loading Scripts - Archive of obsolete content
to find and understand at a glance. speed: script tags may or may not be loaded from pre-compiled bytecode in the fastload cache (gecko 1.x) or startup cache (gecko 2), which means they don't necessarily need to read as source and compiled with each restart. flexibility: script tags provide a means to specify the character set and javascript version of the scripts to be loaded, which many other methods do not. debuggable: development tools support debugging javascript loaded by script tags disadvantages scoping: scripts loaded via script tags share the global scope with all other scripts loaded into the same window. these tags provide no means to load scripts into a private or otherwise specific scope. speed: even if these scripts are loaded from a cache, only read and compile time are ...
...nd will execute as javascript version 1.8, based on the version specified in the script tag. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <!doctype overlay> <overlay id="script-overlay" xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"> <script type="application/javascript;version=1.8" src="overlay.js"/> </overlay> evalinsandbox the components.utils.evalinsandbox method may be used to load arbitrary code into components.utils.sandbox objects. javascript files or urls may be loaded in this manner by first retrieving their contents into memory using an xmlhttprequest. this is the method used by jetpack's securable module system to load nearly all executable code. advantages namespacing: since scripts executed via evalinsandbox run in a defined namespace, globa...
...rst retrieving their contents into memory using an xmlhttprequest. this is the method used by jetpack's securable module system to load nearly all executable code. advantages namespacing: since scripts executed via evalinsandbox run in a defined namespace, global namespace contamination and the resultant extension compatibility issues are not usually a problem. flexibility: the evalinsandbox method accepts several parameters, including the url, line number, and javascript version of the file from which the code being evaluated was extracted. this information is invaluable for debugging, and the flexibility with which it can be specified makes this method useful for extracting javascript from a number of file formats other than raw javascript scripts. additionally, as sandbox objects can be ...
...And 8 more matches

Focus management with Vue refs - Learn web development
oitem.vue. update it like this: <button type="button" class="btn" ref="editbutton" @click="toggletoitemeditform"> edit <span class="visually-hidden">{{label}}</span> </button> to access the value associated with our ref, we use the $refs property provided on our component instance. to see the value of the ref when we click our "edit" button, add a console.log() to our toggletoitemeditform() method, like so: toggletoitemeditform() { console.log(this.$refs.editbutton); this.isediting = true; } if you activate the "edit" button at this point, you should see an html <button> element referenced in your console. vue's $nexttick() method we want to set focus on the "edit" button when a user saves or cancels their edit. to do that, we need to handle focus in the todoitem component’s item...
...orm() { console.log(this.$refs.editbutton); this.isediting = true; } if you activate the "edit" button at this point, you should see an html <button> element referenced in your console. vue's $nexttick() method we want to set focus on the "edit" button when a user saves or cancels their edit. to do that, we need to handle focus in the todoitem component’s itemedited() and editcancelled() methods. for convenience, create a new method which takes no arguments called focusoneditbutton(). inside it, assign your ref to a variable, and then call the focus() method on the ref. ...
...you'll notice that focus isn’t being set, so we still have a problem to solve. ...
...And 8 more matches

Creating Sandboxed HTTP Connections
eate sandboxed http connections which don't affect the user's cookies. this article will cover the basics of doing http connections from xpcom javascript, and should easily translate to c++ xpcom. setting up an http connection the first step in setting up an http connection from an url (stored in a string) is to create an nsiuri out of it. ...
...the basics of doing http connections from xpcom javascript, and should easily translate to c++ xpcom. setting up an http connection the first step in setting up an http connection from an url (stored in a string) is to create an nsiuri out of it. nsiuri is an xpcom representation of an uri, with useful methods to query and manipulate the uri. ...
...ring, we use the newuri method of nsiioservice: // the io service var ioservice = components.classes["@mozilla.org/network/io-service;1"] .getservice(components.interfaces.nsiioservice); // create an nsiuri var uri = ioservice.newuri(myurlstring, null, null); once the nsiuri has been created, a nsichannel can be generated from it using nsiioservice's newchannelfromuri method: // get a channel for that nsiuri var channel = ioservice.newchannelfromuri(uri); to initiate the connection, the asyncopen method is called. it takes two arguments: a listener and a context that is passed to the listener's methods. channel.asyncopen(listener, null); http notifications the above mentioned listener is a nsistreamlistener, which gets notified about events such as http redire...
...And 8 more matches

NetUtil.jsm
the netutil.jsm javascript code module provides easy-to-use apis for performing common network related tasks. to use these utilities, you first need to import the code module into your javascript scope: components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/netutil.jsm"); once you've imported the module, you can then use its methods. ...
... the netutil.jsm javascript code module provides easy-to-use apis for performing common network related tasks. to use these utilities, you first need to import the code module into your javascript scope: components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/netutil.jsm"); once you've imported the module, you can then use its methods. ...
... nsichannel newchannel(awhattoload, [optional] aorigincharset, [optional] nsiuri abaseuri) nsiuri newuri(atarget, [optional] aorigincharset, [optional] nsiuri abaseuri) string readinputstreamtostring(ainputstream, acount, aoptions) attributes attribute type description ioservice nsiioservice returns a reference to nsiioservice. methods asynccopy() the asynccopy() method performs a simple asynchronous copy of data from a source input stream to a destination output stream. both streams are automatically closed when the copy operation is completed. nsiasyncstreamcopier asynccopy( asource, asink, acallback ); parameters asource the input stream from which to read the source data. this must be an nsiinputstream based...
...And 8 more matches

nsXPIDLCString
class declaration nstxpidlstring extends nststring such that: (1) mdata can be null (2) objects of this type can be automatically cast to |const chart*| (3) getter_copies method is supported to adopt data allocated with ns_alloc, such as "out string" parameters in xpidl. ...
... class declaration nstxpidlstring extends nststring such that: (1) mdata can be null (2) objects of this type can be automatically cast to |const chart*| (3) getter_copies method is supported to adopt data allocated with ns_alloc, such as "out string" parameters in xpidl. ...
...r assign assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii appendliteral(const char appendliteral(char operator+= insert cut setcapacity setlength truncate getdata getmutabledata setisvoid stripchar base classes nscstring data members no public members. ...
...And 8 more matches

nsXPIDLString
class declaration nstxpidlstring extends nststring such that: (1) mdata can be null (2) objects of this type can be automatically cast to |const chart*| (3) getter_copies method is supported to adopt data allocated with ns_alloc, such as "out string" parameters in xpidl. ...
... class declaration nstxpidlstring extends nststring such that: (1) mdata can be null (2) objects of this type can be automatically cast to |const chart*| (3) getter_copies method is supported to adopt data allocated with ns_alloc, such as "out string" parameters in xpidl. ...
...ar assign assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii appendliteral(const char appendliteral(char operator+= insert cut setcapacity setlength truncate getdata getmutabledata setisvoid stripchar base classes nsstring data members no public members. ...
...And 8 more matches

mozIStorageService
storage/public/mozistorageservice.idlscriptable this interface lets you open a mozistorageconnection to a database file, as well as create backups of an unopened database file. this is the only way to open a database connection. ...
...the filename provided is only used as a suggestion. if the filename is already taken, attempts will be made to ensure that it is unique. the actual backup file is returned, and the resulting filename can be ...
...the filename provided is only used as a suggestion. if the filename is already taken, attempts will be made to ensure that it is unique. the actual backup file is returned, and the resulting filename can be obtained from that. nsifile backup...
...And 8 more matches

nsIHttpChannel
ing http response status and headers when they become available. ...
...be sent as the referrer for a plaintext http request). the implementation is not required to throw an exception when the referrer uri is rejected. exceptions thrown ns_error_in_progress if set after the channel has been opened. ns_error_failure if used for setting referrer during visitrequestheaders(). getting the value will not throw. requestmethod acstring set or get the http request method (default is "get"). setter is case insensitive; getter returns an uppercase string. this attribute may only be set before the channel is opened. note: the data for a "post" or "put" request can be configured via nsiuploadchannel. however, after setting the upload data, it may be necessary to set the request method explicitly. t...
...ssumptions made about the charset of the returned text. you have been warned! read only. exceptions thrown ns_error_not_available if called before the response has been received (before onstartrequest()). referrerpolicy read only unsigned long the referrer policy in use for this channel, indicated by one of the constants listed above methods getoriginalresponseheader() get the value of a particular original response header, that is, in the same form as it came from the network. i.e. empty headers will have an empty string as value and multiple headers will not be merged as opposed to getresponseheader(). void getoriginalresponseheader( in acstring aheader, in nsihttpheadervisitor avisitor ); parameters aheader the case-i...
...And 8 more matches

nsIInputStream
xpcom/io/nsiinputstream.idlscriptable this interface represents a readable stream of data. inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 17.0 (firefox 17.0 / thunderbird 17.0 / seamonkey 2.14) an input stream may be "blocking" or "non-blocking" (see the isnonblocking() method). a blocking input stream may suspend the calling thread in order to satisfy a call to close(), available(), read(), or readsegments(). ...
...ll to close(), available(), read(), or readsegments(). a non-blocking input stream, on the other hand, must not block the calling thread of execution. note: blocking input streams are often read on a background thread to avoid locking up the main application thread. for this reason, it is generally the case that a blocking input stream should be implemented using thread-safe addref and release. ...
...that enables the caller to know the condition of the stream before attempting to read from it. if a stream is at end-of-fil...
...And 8 more matches

nsIProtocolProxyService
netwerk/base/public/nsiprotocolproxyservice.idlscriptable this interface provides methods to access information about various network proxies. inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 1.7 implemented by: @mozilla.org/network/protocol-proxy-service;1. ...
...riptable this interface provides methods to access information about various network proxies. inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 1.7 implemented by: @mozilla.org/network/protocol-proxy-service;1. ...
...proxy auto config (pac) may perform a synchronous dns query, which may not return immediately. so, calling resolve without this flag may result in locking up the calling thread for a lengthy period of time. by passing this flag to resolve, one can failover to asyncresolve to avoid locking up the calling thread if a pac query is req...
...And 8 more matches

nsIWindowWatcher
notify this component when they are created or destroyed, so only a weak reference is kept. note that there is no interface for such notifications (not a public one, anyway). this is taken care of both in mozilla and by common embedding code. embedding clients need do nothing special about that requirement. this component must be initialized at application startup by calling setwindowcreator(). ...
... activewindow nsidomwindow the watcher serves as a global storage facility for the current active (front most non-floating-palette-type) window, storing and returning it on demand. users must keep this attribute current, including after the topmost window is closed. this attribute will be null if the active window is not an nsidomwindow; for example, if the active window is an alert. methods getchromeforwindow() retrieve the chrome window mapped to the given dom window. nsiwindowwatcher keeps a list of all top-level dom windows currently open, along with their corresponding chrome interfaces. since dom windows lack a (public) means of retrieving their corresponding chrome, this method will do that. nsiwebbrowserchrome getchromeforwindow( in nsidomwindow awindow ); parameters ...
...for posing alerts. can be null. return value a new nsiauthprompt object. getnewprompter() return a newly created nsiprompt implementation. nsiprompt getnewprompter( in nsidomwindow aparent ); parameters aparent the parent nsidomwindow used for posing alerts. can be null. return value a new nsiprompt object. getwindowbyname() retrieve an existing window (or frame). note: this method will search all open windows for any window or frame with the given window name. make sure you understand the security implications of this before using this method! nsidomwindow getwindowbyname( in wstring atargetname, in nsidomwindow acurrentwindow ); parameters atargetname the window name. acurrentwindow the nsidomwindow starting point in the window hierarchy to begin the search...
...And 8 more matches

Debugger.Frame - Firefox Developer Tools
debugger.frame a debugger.frame instance represents a visible stack frame. given a debugger.frame instance, you can find the script the frame is executing, walk the stack to older frames, find the lexical environment in which the execution is taking place, and so on. for a given debugger instance, spidermonkey creates only one debugger.frame instance for a given visible frame. every handler method called while the debuggee is running in a given frame is given the same frame object. similarly, walking the stack back to a previously accessed frame yields the same frame object as before. debugger code can add its own properties to a frame object and expect to find them later, use == to decide whether two expressions refer to the same frame, and so on. (if more than one debugger instance is debu...
...note that frames only become inactive at times that are predictable for the debugger: when the debuggee runs, or when the debugger removes frames from the stack itself. visible frames when inspecting the call stack, debugger does not reveal all the frames that are actually present on the stack: while it does reveal all frames running debuggee code, it omits frames running ...
...ke a call to a primitive: you see a frame for the non-debuggee function that was accessible to the debuggee, but any further calls that function makes are treated as internal details, and omitted from the stack trace. if the non-debuggee function eventually calls back into debuggee code, then those frames are visible. ...
...And 8 more matches

DirectoryEntrySync - Web APIs
this interface has been abandonned: it was on a standard track and it proves not a good idea. do not use it anymore. about this document this document was last updated on march 2, 2012 and follows the w3c specifications (working draft) drafted on april 19, 2011. this specification is pretty much abandoned, having failed to reach any substantial traction. basic concepts if you want to create subdirectories, you have to create each child directory in sequence. ...
...having failed to reach any substantial traction. basic concepts if you want to create subdirectories, you have to create each child directory in sequence. if you try to create a directory using a full path that includes parent directories that do not exist yet, you get an error. so create the hierarchy by recursively adding a new path after creating the parent directory. example the getfile() method returns a fileentrysync, which represents a file in the file system. the following creates an empty file called seekrits.txt in the root directory. var fileentry = fs.root.getfile('seekrits.txt', {create: true}); the getdirectory() method returns a directoryentrysync, which represents a file in the file system. the following creates a new directory called superseekrit in the root directory. ...
... the following creates an empty file called seekrits.txt in the root directory. var fileentry = fs.root.getfile('seekrits.txt', {create: true}); the getdirectory() method returns a directoryentrysync, which represents a file in the file system. the following creates a new directory called superseekrit in the root directory. ...
...And 8 more matches

PaymentRequest.show() - Web APIs
the paymentrequest interface's show() method instructs the user agent to begin the process of showing and handling the user interface for the payment request to the user. for security reasons, the paymentrequest.show() method can't just be initiated at any time. it may only be called while handling events that represent user interactions, such as click, keyup, or the like. only one payment request can be in the process of being handled at once, across all documents. once one paymentrequest's show() method has been called, any other call to show() will by rejected with an aborterror until the returned promise has been concluded, either by being fulfilled with a paymentresponse indicating the results of the payment request, or by being rejected with an error. note: in reality, despi...
...er agent. the promise is also rejected with aborterror if the user cancels the payment request. invalidstateerror the promise rejects with an invalidstateerror if the same payment has already been shown for this request (its state is interactive because it is being shown already). notsupportederror the promise rejects with a notsupportederror if the user agent does not support the payment methods specified when the paymentrequest constructor was called. securityerror the promise rejects with a securityerror if the call to show() was not in response to a user action, such as a click or keyup event. other reasons a securityerror may be thrown are at the discretion of the user agent, and may include situations such as too many calls to show() being made in a short time or show() being cal...
...rns for using show() involve either the async/await syntax or the use of show().then().catch() to handle the response and any possible rejection. ...
...And 8 more matches

Using readable streams - Web APIs
is a matter of just accessing the body property of the response: // fetch the original image fetch('./tortoise.png') // retrieve its body as readablestream .then(response => response.body) this provides us with a readablestream object. attaching a reader now we’ve got our streaming body, reading the stream requires attaching a reader to it. this is done using the readablestream.getreader() method: // fetch the original image fetch('./tortoise.png') // retrieve its body as readablestream .then(response => response.body) .then(body => { const reader = body.getreader(); invoking this method creates a reader and locks it to the stream — no other reader may read this stream until this reader is released, e.g. by invoking readablestreamdefaultreader.releaselock(). also note that the prev...
...e reduced by one step, as response.body is synchronous and so doesn't need the promise: // fetch the original image fetch('./tortoise.png') // retrieve its body as readablestream .then(response => { const reader = response.body.getreader(); reading the stream now you’ve got your reader attached, you can read data chunks out of the stream using the readablestreamdefaultreader.read() method. this reads one chunk out of the stream, which you can then do anything you like with. for example, our simple stream pump example goes on to enqueue each chunk in a new, custom readablestream (we will find more about this in the next section), then create a new response out of it, consume it as a blob, create an object url out of that blob using url.createobjecturl(), and then display it on scre...
...ed, and creates a model in javascript of the underlying source the data is being read from. the second object is optional, and allows you to specify a custom queuing strategy to use for your stream. you’ll rarely have to do this, so we’ll just concentrate on the first one for now. the first object can contain up to five members, only the first of which is required: start(controller) — a method that is called once, immediately after the readablestream is constructed. inside this method, you should include code that sets up the stream functionality, e.g. beginning generation of data or otherwise getting access to the source. pull(controller) — a method that, when included, is called repeatedly until the stream’s internal queue is full. this can be used to control the stream as more ...
...And 8 more matches

Using DTMF with WebRTC - Web APIs
ial() function, as shown in starting the connection process below. dtmfsender the rtcdtmfsender object for the connection. this will be obtained while setting up the connection, in the gotstream() function shown in adding the audio to the connection. hasaddtrack because some browsers have not yet implemented rtcpeerconnection.addtrack(), therefore requiring the use of the obsolete addstream() method, we use this boolean to determine whether or not the user agent supports addtrack(); if it doesn't, we'll fall back to addstream(). this gets figured out in connectanddial(), as shown in starting the connection process. mediaconstraints an object conforming to the mediaconstraints dictionary specifying the constraints to use when starting the connection. we want an audio-only connection, so vid...
...andidate = handlereceivericeevent; if (hasaddtrack) { receiverpc.ontrack = handlereceivertrackevent; } else { receiverpc.onaddstream = handlereceiveraddstreamevent; } navigator.mediadevices.getusermedia(mediaconstraints) .then(gotstream) .catch(err => log(err.message)); } after creating the rtcpeerconnection for the caller (callerpc), we look to see if it has an addtrack() method. if it does, we set hasaddtrack to true; otherwise, we set it to false. this variable will let the example operate even on browsers not yet implementing the newer addtrack() method; we'll do so by falling back to the older addstream() method. next, the event handlers for the caller are established. we'll cover these in detail later. then a second rtcpeerconnection, this one representing the rec...
... function gotstream(stream) { log("got access to the microphone."); let audiotracks = stream.getaudiotracks(); if (hasaddtrack) { if (audiotracks.length > 0) { audiotracks.foreach(track => callerpc.addtrack(track, stream)); } } else { log("your browser doesn't support rtcpeerconnection.addtrack(). ...
...And 8 more matches

Rendering and the WebXR frame animation callback - Web APIs
icle covers the process of driving the frames of the xr scene to the device in the rendering loop, using the xrsession to obtain an xrframe object representing each frame, which is then used to prepare the framebuffer for delivery to the xr device. before you can render the virtual environment, you need to establish a webxr session by creating an xrsession using the navigator.xr.requestsession() method; you also need to associate the session with a framebuffer and perform other setup tasks. these setup tasks are described in the article setting up and shutting down a webxr session. preparing the renderer once the xr session has been set up, with the webgl framebuffer connected and webgl primed with the data it needs in order to render the scene, you can set up the renderer to start running. t...
...r the scene, you can set up the renderer to start running. this begins with getting the reference space in which you want to draw, with its origin and orientation set at the viewer's starting position and viewing direction. once that's in hand, you request that the browser call your rendering function the next time it needs a framebuffer to render your scene. this is done by calling the xrsession method requestanimationframe(). kicking off the renderer thus looks like this: let worldrefspace; async function runxr(xrsession) { worldrefspace = await xrsession.requestreferencespace("immersive-vr"); if (worldrefspace) { viewerrefspace = worldrefspace.getoffsetreferencespace( new xrrigidtransform(viewerstartposition, viewerstartorientation)); animationframerequestid = xrsessio...
... note that this code doesn't have a loop! instead, the frame rendering code—in this case, a function named mydrawframe()—is responsible for scheduling time to draw another frame by once ...
...And 8 more matches

Starting up and shutting down a WebXR session - Web APIs
for webxr. confirming the session type you need is available before trying to create a new webxr session, it's often wise to first check to see if the user's hardware and software support the presentation mode you wish to use. this can also be used to determine whether to use an immersive or an inline presentation, for example. to find out if a given mode is supported, simply call the xrsystem method issessionsupported(). this returns a promise which resolves to true if the given type of session is available for use or false otherwise. const immersiveok = await navigator.xr.issessionsupported("immersive-vr"); if (immersiveok) { // create and use an immersive vr session } else { // create an inline session instead, or tell the user about the // incompatibility if inline is required } ...
...k = await navigator.xr.issessionsupported("immersive-vr"); if (immersiveok) { // create and use an immersive vr session } else { // create an inline session instead, or tell the user about the // incompatibility if inline is required } creating and starting the session a webxr session is represented by an xrsession object. to obtain an xrsession, you call your xrsystem's requestsession() method, which returns a promise that resolves with an xrsession if it's able to establish one successfully. fundamentally, that looks like this: xr.requestsession("immersive-vr").then((session) => { xrsession = session; /* continue to set up the session */ }); note the parameter passed into requestsession() in this code snippet: immersive-vr. this string specifies the type of webxr session you wa...
...a webxr session could look like this: async function createimmersivesession(xr) { try { session = await xr.requestsession("immersive-vr"); return session; } catch(error) { throw error; } } this function returns the new xrsession or throws an exception if an error occurs while creating the session. customizing the session in addition to the display mode, the requestsession() method can take an optional object with initialization parameters to customize the session. currently, the only configurable aspect of the session is which of the reference spaces should be used to represent the world's coordinate system. you can specify either required or optional reference spaces in order to obtain a session compatible with the reference spaces you need or prefer to use. for example,...
...And 8 more matches

CSS Grid Layout and Progressive Enhancement - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
ent, in terms of the amount of time it has been in development, and the work of the various browser vendors to ensure that what ships works in the same way for everyone. starting to use grid in production it is worth noting that you do not have to use grid in an all or nothing way. you could start by simply enhancing elements in your design with grid, that could otherwise display using an older method. overwriting of legacy methods with grid layout works surprisingly well, due to the way grid interacts with these other methods. floats we have typically used floats to create multiple column layouts. if you have floated an item, which is also a grid item in a supporting browser, the float will no longer apply to the item. the fact is that a grid item takes precedence. in the example below, i h...
...5px; background-color: #ffd8a8; padding: 1em; color: #d9480f; } .wrapper ul { overflow: hidden; margin: 0 -10px; padding: 0; list-style: none; } .wrapper li { float: left; width: calc(33.333333% - 20px); margin: 0 10px 20px 10px; } <div class="wrapper"> <ul> <li class="card"><h2>one</h2> <p>we can use css grid to overwrite older methods.</p> </li> <li class="card"><h2>two</h2> <p>we can use css grid to overwrite older methods.</p> </li> <li class="card"><h2>three</h2> <p>we can use css grid to overwrite older methods.</p> </li> <li class="card"><h2>four</h2> <p>we can use css grid to overwrite older methods.</p> </li> <li class="...
...we can use css grid to overwrite older methods.</p> </li> <li class="card"><h2>three</h2> <p>we can use css grid to overwrite older methods.</p> </li> <li class="card"><h2>four</h2> <p>we can use css grid to overwrite older methods.</p> </li> <li class="card"><h2>five</h2> <p>we can use css grid to overwrite older methods.</p> </li> <li class="card"><h2>six</h2> <p>we can use css grid to overwrite older methods.</p> </li> </ul> </div> the example demonstrates the typical problem that we have with floated layouts: if additional content is added to any one card, the layout breaks. as a concession for older browsers, i have set a min-height on the items, and hope that ...
...And 8 more matches

A re-introduction to JavaScript (JS tutorial) - JavaScript
dobe photoshop, svg images, yahoo's widget engine, server-side environments such as node.js, nosql databases like the open source apache couchdb, embedded computers, complete desktop environments like gnome (one of the most popular guis for gnu/linux operating systems), and others. overview javascript is a multi-paradigm, dynamic language with types and operators, standard built-in objects, and methods. its syntax is based on the java and c languages — many structures from those languages apply to javascript as well. javascript supports object-oriented programming with object prototypes, instead of classes (see more about prototypical inheritance and es2015 classes). javascript also supports functional programming — because they are objects, functions may be stored in variables and passed ...
...sfinite(-infinity); // false isfinite(nan); // false the parseint() and parsefloat() functions parse a string until they reach a character that isn't valid for the specified number format, then return the number parsed up to that point. however the "+" operator simply converts the string to nan if there is an invalid character contained within it. just try parsing the string "10.2abc" with each method by yourself in the console and you'll understand the differences better. strings strings in javascript are sequences of unicode characters. this should be welcome news to anyone who has had to deal with internationalization. more accurately, they are sequences of utf-16 code units; each code unit is represented by a 16-bit number. each unicode character is represented by either 1 or 2 code unit...
...t number. each unicode character is represented by either 1 or 2 code units. if you want to represent a single character, you just use a string consisting of that single character. ...
...And 8 more matches

Functions - JavaScript
ipt, a function can be defined based on a condition. for example, the following function definition defines myfunc only if num equals 0: var myfunc; if (num === 0) { myfunc = function(theobject) { theobject.make = 'toyota'; } } in addition to defining functions as described here, you can also use the function constructor to create functions from a string at runtime, much like eval(). a method is a function that is a property of an object. read more about objects and methods in working with objects. calling functions defining a function does not execute it. defining it simply names the function and specifies what to do when the function is called. calling the function actually performs the specified actions with the indicated parameters. for example, if you define the function squar...
...lue 24 e = factorial(5); // e gets the value 120 there are other ways to call functions. there are often cases where a function needs to be called dynamically, or the number of arguments to a function vary, or in which the context of the function call needs to be set to a specific object determined at runtime. it turns out that functions are themselves objects—and in turn, these objects have methods. (see the function object.) one of these, the apply() method, can be used to achieve this goal. function scope variables defined inside a function cannot be accessed from anywhere outside the function, because the variable is defined only in the scope of the function. however, a function can access all variables and functions defined inside the scope in which it is defined. in other words, a ...
...me = function() { return name; // the inner function has access to the "name" variable of the outer //function } return getname; // return the inner function, thereby exposing it to outer scopes } mypet = pet('vivie'); mypet(); // returns "vivie" it can be much more complex than the code above. an object containing methods for manipulating the inner variables of the outer function can be returned. var createpet = function(name) { var sex; return { setname: function(newname) { name = newname; }, getname: function() { return name; }, getsex: function() { return sex; }, setsex: function(newsex) { if(typeof newsex === 'string' && (newsex.tolowercase() === 'm...
...And 8 more matches

Classes - JavaScript
s.width = width; } }; console.log(rectangle.name); // output: "rectangle" // named let rectangle = class rectangle2 { constructor(height, width) { this.height = height; this.width = width; } }; console.log(rectangle.name); // output: "rectangle2" note: class expressions are subject to the same hoisting restrictions as described in the class declarations section. class body and method definitions the body of a class is the part that is in curly brackets {}. this is where you define class members, such as methods or constructor. strict mode the body of a class is executed in strict mode, i.e., code written here is subject to stricter syntax for increased performance, some otherwise silent errors will be thrown, and certain keywords are reserved for future versions of ecmascr...
...s the part that is in curly brackets {}. this is where you define class members, such as methods or constructor. strict mode the body of a class is executed in strict mode, i.e., code written here is subject to stricter syntax for increased performance, some otherwise silent errors will be thrown, and certain keywords are reserved for future versions of ecmascript. constructor the constructor method is a special method for creating and initializing an object created with a class. there can only be one special method with the name "constructor" in a class. a syntaxerror will be thrown if the class contains more than one occurrence of a constructor method. a constructor can use the super keyword to call the constructor of the super class. prototype methods see also method definitions. clas...
...yntaxerror will be thrown if the class contains more than one occurrence of a constructor method. a constructor can use the super keyword to call the constructor of the super class. prototype methods see also method definitions. class rectangle { constructor(height, width) { this.height = height; this.width = width; } // getter get area() { return this.calcarea(); } // method calcarea() { return this.height * this.width; } } const square = new rectangle(10, 10); console.log(square.area); // 100 static methods the static keyword defines a static method for a class. static methods are called without instantiating their class and cannot be called through a class instance. static methods are often used to create utility functions for an application. class poi...
...And 8 more matches

context-menu - Archive of obsolete content
this example updates the item's label based on the number of times it's been clicked: var numclicks = 0; var myitem = require("sdk/context-menu").item({ label: "click me: " + numclicks, contentscript: 'self.on("click", self.postmessage);', onmessage: function () { numclicks++; this.label = "click me: " + numclicks; ...
...", context: cm.selectorcontext("img"), contentscript: 'self.on("click", function (node, data) {' + ' self.postmessage(node.src);' + '});', onmessage: function (imgsrc) { openimageeditor(imgsrc); } }); updating a menu item's label each menu item must be created with a label, but you can change its label later using a couple of methods. the simplest method is to set the menu item's label property. this example updates the item's label based on the number of times it's been clicked: var numclicks = 0; var myitem = require("sdk/context-menu").item({ label: "click me: " + numclicks, contentscript: 'self.on("click", self.postmessage);', onmessage: function () { numclicks++; this.label = "click me: " + numclicks; // setting myitem.lab...
...onmessage: function () { numclicks++; this.label = "click me: " + numclicks; // setting myitem.label is equivalent. } }); sometimes you might want to update the label based on the context. for instance, if your item performs a search with the user's selected text, it would be nice to display the text in the item to provide feedback to the user. in these cases you can use the second method. recall that your content scripts can listen for the "context" event and if your listeners return true, the items associated with the content scripts are shown in the menu. in addition to returning true, your "context" listeners can also return strings. when a "context" listener returns a string, it becomes the item's new label. this item implements the aforementioned search example: var cm = r...
...And 7 more matches

ui/sidebar - Archive of obsolete content
s attached to the left-hand side of the browser window. you specify its content using html, css, and javascript, and the user can show or hide it in the same way they can show or hide the built-in sidebars. usage creating, showing, and hiding sidebars you construct a sidebar object using the sidebar() constructor. once you've done that, you can show the sidebar by calling the sidebar's show() method. if a new window is opened from a window that has a sidebar visible, the new window gets a sidebar, too. you can hide the sidebar by calling its hide() method. called with no arguments, show() and hide() will operate on the currently active window. from firefox 33 onwards you can pass a browserwindow into these methods, and they will then operate on the specified window. alternatively, the vie...
... to show what a sidebar looks like, here's a sidebar that displays the results of running the w3c validator on the current page: specifying sidebar content the content of a sidebar is specified using html, which is loaded from the url supplied in the url option to the sidebar's constructor. ...
...ach event. ondetach function listener for the sidebar's detach event. onshow function listener for the sidebar's show event. onhide function listener for the sidebar's hide event. sidebar the sidebar object. once a sidebar has been created it can be shown and hidden in the active window using its show() and hide() methods. once a sidebar is no longer needed it can be destroyed using dispose(). methods dispose() destroys the sidebar. once destroyed, the sidebar can no longer be used. show(window) displays the sidebar. parameters window : browserwindow the window in which to show the sidebar, specified as a browserwindow. this parameter is optional. if it is omitted, then the sidebar will be shown in the cu...
...And 7 more matches

Bookmarks - Archive of obsolete content
bookmarksservice.getbookmarkstoolbarfolder(), // bookmark folder 0); // index in the folder firefox 3 firefox 3 provides a reworked set of api for working with history and bookmarks. the documentation for the new api is available at places. the places bookmarks service, provided by the nsinavbookmarksservice interface, provides methods for creating, deleting, and manipulating bookmarks and bookmark folders. this article offers examples for how to perform common bookmark management tasks using the bookmarks service. initiating the bookmarks service as is the case with nearly all interfaces, before you can use the bookmarks service, you need to get access to it: var bmsvc = components.classes["@mozilla.org/browser/nav-bookmar...
...rvice as is the case with nearly all interfaces, before you can use the bookmarks service, you need to get access to it: var bmsvc = components.classes["@mozilla.org/browser/nav-bookmarks-service;1"] .getservice(components.interfaces.nsinavbookmarksservice); creating a bookmark folder creating a new bookmark folder is done using the nsinavbookmarksservice.createfolder() method. for example, to create a new folder in the bookmarks menu: var menufolder = bmsvc.bookmarksmenufolder; // bookmarks menu folder var newfolderid = bmsvc.createfolder(menufolder, "folder name here", bmsvc.default_index); this code locates the bookmarks menu's folder, then creates a new folder named "folder name here" in it. specifying default_index as the index at which to insert the new folder...
...es a new folder named "folder name here" in it. specifying default_index as the index at which to insert the new folder places it at the end of the list. you can easily change this code to insert the new folder into the bookmarks toolbar by changing bookmarksmenufolder to another folder attribute. creating a new bookmark to create a new bookmark, use the nsinavbookmarksservice.insertbookmark() method. the uri for the bookmark needs to be specified using an nsiuri object. var ios = components.classes["@mozilla.org/network/io-service;1"] .getservice(components.interfaces.nsiioservice); var uri = ios.newuri("http://google.com/", null, null); var newbkmkid = bmsvc.insertbookmark(newfolderid, uri, bmsvc.default_index, ""); this example instantiates the nsiioservice and uses ...
...And 7 more matches

Appendix F: Monitoring DOM changes - Archive of obsolete content
4+ and chrome 18. while they are still viable for add-ons targeting only the latest firefox, those wishing to support older browsers will need to provide fallbacks. for more information, see this blog post on the issues at hand. non-mutation triggers it is usually possible to tell when a mutation has occurred or is about to occur without resorting to mutation events or observers. most of these methods are specific to a particular site or codebase. hashchange and popstate events most ajax-heavy sites update the url when they significantly change their content, either via a change to the fragment identifier (hash) or more recently via the history.pushstate method. the former triggers a hashchange event while the latter triggers a popstate event. event listeners for those events are the prefer...
...e specific to a particular site or codebase. hashchange and popstate events most ajax-heavy sites update the url when they significantly change their content, either via a change to the fragment identifier (hash) or more recently via the history.pushstate method. the former triggers a hashchange event while the latter triggers a popstate event. event listeners for those events are the preferred method for detecting dom modifications when feasible. often times, this must be used in combination with a slight delay, or even polling, via settimeout, for cases where the url change happens before the page is fully loaded. this method works particularly well with services like google instant, and the gawker family of sites. network listeners ajax-based page changes are almost universally tied to ...
...combination with a slight delay, or even polling, via settimeout, for cases where the url change happens before the page is fully loaded. this method works particularly well with services like google instant, and the gawker family of sites. network listeners ajax-based page changes are almost universally tied to xmlhttprequests. these requests can be tracked from chrome code using a variety of methods, including web progress listeners, http observers, and content policies. while these are not exceptionally efficient (they run for every http request, and considerably more often for some methods), they work very well for certain applications pure css pure css can be more powerful than most people suspect. it is often possible to do things for which people have traditionally resorted to javasc...
...And 7 more matches

Custom XUL Elements with XBL - Archive of obsolete content
n from the xbl page. this somewhat cryptic explanation describes a very simple concept: with xbl you can create your own custom elements. xbl is heavily used in xul, but in theory it could be applied to any xml language. xbl was submitted to the w3c for standardization, but for now it's used in xul almost exclusively. with xbl you can define new elements and define their properties, attributes, methods and event handlers. many complex elements such as tabs, buttons and input controls are implemented using xbl and simpler xul elements. as explained earlier, xul is really just boxes, text and images. we'll look into xbl using a modified version of the hello world extension. download the hello world xbl project, build it and test it for a while. you should see a new item in the hello world menu,...
...ing" image="" />, then those attribute values are "inherited" to the content nodes that have this special attribute. the value attribute of the xul:label element would be "pete". the oncommand attribute of the button has some code you've probably never seen before: document.getbindingparent(this). this code gets the dom object that corresponds to the xshelloperson tag, allowing you access to its methods and properties. in this case we're calling the remove method, which we will discuss later on. if you need to create a container element, or any other element that has child nodes, you can use the xbl children tag in your content to indicate the place where the child nodes will be inserted. the includes attribute gives you a little more flexibility with children, but it's rarely needed. one im...
...uld have more than instance of your element in the same document and then multiple inner items with the same id. in order to work around this problem, the anonid attribute is used instead: <xul:label anonid="xulshoolhello-name-label" xbl:inherits="value=name" /> and then, in order to get a reference to the node from the js code in your binding, we use the getanonymouselementbyattribute dom method: let namelabel = document.getanonymouselementbyattribute( this, "anonid", "xulshoolhello-name-label"); implementation the implementation section defines most of the scripting side of your element. here you can define methods and properties, as well as a constructor and a destructor for your element. javascript code is enclosed in cdata sections to prevent js and xml syntax conflicts.
...And 7 more matches

MCD, Mission Control Desktop, AKA AutoConfig - Archive of obsolete content
r.server2.username", env_user); //smtp lockpref("mail.identity.id1.smtpserver", "smtp1"); lockpref("mail.identity.id1.stationery_folder", "imap://" + env_user + "@imap-int.int-evry.fr/templates"); lockpref("mail.identity.id1.tmpl_folder_picker_mode", "0"); lockpref("mail.identity.id1.valid", true); //smtp general lockpref("mail.smtp.defaultserver", "smtp1"); lockpref("mail.smtpserver.smtp1.auth_method", 0); lockpref("mail.smtpserver.smtp1.hostname", "smtp-int.int-evry.fr"); lockpref("mail.smtpserver.smtp1.port", 25); lockpref("mail.smtpserver.smtp1.try_ssl", 0); lockpref("mail.smtpserver.smtp1.username", ""); lockpref("mail.smtpservers", "smtp1"); lockpref("mail.startup.enabledmailcheckonce", true); lockpref("mailnews.quotingprefs.version", 1); lockpref("mailnews.ui.threadpane.version", 5); /...
...gs defaultpref("mail.server.server1.hostname", "myimap.server.com" ); defaultpref("mail.server.server1.name", userinfo.mail ); defaultpref("mail.server.server1.port", 993 ); defaultpref("mail.server.server1.sockettype", 3 ); defaultpref("mail.server.server1.type", "imap" ); defaultpref("mail.server.server1.username", userinfo.mail ); // smtp server settings defaultpref("mail.smtpserver.smtp1.authmethod", 3 ); defaultpref("mail.smtpserver.smtp1.description", "my company name" ); defaultpref("mail.smtpserver.smtp1.hostname", "mysmtp.server.com" ); defaultpref("mail.smtpserver.smtp1.port", 465 ); defaultpref("mail.smtpserver.smtp1.try_ssl", 3 ); defaultpref("mail.smtpserver.smtp1.username", userinfo.mail ); // glue it all together defaultpref("mail.account.account1.identities", "id1" ); defaultpr...
...nfig api is there, ldap call works fine, good !. my tests were on windows vista, and i noticed at least one difference, it is that paths changed; now the profile is in (for my procacci user sample): c:\users\procacci\appdata\roaming\thunderbird\profiles\v6we4uku.default start in debug mode in comand line interface: debug with displayerror() here's the result, i used the displayerror() method ( not the best way :-( see bug 206294 ) to show environment and ldap variables in order to check that it worked fine. just setting mozilla_debug=1 (see js code in thunderbird.cfg) allow that message to appear , it's very useful in debuging context ... the displayerror() function does not work properly in thunderbird 3.1: see https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bu...?id=502597#c34 a usable worka...
...And 7 more matches

Commands - Archive of obsolete content
group of commands inside a commandset element, together near the top of the xul file, as in the following: <commandset> <command id="cmd_open" oncommand="alert('open!');"/> <command id="cmd_help" oncommand="alert('help!');"/> </commandset> a command is invoked when the user activates the button or other element attached to the command. you can also invoke a command by calling the docommand method either of the command element or an element attached to the command such as a button. command dispatching you can also use commands without using command elements, or at least, without adding a oncommand attribute to the command. in this case, the command will not invoke a script directly, but instead, find an element or function which will handle the command. this function may be separate from...
...though you can't use it on unprivileged web pages, but you may use it from, for example, a browser extension. if the window doesn't provide a controller capable of handling the command, nothing will happen. you can get the command dispatcher using the document's commanddispatcher property, or you can retrieve it from the controllers list on an element or a window. ...
... the controllers list on an element or a window. the command dispatcher contains methods for retrieving controllers for commands and for retrieving and modifying the focus. adding controllers you can implement your own controllers to respond to commands. you could even override the default handling of a command with careful placement of the controller. a controller is expected to implement four methods, which are listed below: supportscommand (command) this method should return true if the controller supports a command. if you return false, the command is not handled and command dispatcher will look for another controller. a single controller may support multiple commands. iscommandenabled (command) this method should return true if the command is enabled, or false if it is disabled. cor...
...And 7 more matches

prefwindow - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home [ examples | attributes | properties | methods | related ] a specialized window used for preference dialogs. this element should be used in place of the window tag and should contain one or more prefpane elements. a row of buttons appears across the preference dialog, one for each prefpane. each pane will usually group together a set of related preferences. if there is only one prefpane, the navigation area will be hidden. on platforms where the convention is to apply changes immediately, the preferences are adjusted as soon as the user interface element is changed. on other platforms, the preferences are not applied until the dialog is closed. you can open a preference window using a window's opendialog method as with other dialogs. you can pass the i...
...og() with the following window features: "chrome,titlebar,toolbar,centerscreen,dialog=yes". ...
...e (background). moreover this hides separator between titlebar and window contents. this affects only on mac os x. lastselected type: string set this to the id of the last selected pane. it will be opened by default the next time the preferences dialog is opened. onbeforeaccept type: script code the code in this attribute is called when the ok button is pressed or the acceptdialog method is called. returning false doesn't currently prevent the dialog from closing, but does prevent saving (bug 474527). ondialogaccept type: script code the code in this attribute is called when the accept button is pressed, or when the acceptdialog method is called. if the handler returns true, the dialog will indeed go away, but if it returns false it will not. ondialogcancel type:...
...And 7 more matches

Using the W3C DOM - Archive of obsolete content
d properties (originally from internet explorer) are not supported in the w3c document object model: formname.inputname.value inputname.value formctrlname document.forms(0) (note: document.forms[0] (using square brackets) uses the dom standard forms collection) scripts that use these properties will throw errors in most standards-compliant browsers. ...
...alue formctrlname document.forms(0) (note: document.forms[0] (using square brackets) uses the dom standard forms collection) scripts that use these properties will throw errors in most standards-compliant browsers. instead, use the w3c dom properties and methods (examples in the next section). these are supported by internet explorer too so there is no need to use msie-specific attributes and methods. accessing elements with the w3c dom the basic method for referencing elements in an html page is document.getelementbyid(). all modern browsers support it. the method returns a reference to the uniquely identified element, which can then be used to script the element. for example, the following short sample dynamically sets the left margin of a <div> element with an id of "inset" to half an i...
... ie-specific ways to access elements w3c web standards replacements id_attribute_value document.getelementbyid() document.all.id_attribute_value document.getelementbyid() document.all[id_attribute_value] document.getelementbyid() formname.inputname.value document.forms["formname"].inputname.value or document.forms["formname"].eleme...
...And 7 more matches

Browser Feature Detection - Archive of obsolete content
this article has generally never been more than a way to show off firefox web compatibility, rather than something truly informative in a broader sense. ...
... this article has generally never been more than a way to show off firefox web compatibility, rather than something truly informative in a broader sense. ...
... this article has generally never been more than a way to show off firefox web compatibility, rather than something truly informative in a broader sense. ...
...And 7 more matches

HTTP Cache
use the old cache api any more - nsicacheservice et al. it will soon be completely obsoleted and removed (bug 913828). nsicachestorageservice the http cache entry-point. accessible as a service only, fully thread-safe, scriptable. ...
...scriptable. //github.com/realityripple/uxp/blob/master/netwerk/cache2/nsicachestorageservice.idl "@mozilla.org/netwerk/cache-storage-service;1" provides methods accessing “storage” objects – see nsicachestorage below – giving further access to cache entries – see nsicacheentry more below – per specific url. ...
...into application caches application cache (appcachestorage): when a consumer has a specific nsiapplicationcache (i.e. ...
...And 7 more matches

JNI.jsm
if you need to run jni from the global scope, use a different variable name then jenv. jni.jsm contains all the js-ctypes needed to communicate with the jni libraries. the js-ctypes is abstracted away while all the underlying data is all ctype data. functions are declared similar to js-ctypes but in a very different syntax. ...
...s all the js-ctypes needed to communicate with the jni libraries. the js-ctypes is abstracted away while all the underlying data is all ctype data. functions are declared similar to js-ctypes but in a very different syntax. unlike c from js-ctypes, defining constants is not a manual magic number method in jni, it is declared the same way we define functions, except in jni they are called fields. ...
... return value blah blah loadclass() blah blah cdata loadclass( ajenv, afullyqualifiedname, [optional] object adeclares ); parameters ajenv the return value of getforthread(). ...
...And 7 more matches

OS.File for the main thread
c = path; example: append to file this example shows how to use open, write, and close to append to a file. if the file does not exist, it is created. at the time of this writing, write does not support encoding option so the text to be written has to be encoded with textencoder. this example also shows the resolve value of open (an instance of os.file, this is a file, so you can do any of the methods on it found here), write (a number indicating bytes written), and close (undefined, meaning there is no resolve value). var pth = os.path.join(os.constants.path.desktopdir, 'app.txt'); os.file.open(pth, {write: true, append: true}).then(valopen => { console.log('valopen:', valopen); var txttoappend = 'append some text \n'; var txtencoded = new textencoder().encode(txttoappend); ...
...', valopen); var txttoappend = 'append some text \n'; var txtencoded = new textencoder().encode(txttoappend); valopen.write(txtencoded).then(valwrite => { console.log('valwrite:', valwrite); valopen.close().then(valclose => { console.log('valclose:', valclose); console.log('successfully appended'); }); }); }); global object os.file method overview promise<file> open(in string path, [optional] in object mode, [optional] in object options); promise<object> openunique(in string path, [optional] in object options); promise<void> copy(in string sourcepath, in string destpath, [optional] in object options); promise<bool> exists(in string path); promise<string> getcurrentdirectory(); ...
... promise<file> open( in string path, [optional] in object mode, [optional] in object options ) arguments path the full native name of the file to open. modeoptional the opening mode for the file, as an object that may contain a subset of the following fields: read if true, the file will be opened for reading. dependin...
...And 7 more matches

NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16
class declaration method overview constructors operator= get find rfind rfindchar findcharinset rfindcharinset equalsignorecase tofloat tointeger mid left right setcharat stripchars stripwhitespace replacechar replacesubstring trim compresswhitespace assignwithconversion appendwithconversion appendint appendfloat beginreading endreading beginwriting endwriting data length isempty isvoid isterminated charat operator[] first last countchar findchar equals equalsascii equalsliteral(const char equalsliteral(char lowercaseequalsascii lowercaseequalsliteral(const char lowercaseequalsliteral(char assign ...
... assign assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii appendliteral(const char appendliteral(char operator+= insert cut setcapacity setlength truncate getdata getmutabledata setisvoid stripchar base classes nsautostring data members no public members. ...
...use -1 to search from the end of the string. @param acount tells us how many iterations to make starting at the given offset. @return offset in string,...
...And 7 more matches

NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8
class declaration a helper class that converts a utf-16 string to utf-8 method overview constructors operator= get find rfind rfindchar findcharinset rfindcharinset compare equalsignorecase tofloat tointeger mid left right setcharat stripchars stripwhitespace replacechar replacesubstring trim compresswhitespace assignwithconversion appendwithconversion appendint appendfloat beginreading endreading beginwriting endwriting data length isempty isvoid isterminated charat operator[] first last countchar findchar equals equalsascii equalsliteral(const char equalsliteral(char lowercaseequalsascii lowercaseeq...
... assign assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii appendliteral(const char appendliteral(char operator+= insert cut setcapacity setlength truncate getdata getmutabledata setisvoid stripchar base classes nscautostring data members no public members. ...
...h. use -1 to search the whole string. @return offset in string, or knotfound parameters nscstring& astring prbool aignorecase print32 aoffset print32 acount print32 find(const char*, prbool, print32, print32) const - source parameters char* astring prbool aignorecase print32 aoffset print32 acount rfind print32 rfind(const nscstring&, prbool, print32, print32) const - source this methods scans the string backwards, looking for the given string @param astring is substring to be sought in this @param aignorecase tells us whether or not to do caseless compare @param aoffset tells us where in this string to start searching. use -1 to search from the end of the string. @param acount tells us how many iterations to make starting at the given offset. @return offset in string,...
...And 7 more matches

NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16
class declaration method overview constructors operator= get find rfind rfindchar findcharinset rfindcharinset equalsignorecase tofloat tointeger mid left right setcharat stripchars stripwhitespace replacechar replacesubstring trim compresswhitespace assignwithconversion appendwithconversion appendint appendfloat beginreading endreading beginwriting endwriting data length isempty isvoid isterminated charat operator[] first last countchar findchar equals equalsascii equalsliteral(const char equalsliteral(char lowercaseequalsascii lowercaseequalsliteral(const char lowercaseequalsliteral(char assign ...
... assign assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii appendliteral(const char appendliteral(char operator+= insert cut setcapacity setlength truncate getdata getmutabledata setisvoid stripchar base classes nsautostring data members no public members. ...
...use -1 to search from the end of the string. @param acount tells us how many iterations to make starting at the given offset. @return offset in string,...
...And 7 more matches

NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII
class declaration a helper class that converts a utf-16 string to ascii in a lossy manner method overview constructors operator= get find rfind rfindchar findcharinset rfindcharinset compare equalsignorecase tofloat tointeger mid left right setcharat stripchars stripwhitespace replacechar replacesubstring trim compresswhitespace assignwithconversion appendwithconversion appendint appendfloat beginreading endreading beginwriting endwriting data length isempty isvoid isterminated charat operator[] first last countchar findchar equals equalsascii equalsliteral(const char equalsliteral(char lowercaseequalsasc...
... assign assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii appendliteral(const char appendliteral(char operator+= insert cut setcapacity setlength truncate getdata getmutabledata setisvoid stripchar base classes nscautostring data members no public members. ...
...h. use -1 to search the whole string. @return offset in string, or knotfound parameters nscstring& astring prbool aignorecase print32 aoffset print32 acount print32 find(const char*, prbool, print32, print32) const - source parameters char* astring prbool aignorecase print32 aoffset print32 acount rfind print32 rfind(const nscstring&, prbool, print32, print32) const - source this methods scans the string backwards, looking for the given string @param astring is substring to be sought in this @param aignorecase tells us whether or not to do caseless compare @param aoffset tells us where in this string to start searching. use -1 to search from the end of the string. @param acount tells us how many iterations to make starting at the given offset. @return offset in string,...
...And 7 more matches

nsAdoptingCString
class declaration nstadoptingstring extends nstxpidlstring such that: (1) adopt given string on construction or assignment, i.e. take the value of what's given, and make what's given forget its value. note that this class violates constness in a few places. ...
... assign assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii appendliteral(const char appendliteral(char operator+= insert cut setcapacity setlength truncate getdata getmutabledata setisvoid stripchar base classes nsxpidlcstring data members no public members. ...
...h. use -1 to search the whole string. @return offset in string, or knotfound parameters nscstring& astring prbool aignorecase print32 aoffset print32 acount print32 find(const char*, prbool, print32, print32) const - source parameters char* astring prbool aignorecase print32 aoffset print32 acount rfind print32 rfind(const nscstring&, prbool, print32, print32) const - source this methods scans the string backwards, looking for the given string @param astring is substring to be sought in this @param aignorecase tells us whether or not to do caseless compare @param aoffset tells us where in this string to start searching. use -1 to search from the end of the string. @param acount tells us how many iterations to make starting at the given offset. @return offset in string,...
...And 7 more matches

nsAdoptingString
class declaration nstadoptingstring extends nstxpidlstring such that: (1) adopt given string on construction or assignment, i.e. take the value of what's given, and make what's given forget its value. note that this class violates constness in a few places. ...
... assign assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii appendliteral(const char appendliteral(char operator+= insert cut setcapacity setlength truncate getdata getmutabledata setisvoid stripchar base classes nsxpidlstring data members no public members. ...
...use -1 to search from the end of the string. @param acount tells us how many iterations to make starting at the given offset. @return offset in string,...
...And 7 more matches

nsAutoString
class declaration nstautostring_chart subclass of nststring_chart that adds support for stack-based string allocation. it is normally not a good idea to use this class on the heap, because it will allocate space which may be wasted if the string it contains is significantly smaller or any larger than 64 characters. ...
... assign assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii appendliteral(const char appendliteral(char operator+= insert cut setcapacity setlength truncate getdata getmutabledata setisvoid stripchar base classes nsfixedstring data members no public members. ...
...use -1 to search from the end of the string. @param acount tells us how many iterations to make starting at the given offset. @return offset in string,...
...And 7 more matches

nsCAutoString
class declaration nstautostring_chart subclass of nststring_chart that adds support for stack-based string allocation. it is normally not a good idea to use this class on the heap, because it will allocate space which may be wasted if the string it contains is significantly smaller or any larger than 64 characters. ...
...t replace replaceascii append appendascii appendliteral(const char appendliteral(char operator+= insert cut setcapacity setlength truncate getdata getmutabledata setisvoid stripchar base classes nsfixedcstring data members no public members. ...
...string. @return offset in string, or knotfound parameters nscstring& astring prbool aignorecase print32 aoffset print32 acount print32 find(const char*, prbool, print32, print32) const - source parameters char* astring prbool aignorecase print32 aoffset print32 acount rfind print32 rfind(const nscstring&, prbool, print32, print32) const - source this methods scans the string backwards, looking for the given string @param astring is substring to be sought in this @param aignorecase tells us whether or not to do caseless compare @param aoffset tells us where in this string to start searching. use -1 to search from the end of the string. @param acount tells us how many iterations to make starting at the given offset. @return offset in string,...
...And 7 more matches

nsCString
class declaration this is the canonical null-terminated string class. all subclasses promise null-terminated storage. instances of this class allocate strings on the heap. names: nsstring for wide characters nscstring for narrow characters this class is also known as nsaflat[c]string, where "flat" is used to denote a null-terminated string. ...
...gn assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii appendliteral(const char appendliteral(char operator+= insert cut setcapacity setlength truncate getdata getmutabledata setisvoid stripchar base classes nsacstring_internal data members no public members. ...
...h. use -1 to search the whole string. @return offset in string, or knotfound parameters nscstring& astring prbool aignorecase print32 aoffset print32 acount print32 find(const char*, prbool, print32, print32) const - source parameters char* astring prbool aignorecase print32 aoffset print32 acount rfind print32 rfind(const nscstring&, prbool, print32, print32) const - source this methods scans the string backwards, looking for the given string @param astring is substring to be sought in this @param aignorecase tells us whether or not to do caseless compare @param aoffset tells us where in this string to start searching. use -1 to search from the end of the string. @param acount tells us how many iterations to make starting at the given offset. @return offset in string,...
...And 7 more matches

nsDependentCString
class declaration nstdependentstring_chart stores a null-terminated, immutable sequence of characters. subclass of nststring that restricts string value to an immutable character sequence. this class does not own its data, so the creator of objects of this type must take care to ensure that a nstdependentstring continues to reference valid memory for the duration of its use. ...
...r assign assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii appendliteral(const char appendliteral(char operator+= insert cut setcapacity setlength truncate getdata getmutabledata setisvoid stripchar base classes nscstring data members no public members. methods constructors nsdependentcstring(const char*, const char*) - source parameters char* start a pointer to the start of the string. must not be null. char* end a pointer to the string's null terminator. must not be null. nsdependentcstring(const char*, pruint32) - source parameters char* data a pointer to the string. must not be null. pruint32 length the length of the string. nsdependentcstri...
...h. use -1 to search the whole string. @return offset in string, or knotfound parameters nscstring& astring prbool aignorecase print32 aoffset print32 acount print32 find(const char*, prbool, print32, print32) const - source parameters char* astring prbool aignorecase print32 aoffset print32 acount rfind print32 rfind(const nscstring&, prbool, print32, print32) const - source this methods scans the string backwards, looking for the given string @param astring is substring to be sought in this @param aignorecase tells us whether or not to do caseless compare @param aoffset tells us where in this string to start searching. use -1 to search from the end of the string. @param acount tells us how many iterations to make starting at the given offset. @return offset in string,...
...And 7 more matches

nsDependentString
class declaration nstdependentstring_chart stores a null-terminated, immutable sequence of characters. subclass of nststring that restricts string value to an immutable character sequence. this class does not own its data, so the creator of objects of this type must take care to ensure that a nstdependentstring continues to reference valid memory for the duration of its use. ...
...ar assign assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii appendliteral(const char appendliteral(char operator+= insert cut setcapacity setlength truncate getdata getmutabledata setisvoid stripchar base classes nsstring data members no public members. ...
...use -1 to search from the end of the string. @param acount tells us how many iterations to make starting at the given offset. @return offset in string,...
...And 7 more matches

nsFixedCString
class declaration method overview constructors operator= get find rfind rfindchar findcharinset rfindcharinset compare equalsignorecase tofloat tointeger mid left right setcharat stripchars stripwhitespace replacechar replacesubstring trim compresswhitespace assignwithconversion appendwithconversion appendint appendfloat beginreading endreading beginwriting endwriting data length isempty isvoid isterminated charat operator[] first last countchar findchar equals equalsascii equalsliteral(const char equalsliteral(char lowercaseequalsascii lowercaseequalsliteral(const char lowercaseequalsliteral(char...
...r assign assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii appendliteral(const char appendliteral(char operator+= insert cut setcapacity setlength truncate getdata getmutabledata setisvoid stripchar base classes nscstring data members no public members. ...
...h. use -1 to search the whole string. @return offset in string, or knotfound parameters nscstring& astring prbool aignorecase print32 aoffset print32 acount print32 find(const char*, prbool, print32, print32) const - source parameters char* astring prbool aignorecase print32 aoffset print32 acount rfind print32 rfind(const nscstring&, prbool, print32, print32) const - source this methods scans the string backwards, looking for the given string @param astring is substring to be sought in this @param aignorecase tells us whether or not to do caseless compare @param aoffset tells us where in this string to start searching. use -1 to search from the end of the string. @param acount tells us how many iterations to make starting at the given offset. @return offset in string,...
...And 7 more matches

nsFixedString
class declaration method overview constructors operator= get find rfind rfindchar findcharinset rfindcharinset equalsignorecase tofloat tointeger mid left right setcharat stripchars stripwhitespace replacechar replacesubstring trim compresswhitespace assignwithconversion appendwithconversion appendint appendfloat beginreading endreading beginwriting endwriting data length isempty isvoid isterminated charat operator[] first last countchar findchar equals equalsascii equalsliteral(const char equalsliteral(char lowercaseequalsascii lowercaseequalsliteral(const char lowercaseequalsliteral(char assign ...
...ar assign assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii appendliteral(const char appendliteral(char operator+= insert cut setcapacity setlength truncate getdata getmutabledata setisvoid stripchar base classes nsstring data members no public members. ...
...use -1 to search from the end of the string. @param acount tells us how many iterations to make starting at the given offset. @return offset in string,...
...And 7 more matches

nsPromiseFlatCString
class declaration method overview constructors operator= get find rfind rfindchar findcharinset rfindcharinset compare equalsignorecase tofloat tointeger mid left right setcharat stripchars stripwhitespace replacechar replacesubstring trim compresswhitespace assignwithconversion appendwithconversion appendint appendfloat beginreading endreading beginwriting endwriting data length isempty isvoid isterminated charat operator[] first last countchar findchar equals equalsascii equalsliteral(const char equalsliteral(char lowercaseequalsascii lowercaseequalsliteral(const char lowercaseequalsliteral(char...
...r assign assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii appendliteral(const char appendliteral(char operator+= insert cut setcapacity setlength truncate getdata getmutabledata setisvoid stripchar base classes nscstring data members no public members. ...
...h. use -1 to search the whole string. @return offset in string, or knotfound parameters nscstring& astring prbool aignorecase print32 aoffset print32 acount print32 find(const char*, prbool, print32, print32) const - source parameters char* astring prbool aignorecase print32 aoffset print32 acount rfind print32 rfind(const nscstring&, prbool, print32, print32) const - source this methods scans the string backwards, looking for the given string @param astring is substring to be sought in this @param aignorecase tells us whether or not to do caseless compare @param aoffset tells us where in this string to start searching. use -1 to search from the end of the string. @param acount tells us how many iterations to make starting at the given offset. @return offset in string,...
...And 7 more matches

nsPromiseFlatString
class declaration method overview constructors operator= get find rfind rfindchar findcharinset rfindcharinset equalsignorecase tofloat tointeger mid left right setcharat stripchars stripwhitespace replacechar replacesubstring trim compresswhitespace assignwithconversion appendwithconversion appendint appendfloat beginreading endreading beginwriting endwriting data length isempty isvoid isterminated charat operator[] first last countchar findchar equals equalsascii equalsliteral(const char equalsliteral(char lowercaseequalsascii lowercaseequalsliteral(const char lowercaseequalsliteral(char assign ...
...ar assign assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii appendliteral(const char appendliteral(char operator+= insert cut setcapacity setlength truncate getdata getmutabledata setisvoid stripchar base classes nsstring data members no public members. ...
...use -1 to search from the end of the string. @param acount tells us how many iterations to make starting at the given offset. @return offset in string,...
...And 7 more matches

nsString
class declaration this is the canonical null-terminated string class. all subclasses promise null-terminated storage. instances of this class allocate strings on the heap. names: nsstring for wide characters nscstring for narrow characters this class is also known as nsaflat[c]string, where "flat" is used to denote a null-terminated string. ...
...ign assignascii assignliteral(const char assignliteral(char adopt replace replaceascii append appendascii appendliteral(const char appendliteral(char operator+= insert cut setcapacity setlength truncate getdata getmutabledata setisvoid stripchar base classes nsastring_internal data members no public members. ...
...use -1 to search from the end of the string. @param acount tells us how many iterations to make starting at the given offset. @return offset in string,...
...And 7 more matches

mozIStorageConnection
le or an in-memory database. it is the primary interface for interacting with a database, including creating prepared statements, executing sql, and examining database errors. 1.0 68 introduced gecko 1.8 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1) for a general overview on how to use this interface, see storage. ...
...transaction_exclusive 2 an exclusive lock is obtained on the database. sqlite database page size constant constant value description default_page_size 32768 the default size for sqlite database pages. this is used by the storage api when creating new databases, and must match the sqlite_default_page_size configured in db/sqlite3/src/makefile.in. methods asyncclose() asynchronously closes a database connection, allowing all pending asynchronous statements to complete first. void asyncclose( in mozistoragecompletioncallback acallback optional ); parameters acallback optional an optional callback handler to be executed when the connection is successfully closed. that object's mozistoragecompletioncallback.complete() routine will be call...
...ous statements to complete first. void asyncclose( in mozistoragecompletioncallback acallback optional ); parameters acallback optional an optional callback handler to be executed when the connection is successfully closed. that object's mozistoragecompletioncallback.complete() routine will be called once the connection is closed. exceptions thrown ns_error_unexpected thrown if the method was called on a thread other than the one that opened the connection. begintransaction() starts a new transaction deferred transaction. this is the same as calling mozistorageconnection with mozistorageconnection.transaction_deferred. void begintransaction(); parameters none. begintransactionas() this method starts a new transaction of the given transaction type. see the sqlite document...
...And 7 more matches

nsIBrowserHistory
es as from the history interface. inherits from: nsiglobalhistory2 last changed in gecko 22.0 (firefox 22.0 / thunderbird 22.0 / seamonkey 2.19) implemented by: @mozilla.org/browser/nav-history-service;1. ...
... attributes attribute type description count obsolete since gecko 15.0 pruint32 indicates if there are entries in global history. for performance reasons this does not return the real number of entries. read only. lastpagevisited obsolete since g...
...aendtime); void removepagesfromhost(in autf8string ahost, in boolean aentiredomain); void removevisitsbytimeframe(in long long abegintime, in long long aendtime); void unregisteropenpage(in nsiuri auri); obsolete since gecko 9.0 note: the markpageasfollowedlink and markpageastyped methods were moved to nsinavhistoryservice in gecko 22.0 so that all markpageas* methods can be found in one interface. attributes attribute type description count obsolete since gecko 15.0 pruint32 indicates if there are entries in global history. for performance reasons this does not return the real number of entries. read only. lastpagevisited obsolete since gecko 10.0 autf8string the last page that was visited in a top-level window.
...And 7 more matches

nsIJSON
rfaces/json/nsijson.idlscriptable this interface provides a convenient way to encode and decode json strings from javascript code. 1.0 66 introduced gecko 1.9 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 7.0 (firefox 7.0 / thunderbird 7.0 / seamonkey 2.4) note: this interface may only be used from javascript code, with the exception of the legacydecodetojsval() method. ...
.../ seamonkey 2.4) note: this interface may only be used from javascript code, with the exception of the legacydecodetojsval() method. however, you should use native json instead if at all possible. implemented by: @mozilla.org/dom/json;1. to create an instance, use: var nativejson = components.classes["@mozilla.org/dom/json;1"] .createinstance(components.interfaces.nsijson); method overview note: the idl file has portions of the idl commented out because they represent things that can't actually be properly described by idl; however, for the purposes of this article, we'll pretend they can be and ignore that issue. jsobject decode(in astring str); obsolete since gecko 7.0 jsval decodetojsval(in astring str, in jscontext cx); native code only! j...
...for that reason, it has been removed in gecko 7.0. jsobject decode( in astring str ); parameters str th...
...And 7 more matches

nsILivemarkService
gecko 22.0 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 1.9.2 (firefox 3.6 / thunderbird 3.1 / fennec 1.0) this interface is obsolete. implemented by: @mozilla.org/browser/livemark-service;2. ...
... long long createlivemark( in long long folder, in astring name, in nsiuri siteuri, in nsiuri feeduri, in long index ); parameters folder the id of the parent folder. name the name to show when displaying the livemark. siteuri the uri of the site from which the livemark was created. feeduri the uri of the actual rss feed. index t...
...ri, in long index ); parameters folder the id of the parent folder. name the name to show when displaying the livemark. siteuri the uri of the site from which the livemark was created. feeduri the uri of the actual rss feed. index the index to insert at, or -1 to append to the end of the list. return value the id of the folder for the livemark. createlivemarkfolderonly() this method also creates a new livemark but use this method during startup to avoid http traffic. long long createlivemarkfolderonly( in long long folder, in astring name, in nsiuri siteuri, in nsiuri feeduri, in long index ); parameters folder the id of the parent folder. name the name to show when displaying the livemark. siteuri the uri of the site from which the livemark was created.
...And 7 more matches

nsIWindowMediator
/ seamonkey 2.5) the two most common uses of nsiwindowmediator are, enumerating all windows of a given type and getting the most recent / any window of a given type. ...
... void updatewindowtimestamp(in nsixulwindow awindow); native code only! void updatewindowtitle(in nsixulwindow awindow, in wstring intitle ); native code only! constants constant value description zleveltop 1 send window to top. zlevelbottom 2 send window to bottom. zlevelbelow 3 place window below some window. methods addlistener() register a listener for window status changes. void addlistener( in nsiwindowmediatorlistener alistener ); parameters alistener the listener to register. example: of window listener object and how to register then unregister. this example below waits for listens to when a window opens, and then after that window opens it adds event listener to listen to when the windo...
...; //to register services.wm.addlistener(windowlistener); //services.wm.removelistener(windowlistener); //once you want to remove this listener execute removelistener, currently its commented out so you can copy paste this code in scratchpad and see it work native code only!calculatezposition a window wants to be moved in z-order. calculate whether and how it should be constrained. note this method is advisory only: it changes nothing either in windowmediator's internal state or with the window. note: it compares the nsixulwindow to nsiwidgets. a pure interface would use all nsixulwindows. but we expect this to be called from callbacks originating in native window code. they are expected to hand us comparison values which are pulled from general storage in the native widget, and may not co...
...And 7 more matches

Working with data
tents.tostring(); // outputs: `"2"` source of this, and to see wrong ways of casting, and explanation on why this is the right way to cast an array (explained by matching constructor's) see here: githubgist :: _ff-addon-tutorial-jsctypes_castingarrays data and pointers a cdata object represents a c value in memory. you can always get a pointer to the c value using the cdata object's address() method. objects can share memory it's important to keep in mind that two (or more) cdata objects can share the same memory block for their contents. this will happen, for example, when type casting. this is called aliasing. the shared memory can be whole or in part. for example: const point = new ctypes.structtype("point", [{x: ctypes.int32_t}, {y: ctypes.int32_t}]); const rect = new ctypes.structty...
...means certain operations might not work the way you expect. in particular, comparing two different objects that are represented under-the-hood as javascript objects using the == or === operators will always return false. this affects comparisons of pointers, integers that are the same size as pointers, and 64-bit integers. you can work around this by serializing these values using the tostring() method and comparing using the resulting string. see determining if two pointers are equal for an example of how this works when comparing pointers. example: checking the value of an integer if, for example, you need to see if the value of an integer is 5, you can do so like this: var t = ctypes.int32_t(5); if (t.tostring() == "ctypes.int32_t(5)") { // it's 5 } working with strings c functions...
...can do so like this: var t = ctypes.int32_t(5); if (t.tostring() == "ctypes.int32_t(5)") { // it's 5 } working with strings c functions expect strings to be arrays of characters, with the end of the string indicated by a null character. javascript, on the other hand, uses the string object to represent strings. converting c strings to javascript the cdata object provides the readstring() method, which reads bytes from the specified string and returns a new javascript string object representing that string. note: the source c string is assumed to be utf-8, and is assumed to be null terminated. if you need to convert a string that doesn't meet these requirements, you'll need to do it yourself. for example: var jsstring = timestr.readstring(); converting javascript strings to c happi...
...And 7 more matches

CSSPrimitiveValue - Web APIs
tivevalue interface derives from the cssvalue interface and represents the current computed value of a css property. this interface represents a single css value. it may be used to determine the value of a specific style property currently set in a block or to set a specific style property explicitly within the block. an instance of this interface might be obtained from the getpropertycssvalue() method of the cssstyledeclaration interface. a cssprimitivevalue object only occurs in a context of a css property. conversions are allowed between absolute values (from millimeters to centimeters, from degrees to radians, and so on) but not between relative values. (for example, a pixel value cannot be converted to a centimeter value.) percentage values can't be converted since they are relative to th...
...div> a:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} properties inherits properties from its parent, cssvalue. cssprimitivevalue.primitivetype read only an unsigned short representing the type of the value. possible values are: constant description css_attr the value is an attr() function. the value can be obtained by using the getstringvalue() method. css_cm the value is a <length> in centimeters. the value can be obtained by using the getfloatvalue() method. css_counter the value is a counter or counters function. the value can be obtained by using the getcountervalue() method. css_deg the value is an <angle> in degrees. the value can be obtained by using the getfloatvalue() method. ...
...d. css_counter the value is a counter or counters function. the value can be obtained by using the getcountervalue() method. css_deg the value is an <angle> in degrees. the value can be obtained by using the getfloatvalue() method. css_dimension the value is a <number> with an unknown dimension. the value can be obtained by using the getfloatvalue() method. css_ems the value is a <length> in em units. the value can be obtained by using the getfloatvalue() method. css_exs the value is a <length> in ex units. the value can be obtained by using the getfloatvalue() method. css_grad the value is an <angle> in grads. the value can be obtained by using the getfloatvalue() method. css_hz the v...
...And 7 more matches

Applying styles and colors - Web APIs
« previousnext » in the chapter about drawing shapes, we used only the default line and fill styles. here we will explore the canvas options we have at our disposal to make our drawings a little more attractive. you will learn how to add different colors, line styles, gradients, patterns and shadows to your drawings. colors up until now we have only seen methods of the drawing context. if we want to apply colors to a shape, there are two important properties we can use: fillstyle and strokestyle. fillstyle = color sets the style used when filling shapes. strokestyle = color sets the style for shapes' outlines. color is a string representing a css <color>, a gradient object, or a pattern object. we'll look at gradient and pattern objects later. by default, the strok...
...+ math.floor(255 - 42.5 * j) + ', 0)'; ctx.fillrect(j * 25, i * 25, 25, 25); } } } <canvas id="canvas" width="150" height="150"></canvas> draw(); the result looks like this: screenshotlive sample a strokestyle example this example is similar to the one above, but uses the strokestyle property to change the colors of the shapes' outlines. we use the arc() method to draw circles instead of squares. function draw() { var ctx = document.getelementbyid('canvas').getcontext('2d'); for (var i = 0; i < 6; i++) { for (var j = 0; j < 6; j++) { ctx.strokestyle = 'rgb(0, ' + math.floor(255 - 42.5 * i) + ', ' + math.floor(255 - 42.5 * j) + ')'; ctx.beginpath(); ctx.arc(12.5 + j * 25, 12.5 + i * 25, 10...
... in this example we are creating a marching ants effect. it is an animation technique often found in selection tools of computer graphics program...
...And 7 more matches

Transformations - Web APIs
ousnext » earlier in this tutorial we've learned about the canvas grid and the coordinate space. until now, we only used the default grid and changed the size of the overall canvas for our needs. with transformations there are more powerful ways to translate the origin to a different position, rotate the grid and even scale it. saving and restoring state before we look at the transformation methods, let's look at two other methods which are indispensable once you start generating ever more complex drawings. save() saves the entire state of the canvas. restore() restores the most recently saved canvas state. canvas states are stored on a stack. every time the save() method is called, the current drawing state is pushed onto the stack. a drawing state consists of the transformatio...
...le – see below). the current values of the following attributes: strokestyle, fillstyle, globalalpha, linewidth, linecap, linejoin, miterlimit, linedashoffset, shadowoffsetx, shadowoffsety, shadowblur, shadowcolor, globalcompositeoperation, font, textalign, textbaseline, direction, imagesmoothingenabled. the current clipping path, which we'll see in the next section. you can call the save() method as many times as you like. each time the restore() method is called, the last saved state is popped off the stack and all saved settings are restored. a save and restore canvas state example this example tries to illustrate how the stack of drawing states functions by drawing a set of consecutive rectangles. function draw() { var ctx = document.getelementbyid('canvas').getcontext('2d'); c...
...r to return to the previous state. this would be easy for two properties, but if we have more than that, our code would become very long, very fast. when the second restore() statement is called, the original state (the one we set up before the first call to save) is restored and the last rectangle is once again drawn in black. screenshotlive sample translating the first of the transformation methods we'll look at is translate(). this method is used to move the canvas and its origin to a different point in the grid. translate(x, y) moves the canvas and its origin on the grid. x indicates the horizontal distance to move, and y indicates how far to move the grid vertically. it's a good idea to save the canvas state before doing any transformations. in most cases, it is just easier to cal...
...And 7 more matches

console - Web APIs
er, but there is a de facto set of features that are typically provided. the console object can be accessed from any global object. window on browsing scopes and workerglobalscope as specific variants in workers via the property console. it's exposed as window.console, and can be referenced as simply console. for example: console.log("failed to open the specified link") this page documents the methods available on the console object and gives a few usage examples. note: this feature is available in web workers. note: the actual console interface is defined as all lower case (i.e. not console), for historical reasons. methods console.assert() log a message and stack trace to console if the first argument is false. console.clear() clear the console. console.count() log the number o...
...he properties of a specified javascript object. this listing lets you use disclosure triangles to examine the contents of child objects. console.dirxml() displays an xml/html element representation of the specified object if possible or the javascript object view if it is not possible. console.error() outputs an error message. you may use string substitution and additional arguments with this method. console.exception() an alias for error(). console.group() creates a new inline group, indenting all following output by another level. to move back out a level, call groupend(). console.groupcollapsed() creates a new inline group, indenting all following output by another level. however, unlike group() this starts with the inline group collapsed requiring the use of a disclosure button...
...line group, indenting all following output by another level. however, unlike group() this starts with the inline group collapsed requiring the use of a disclosure button to expand it. to move back out a level, call groupend(). console.groupend() exits the current inline group. console.info() informative logging of information. you may use string substitution and additional arguments with this method. console.log() for general output of logging information. you may use string substitution and additional arguments with this method. console.profile() starts the browser's built-in profiler (for example, the firefox performance tool). you can specify an optional name for the profile. console.profileend() stops the profiler. you can see the resulting profile in the browser's performance ...
...And 7 more matches

Introduction to the DOM - Web APIs
ion of the web page, which can be modified with a scripting language such as javascript. the w3c dom and whatwg dom standards are implemented in most modern browsers. many browsers extend the standard, so care must be exercised when using them on the web where documents may be accessed by various browsers with different doms. ...
...by various browsers with different doms. for example, the standard dom specifies that the getelementsbytagname method in the code below must return a list of all the <p> elements in the document: const paragraphs = document.getelementsbytagname("p"); // paragraphs[0] is the first <p> element // paragraphs[1] is the second <p> element, etc. alert(paragraphs[0].nodename); all of the properties, methods, and events available for manipulating and creating web pages are organized into objects (for example, the document object that represents the document itself, the table object that implements the special htmltableelement dom interface for accessing html tables, and so forth). this documentation provides an object-by-object reference to the dom. the modern dom is built using multiple apis that ...
...uction–you can immediately begin using the api for the document or window elements to manipulate the document itself or to get at the children of that document, which are the various elements in the web page. your dom programming may be something as simple as the following, which displays an alert message by using the alert() function from the window object, or it may use more sophisticated dom methods to actually create new content, as in the longer example below. this following javascript will display an alert when the document is loaded (and when the whole dom is available for use): <body onload="window.alert('welcome to my home page!');"> another example. this function creates a new h1 element, adds text to that element, and then adds the h1 to the tree for this document: <html> <he...
...And 7 more matches

Using files from web applications - Web APIs
consider this html: <input type="file" id="fileelem" multiple accept="image/*" style="display:none"> <butto...
...put").addeventlistener("change", updatesize, false); </script> </body> </html> using hidden file input elements using the click() method you can hide the admittedly ugly file <input> element and present your own interface for opening the file picker and displaying which file or files the user has selected. you can do this by styling the input element with display:none and calling the click() method on the <input> element. consider this html: <input type="file" id="fileelem" multiple accept="image/*" style="display:none"> <button id="fileselect">select some files</button> the code that handles the click event can look like this: const fileselect = document.getelementbyid("fileselect"), fileelem = document.getelementbyid("fileelem"); fileselect.addeventlistener("click", function (e) { ...
...ument.getelementbyid("fileselect"), fileelem = document.getelementbyid("fileelem"); fileselect.addeventlistener("click", function (e) { if (fileelem) { fileelem.click(); } }, false); you can style the new button for opening the file picker as you wish. using a label element to trigger a hidden file input element to allow opening the file picker without using javascript (the click() method), a <label> element can be used. note that in this case the input element must not be hidden using display: none (nor visibility: hidden), otherwise the label would not be keyboard-accessible. use the visually-hidden technique instead. consider this html: <input type="file" id="fileelem" multiple accept="image/*" class="visually-hidden"> <label for="fileelem">select some files</label> and this...
...And 7 more matches

<input type="image"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
his interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. value none — the value attribute should not be specified. events none. supported common attributes alt, src, width, height, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget idl attributes none. methods none. value <input type="image"> elements do not accept value attributes. the path to the image to be displayed is specified in the src attribute. additional attributes in addition to the attributes shared by all <input> elements, image button inputs support the following attributes: attribute ...
...to be displayed is specified in the src attribute. ...
...ional attributes in addition to the attributes shared by all <input> elements, image button inputs support the following attributes: attribute description alt alternate string to display when the image can't be shown formaction the url to which to submit the data formenctype the encoding method to use when submitting the form data formmethod the http method to use when submitting the form formnovalidate a boolean which, if present, indicates that the form shouldn't be validated before submission formtarget a string indicating a browsing context from where to load the results of submitting the form height the height, in css pixels, at which to draw the image src the url from which to ...
...And 7 more matches

Function.name - JavaScript
x new function(...) or just function(...) create function objects and their name is "anonymous". (new function).name; // "anonymous" anonymous function expression anonymous function expressions that were created using the keyword function or arrow functions would have ""(an empty string) as their name. ...
...on expression anonymous function expressions that were created using the keyword function or arrow functions would have ""(an empty string) as their name. (function() {}).name; // "" (() => {}).name; // "" inferred function names variables and methods can infer the name of an anonymous function from its syntactic position (new in ecmascript 2015). ...
...word function or arrow functions would have ""(an empty string) as their name. (function() {}).name; // "" (() => {}).name; // "" inferred function names variables and methods can infer the name of an anonymous function from its syntactic position (new in ecmascript 2015). ...
...And 7 more matches

String - JavaScript
the string object is used to represent and manipulate a sequence of characters. description strings are useful for holding data that can be represented in text form. some of the most-used operations on strings are to check their length, to build and concatenate them using the + and += string operators, checking for the existence or location of substrings with the indexof() method, or extracting substrings with the substring() method. creating strings strings can be created as primitives, from string literals, or as objects, using the string() constructor: const string1 = "a string primitive"; const string2 = 'also a string primitive'; const string3 = `yet another string primitive`; const string4 = new string("a string object"); string primitives and string objects can be used interchang...
...st situations. see "string primitives and string objects" below. string literals can be specified using single or double quotes, which are treated identically, or using the backtick character `. this last form specifies a template literal: with this form you can interpolate expressions. character access there are two ways to access an individual character in a string. the first is the charat() method: return 'cat'.charat(1) // returns "a" the other way (introduced in ecmascript 5) is to treat the string as an array-like object, where individual characters correspond to a numerical index: return 'cat'[1] // returns "a" when using bracket notation for character access, attempting to delete or assign a value to these properties will not succeed. the properties involved are neither writable...
...s in c, the strcmp() function is used for comparing strings. in javascript, you just use the less-than and greater-than operators: let a = 'a' let b = 'b' if (a < b) { // true console.log(a + ' is less than ' + b) } else if (a > b) { console.log(a + ' is greater than ' + b) } else { console.log(a + ' and ' + b + ' are equal.') } a similar result can be achieved using the localecompare() method inherited by string instances. note that a == b compares the strings in a and b for being equal in the usual case-sensitive way. if you wish to compare without regard to upper or lower case characters, use a function similar to this: function isequal(str1, str2) { return str1.touppercase() === str2.touppercase() } // isequal upper case is used instead of lower case in this function, due t...
...And 7 more matches

Symbol - JavaScript
every symbol value returned from symbol() is unique. ...
...() function: let sym = symbol('foo') typeof sym // "symbol" let symobj = object(sym) typeof symobj // "object" shared symbols in the global symbol registry the above syntax using the symbol() function will not create a global symbol that is available in your whole codebase. to create symbols available across files and even across realms (each of which has its own global scope), use the methods symbol.for() and symbol.keyfor() to set and retrieve symbols from the global symbol registry. finding symbol properties on objects the method object.getownpropertysymbols() returns an array of symbols and lets you find symbol properties on a given object. note that every object is initialized with no own symbol properties, so that this array will be empty unless you've set symbol properties on...
... and lets you find symbol properties on a given object. note that every object is initialized with no own symbol properties, so that this array will be empty unless you've set symbol properties on the object. constructor symbol() creates a new symbol object. it is incomplete as a constructor because it does not support the syntax "new symbol()". ...
...And 7 more matches

Iteration protocols - JavaScript
otocol. the iterable protocol the iterable protocol allows javascript objects to define or customize their iteration behavior, such as what values are looped over in a for...of construct. some built-in types are built-in iterables with a default iteration behavior, such as array or map, while other types (such as object) are not. in order to be iterable, an object must implement the @@iterator method, meaning that the object (or one of the objects up its prototype chain) must have a property with a @@iterator key which is available via constant symbol.iterator: property value [symbol.iterator] a zero-argument function that returns an object, conforming to the iterator protocol. whenever an object needs to be iterated (such as at the beginning of a for...of ...
...ect (or one of the objects up its prototype chain) must have a property with a @@iterator key which is available via constant symbol.iterator: property value [symbol.iterator] a zero-argument function that returns an object, conforming to the iterator protocol. whenever an object needs to be iterated (such as at the beginning of a for...of loop), its @@iterator method is called with no arguments, and the returned iterator is used to obtain the values to be iterated. note that when this zero-argument function is called, it is invoked as a method on the iterable object. therefore inside of the function, the this keyword can be used to access the properties of the iterable object, to decide what to provide during the iteration. this function can be an ordinary ...
...rator function, so that when invoked, an iterator object is returned. inside of this generator function, each entry can be provided by using yield. the iterator protocol the iterator protocol defines a standard way to produce a sequence of values (either finite or infinite), and potentially a return value when all values have been generated. an object is an iterator when it implements a next() method with the following semantics: property value next() a zero-argument function that returns an object with at least the following two properties: done (boolean) has the value false if the iterator was able to produce the next value in the sequence. (this is equivalent to not specifying the done property altogether.) has the value true if the i...
...And 7 more matches

Migrating from Internal Linkage to Frozen Linkage - Archive of obsolete content
ler error to debug this error, make in the failing directory, adding the /showincludes directive to figure out what is being included incorrectly: make -c directory/that/failed os_cppflags=-showincludes the frozen string api is similar but not identical to the nonfrozen string api. the frozen string api does not have (or need) nsxpidlstring: - nsxpidlstring value; + nsstring value; ptr->gettermethod(getter_copies(value)); - const prunichar *strvalue = value; + // nsstring doesn't cast directly to prunichar*, use .get()+ const prunichar *strvalue = value.get(); the frozen string api doesn't accept a length for .truncate(). use .setlength() instead: nsstring mystring = somestring; - mystring.truncate(4); + mystring.setlength(4); the frozen string api doesn't support the iterator or const_...
...unc(promiseflatstring(combostring)); + nsresult rv = somefunc(combostring); removing the nsreadableutils.h from the headers list also means that we would not have access to appendutf16toutf8 kind of functions. all these functions are now available via the new string api - appendutf16toutf8(srcstring, deststring); + deststring.append(ns_convertutf16toutf8(srcstring)); the signatures of the find methods differ between the two apis. if you are only finding a single character, prefer the findchar method. the (lossy)copy(ascii|utf8|16)to(ascii|utf8|16) do not accept character pointer parameters. you must explicitly wrap them in an appropriate dependent string. you cannot make a dependent string from an abstract string. nor can you use nspromiseflat(c)string. you probably meant to use promiseflat(c...
... nor can you use nspromiseflat(c)string. you probably meant to use promiseflat(c)string instead. note that you don't need to promise a flat string if you already have an ns(c)(auto)string type, since they are already flat. you cannot mix string variables and literals in comparison operators. in particular you may need to use ns_literal_(c)string("") instead of empty(c)string. ...
...And 6 more matches

MenuModification - Archive of obsolete content
<script> function addtomenu() { var menu = document.getelementbyid("edit-menu"); menu.appenditem("insert", "insert"); } </script> <menu id="edit-menu"/> <button label="add" oncommand="addtomenu()"/> in this example, the addtomenu function is called when the button is pressed. this function appends a new item to the menu's popup with the label insert. ...
...n is pressed. this function appends a new item to the menu's popup with the label insert. the first argument to appenditem is the label of the menuitem, and the second argument is a value to associate with the item. this value be set as the menuitem's value attribute and can be used for whatever purpose is desired. note how in this example, the menu does not have a child menupopup. the appenditem method will create a menupopup element if it doesn't already exist. if the menu already has a menupopup, the new menuitem will be appended to this existing one. while the appenditem method always adds the new item to the end of the menu, the insertitemat method may be used in a similar fashion to insert an item into the menu elsewhere. menu.insertitemat(0, "delete", "delete"); in this example, the i...
...the first argument is the index where the new item should be inserted. in this case, 0 is supplied as the index, which means before the first item. ...
...And 6 more matches

Document Object Model - Archive of obsolete content
ument object model (dom) can be used with xul elements to get information about them or modify them. dom introduction the document object model (dom) is used to store the tree of xul nodes. when an xul file is loaded, the tags are parsed and converted into a hierarchical document structure of nodes, one for each tag and block of text. the dom structure may be examined and modified using various methods provided for this purpose. specific xul elements also provide additional functions which may be used. each xul file that is loaded will have its own document displayed in a window or frame. although there is only ever one document associated with a window at a time, you may load additional documents using various methods. in mozilla, the dom may be accessed and manipulated using javascript. th...
...various dom objects have functions which may be accessed in script, however, it is important to note that the dom is an api that is accessible by javascript. javascript itself is just a scripting language that can access these objects because mozilla provides these objects for use. in javascript, there is always a single global object that is always available. you can refer to the properties and methods of the global object without having to qualify them with an object. for example, if the global object has a 'name' property, you can change the name with the code 'name = 7', without having to specify any object to use. in a browser context, the window is the global object, and the same is also true for xul. naturally, this global object will be different for each window. each frame will also ha...
...7', without having to specify any object to use. in a browser context, the window is the global object, and the same is also true for xul. naturally, this global object will be different for each window. each frame will also have a separate window object. the window is often referred to using the window property, although this is optional. sometimes, this is done just to clarify the scope of the method you are referring to. for example, the following two lines which open a new window are functionally equivalent: window.open("test.xul","_new"); open("test.xul","_new"); when you declare a function or a variable at the top level of a script, that is outside another function, you are actually declaring a property of the global object. in xul, each function you declare will be set as a property o...
...And 6 more matches

Tree View Details - Archive of obsolete content
l set of items using the view. this is a fairly tricky process as it involves keeping track of which items have children and also which rows are open and closed. nesting level every row in the tree has a nesting level. the topmost rows are at level 0, the children of those rows are at level 1, their children at level 2 and so on. the tree will query the view for each row by calling its getlevel method to find out the level of that row. the view will need to return 0 for the outermost rows and higher values for inner rows. the tree will use this information to determine the hierarchical structure of the rows. in addition to the getlevel method, there is a hasnextsibling function which, given a row, should return true if there is another row afterwards at the same level. this function is used, ...
...s and higher values for inner rows. the tree will use this information to determine the hierarchical structure of the rows. in addition to the getlevel method, there is a hasnextsibling function which, given a row, should return true if there is another row afterwards at the same level. this function is used, specifically, to draw the nesting lines along the side of the tree. the getparentindex method is expected to return the parent row of a given row, that is, the row before it with a lower nesting value. all of these methods must be implemented by the view for children to be handled properly. ...
...the tree. the getparentindex method is expected to return the parent row of a given row, that is, the row before it with a lower nesting value. all of these methods must be implemented by the view for children to be handled properly. containers there are also three functions, iscontainer, iscontainerempty and iscontaineropen that are used to handle a parent item in the tree. the iscontainer method should return true if a row is a container and might contain children. the iscontainerempty method should return true if a row is an empty container, for instance, a directory with no files in it. the iscontaineropen method is used to determine which items are opened and closed. the view is required to keep track of this. ...
...And 6 more matches

XBL Example - Archive of obsolete content
edindex'));" onset="return this.setpage(val);"/> the page property gets its value by looking at the first element of the anonymous array. this returns the vertical box, so to get the deck, we need to get the first child node of the box. the anonymous array isn't used as the deck is not anonymous from the box. finally, the value of the selectedindex attribute is retrieved. to set the page, a method 'setpage' is called which will be defined later. an oncommand handler will need to be added to the previous and next buttons so that the page is changed when the buttons are pressed. conveniently, we can change the page using the custom 'page' property that was just added: <xul:button xbl:inherits="label=previoustext" oncommand="parentnode.parentnode.parentnode.page--;"/> <xul:de...
...ode property to get to it. the first parentnode returns the parent of the button which is the horizontal box, the second its parent, the vertical box, and finally, its parent which is the outer box. the 'page' property is incremented or decremented. this will call the onget script to get the value, increment or decrement the value by one, and then call the onset handler to set the value. ...
...rentnode returns the parent of the button which is the horizontal box, the second its parent, the vertical box, and finally, its parent which is the outer box. the 'page' property is incremented or decremented. this will call the onget script to get the value, increment or decrement the value by one, and then call the onset handler to set the value. setpage method now let's define the 'setpage' method. ...
...And 6 more matches

listbox - Archive of obsolete content
you may specify the number of rows to display in the list using the rows attribute. additional rows can be viewed using a scroll bar. a listbox is expected to contain listitem elements. all the rows in the listbox are the same height, which is the height of the tallest item in the list. ...
...se the richlistbox element. see list controls for more information. ...
...as any effect when used inside a prefwindow. more information is available in the preferences system article. rows type: integer the number of rows to display in the element. if the element contains more than this number of rows, a scrollbar will appear which the user can use to scroll to the other rows. to get the actual number of rows in the element, use the getrowcount method. seltype type: one of the values below used to indicate whether multiple selection is allowed. single only one row may be selected at a time. (default in listbox and richlistbox.) multiple multiple rows may be selected at once. (default in tree.) for trees, you can also use the following values: cell individual cells can be selected text rows are selected; h...
...And 6 more matches

JSObject - Archive of obsolete content
tance of the class netscape.javascript.jsobject and passed to java. jsobject allows java to manipulate javascript objects. when a javascript object is sent to java, the runtime engine creates a java wrapper of type jsobject; when a jsobject is sent from java to javascript, the runtime engine unwraps it to its original javascript object type. ...
... equals determines if two jsobject objects refer to the same instance. (what's the problem with == ?) eval evaluates a javascript expression. ...
... equals determines if two jsobject objects refer to the same instance. (what's the problem with == ?) eval evaluates a javascript expression. getmember retrieves the value of a property of a javascript object. getslot retrieves the value of an array element of a javascript object. ...
...And 6 more matches

JavaArray - Archive of obsolete content
javaarray is a wrapper for the instance; all references to the array instance are made through the javaarray. ...
...javaarray is a wrapper for the instance; all references to the array instance are made through the javaarray. ...
...lo world!"); var bytearray = javastring.getbytes(); bytearray[0] // returns 72 bytearray[1] // returns 101 any java data brought into javascript is converted to javascript data types. when the javaarray is passed back to java, the array is unwrapped and can be used by java code. see the core javascript 1.5 guide for more information about data type conversions. ...
...And 6 more matches

Cooperative asynchronous JavaScript: Timeouts and intervals - Learn web development
a set number of times per second), discusses what they are useful for, and considers their inherent issues. prerequisites: basic computer literacy, a reasonable understanding of javascript fundamentals. objective: to understand asynchronous loops and intervals and what they are useful for. ...
...ello'); this can be useful in cases where you want to set a block of code to run as soon as all of the main thread has finished running — put it on the async event loop, so it will run straight afterwards. clearing with cleartimeout() or clearinterval() cleartimeout() and clearinterval() both use the same list of entries to clear from. interestingly enough, this means that you can use either method to clear a settimeout() or setinterval(). for consistency, you should use cleartimeout() to clear settimeout() entries and clearinterval() to clear setinterval() entries. this will help to avoid confusion. requestanimationframe() requestanimationframe() is a specialized looping function created for running animations efficiently in the browser. it is basically the modern version of setinterval...
... which for example doesn't run at a frame rate optimized for the device, sometimes drops frames, continues to run even if the tab is not the active tab or the animation is scrolled off the page, etc. (read more about this on creativejs.) note: you can find examples of using requestanimationframe() elsewhere in the course — see for example drawing graphics, and object building practice. the method takes as an argument a callback to be invoked before the repaint. this is the general pattern you'll see it used in: function draw() { // drawing code goes here requestanimationframe(draw); } draw(); the idea is to define a function in which your animation is updated (e.g. your sprites are moved, score is updated, data is refreshed, or whatever). then, you call it to start the process of...
...And 6 more matches

Manipulating documents - Learn web development
of functionality that enable us to do a great many things with web pages. there are a few really obvious bits you'll reference regularly in your code — consider the following diagram, which represents the main parts of a browser directly involved in viewing web pages: the window is the browser tab that a web page is loaded into; this is represented in javascript by the window object. using methods available on this object you can do things like return the window's size (see window.innerwidth and window.innerheight), manipulate the document loaded into that window, store data specific to that document on the client-side (for example using a local database or other storage mechanism), attach an event handler to the current window, and more. the navigator represents the state and identity o...
...ith it. add a <script></script> element just above the closing </body> tag. to manipulate an element inside the dom, you first need to select it and store a reference to it inside a variable. inside your script element, add the following line: const link = document.queryselector('a'); now we have the element reference stored in a variable, we can start to manipulate it using properties and methods available to it (these are defined on interfaces like htmlanchorelement in the case of <a> element, its more general parent interface htmlelement, and node — which represents all nodes in a dom). first of all, let's change the text inside the link by updating the value of the node.textcontent property. add the following line below the previous one: link.textcontent = 'mozilla developer netwo...
...ou to select elements using css selectors. the above queryselector() call will match the first <a> element that appears in the document. if you wanted to match and do things to multiple elements, you could use document.queryselectorall(), which matches every element in the document that matches the selector, and stores references to them in an array-like object called a nodelist. there are older methods available for grabbing element references, such as: document.getelementbyid(), which selects an element with a given id attribute value, e.g. <p id="myid">my paragraph</p>. the id is passed to the function as a parameter, i.e. const elementref = document.getelementbyid('myid'). document.getelementsbytagname(), which returns an array-like object containing all the elements on the page of a gi...
...And 6 more matches

Object-oriented JavaScript for beginners - Learn web development
ous function with the following: function person(name) { this.name = name; this.greeting = function() { alert('hi! i\'m ' + this.name + '.'); }; } the constructor function is javascript's version of a class. notice that it has all the features you'd expect in a function, although it doesn't return anything or explicitly create an object — it basically just defines properties and methods. notice also the this keyword being used here as well — it is basically saying that whenever one of these object instances is created, the object's name property will be equal to the name value passed to the constructor call, and the greeting() method will use the name value passed to the constructor call too. note: a constructor function name usually starts with a capital letter — this co...
...note that they are using their own name value that was assigned to them when they were created; this is one reason why it is very important to use this, so each one u...
...note that they are using their own name value that was assigned to them when they were created; this is one reason why it is very important to use this, so each one uses its own value, and not some other value. ...
...And 6 more matches

Using the Browser API
nd used in places like the firefox devtools. it consists of two major parts: custom <iframe> attributes: by adding a mozbrowser attribute to the <iframe> element we can make it appear like a top-level browser window to the embedded content. this means that window.top, window.parent, window.frameelement, etc. should not reflect the frame hierarchy. api extensions: the api includes several new methods and events to manipulate and listen for changes to the embedded content's state, interited by the htmliframeelement interface. note: an iframe enhanced by the browser api is commonly referred to as a "browser iframe". we'll be using this term throughout the current article, and other parts of the documentation. demo to demonstrate basic usage of this api, we have created a simple browser a...
...you'll also notice that we're also firing these functions on the touchend event, which is effective as firefox os devices are generally touchscreen. enabling/disabling the back and forward buttons you will also notice after a bit of surfing that the back and forward buttons are disabled when you cannot move backwards/forwards, and enabled when you can. we did this with the following functions...
...backwards in the history at any point. these use htmliframeelement.getcangoback() and htmliframeelement.getcangoforward(), which return a boolean defining whether backward/forward navigation is possible at this point in the history. if true is returned, the relevant button is disabled, and if false is returned, the relevant button is enabled. note that promise versions of browser api dom request methods also exist, so you can use async promise style syntax if you so wish. for example: function canmovebwd() { browser.getcangoback().then(function(result) { if (result) { back.disabled = false; console.log("it's possible to navigate the history backward."); } else { back.disabled = true; console.log("it's not possible to navigate the history backward."); } }...
...And 6 more matches

Embedding Tips
r password dialog boxes and so on. embedders may wish to override some of the default service implementations with their own. for example, the default prompt service uses xul to render prompt dialogs and embedders may wish to render them in a way more appropriate for their application and platform.. how do i load a page? get thensiwebnavigation interface on your webbrowser and call the loaduri method with the appropriate uri and flags. this interface also has methods for reloading, stopping a load and going back and forward in the history. how do i block a load? implement the nsiwebprogresslistener interface and register it with the appropriate web browser object via the nsiwebbrowser::addwebbrowserlistener() method. use the callbacks for after-the-fact cancellation. alternatively, implemen...
...to proceed. if necessary you may also implement the nsiuricontentlistener::ispreferred(), returning pr_true to ensure you are always the preferred uri handler and are called no matter what the content type. how do i copy items to the clipboard? obtain the nsiclipboardcommands interface from the appropriate web browser object via nsiserviceprovider::getinterface (or the do_getinterface() helper method). how do i save a document or data to disk? query for the nsiwebbrowserpersist interface implemented on the web browser object and call the saveuri() or savedocument() methods on that. alternatively, create a standalone webbrowser persist object and call the nsiwebbrowserpersist interface on that to save uris and documents. this is recommended if you intend anything other than the uri or docum...
...ow do i know when saving is done, monitor progress etc.? register your ownnsiwebprogresslistener object to listen for progress and state notifications. here is a simple example which demonstrates the principle. the simplepersist() function takes a string url and a string file path. in response it creates a persist object, creates a listener and starts the operation. as the operation progresses, methods on the listener such as onstatechange, onprogresschange etc. are called, allowing the embedder to know what is happening. when the operation is completed, the onstatechange will be notified by a combination of state_stop | state_is_network state flags. you may also use the progress listener to query the request supplied in onstatechange for more information. for example, if you wanted to check ...
...And 6 more matches

DeferredTask.jsm
the deferredtask.jsm javascript code module offers utility routines for a task that will run after a delay. multiple attempts to run the same task before the delay will be coalesced. to use it, you first need to import the code module into your javascript scope: components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/deferredtask.jsm"); use this, for instance, if you write data to a file and you expect that you may have to rewrite data very soon afterwards. ...
...o take into account other changes. the deferredtask constructor requires gecko 18.0(firefox 18.0 / thunderbird 18.0 / seamonkey 2.15) if you have a function call you want to defer for two seconds, you can do so using the deferredtask constructor, like this: var task = new deferredtask(myfunction, 2000); you can also pass a generator function as the first argument of constructor. ...
...rmed boolean indicates whether the task is currently requested to start again later, regardless of whether it is currently running. isrunning boolean indicates whether the task is currently running. this is always true when read from code inside the task function, but can also be true when read from external code, in case the task is an asynchronous generator function. methods ispending obsolete since gecko 28 check the current task state. bool ispending(); return value returns true if pending, false otherwise. start obsolete since gecko 28 start (or postpone) task. void start(); flush obsolete since gecko 28 perform any postponed task immediately. void flush(); cancel obsolete since gecko 28 cancel any pending task. void cancel(); arm reques...
...And 6 more matches

Download
a download object represents a single download, with associated state and actions. this object is transient, though it can be included in a downloadlist so that it can be managed by the user interface and persisted across sessions. a new download object can be created using the downloads.createdownload() function. method overview promise start(); promise launch(); promise showcontainingdirectory(); promise cancel(); promise removepartialdata(); promise whensucceeded(); promise finalize([optional] boolean aremovepartialdata); properties attribute type description canceled read only boolean indicates that the download has been canceled. this property can become true, then it can be...
...mise whensucceeded(); promise finalize([optional] boolean aremovepartialdata); properties attribute type description canceled read only boolean indicates that the download has been canceled. this property can become true, then it can be reset to false when a canceled download is restarted. this property becomes true as soon as the cancel() method is called, though the stopped property might remain false until the cancellation request has been processed. temporary files or part files may still exist even if they are expected to be deleted, until the stopped property becomes true. contenttype string the mime type of the download, for example "text/plain", or null if the mime type is not available. this property ...
...d. to have any effect, this property must be set before starting the download. resetting this property to false after the download has already started will not remove any partial data. note: if this property is set to true, care should be taken that partial data is removed before the reference to the download is discarded. ...
...And 6 more matches

JSAPI reference
lete since javascript 1.8.5 js_addargumentformatter obsolete since jsapi 18 js_removeargumentformatter obsolete since jsapi 18 the following functions convert js values to various types. they can be safely applied to jsvals of any type. they may return new objects. for example, js_valuetoobject(cx, s) where s is a string creates a new string wrapper object. these functions may call javascript methods. for example, js_valuetostring(cx, obj) may call obj.tostring(). js::toboolean added in spidermonkey 17 js::touint16 added in spidermonkey 17 js::toint32 added in spidermonkey 17 js::touint32 added in spidermonkey 17 js::toint64 added in spidermonkey 17 js::touint64 added in spidermonkey 17 js::tonumber added in spidermonkey 17 js::tostring added in spidermonkey 31 js::ordinarytoprimi...
...s obsolete since jsapi 31 js_lookuppropertywithflagsbyid obsolete since jsapi 31 js_newpropertyiterator obsolete since jsapi 36 js_nextproperty obsolete since jsapi 36 js_setpropertyattributes obsolete since jsapi 26 js_setucpropertyattributes obsolete since jsapi 26 the following functions behave like js_getproperty and js_getpropertybyid except when operating on e4x xml objects. js_getmethod obsolete since jsapi 23 js_getmethodbyid obsolete since jsapi 23 a spidermonkey extension allows a native function to return an lvalue—that is, a reference to a property of an object: js_setcallreturnvalue2 obsolete since javascript 1.8.5 id a jsid is an identifier for a property or method of an object. struct jsid js_idtovalue js_idtoprotokey added in spidermonkey 31 js_valuetoi...
...y 38 js::propertyspecnameequalsid added in spidermonkey 38 js::propertyspecnametopermanentid added in spidermonkey 38 js_getreservedslot js_setreservedslot struct jsextendedclass obsolete since javascript 1.8.5 struct jsobjectops obsolete since javascript 1.8.5 struct jsxmlobjectops obsolete since javascript 1.8.5 struct jsproperty obsolete since jsapi 16 adding native properties and methods to classes: jsnative struct jsfunctionspec js_fs added in spidermonkey 1.8 js_fn added in spidermonkey 1.8 js_sym_fn added in spidermonkey 38 js_fninfo added in spidermonkey 17 js_self_hosted_fn added in spidermonkey 31 js_self_hosted_sym_fn added in spidermonkey 38 js_sym_fnspec added in spidermonkey 38 js_fnspec added in spidermonkey 31 js_fs_end added in spidermonkey 1.8 struct ...
...And 6 more matches

Manipulating bookmarks using Places
the places bookmarks service, provided by the nsinavbookmarksservice interface, provides methods for creating, deleting, and manipulating bookmarks and bookmark folders. this article offers examples for how to perform common bookmark management tasks using the bookmarks service. initiating the bookmarks service as is the case with nearly all interfaces, before you can use the bookmarks service, you need to get access to it: var bmsvc = components.classes["@mozilla.org/browser/nav-bookmarks-service;1"] .getservice(components.interfaces.nsinavbookmarksservice); creating a bookmark folder creating a new bookmark folder is done using the nsinavbookmarksservice.createfolder() method. for example, to create a new folder in the bookmarks menu: var menufolder = b...
...es a new folder named "folder name here" in it. specifying default_index as the index at which to insert the new folder places it at the end of the list. you can easily change this code to insert the new folder into the bookmarks toolbar by changing bookmarksmenufolder to another folder attribute. creating a new bookmark to create a new bookmark, use the nsinavbookmarksservice.insertbookmark() method. the uri for the bookmark needs to be specified using an nsiuri object. var ios = components.classes["@mozilla.org/network/io-service;1"] .getservice(components.interfaces.nsiioservice); var uri = ios.newuri("http://google.com/", null, null); var newbkmkid = bmsvc.insertbookmark(newfolderid, uri, bmsvc.default_index, ""); this example instantiates the nsiioservice and uses ...
...iioservice and uses it to create an nsiuri referring to the google web site, then calls nsinavbookmarksservice.insertbookmark() to create a new bookmark to google, placing it at the end of the bookmarks folder referenced by newbkmkid. finding bookmark items if you know the uri of a site and wish to find all bookmarks that link to it, you can use the nsinavbookmarksservice.getbookmarkidsforuri() method. var ios = components.classes["@mozilla.org/network/io-service;1"] .getservice(components.interfaces.nsiioservice); var uri = ios.newuri("http://google.com/", null, null); var bookmarksarray = bmsvc.getbookmarkidsforuri(uri, {}); after executing this code, the array bookmarksarray contains the ids of all bookmarks that refer to the specified uri (in this case, "http://googl...
...And 6 more matches

XPCOM Stream Guide
-file-output-stream;1 nsisafefileoutputstream, nsifileoutputstream stream.init(file, ioflags, perm, behaviorflags); channels have streams too any implementation of nsichannel will have an input stream as well, but unless you own the channel, you shouldn't try to read from the input stream. there are two ways of getting the input stream: by calling the channel's .open() method for a synchronous read, or by calling the channel's .asyncopen() method with an nsistreamlistener object. you can get an nsichannel object from the io service's newchannel(spec, charset, baseuri) method or its .newchannelfromuri(uri) method. the "safe file output stream" mozilla provides a "safe file output stream" implementation. this implementation actually writes the contents of the file yo...
... using streams in c++ using streams in javascript input streams input streams are not scriptable - you cannot directly call .read() on them, for example. ...
...cial nsiscriptableinputstream interface and "scriptable stream" wrapper. if you have an input stream called nativestream, you can use code like this: var stream = components.classes["@mozilla.org/scriptableinputstream;1"] .createinstance(components.interfaces.nsiscriptableinputstream); stream.init(nativestream); the stream provides .read(count), .available(), and .close() methods. output streams output streams are usually scriptable: you can call .write(chars, chars.length) as you wish. however, it is usually better to create an input stream that you then feed to the output stream: var outstream = components.classes["@mozilla.org/storagestream;1"] .createinstance(components.interfaces.nsistoragestream) .getoutputstr...
...And 6 more matches

nsICacheEntryDescriptor
netwerk/cache/nsicacheentrydescriptor.idlscriptable this interface provides a cache entry descriptor. ...
...n the cache for an entry that we know up front is going to have to be evicted anyway. see bug 588507. securityinfo nsisupports get or set security info on the cache entry for this descriptor. this fails if the storage policy is not store_in_memory. storagepolicy nscachestoragepolicy get or set the storage policy of the cache entry. see nsicache for the definitions of the storage policies. methods close() this method explicitly closes the descriptor (optional). void close(); parameters none. doom() this method dooms the cache entry this descriptor references in order to slate it for removal. once doomed a cache entry cannot be undoomed. a descriptor with write access can doom the cache entry and choose to fail pending requests. this means that pending requests will not get a cache descri...
...s in order to slate it for removal. once doomed a cache entry cannot be undoomed. a descriptor with write access can doom the cache entry and choose to fail pending requests. this means that pending requests will not get a cache descriptor. this is meant as a tool for clients that wish to instruct pending requests to skip the cache. void doom(); parameters none. doomandfailpendingrequests() this method with the write access can doom the cache entry and choose to fail pending requests. this means that pending requests will not get a cache descriptor. this is meant as a tool for clients that wish to instruct pending requests to skip the cache. void doomandfailpendingrequests( in nsresult status ); parameters status the access status. getmetadataelement() this method retrieves the meta data. ...
...And 6 more matches

nsIComponentRegistrar
xpcom/components/nsicomponentregistrar.idlscriptable this interface provides methods to access and modify the xpcom component registry. ...
... xpcom/components/nsicomponentregistrar.idlscriptable this interface provides methods to access and modify the xpcom component registry. ...
...this is no longer supported. component files must have an associated loader and export the required symbols which this loader defines. for example, if the given file is a native lib...
...And 6 more matches

nsIEditor
« xpcom api reference editor/nsieditor.idlscriptable provides methods and attributes used when editing page content. ...
... « xpcom api reference editor/nsieditor.idlscriptable provides methods and attributes used when editing page content. ...
...attrvalue, in boolean asuppresstransaction); void removeattributeorequivalent(in nsidomelement element, in domstring sourceattrname, in boolean asuppresstransaction); void postcreate(); void predestroy(in boolean adestroyingframes); selected content removal void deleteselection(in short action, in short stripwrappers); document info and file methods void resetmodificationcount(); long getmodificationcount(); void incrementmodificationcount(in long amodcount); void incrementmodificationcount(in long amodcount); transaction methods void dotransaction(in nsitransaction txn); void enableundo(in boolean enable); void undo(in unsigned long count); void canundo(out bo...
...And 6 more matches

nsITransactionManager
editor/txmgr/idl/nsitransactionmanager.idlscriptable this interface is implemented by an object that wants to manage/track transactions. ...
...s commonly referred to as the number of levels of undo. a value of -1 means no limit. a value of zero means the transaction manager will execute each transaction, then immediately release all references it has to the transaction without pushing it on the undo stack. a value greater than zero indicates the max number of transactions that can exist at any time on both the undo and redo stacks. ...
...void addlistener( in nsitransactionlistener alistener ); parameters alistener the nsitransactionlistener to add. ...
...And 6 more matches

nsIXPConnect
js/src/xpconnect/idl/nsixpconnect.idlnot scriptable provides the xpconnect service. ...
...nce gecko 1.9 pendingexception nsiexception constants constant value description init_js_standard_classes 1 << 0 flag_system_global_object 1 << 1 omit_components_object 1 << 2 xpc_xow_clearscope 1 tells updatexows() to clear the scope of all of the xows it finds. obsolete since gecko 2.0 methods native code only!addjsholder root js objects held by aholder. void addjsholder( in voidptr aholder, in nsscriptobjecttracerptr atracer ); parameters aholder the object that hold the js objects that should be rooted. atracer missing description exceptions thrown missing exception missing description clearallwrappednativesecuritypolicies() void clearallwrappednativesecuri...
...ext. sandbox the sandbox object to evaluate the script in. returnstringonly the only results to come out of the computation (including exceptions) will be coerced into strings created in the sandbox. return value the result of the evaluation as a jsval. if the caller intends to use the return value from this call, the caller is responsible for rooting the jsval before making a call to this method. exceptions thrown missing exception missing description flagsystemfilenameprefix() preconfigure xpcnativewrapper automation so that when a scripted caller whose filename starts with filenameprefix accesses a wrapped native that is not flagged as "system", the wrapped native will be automatically wrapped with an xpcnativewrapper. void flagsystemfilenameprefix( in string afilenameprefix...
...And 6 more matches

Storage
ion is treated specially by windows as a known extension for an 'application compatibility database' and changes are backed up by the system automatically as part of system restore functionality. this can result in significantly higher overhead file operation. closing a connection to close a connection on which only synchronous transactions were performed, use the mozistorageconnection.close() method. if you performed any asynchronous transactions, you should instead use the mozistorageconnection.asyncclose() method. the latter will allow all ongoing transactions to complete before closing the connection, and will optionally notify you via callback when the connection is closed. statements this section demonstrates how you can execute sql statements on your database. for a complete referenc...
...ind a value to a parameter, it will be interpreted as null. you should never try to construct sql statements on the fly with values inserted in them. by binding the parameters, you prevent possible sql injection attacks since a bound parameter can never be executed as sql. binding one set of parameters if you only have one row to insert, or are using the synchronous api you'll need to use this method. in javascript, there is a useful helper object (mozistoragestatementparams) available () that makes binding parameters much easier: var statement = dbconn.createstatement("select * from table_name where id = :row_id"); statement.params.row_id = 1234; use :boundparametername the same way for numeric and non-numeric columns. do not put the :boundparametername within apostrophes, because that th...
...ommended that you use asynchronous execution, for performance reasons. asynchronously gecko 1.9.1 introduced support for asynchronous execution of a statement by calling mozistoragestatement.executeasync() on the statement. multiple statements can be executed in a transaction by calling mozistorageconnection.executeasync() on the connection and passing in an array of statements. both of these methods have similar signatures that accept an object as input that receives notifications the execution of the statement(s). a c++ example is omitted here because it would be verbose, but real-world code can be found in the mozilla source tree (mxr id search for mozistoragestatementcallback). after you create and bind a statement, your javascript should look something like this to execute a statement ...
...And 6 more matches

Debugger.Object - Firefox Developer Tools
debugger.object a debugger.object instance represents an object in the debuggee, providing reflection-oriented methods to inspect and modify its referent. the referent’s properties do not appear directly as properties of the debugger.object instance; the debugger can access them only through methods like debugger.object.prototype.getownpropertydescriptor and debugger.object.prototype.defineproperty, ensuring that the debugger will not inadvertently invoke the referent’s getters and setters. spidermonkey creates exactly one debugger.object instance for each debuggee object it presents to a given debugger instance: if the debugger encounters the same object through two different routes (perhaps two functions are called on the same object), spidermonkey presents the same debugger.object inst...
...ionsite if object allocation site tracking was enabled when this debugger.object’s referent was allocated, return the javascript execution stack captured at the time of the allocation. otherwise, return null. ...
...e of the allocation. otherwise, return null. function properties of the debugger.object prototype the functions described below may only be called with a this value referring to a debugger.object instance; they may not be used as methods of other kinds of objects. the descriptions use “referent” to mean “the referent of this debugger.object instance”. unless otherwise specified, these methods are not invocation functions; if a call would cause debuggee code to run (say, because it gets or sets an accessor property whose handler is debuggee code, or because the referent is a proxy whose traps are debuggee code), the call throws a debugger.debuggeewouldrun exception. these methods may throw if the referent is not a native object. even simple accessors like isextensible may throw if th...
...And 6 more matches

Using images - Web APIs
mlcanvaselement you can use another <canvas> element as your image source. these sources are collectively referred to by the type canvasimagesource. there are several ways to get images for use on a canvas. using images from the same page we can obtain a reference to images on the same page as the canvas by using one of: the document.images collection the document.getelementsbytagname() method if you know the id of the specific image you wish to use, you can use document.getelementbyid() to retrieve that specific image using images from other domains using the crossorigin attribute of an <img> element (reflected by the htmlimageelement.crossorigin property), you can request permission to load an image from another domain for use in your call to drawimage(). if the hosting domain pe...
...age from another domain for use in your call to drawimage(). if the hosting domain permits cross-domain access to the image, the image can be used in your canvas without tainting it; otherwise using the image will taint the canvas. using other canvas elements just as with normal images, we access other canvas elements using either the document.getelementsbytagname() or document.getelementbyid() method. be sure you've drawn something to the source canvas before using it in your target canvas. one of the more practical uses of this would be to use a second canvas element as a thumbnail view of the other larger canvas. creating an image from scratch another option is to create new htmlimageelement objects in our script. to do this, you can use the convenient image() constructor: var img = new...
...iaaaaaa3pn/zih5baeaaaealaaaaaalaasaaaiuha+hkcuo4lmnvindo7qyrixigbyaow=='; one advantage of data urls is that the resulting image is available immediately without another round trip to the server. another potential advantage is that it is also possible to encapsulate in one file all of your css, javascript, html, and images, making it more portable to other locations. some disadvantages of this method are that your image is not cached, and for larger images the encoded url can become quite long. using frames from a video you can also use frames from a video being presented by a <video> element (even if the video is not visible). for example, if you have a <video> element with the id "myvideo", you can do this: function getmyvideo() { var canvas = document.getelementbyid('canvas'); if (c...
...And 6 more matches

Traversing an HTML table with JavaScript and DOM Interfaces - Web APIs
introduction this article is an overview of some powerful, fundamental dom level 1 methods and how to use them from javascript. you will learn how to create, access and control, and remove html elements dynamically. the dom methods presented here are not specific to html; they also apply to xml. the demonstrations provided here will work fine in any modern browser, including all versions of firefox and ie 5+. the dom methods presented here are part of the document object model (core) level 1 specification. dom level 1 includes both methods for generic document access and manipulation (dom 1 core) as well as methods specific to html documents (dom 1 html). example: creating an html table dynamically (sample1.html) html <input type="button" value="generate a table." onclick="generate_table...
...e javascript code: ... <table border="2"> <tbody> <tr><td>cell is row 0 column 0</td><td>cell is row 0 column 1</td></tr> <tr><td>cell is row 1 column 0</td><td>cell is row 1 column 1</td></tr> </tbody> </table> ... here's the dom object tree generated by the code for the <table> element and its child elements: you can build this table and its internal child elements by using just a few dom methods. remember to keep in mind the tree model for the structures you are planning to create; this will make it easier to write the necessary code. in the <table> tree of figure 1 the element <table> has one child: the element <tbody>. <tbody> has two children. each <tbody>'s child (<tr>) has two children (<td>). finally, each <td> has one child: a text node. example: setting the background color of ...
...ructures you are planning to create; this will make it easier to write the necessary code. in the <table> tree of figure 1 the element <table> has one child: the element <tbody>. <tbody> has two children. each <tbody>'s child (<tr>) has two children (<td>). finally, each <td> has one child: a text node. example: setting the background color of a paragraph getelementsbytagname(tagnamevalue) is a method available in any dom element or the root document element. when called, it returns an array with all of the element's descendants matching the tag name. the first element of the list is located at position [0] in the array. html <body> <input type="button" value="set paragraph background color" onclick="set_background()"> <p>hi</p> <p>hello</p> </body> javascript function set_background...
...And 6 more matches

FileSystemEntrySync - Web APIs
the filesystementrysync interface of the file and directory entries api represents an entry in a file system; it can be either a fileentrysync or directoryentry. it includes methods for working with files—including copying, moving, removing, and reading files—as well as information about the file it points to—including the file name and its path from the root to the entry. warning: this api was never accepted and never became standardized. various browsers implement pieces of the file and directory entries api (otherwise known as the file system api) but you should try to avoid using it. ...
...as well as information about the file it points to—including the file name and its path from the root to the entry. warning: this api was never accepted and never became standardized. various browsers implement pieces of the file and directory entries api (otherwise known as the file system api) but you should try to avoid using it. basic concepts the filesystementrysync interface includes methods that you would expect for manipulating files and directories, but it also include a really handy method for getting a url of the entry: tourl(). it also introduces a new url scheme: filesystem:. you can use the filesystem: scheme on google chrome to see all the files and folders that are stored in the origin of your app. just use filesystem: scheme for the root directory of the origin of the ap...
...filesystem: scheme on google chrome to see all the files and folders that are stored in the origin of your app. just use filesystem: scheme for the root directory of the origin of the app. for example, if your app is in http://ww.html5rocks.com, open filesystem:http://www.html5rocks.com/temporary/ in a tab. chrome shows a read-only list of all the files and folders stored the origin of your app. ...
...And 6 more matches

HTMLFormElement - Web APIs
s properties from its parent, htmlelement. htmlformelement.elements read only a htmlformcontrolscollection holding all form controls belonging to this form element. htmlformelement.lengthread only a long reflecting the number of controls in the form. htmlformelement.name a domstring reflecting the value of the form's name html attribute, containing the name of the form. htmlformelement.method a domstring reflecting the value of the form's method html attribute, indicating the http method used to submit the form. only specified values can be set. htmlformelement.target a domstring reflecting the value of the form's target html attribute, indicating where to display the results received from submitting the form. htmlformelement.action a domstring reflecting the value of the form's ...
...idate a boolean reflecting the value of the form's novalidate html attribute, indicating whether the form should not be validated. named inputs are added to their owner form instance as properties, and can overwrite native properties if they share the same name (e.g. a form with an input named action will have its action property return that input instead of the form's action html attribute). methods this interface also inherits methods from its parent, htmlelement. checkvalidity() returns true if the element's child controls are subject to constraint validation and satisfy those contraints; returns false if some controls do not satisfy their constraints. fires an event named invalid at any control that does not satisfy its constraints; such controls are considered invalid if the event ...
...satisfy their validation constraints. when false is returned, cancelable invalid events are fired for each invalid child and validation problems are reported to the user. requestsubmit() requests that the form be submitted using the specified submit button and its corresponding configuration. reset() resets the form to its initial state. submit() submits the form to the server. deprecated methods htmlformelement.requestautocomplete() triggers a native browser interface to assist the user in completing the fields which have an autofill field name value that is not off or on. the form will receive an event once the user has finished with the interface, the event will either be autocomplete when the fields have been filled or autocompleteerror when there was a problem. events liste...
...And 6 more matches

HTMLInputElement - Web APIs
the htmlinputelement interface provides special properties and methods for manipulating the options, layout, and presentation of <input> elements. <div id="interfacediagram" style="display: inline-block; position: relative; width: 100%; padding-bottom: 20%; vertical-align: middle; overflow: hidden;"><svg style="display: inline-block; position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0;" viewbox="-50 0 600 120" preserveaspectratio="xminymin meet"><a xlink:href="/docs/web/api/eventtarget" target="_top"><rect x="1" y="1" width="110" height="50" fill="#fff" stroke="#d4dde4" stroke-width="2px" /><text x="56" y="30" font-size="12px" font-family="consolas,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill="#4d4e53" text-anchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">eventtarget</text></a><polyline points="111,25 121,20 121,30 ...
...nt's formaction attribute, containing the uri of a program that processes information submitted by the element. this overrides the action attribute of the parent form. formenctype string: returns / sets the element's formenctype attribute, containing the type of content that is used to submit the form to the server. this overrides the enctype attribute of the parent form. formmethod string: returns / sets the element's formmethod attribute, containing the http method that the browser uses to submit the form. this overrides the method attribute of the parent form. formnovalidate boolean: returns / sets the element's formnovalidate attribute, indicating that the form is not to be validated when it is submitted. this overrides the novalidate attribute of the pare...
...returns the element's current validity state. validationmessage read only string: returns a localized message that describes the validation constraints that the control does not satisfy (if any). this is the empty string if the control is not a candidate for constraint validation (willvalidate is false), or it satisfies its constraints. this value can be set by the setcustomvalidity method. willvalidate read only boolean: returns whether the element is a candidate for constraint validation. it is false if any conditions bar it from constraint validation, including: its type is hidden, reset, or button; it has a <datalist> ancestor; its disabled property is true. properties that apply only to elements of type checkbox or radio checked boolean: return...
...And 6 more matches

HTMLMediaElement - Web APIs
the htmlvideoelement and htmlaudioelement elements both inherit this interface. ...
...eventhandler called when the media element is interrupted because of the audio channel manager. this was firefox-specific, having been implemented for firefox os, and was removed in firefox 55. htmlmediaelement.onmozinterruptend sets the eventhandler called when the interruption is concluded. this was firefox-specific, having been implemented for firefox os, and was removed in firefox 55. methods this interface also inherits methods from its ancestors htmlelement, element, node, and eventtarget. htmlmediaelement.addtexttrack() adds a text track (such as a track for subtitles) to a media element. htmlmediaelement.capturestream() returns mediastream, captures a stream of the media content. htmlmediaelement.canplaytype() given a string specifying a mime media type (potentially wi...
...rovided using the src attribute or the <source> element. htmlmediaelement.mozcapturestream() [enter description] htmlmediaelement.mozcapturestreamuntilended() [enter description] htmlmediaelement.mozgetmetadata() returns object, which contains properties that represent metadata from the playing media resource as {key: value} pairs. ...
...And 6 more matches

Drag Operations - Web APIs
ent types. this allows data to be provided in more specific types, often custom types, yet still provide fallback data for drop targets that do not support more specific types. it is usually the case that the least specific type will be normal text data using the type text/plain. this data will be a simple textual representation. to set a drag data item within the datatransfer, use the setdata() method. it takes two arguments: the type of data and the data value. for example: event.datatransfer.setdata("text/plain", "text to drag"); in this case, the data value is "text to drag" and is of the format text/plain. you can provide data in multiple formats. to do this, call the setdata() method multiple times with different formats. you should call it with formats in order from most specific to ...
...n include just a single url or text version. note that both the text/uri-list and text/plain contain the same data in this example. this will often be true, but doesn't need to be the case. if you attempt to add data twice with the same format, the new data will replace the old data, but in the same position within the list of types as the old data. you can clear the data using the cleardata() method, which takes one argument: the type of the data to remove. event.datatransfer.cleardata("text/uri-list"); the type argument to the cleardata() method is optional. if the type is not specified, the data associated with all types is removed. if the drag contains no drag data items, or all of the items have been subsequently cleared, then no drag will occur. setting the drag feedback image when...
... xoffset, yoffset); three arguments are necessary. the first is a reference to an image. this reference will typically be to an <img> element, but it can also be to a <canvas> or any other element. the feedback image will be generated from whatever the image looks like on screen, although for images, they will be drawn at their original size. the second and third arguments to the setdragimage() method are offsets where the image should appear relative to the mouse pointer. it is also possible to use images and canvases that are not in a document. this technique is useful when drawing custom drag images using the canvas element, as in the following example: function dragwithcustomimage(event) { const canvas = document.createelement("canvas"); canvas.width = canvas.height = 50; const ct...
...And 6 more matches

Microdata DOM API - Web APIs
e browsers for a long time. nowadays, they have been abandoned and removed from all browsers and are therefore deprecated. you can't use them anymore and this document is kept as information only. microdata becomes even more useful when scripts can use it to expose information to the user, for example offering it in a form that can be used by other applications. the document.getitems(typenames) method provides access to the top-level microdata items. it returns a nodelist containing the items with the specified types, or all types if no argument is specified. each item is represented in the dom by the element on which the relevant itemscope attribute is found. these elements have their element.itemscope idl attribute set to true. the type(s) of items can be obtained using the element.itemtype ...
...s a nodelist containing the items with the specified types, or all types if no argument is specified. each item is represented in the dom by the element on which the relevant itemscope attribute is found. these elements have their element.itemscope idl attribute set to true. the type(s) of items can be obtained using the element.itemtype idl attribute on the element with the itemscope attribute. ...
...he element.itemtype idl attribute on the element with the itemscope attribute. methods document . getitems( [ types ] ) returns a nodelist of the elements in the document that create items, that are not part of other items, and that are of the types given in the argument, if any are listed. the types argument is interpreted as a space-separated list of types. the document.getitems(typenames) method takes a string that contains an unordered set of unique space-separated tokens that are case-sensitive, representing types. ...
...And 6 more matches

Payment processing concepts - Web APIs
into the details of how the api operates, there are tems you'll need to know. payee (or merchant) the merchant—either a person or an organization—whose web site or app wishes to receive money through the payment request api. payer the person or organization making a purchase using a web site or app. the payer authenticates themselves, then authorizes payment, as required by the payment method. payment method the instrument by which payment is submitted, such as a credit card or online payment service. payment method provider an organization that provides the technology needed to submit payments using a given payment method. for example, when using a credit card to pay, the credit card processing service is the payment method provider. payment handler the implementation of the co...
...t is submitted, such as a credit card or online payment service. payment method provider an organization that provides the technology needed to submit payments using a given payment method. for example, when using a credit card to pay, the credit card processing service is the payment method provider. payment handler the implementation of the code needed to interface with a particular payment method provider in order to process payments. some payment handlers use merchant validation, which is the process of validating the identity of a merchant in some way, usually using some form of cryptographic response such as a public key. validated merchants are allowed to interface with a payment handler. ...
...r the implementation of the code needed to interface with a particular payment method provider in order to process payments. some payment handlers use merchant validation, which is the process of validating the identity of a merchant in some way, usually using some form of cryptographic response such as a public key. validated merchants are allowed to interface with a payment handler. payment method identifiers payment handlers are identified by payment method identifiers, which are strings uniquely identifying the payment handler. these may be either one of the standardized payment handler identifiers, or a url used by the payment processing service to both identify itself and to handle payments. ...
...And 6 more matches

Performance API - Web APIs
or the difference in time between two discrete points in time. the unit of domhighrestimestamp is milliseconds and should be accurate to 5 µs (microseconds). however, if the browser is unable to provide a time value accurate to 5 microseconds (because, for example, due to hardware or software constraints), the browser can represent the value as a time in milliseconds accurate to a millisecond. ...
...ete points in time. the unit of domhighrestimestamp is milliseconds and should be accurate to 5 µs (microseconds). however, if the browser is unable to provide a time value accurate to 5 microseconds (because, for example, due to hardware or software constraints), the browser can represent the value as a time in milliseconds accurate to a millisecond. methods the performance interface has two methods. the now() method returns a domhighrestimestamp whose value that depends on the navigation start and scope. if the scope is a window, the value is the time the browser context was created and if the scope is a worker, the value is the time the worker was created. the tojson() method returns a serialization of the performance object, for those attributes that can be serialized. properties the ...
...mation such as the start of navigation time, start and end times for redirects, start and end times for responses, etc. the navigation property returns a performancenavigation object representing the type of navigation that occurs in the given browsing context, such as the page was navigated to from history, the page was navigated to by following a link, etc. interfaces performance provides methods and properties containing timing-related performance information for the given page. performanceentry provides methods and properties the encapsulate a single performance metric that is part of the performance timeline. performanceframetiming provides methods and properties containing frame timing data about the browser's event loop. performancemark an abstract interface for performance en...
...And 6 more matches

Signaling and video calling - Web APIs
the specified username, then sends the message to that user. the parameter msgstring is a stringified json object. we could have made it receive our original message object, but in this example it's more efficient this way. since the message has already been stringified, we can send it with no further processing. each entry in connectionarray is a websocket object, so we can just call its send() method directly. our original chat demo didn't support sending messages to a specific user. the next task is to update the main websocket message handler to support doing so. this involves a change near the end of the "connection" message handler: if (sendtoclients) { var msgstring = json.stringify(msg); var i; if (msg.target && msg.target !== undefined && msg.target.length !== 0) { sendtoo...
...ew). at this point, the two participants know which codecs and codec parameters are to be used for this call. they still don't know how to transmit the media data itself though. this is where interactive connectivity establishment (ice) comes in. exchanging ice candidates two peers need to exchange ice candidates to negotiate the actual connection between them. every ice candidate describes a method that the sending peer is able to use to communicate. each peer sends candidates in the order they're discovered, and keeps sending candidates until it runs out of suggestions, even if media has already started streaming. an icecandidate event is sent to the rtcpeerconnection to complete the process of adding a local description using pc.setlocaldescription(offer). once the two peers agree upon ...
...her peer by sending a json message of type "new-ice-candidate" over the signaling server to the remote peer. each candidate message include these fields: type the message type: "new-ice-candidate". target the username of the person with whom negotiation is underway; the server will direct the message to this user only. candidate the sdp candidate string, describing the proposed connection method. you typically don't need to look at the contents of this string. all your code needs to do is route it through to the remote peer using the signaling server. each ice message suggests a communication protocol (tcp or udp), ip address, port number, connection type (for example, whether the specified ip is the peer itself or a relay server), along with other information needed to link the two co...
...And 6 more matches

Migrating from webkitAudioContext - Web APIs
e is a library called webkitaudiocontext monkeypatch, which automatically fixes some of these changes to make most code targetting webkitaudiocontext to work on the standards based audiocontext out of the box, but it currently doesn't handle all of the cases below. please consult the readme file for that library to see a list of apis that are automatically handled by it. changes to the creator methods three of the creator methods on webkitaudiocontext have been renamed in audiocontext. creategainnode() has been renamed to creategain. createdelaynode() has been renamed to createdelay. createjavascriptnode() has been renamed to createscriptprocessor. these are simple renames that were made in order to improve the consistency of these method names on audiocontext. if your code uses eith...
...ave been renamed in audiocontext. creategainnode() has been renamed to creategain. createdelaynode() has been renamed to createdelay. createjavascriptnode() has been renamed to createscriptprocessor. these are simple renames that were made in order to improve the consistency of these method names on audiocontext. if your code uses either of these names, like in the example below : // old method names var gain = context.creategainnode(); var delay = context.createdelaynode(); var js = context.createjavascriptnode(1024); you can simply rename the methods to look like this: // new method names var gain = context.creategain(); var delay = context.createdelay(); var js = context.createscriptprocessor(1024); the semantics of these methods remain the same in the renamed versions. changes...
...s to look like this: // new method names var gain = context.creategain(); var delay = context.createdelay(); var js = context.createscriptprocessor(1024); the semantics of these methods remain the same in the renamed versions. changes to starting and stopping nodes in webkitaudiocontext, there are two ways to start and stop audiobuffersourcenode and oscillatornode: the noteon() and noteoff() methods, and the start() and stop() methods. ...
...And 6 more matches

WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope.fetch() - Web APIs
a fetch() promise only rejects when a network error is encountered (which is usually when there’s a permissions issue or similar). ...
...turning a promise which is fulfilled once the response is available. the promise resolves to the response object representing the response to your request. the promise does not reject on http errors — it only rejects on network errors. you must use then handlers to check for http errors. ...
... syntax const fetchresponsepromise = fetch(resource [, init]) parameters resource this defines the resource that you wish to fetch. ...
...And 6 more matches

Constraint validation - Developer guides
acters (code points) must not exceed the value of the attribute. toolong constraint violation constraint validation process constraint validation is done through the constraint validation api either on a single form element or at the form level, on the <form> element itself. the constraint validation is done in the following ways: by a call to the checkvalidity() or reportvalidity() method of a form-associated dom interface, (htmlinputelement, htmlselectelement, htmlbuttonelement, htmloutputelement or htmltextareaelement), which evaluates the constraints only on this element, allowing a script to get this information. the checkvalidity() method returns a boolean indicating whether the element's value passes its constraints. (this is typically done by the user-agent when determining...
... by submitting the form itself. ...
... by submitting the form itself. calling checkvalidity() is called statically validating the constraints, while calling reportvalidity() or submitting the form is called interactively validating the constraints. ...
...And 6 more matches

Index - HTTP
when the request's credentials mode (request.credentials) is "include". 8 access-control-allow-headers cors, http, reference, header the access-control-allow-headers response header is used in response to a preflight request which includes the access-control-request-headers to indicate which http headers can be used during the actual request. 9 access-control-allow-methods cors, http, reference, header the access-control-allow-methods response header specifies the method or methods allowed when accessing the resource in response to a preflight request. 10 access-control-allow-origin access control, access-control-allow-origin, cors, dealing with cors, http, http header, how to fix cors, reference, security, cross-origin issue, header, orig...
..., reference, header the access-control-expose-headers response header indicates which headers can be exposed as part of the response by listing their names. ...
...ained in the access-control-allow-methods and access-control-allow-headers headers) can be cached. 13 access-control-request-headers cors, http, reference, header the access-control-request-headers request header is used when issuing a preflight request to let the server know which http headers will be used when the actual request is made. 14 access-control-request-method cors, http, reference, header the access-control-request-method request header is used when issuing a preflight request to let the server know which http method will be used when the actual request is made. this header is necessary as the preflight request is always an options and doesn't use the same method as the actual request. 15 age caching, http, response, header ...
...And 6 more matches

OPTIONS - HTTP
the http options method requests permitted communication options for a given url or server. a client can specify a url with this method, or an asterisk (*) to refer to the entire server. ...
...rl or server. a client can specify a url with this method, or an asterisk (*) to refer to the entire server. ...
...a url with this method, or an asterisk (*) to refer to the entire server. ...
...And 6 more matches

Iterators and generators - JavaScript
nd provide a mechanism for customizing the behavior of for...of loops. for details, see also: iteration_protocols for...of function* and generator yield and yield* iterators in javascript an iterator is an object which defines a sequence and potentially a return value upon its termination. specifically, an iterator is any object which implements the iterator protocol by having a next() method that returns an object with two properties: value the next value in the iteration sequence. done this is true if the last value in the sequence has already been consumed. if value is present alongside done, it is the iterator's return value. once created, an iterator object can be iterated explicitly by repeatedly calling next(). iterating over an iterator is said to consume the iterator,...
...rovide a powerful alternative: they allow you to define an iterative algorithm by writing a single function whose execution is not continuous. generator functions are written using the function* syntax. when called, generator functions do not initially execute their code. instead, they return a special type of iterator, called a generator. when a value is consumed by calling the generator's next method, the generator function executes until it encounters the yield keyword. the function can be called as many times as desired, and returns a new generator each time. each generator may only be iterated once. we can now adapt the example from above. the behavior of this code is identical, but the implementation is much easier to write and read. function* makerangeiterator(start = 0, end = 100, st...
...{ iterationcount++; yield i; } return iterationcount; } iterables an object is iterable if it defines its iteration behavior, such as what values are looped over in a for...of construct. some built-in types, such as array or map, have a default iteration behavior, while other types (such as object) do not. in order to be iterable, an object must implement the @@iterator method. ...
...And 6 more matches

Inheritance and the prototype chain - JavaScript
bject.prototype and there is no 'd' property by default, check its prototype. // o.[[prototype]].[[prototype]].[[prototype]] is null, stop searching, // no property found, return undefined. code link setting a property to an object creates an own property. the only exception to the getting and setting behavior rules is when there is an inherited property with a getter or a setter. inheriting "methods" javascript does not have "methods" in the form that class-based languages define them. in javascript, any function can be added to an object in the form of a property. an inherited function acts just as any other property, including property shadowing as shown above (in this case, a form of method overriding). when an inherited function is executed, the value of this points to the inheriting ...
... the newly created object o has object.prototype as its [[prototype]] // o has no own property named 'hasownproperty' // hasownproperty is an own property of object.prototype. // so o inherits hasownproperty from object.prototype // object.prototype has null as its prototype. ...
...ject.prototype // object.prototype has null as its prototype. // o ---> object.prototype ---> null var b = ['yo', 'whadup', '?']; // arrays inherit from array.prototype // (which has methods indexof, foreach, etc.) // the prototype chain looks like: // b ---> array.prototype ---> object.prototype ---> null function f() { return 2; } // functions inherit from function.prototype // (which has methods call, bind, etc.) // f ---> function.prototype ---> object.prototype ---> null with a constructor a "constructor" in javascript is "just" a function that happens to be called with the new operator. function graph() { this.vertices = []; this.edges = []; } graph.prototype = { addvertex: function(v) { this.vertices.push(v); } }; var g = new graph(); // g is an object with own pro...
...And 6 more matches

Date - JavaScript
pt epoch and timestamps a javascript date is fundamentally specified as the number of milliseconds that have elapsed since midnight on january 1, 1970, utc. this date and time is the same as the unix epoch, which is the predominant base value for computer-recorded date and time values. note: it's important to keep in mind that while the time value at the heart of a date object is utc, the basic methods to fetch the date and time or its components all work in the local (i.e. host system) time zone and offset. it should be noted that the maximum date is not of the same value as the maximum safe integer (number.max_safe_integer is 9,007,199,254,740,991). instead, it is defined in ecma-262 that a maximum of ±100,000,000 (one hundred million) days relative to january 1, 1970 utc (that is, april 2...
... (number.max_safe_integer is 9,007,199,254,740,991). instead, it is defined in ecma-262 that a maximum of ±100,000,000 (one hundred million) days relative to january 1, 1970 utc (that is, april 20, 271821 bce ~ september 13, 275760 ce) can be represented by the standard date object (equivalent to ±8,640,000,000,000,000 milliseconds). date format and time zone conversions there are a number of methods available to obtain a date in various formats, as well as to perform time zone conversions. particularly useful are the functions that output the date and time in coordinated universal time (utc), the global standard time defined by the world time standard. (this time is historically known as greenwich mean time, as utc lies along the meridian that includes london—and nearby greenwich—in the...
...one conversions. particularly useful are the functions that output the date and time in coordinated universal time (utc), the global standard time defined by the world time standard. (this time is historically known as greenwich mean time, as utc lies along the meridian that includes london—and nearby greenwich—in the united kingdom.) the user's device provides the local time. ...
...And 6 more matches

Function.prototype.apply() - JavaScript
this argument is required. ...
... the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax func.apply(thisarg, [ argsarray]) parameters thisarg the value of this provided for the call to func. note that this may not be the actual value seen by the method: if the method is a function in non-strict mode code, null and undefined will be replaced with the global object, and primitive values will be boxed. this argument is required. argsarray optional an array-like object, specifying the arguments with which func should be called, or null or undefined if no arguments should be provided to the function. starting with ecmascript 5 these argument...
..., the fundamental difference is that call() accepts an argument list, while apply() accepts a single array of arguments. note: when the first argument is undefined or null a similar outcome can be achieved using the array spread syntax. you can assign a different this object when calling an existing function. this refers to the current object (the calling object). with apply, you can write a method once, and then inherit it in another object, without having to rewrite the method for the new object. apply is very similar to call(), except for the type of arguments it supports. you use an arguments array instead of a list of arguments (parameters). with apply, you can also use an array literal, for example, func.apply(this, ['eat', 'bananas']), or an array object, for example, func.apply(thi...
...And 6 more matches

Promise - JavaScript
ailure) of an asynchronous operation, and its resulting value. to learn about the way promises work and how you can use them, we advise you to read using promises first. description a promise is a proxy for a value not necessarily known when the promise is created. it allows you to associate handlers with an asynchronous action's eventual success value or failure reason. this lets asynchronous methods return values like synchronous methods: instead of immediately returning the final value, the asynchronous method returns a promise to supply the value at some point in the future. a promise is in one of these states: pending: initial state, neither fulfilled nor rejected. fulfilled: meaning that the operation completed successfully. rejected: meaning that the operation failed. a pending...
... future. a promise is in one of these states: pending: initial state, neither fulfilled nor rejected. fulfilled: meaning that the operation completed successfully. rejected: meaning that the operation failed. a pending promise can either be fulfilled with a value, or rejected with a reason (error). when either of these options happens, the associated handlers queued up by a promise's then method are called. if the promise has already been fulfilled or rejected when a corresponding handler is attached, the handler will be called, so there is no race condition between an asynchronous operation completing and its handlers being attached. as the promise.prototype.then() and promise.prototype.catch() methods return promises, they can be chained. not to be confused with: several other lan...
...e the lazily-evaluated expression, and f() to evaluate. note: a promise is said to be settled if it is either fulfilled or rejected, but not pending. you will also hear the term resolved used with promises — this means that the promise is settled or “locked in” to match the state of another promise. states and fates contains more details about promise terminology. ...
...And 6 more matches

ui/button/toggle - Archive of obsolete content
.log("you changed '" + state.label + "'"); button.removelistener("change", firstchange); button.on("change", subsequentchanges); } function subsequentchanges(state) { console.log("you changed '" + state.label + "' again"); } the listener is passed a state object that contains all the button's properties. you can generate click and change events programmatically with the button's click() method. ...
...nction subsequentchanges(state) { console.log("you changed '" + state.label + "' again"); } the listener is passed a state object that contains all the button's properties. you can generate click and change events programmatically with the button's click() method. ...
... label = "my default" w1 t1 > displays "my default" t2 > displays "my default" w2 t3 > displays "my t3 label" t4 > displays "my w2 label" setting the properties on the button instance sets the button's global state: button.label = "my new label"; you can set state to be specific to a window or tab using the button's state() method. to set state like this, call state() with 2 parameters: the first parameter is a window or tab object or as a shorthand, the string "window" for the currently active window, or the string "tab" for the currently active tab the second parameter is an object containing the state properties you wish to update. here's an add-on with a button that disables itself when you click it, but only for...
...And 5 more matches

Adding preferences to an extension - Archive of obsolete content
e call nsiprefservice.getbranch(). this lets us specify a specific branch of the preference tree to access. by default, we would have access to all preferences, but we only want access to those belonging to our own extension, so we specify that we want to access the "extensions.stockwatcher2" branch. after getting the preference branch for our extension, we call the nsisupports.queryinterface() method on it to be able to use the methods of the nsiprefbranch2 interface. the next step is to register a preference observer by calling the addobserver() method to establish that whenever any events occur on the preferences, our object (this) receives notification. when events occur, such as a preference being altered, our observe() method will be called automatically. now that we're monitoring the ...
...cation. when events occur, such as a preference being altered, our observe() method will be called automatically. now that we're monitoring the preferences, we can set up to watch the stock information and display it in the status bar panel. the first thing we need to do is get the currently configured stock symbol to watch from the preferences. to do so, we call the nsiprefbranch.getcharpref() method, specifying that we want the preference named "symbol", which is where we store the user's selection for the stock to watch. we forcibly convert the symbol to upper-case since that's the way stock symbols are normally displayed. next, we call our own refreshinformation() method to immediately fetch and display the current information about the stock the extension is configured to monitor. we'll ...
...eference named "symbol", which is where we store the user's selection for the stock to watch. we forcibly convert the symbol to upper-case since that's the way stock symbols are normally displayed. next, we call our own refreshinformation() method to immediately fetch and display the current information about the stock the extension is configured to monitor. we'll look at the details of how this method works later. the last thing the startup() method does is to call the window.setinterval() dom method to set up a callback that will automatically run our refreshinformation() method every 10 minutes. the interval time is specified in milliseconds. shutdown() the stockwatcher.shutdown() method deactivates the observer on the preferences. this is also where we would add any other shutdown tasks ...
...And 5 more matches

MMgc - Archive of obsolete content
age collector. it may be multiply instantiated; you may have multiple instances of the garbage collector running at once. each instance manages its own set of objects; objects are not allowed to reference objects in other gc instances. the gc typically is constructed early in your program's initialization, and then passed to operations like operator new for allocating gc objects. there are a few methods that you may need to call directly, such as alloc and free. gc::alloc, gc::free the alloc and free methods are garbage-collected analogs for malloc and free. memory allocated with alloc doesn't need to be explicitly freed, although it can be freed with free if it is known that there are no other references to it. alloc is often used to allocate arrays and other objects of variable size that cont...
... mark phase. if you know for certain that the objects will not contain gc pointers, leave this flag off; it will make the mark phase faster by excluding your object. kfinalize and krcobject are used internally by the gc; you should not need to set them in your user code. gc::getgc given the pointer to any gcobject, it is possible to get a pointer to the gc object that allocated it. void gcobject::method() { gc* gc = mmgc::gc::getgc(this); ... } this practice should be used sparingly, but is sometimes useful. base classes gcobject a basic garbage collected object. a gcobject is allocated with parameterized operator new, passing the mmgc::gc object: class myobject : public mmgc::gcobject { ... }; myobject* myobject = new (gc) myobject(); any pointers to a gcobject from unmanaged memory re...
... no need to wait for gc to clean it up. delete myobject; the destructor for a gcobject will never be called (unless the object is also a descendant of gcfinalizedobject... ...
...And 5 more matches

JavaScript Client API - Archive of obsolete content
ilt into your data that you can make use of (note that guids must be allowed to change and should be url friendly). if not, you may have to invent your own mapping from data objects to guids as long as it's consistent. ...
... it's consistent. in this case, it is highly recommended to use the utils.makeguid() helper to generate new guids: let newguid = utils.makeguid(); your store object must implement the following methods: itemexists(id) createrecord(id, collection) changeitemid(oldid, newid) getallids() wipe() create(record) update(record) remove(record) you may also find it useful to override other methods of the base implementation, for example applyincomingbatch if the underlying storage for your data supports batch operations. createrecord the createrecord( id, collection ) method gets called by the engine to request a new record for an item with a given guid. it's your store's responsibility to instantiate a record object, assign the given guid, and return it. itemexists(guid) s...
...(oldid, newid) must find the stored item currently associated with the guid oldid and change it to be associated with the guid newid. getallids() must return an iterable list containing the guids of every item being stored on the local system. this can be a dictionary-type object where the keys are the guids and the values are whatever; or it can simply be a list of guids. this is the method that the engine will call the first time it syncs, in order to get a complete inventory of what data there is that will need to be uploaded to the server. unless the items you're syncing have their own inherent guids already defined, you'll need to invent guids for all your items at this time. when one of these guids is later passed as an argument to createrecord(), you need to return a record ba...
...And 5 more matches

Twitter - Archive of obsolete content
eriment report for what we learned from it and the blog post announcing the first sdk release for what we're up to next! jetpack's twitter library, jetpack.lib.twitter, is a very simple, lightweight layer on top of twitter's rest api. in fact it's hardly more than syntactic sugar for doing xmlhttprequests. to use this library, you therefore need to be familiar with twitter's own api. ...
...t for what we learned from it and the blog post announcing the first sdk release for what we're up to next! jetpack's twitter library, jetpack.lib.twitter, is a very simple, lightweight layer on top of twitter's rest api. in fact it's hardly more than syntactic sugar for doing xmlhttprequests. to use this library, you therefore need to be familiar with twitter's own api. ...
...the blog post announcing the first sdk release for what we're up to next! jetpack's twitter library, jetpack.lib.twitter, is a very simple, lightweight layer on top of twitter's rest api. in fact it's hardly more than syntactic sugar for doing xmlhttprequests. to use this library, you therefore need to be familiar with twitter's own api. (it's easy!) methods each method in twitter's api maps to a method here. for example, the twitter method for tweeting, statuses/update, maps to jetpack.lib.twitter.statuses.update(). to call trends/current, use jetpack.lib.twitter.trends.current(). for search, jetpack.lib.twitter.search(). replace slashes with dots. most of twitter's methods are supported, but not all. list methods, spam reporting methods, and oauth are not currently supported. if something i...
...And 5 more matches

Space Manager High Level Design - Archive of obsolete content
anager also play an important part in the management of he available and used space. the primary classes that interact with the space manager are: nsblockreflowstate nsblockframe nsboxtoblockadaptor the general interaction model is to create a space manager for a block frame in the context of a reflow, and to associate it with the blockreflowstate so it is passed down to child frames' reflow methods. after reflow, the space manager is destroyed. during reflow, the space manager stores the space taken up by floats (updatespacemanager in nsblockframe) and provides information about the space available for other elements (getavailablespace in nsblockreflowstate). additionally, there is a need to manage impacts to lines caused by changes to floated elements. this is referred to as propagation o...
...ferred to as propagation of float damage and is handled by the block frame, making use of the space manager. when a float is incrementally reflowed, the space manager is notified if the float's region has changed. if so, the vertical space that has been affected (including both the float's old region and the float's new region) is noted in the internal nsintervalset as potential float damage (the method is includeindamage). during the incremental reflow of dirty lines the block frame may encounter lines that are not dirty. in this case the space manager is also asked if there is any float damage, and if there is then the block further checks to see if that damage intersects the area of the non-dirty line, marking it dirty if there is intersection. thus, changes to floats on other lines may cause...
...: a specialization of nsbanddata that is used by nsblockreflowstate to determine the available space, float impacts, and where floats are cleared. essentially a css-specific wrapper for generic nsbanddata. bandrect: keeps the bounds of a band, along with the frames associated with the band. bandrects are a linked list (provided by prcliststr super-class) and also provide some geometry-management methods (splitvertically, splithorizontally) and some methods that query or manipulate the frames associated with the band (isoccupiedby, addframe, removeframe). bandlist: a subclass of bandrect that provides a list interface - head(), tail(), isempty(), etc. frameinfo: a structure that keeps information about the rectangle associated with a specific frame, in a linked list. nsbandtrapezoid: represen...
...And 5 more matches

Binding Implementations - Archive of obsolete content
introduction bindings can define methods and properties on a bound element using the implementation tag. a binding implementation provides a new set of methods and properties that can be invoked directly from the bound element. the methods and properties of an implementation can be defined declaratively using method and property tags in xml, or an external implementation (e.g., a binary implementation) can be specified using the src attribute. when the src attribute is specified, any children of the implementation element are ignored. methods methods are defined using the method element. the name given on the tag using the name attribute is the name that can be used to invoke the method on the element. ...
...d and property tags in xml, or an external implementation (e.g., a binary implementation) can be specified using the src attribute. when the src attribute is specified, any children of the implementation element are ignored. methods methods are defined using the method element. the name given on the tag using the name attribute is the name that can be used to invoke the method on the element. a method with parameters specifies those parameters and their names with parameter elements declared underneath the method element. the implementation of the method is contained inside a body element. the parameters specified are bound to their names in the method body. <method name="scrolltoindex"> <parameter name="index"/> <body> <![cdata[ if (index < 0) return; ... ]]>...
...there are two basic types of properties. the first type of property is a raw value that is set directly on the element itself. ...
...And 5 more matches

editor - Archive of obsolete content
to specify the document to load in the editor use the src attribute. ...
...to create an editor document. mozilla provides two types of editors, the html editor and the plaintext editor. the editor does not provide any editing user interface; you would supply that yourself. however, text editing, image resizing, and table row and cell editing capabilities are provided. if you do not set the editortype attribute on an editor, you must enable editing using the makeeditable method. to specify the document to load in the editor use the src attribute. however, an issue is that if you specify the src attribute initially on the editor tag in the xul file, the document does not become editable by default. to enable editing on an editor, do either of the following: set the src attribute on the editor after the outer window has loaded, for example, in the onload handler. you ...
... xul file, the document does not become editable by default. to enable editing on an editor, do either of the following: set the src attribute on the editor after the outer window has loaded, for example, in the onload handler. you might also set the src attribute based on what the user selects from a file dialog. in this case, set the editortype attribute on the editor. call the makeeditable method to make the document loaded in the editor editable. enable the design mode of the document loaded in the editor. to edit a new document, set the src attribute to about:blank. to access most of the functionality of the editor, your application must be part of an extension or part of the chrome. xul applications loaded via a url from a web server will not be able to access most of the features ...
...And 5 more matches

panel - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home [ examples | attributes | properties | methods | related ] a panel is a used as a temporary floating popup window that may contain any type of content. it does not have any window decorations. when open, it floats above the window and may extend outside the border of the main window. typically, it will be attached to a button using the button's type attribute so that when the button is pressed, the panel will be displayed. a panel may also be opened via a script using the openpopup method. the panel is closed when the user clicks outside the panel, presses escape or when the panel's hidepopup method is called. warning: for firefox versions between 3.6 and 4.0, placing an iframe, browser or editor inside a panel is not supported. some features may work, but on...
...st to avoid child frames in a panel, if possible. this limitation was resolved as of firefox 4.0. attributes backdrag, close, consumeoutsideclicks, fade, flip, ignorekeys, label, left, level, noautofocus, noautohide, norestorefocus, onpopuphidden, onpopuphiding, onpopupshowing, onpopupshown, position, titlebar, top, type properties accessibletype, label, popupboxobject, popup, state methods hidepopup, moveto, openpopup, openpopupatscreen, sizeto examples the following example shows how a panel may be attached to a label. <panel id="thepanel"> <hbox align="start"> <image src="warning.png"/> <vbox> <description value="you have 6 new messages."/> <hbox> <button label="read mail"/> <button label="new message"/> </hbox> </vbox> </hb...
...would not extend to the left of the anchor. ignorekeys type: boolean if false, the default value, the escape key may be used to close the panel. if true, the escape key cannot be used to close the panel. label type: string for panels with titlebars, the label on the titlebar. left type: integer overrides the horizontal position of the popup specified by the showpopup method. level type: one of the values below specifies whether the panel appears on top of all windows, or just on top of the window the panel is in. if this attribute is not set, the popup window level depends on the platform. on linux, the default value is top, otherwise, the default value is parent. if a panel has one or more text fields, this attribute should not be set, otherwise ime or on-...
...And 5 more matches

richlistbox - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home [ examples | attributes | properties | methods | related ] this element is used to create a list of listitems (richlistitems), similar to a listbox, but is designed to be used when the items do not contain simple text content. note: in versions of firefox prior to firefox 3, rich list boxes support only single selection. firefox 3 introduced multiple selection to rich list boxes. ...
...e selection. firefox 3 introduced multiple selection to rich list boxes. ...
...ng values: cell individual cells can be selected text rows are selected; however, the selection highlight appears only over the text of the primary column. for richlistbox, this is new in firefox 3.5. suppressonselect type: boolean if this attribute is not specified, a select event is fired whenever an item is selected, either by the user or by calling one of the select methods. if set to true, the select event is never fired. tabindex type: integer the tab order of the element. the tab order is the order in which the focus is moved when the user presses the "tab" key. elements with a higher tabindex are later in the tab sequence. value type: string the string attribute allows you to associate a data value with an element. it is not used for any speci...
...And 5 more matches

wizard - Archive of obsolete content
it is used for a window with several steps contained on several pages. this element provides the header and buttons along the bottom, and also handles navigation between the pages. each page should be constructed using a wizardpage. the pages are displayed in the order that they are placed in the wizard, unless you use the next and pageid attributes on the pages to change the sequence. the wizard will rendered in a manner suitable for the user's selected theme and platform. ...
...ed theme and platform. in newer versions of mozilla, a statusbar may be placed directly inside the wizard element which will be shared among all pages. more information is available in the xul tutorial. ...
...go back to the beginning. this property is different than pageindex, because pages are not necessarily navigated in order. title type: string the title that appears at the top of the wizard. this is overridden by the label attribute on the individual pages. wizardpages type: dom nodelist of wizardpage elements this property holds the list of wizardpage elements in the wizard. ...
...And 5 more matches

Using workers in extensions - Archive of obsolete content
w workers and main thread code can pass data back and forth. the worker the worker thread's job in this example is to issue the xmlhttprequest calls that fetch the updated stock information. that's all it does. every 10 minutes, it calls xmlhttprequest, and, when the results are received, sends an event back to the main thread with the received data. so we need to move the refreshinformation() method from the stockwatcher2.js file into a separate file that will host the worker thread. that file, ticker_worker.js, is shown here: var symbol = ""; function refreshinformation() { if (!symbol) { throw "no symbol set!"; } var fullurl = "http://quote.yahoo.com/d/quotes.csv?f=sl1d1t1c1ohgv&e=.csv&s=" + symbol; function inforeceived() { var output = httprequest.responsetext; ...
...nutes. then it sets the worker's onmessage event handler to a function which looks at the event passed into it, and does one of two things: if there is a data field on the event, the stock symbol being tracked is set to the upper case version of that value. this is used to initialize the worker, and to change which stock is being monitored. ...
...of that value. this is used to initialize the worker, and to change which stock is being monitored. if there is no data field, the refreshinformation() method is called to fetch the latest information about the stock and pass it back to the main thread. this provides a way for the main thread to specifically request that the worker update the stock information at once. the refreshinformation() method is fairly similar to the previous versions, with two notable exceptions: if the ticker symbol has not been set yet, an exception is thrown (lines 4-6). when the result is received from xmlhttprequest, instead of immediately updating the displayed information in the status bar, a message is sent to the main thread using the worker's postmessage() method. this is because only the main thread is...
...And 5 more matches

Processing XML with E4X - Archive of obsolete content
s to make comparisons of retrieved attributes with other strings, it is necessary to convert the attribute first, even though the attribute may be converted to a string when used in other contexts (such as insertion into a textbox). if (languages.@type.tostring() === 'agile') { ... } or, simply: if (languages.@type == 'agile') { ... } working with xml objects xml objects provide a number of methods for inspecting and updating their contents. they support javascript's regular dot and [] notation, but instead of accessing object properties e4x overloads these operators to access the element's children: var person = <person> <name>bob smith</name> <likes> <os>linux</os> <browser>firefox</browser> <language>javascript</language> <language>python</language> </likes> </per...
...s something with more than one matching element, you get back an xmllist: alert(person.likes.language.length()); // 2 as with the dom, * can be used to access all child nodes: alert(person.likes.*.length()); // 4 while the . operator accesses direct children of the given node, the .. ...
... all child nodes: alert(person.likes.*.length()); // 4 while the . operator accesses direct children of the given node, the .. operator accesses all children no matter how deeply nested: alert(person..*.length()); // 11 the length() method here returns 11 because both elements and text nodes are included in the resulting xmllist. ...
...And 5 more matches

Writing JavaScript for XHTML - Archive of obsolete content
correctly in both application/xhtml+xml and text/html environments are sometimes known as 'polyglot' documents.) to test the following examples locally, use firefox's extension switch. just write an ordinary (x)html file and save it once as test.html and once as test.xhtml. problem: nothing works after switching the mime type suddenly no inline script works anymore. even the plain old alert() method is gone. the code looks something like this: <script type="text/javascript"> //<!-- window.alert("hello world!"); //--> </script> solution: the cdata trick this problem usually arises, when inline scripts are included in comments. this was common practice in html, to hide the scripts from browsers not capable of js. in the age of xml comments are what they were intended: comments. b...
.../xhtml+xml and text/html (at least as far as xhtml 1.* and html 4; html5 addresses many of these problems). problem: names in xhtml and html are represented in different cases scripts that used getelementsbytagname() with an upper case html name no longer work, and attributes like nodename or tagname return upper case in html and lower case in xhtml. solution: use or convert to lower case for methods like getelementsbytagname(), passing the name in lower case will work in both html and xhtml. for name comparisons, first convert to lower case before doing the comparison (e.g., "el.nodename.tolowercase() === 'html'"). this will ensure that documents in html will compare correctly and will do no harm in xhtml where the names are already lower case. problem: my cookie isn't saved! we found out...
...firefox 2 there was a new feature enabled, the html 5 storage object. although this feature is not free of critics, you can use it to bypass the non-existing cookie, if your document is of type xml. again, you will have to write your own wrapper to respect any given combination of mime type and browser. problem: i can't use document.write() this problem has the same cause as the one above. ...
...And 5 more matches

RDF in Mozilla FAQ - Archive of obsolete content
how to write a datasource, refer to the rdf datasource how-to. how does mozilla manage datasources? the rdf service manages a table of all loaded datasources. the table is keyed by the datasource's "uri", which is either the url of an rdf/xml file, or a "special" uri starting with rdf: that refers to a built-in datasource. datasources may be loaded via the rdf service using the getdatasource() method. if the uri argument refers to an rdf/xml file's url, then the rdf service will create an rdf/xml datasource and asynchronously parse it. the datasource will remain "cached" until the last reference to the datasource is released. if the uri argument refers to a built-in datasource, the rdf service will use the xpcom component manager to load a component whose contractid is constructed using the ...
...fix@mozilla.org/rdf/datasource;1?name=</code>. for example, rdf:foo would load: @mozilla.org/rdf/datasource;1?name=foo as with rdf/xml datasources, a datasource that is retrieved this way is "cached" by the rdf service until the last reference is dropped. how do i create a datasource from an rdf/xml file? you can either create an rdf/xml datasource using the rdf service's getdatasource() method: // get the rdf service var rdf = components .classes["@mozilla.org/rdf/rdf-service;1"] .getservice(components.interfaces.nsirdfservice); // ...and from it, get the datasource. make sure that your web server // dishes it up as text/xml (recommended) or text/rdf! var ds = rdf.getdatasource("http://www.mozilla.org/some-rdf-file.rdf"); // note that ds will load asynchronously, so assertions w...
...emote.refresh(false); // note that ds will load asynchronously, so assertions will not // be immediately available you may decide that you need to "manually" create an rdf/xml datasource if you want to force it to load synchronously. how do i reload an rdf/xml datasource? you can force an rdf/xml datasource (or any datasource that supports nsirdfremotedatasource) to reload using the refresh() method of nsirdfremotedatasource. refresh() takes a single parameter that indicates whether you'd like it to perform its operation synchronously ("blocking") or asynchrounously ("non-blocking"). you should never do a synchronous load unless you really know what you're doing: this will freeze the ui until the load completes! how can i tell if an rdf/xml datasource has loaded? using the nsirdfremotedata...
...And 5 more matches

2D maze game with device orientation - Game development
basic content in the <head> section: charset, title, css styling and the inclusion of the javascript files. the <body> contains initialization of the phaser framework and the definitions of the game states. var game = new phaser.game(320, 480, phaser.canvas, 'game'); the line above will initialize the phaser instance — the arguments are the width of the canvas, height of the canvas, rendering method (we're using canvas, but there are also webgl and auto options available) and the optional id of the dom container we want to put the canvas in. if there's nothing specified in that last argument or the element is not found, the canvas will be added to the <body> tag. without the framework, to add the canvas element to the page, you would have to write something like this inside the <body> tag: ...
... the canvas in. if there's nothing specified in that last argument or the element is not found, the canvas will be added to the <body> tag. without the framework, to add the canvas element to the page, you would have to write something like this inside the <body> tag: <canvas id='game' width='320' height='480'></canvas> the important thing to remember is that the framework is setting up helpful methods to speed up a lot of things like image manipulation or assets management, which would be a lot harder to do manually. note: you can read the building monster wants candy article for the in-depth introduction to the basic phaser-specific functions and methods. back to game states: the line below is adding a new state called boot to the game: game.state.add('boot', ball.boot); the first valu...
...let's see what the states are actually. ...
...And 5 more matches

Introduction to web APIs - Learn web development
examples include jquery, mootools and react. javascript frameworks — the next step up from libraries, javascript frameworks (e.g. angular and ember) tend to be packages of html, css, javascript, and other technologies that you install and then use to write an entire web application from scratch. the key difference between a library and a framework is “inversion of control”. when calling a method from a library, the developer is in control. with a framework, the control is inverted: the framework calls the developer's code. what can apis do? there are a huge number of apis available in modern browsers that allow you to do a wide variety of things in your code. you can see this by taking a look at the mdn apis index page. common browser apis in particular, the most common categories o...
...o apis work? different javascript apis work in slightly different ways, but generally, they have common features and similar themes to how they work. they are based on objects your code interacts with apis using one or more javascript objects, which serve as containers for the data the api uses (contained in object properties), and the functionality the api makes available (contained in object methods). note: if you are not already familiar with how objects work, you should go back and work through our javascript objects module before continuing. let's return to the example of the web audio api — this is a fairly complex api, which consists of a number of objects. the most obvious ones are: audiocontext, which represents an audio graph that can be used to manipulate audio playing ins...
...miliar with how objects work, you should go back and work through our javascript objects module before continuing. let's return to the example of the web audio api — this is a fairly complex api, which consists of a number of objects. the most obvious ones are: audiocontext, which represents an audio graph that can be used to manipulate audio playing inside the browser, and has a number of methods and properties available to manipulate that audio. mediaelementaudiosourcenode, which represents an <audio> element containing sound you want to play and manipulate inside the audio context. audiodestinationnode, which represents the destination of the audio, i.e. the device on your computer that will actually output it — usually your speakers or headphones. so how do these objects interac...
...And 5 more matches

Arrays - Learn web development
code is saying: start looping at item number 0 in the array. stop looping at the item number equal to the length of the array. this works for an array of any length, but in this case it stops looping at item number 7 (this is good, as the last item — which we want the loop to include — is item 6). for each item, print it out to the browser console with console.log(). some useful array methods in this section we'll look at some rather useful array-related methods that allow us to split strings into array items and vice versa, and add new items into arrays. converting between strings and arrays often you'll be presented with some raw data contained in a big long string, and you might want to separate the useful items out into a more useful form and then do things to them, like displ...
... let's play with this, to see how it works. ...
... let's play with this, to see how it works. ...
...And 5 more matches

Using Vue computed properties - Learn web development
prerequisites: familiarity with the core html, css, and javascript languages, knowledge of the terminal/command line. ...
...s.filter(item => item.done).length}} out of {{todoitems.length}} items completed</h2> it would be recalculated on every render. for a small app like this, that probably doesn't matter too much. for bigger apps, or when the expression is more complicated, that could cause a serious performance problem. a better solution is to use vue’s computed properties. computed properties work similarly to methods, but only re-run when one of their dependencies changes. in our case, this would only re-run when the todoitems array changes. to create a computed property, we need to add a computed property to our component object, much like the methods property we've used previously. adding a summary counter add the following code to your app component object, below the methods property. the list summary ...
...s, but only re-run when one of their dependencies changes. in our case, this would only re-run when the todoitems array changes. to create a computed property, we need to add a computed property to our component object, much like the methods property we've used previously. adding a summary counter add the following code to your app component object, below the methods property. the list summary method will get the number of finished todoitems, and return a string reporting this. computed: { listsummary() { const numberfinisheditems = this.todoitems.filter(item =>item.done).length return `${numberfinisheditems} out of ${this.todoitems.length} items completed` } } now we can add {{listsummary}} directly to our template; we'll add this inside an <h2> element, just above our <ul>. we...
...And 5 more matches

Error codes returned by Mozilla APIs
ript. these constants can be accessed through components.results. for example, by using components.results.ns_error_not_initialized general errors the following errors are general and can occur when using any component. ns_error_not_initialized (0xc1f30001) an attempt was made to use a component or object which has not yet been initialized. these components usually provide an initialization method, often called init, which must be called before other methods are used. ns_error_already_initialized (0xc1f30002) an attempt is made to initialize a component or object again which has already been initialized. ns_error_not_implemented (0x80004001) this error is caused by methods which are not implemented. this could occur because the implementation has not yet been written, or because the co...
...not apply. ns_error_unexpected (0x8000ffff) an operation did not complete due to a condition which was not expected. this error occurred rather than continuing. ns_error_out_of_memory (0x8007000e) this error occurs when there is not enough memory available to carry out an operation, or an error occurred trying to allocate memory. ns_error_illegal_value (0x80070057) an argument supplied to a method was not valid, for instance a null value was supplied as an argument which does not allow null values, or a value was out of range. ns_error_no_aggregation (0x80040110) ns_error_not_available (0x80040111) an operation could not be completed because some other necessary component or resource was not available. ns_error_factory_not_registered (0x80040154) returned when a service could not b...
...iles. while these errors can occur when using the file apis, they can also occur with other components that use files. ns_error_file_unrecognized_path (0x80520001) this error occurs when an attempt is made to set a path that isn't valid for the platform. for example, if a character in the path is not valid for a filename. in addition, this error may occur when a relative path is supplied to a method that expects an absolute path and vice versa. ns_error_file_unresolvable_symlink (0x80520002) an attempt was made to access a symbolic link to a file or directory which does not exist. ns_error_file_execution_failed (0x80520003) an attempt to launch or execute a file failed because the file is not executable. nsifile.isexecutable() may be used to check if a file is executable. ns_error_file_...
...And 5 more matches

PromiseWorker.jsm
thread file. the following sections tell you which content to use in your worker and main thread files, in order to use promiseworker objects. worker file there is some standard templating that must be dropped into the worker file by the developer. the require.js file must be imported with workerglobalscope/importscripts(). next, the promiseworker.js file should be brought in with the require() method. ...
...e brought in with the require() method. finally, the template code should be added in. the code below is what should be copied and pasted: importscripts('resource://gre/modules/workers/require.js'); let promiseworker = require('resource://gre/modules/workers/promiseworker.js'); // instantiate abstractworker (see below). ...
...ly, the template code should be added in. the code below is what should be copied and pasted: importscripts('resource://gre/modules/workers/require.js'); let promiseworker = require('resource://gre/modules/workers/promiseworker.js'); // instantiate abstractworker (see below). let worker = new promiseworker.abstractworker() worker.dispatch = function(method, args = []) { // dispatch a call to method `method` with args `args` return self[method](...args); }; worker.postmessage = function(...args) { // post a message to the main thread self.postmessage(...args); }; worker.close = function() { // close the worker self.close(); }; worker.log = function(...args) { // log (or discard) messages (optional) dump('worker: ' + args.join(' ') + '\n'); }; // connect it to message port. sel...
...And 5 more matches

XPCOMUtils.jsm
the xpcomutils.jsm javascript code module offers utility routines for javascript components loaded by the javascript component loader. to use this, you first need to import the code module into your javascript scope: components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/xpcomutils.jsm"); using xpcomutils exposing a javascript class as a component using these utility methods requires four key steps: import xpcomutils.jsm, as explained previously. declare the class (or multiple classes) implementing the component(s). create an array of component constructors. define the nsgetfactory() or nsgetmodule() entry point. pseudocode this section provides some pseudocode that demonstrates how to put together a javascript class based on the steps listed above. constructor the constructor i...
...t xpcomutils.jsm, as explained previously. declare the class (or multiple classes) implementing the component(s). create an array of component constructors. define the nsgetfactory() or nsgetmodule() entry point. pseudocode this section provides some pseudocode that demonstrates how to put together a javascript class based on the steps listed above. constructor the constructor is a simple method that handles any required initialization tasks. function mycomponent() { // initialize the component here } class declaration declare the class prototype, using a form similar to this. mycomponent.prototype = { // properties required for xpcom registration: classdescription: "unique text description", classid: components.id("{xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx}"), contra...
...nsiobserver, components.interfaces.nsimyinterface, "nsifoo", "nsibar"], flags: ci.nsiclassinfo.singleton}), // ...component implementation... }; note: the ability to register the component in a category only on specific applications by adding the apps field to a category entry was added in gecko 2. notice that the queryinterface() method implemented by the component simply calls the generateqi() method provided by the xpcomutils code module. create an array of component constructors you need to create an array that lists the constructors for each component. this array can of course have just one entry: var components = [mycomponent]; here, we're calling the array components. create the nsgetfactory() or nsgetmodule() entry ...
...And 5 more matches

Generic factory
in xpcom, a generic factory is a factory created using the facilities in xpcom/glue/nsigenericfactory.h. summary most xpcom factories can be very simple. rick potts wrote a templated-based generic factory (nsfactory<t>) that simplifies the factory creation process that just requires writing a createinstance() method. the new nsigenericfactory interface takes this a step further, by providing a single interface that can be reused anytime a simple implementation of nsifactory is needed. here is the interface, and a description of its use. /** * provides a generic nsifactory implementation that can be used by * dlls with very simple factory needs. */ class nsigenericfactory : public nsifactory { public: static const nsiid& iid() { static nsiid iid = ns_igenericfactory_iid; return ...
...ple factory needs. */ class nsigenericfactory : public nsifactory { public: static const nsiid& iid() { static nsiid iid = ns_igenericfactory_iid; return iid; } typedef ns_callback(constructorprocptr) (nsisupports *aouter, refnsiid aiid, void **aresult); /** * establishes the generic factory's constructor function, which will be called * by createinstance. */ ns_imethod setconstructor(constructorprocptr constructor) = 0; }; using nsigenericfactory is simple. create a new instance from the repository with a cid of ns_genericfactory_cid, and and iid of ns_igenericfactory_iid. define a constructor function that matches the constructorprocptr prototype, and call nsigenericfactory::setconstructor with a pointer to that function. you're done. you now have a fully fu...
... create a new instance from the repository with a cid of ns_genericfactory_cid, and and iid of ns_igenericfactory_iid. define a constructor function that matches the constructorprocptr prototype, and call nsigenericfactory::setconstructor with a pointer to that function. you're done. you now have a fully functional factory object. ...
...And 5 more matches

nsIAsyncInputStream
erits from: nsiinputstream last changed in gecko 1.7 if an input stream is non-blocking, it may return ns_base_stream_would_block when read. the caller must then wait for the stream to have some data to read. ...
...en the caller can use this interface to request an asynchronous notification when the stream becomes readable or closed (via the asyncwait() method). while this interface is almost exclusively used with non-blocking streams, it is not necessary that nsiinputstream.isnonblocking() return true. nor is it necessary that a non-blocking nsiinputstream implementation also implement nsiasyncinputstream. ...
...sewithstatus(in nsresult astatus); constants constant value description wait_closure_only (1<<0) if passed to asyncwait(), this flag overrides the default behavior, causing the oninputstreamready notification to be suppressed until the stream becomes closed (either as a result of closewithstatus()/close being called on the stream or possibly due to some error in the underlying stream). ...
...And 5 more matches

nsIBrowserSearchService
o 1.8 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1) implemented by: @mozilla.org/browser/search-service;1. to access this service, use: var browsersearchservice = components.classes["@mozilla.org/browser/search-service;1"] .getservice(components.interfaces.nsibrowsersearchservice); attempting to use any method or attribute of this interface before init() has completed will force the service to fall back to a slower, synchronous, initialization. this is not an issue if your code is executed in reaction to a user interaction, as initialization is complete by then, but this is an issue if your code is executed during startup. if you need to write code that is executed during startup and makes use of nsi...
... slower, synchronous, initialization. this is not an issue if your code is executed in reaction to a user interaction, as initialization is complete by then, but this is an issue if your code is executed during startup. if you need to write code that is executed during startup and makes use of nsibrowsersearchservice, you should make sure that this code is executed from the callback to init(). ...
...earchservice, you should make sure that this code is executed from the callback to init(). ...
...And 5 more matches

nsIDOMEvent
domevent.idlscriptable this interface is the primary data type for all events in the document object model. inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 16.0 (firefox 16.0 / thunderbird 16.0 / seamonkey 2.13) note: as of gecko 16.0, the nsiprivatedomevent interface was merged into this interface. everything marked as gecko 16.0 was previously available in that interface. see bug 761613. ...
... violates the xpcom interface guidelines getinternalnsevent() nseventptr getinternalnsevent(); parameters ...
...ssageptr amsg, out voidptr aiter ); parameters amsg aiter return value native code only!duplicateprivatedata void duplicateprivatedata(); parameters none. violates the xpcom interface guidelines getinternalnsevent() nseventptr getinternalnsevent(); parameters none. return value getpreventdefault() note: use the defaultprevented attribute instead. ...
...And 5 more matches

nsIEffectiveTLDService
use: var etldservice = components.classes["@mozilla.org/network/effective-tld-service;1"] .getservice(components.interfaces.nsieffectivetldservice); the name "effective tld service" is a historical one; today, the items this interface manipulates are called public suffixes, and the list of them is the public suffix list, or psl. see publicsuffix.org for more information. the methods below implement the public suffix algorithm in full, including the implicit "*" rule. therefore, if you call getpublicsuffix("a.b.c.nonexistent"), you will get back "nonexistent" - this "tld" is not in the public suffix list, but the implicit "*" rule means that it is returned. this is the right answer for e.g. cookie setting and domain highlighting, but you should check whether it's the right a...
...mail.intranet" actually a domain name? depends who you ask - for some people it is, others not. is "pretty.flowers" a domain name, according to getpublicsuffix()? depends on the age of the copy of the psl you are working with. the tld space is currently expanding at a fairly great rate, and the copy of the psl firefox has may not be totally up to date (because it's not dynamically updated data). ...
... acstring getbasedomain( in nsiuri auri, [optional] in pruint32 aadditionalparts ); parameters auri the uri to be analyzed. ...
...And 5 more matches

nsIIOService
netwerk/base/public/nsiioservice.idlscriptable this interface provides a set of url parsing utility functions. these are provided as a convenience to the programmer and in some cases to improve performance by eliminating intermediate data structures and interfaces. inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 1.2 this interface duplicates many of the nsiprotocolhandler methods in a protocol handler independent way (for example newuri() inspects the scheme in order to delegate creation of the new uri to the appropriate protocol handler). note: nsiioservice may only be used from the main thread. implemented by @mozilla.org/network/io-service;1 as a service: var ioservice = components.classes["@mozilla.org/network/io-service;1"] .getservice(components.interfa...
...pendent way (for example newuri() inspects the scheme in order to delegate creation of the new uri to the appropriate protocol handler). note: nsiioservice may only be used from the main thread. ...
...tribute type description offline boolean returns true if networking is in "offline" mode. when in offline mode, attempts to access the network will fail (although this does not necessarily correlate with whether there is actually a network available -- that's hard to detect without causing the dialer to come up). observers will be notified of changes to this attribute. methods allowport() checks if a port number is banned. this involves consulting a list of unsafe ports, corresponding to network services that may be easily exploitable. if the given port is considered unsafe, then the protocol handler (corresponding to ascheme) will be asked whether it wishes to override the io service's decision to block the port. this gives the protocol handler ultimate control ove...
...And 5 more matches

nsILoginManager
inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 1.9.2 (firefox 3.6 / thunderbird 3.1 / fennec 1.0) replaces nsipasswordmanager which was used in older versions of gecko. implemented by: @mozilla.org/login-manager;1. ...
... note: default values for the nsiloginmetainfo properties are created if the specified login doesn't explicitly specify them. void addlogin( in nsilogininfo alogin ); parameters alogin the login to store. exceptions thrown an exception is thrown if the login information is already stored in the login manager. to change a logi...
...d if the specified login doesn't explicitly specify them. void addlogin( in nsilogininfo alogin ); parameters alogin the login to store. exceptions thrown an exception is thrown if the login information is already stored in the login manager. to change a login, you have to use modifylogin(). autocompletesearch() generates results for a user field autocomplete menu. note: this method is provided for use only by the formfillcontroller, which calls it directly. it should not be used for any other purpose. nsiautocompleteresult autocompletesearch( in astring asearchstring, in nsiautocompleteresult apreviousresult, in nsidomhtmlinputelement aelement ); parameters asearchstring missing description apreviousresult missing description aelement missing description ...
...And 5 more matches

nsIMicrosummaryService
toolkit/components/places/public/nsimicrosummaryservice.idlscriptable this interface provides methods for managing installed microsummaries, and the bookmarks they apply to. ...
...s from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 1.9 (firefox 3) warning: microsummary support was removed in gecko 6.0 (firefox 6.0 / thunderbird 6.0 / seamonkey 2.3) implemented by: @mozilla.org/microsummary/service;1 as a service: var microsummaryservice = components.classes["@mozilla.org/microsummary/service;1"] .getservice(components.interfaces.nsimicrosummaryservice); method overview void addgenerator(in nsiuri generatoruri); nsimicrosummary createmicrosummary(in nsiuri pageuri, in nsiuri generatoruri); nsisimpleenumerator getbookmarks(); nsimicrosummarygenerator getgenerator(in nsiuri generatoruri); nsimicrosummaryset getmicrosummaries(in nsiuri pageuri, in long long bookmarkid); nsimicrosummary getmicrosummary...
...callable by content via nsisidebar.addmicrosummarygenerator(). void addgenerator( in nsiuri generatoruri ); parameters generatoruri the uri of the resource providing the generator. createmicrosummary() create a microsummary for a given page uri and generator uri. nsimicrosummary createmicrosumma...
...And 5 more matches

nsINavHistoryResultObserver
ates itself according to bookmark and history system events. 1.0 66 introduced gecko 2.0 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 11.0 (firefox 11.0 / thunderbird 11.0 / seamonkey 2.8) note: in gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1), this interface replaced the older nsinavhistoryresultviewer interface, which only allowed one client at a time. ...
...richanged(in nsinavhistoryresultnode anode, in autf8string anewuri); void sortingchanged(in unsigned short sortingmode); attributes attribute type description result nsinavhistoryresult the nsinavhistoryresult this observer monitors. although this attribute is read-write, you should not alter it directly; instead, call nsinavhistoryresult.addobserver() to add an observer to a result. methods batching() lets the observer know when a batch operation in places is about to start or end. the observer can then pause updates or events until the batch is completed, so that it won't handle the large number of updates that are about to be notified. this is especially useful when updating user interfaces, to avoid flicker or continuous selection changes, which may result in performance degrada...
...mance degradation (for example, if updating a view for each update). void batching( in boolean atogglemode ); parameters atogglemode specify true to start batch mode or false to finish the batch. containerclosed() obsolete since gecko 11.0 (firefox 11.0 / thunderbird 11.0 / seamonkey 2.8) called when a container node's state changes from opened to closed. note: this method was deprecated in gecko 2.0 and removed in gecko 11.0 (firefox 11.0 / thunderbird 11.0 / seamonkey 2.8). implement the containerstatechanged() method instead. void containerclosed( in nsinavhistorycontainerresultnode acontainernode ); parameters acontainernode the container node which was closed. containeropened() obsolete since gecko 11.0 (firefox 11.0 / thunderbird 11.0...
...And 5 more matches

nsIScriptableIO
object can be used in an extension or chrome code by referring to the global io object. ...
...files are located by starting at a known directory, specified using a location key string. for example, if the location key is sp...
... nsisupports newoutputstream(in nsivariant abase, in astring amode, [optional] in astring acharset, [optional] in astring areplacechar, [optional] in unsigned long abuffersize, [optional] in unsigned long apermissions); nsiuri newuri(in nsivariant auri); methods getfile() retrieves a reference to a file or directory on disk. the file does not have to exist already; this method simply creates the file reference which may then be passed to the newinputstream() or newoutputstream() method to open the file for reading or writing. files are located by starting at a known directory, specified using a location key string. for example, if the location key is specified as "desk" and the file name is specified as "foo.txt", the file reference generated will refer to a file named...
...And 5 more matches

nsIXPCScriptable
note: this is not really an xpcom interface. for example, callers must guarantee that they set the *_retval of the various methods that return a boolean to pr_true before making the call. implementations may skip writing to *_retval unless they want to return pr_false. js/src/xpconnect/idl/nsixpcscriptable.idlnot scriptable please add a summary to this article. ...
...ntee that they set the *_retval of the various methods that return a boolean to pr_true before making the call. implementations may skip writing to *_retval unless they want to return pr_false. js/src/xpconnect/idl/nsixpcscriptable.idlnot scriptable please add a summary to this article. ...
...(define below) that indicate the behavior of this object. constants constant value description want_precreate 1 << 0 want_create 1 << 1 want_postcreate 1 << 2 want_addproperty 1 << 3 want_delproperty 1 << 4 want_getproperty 1 << 5 want_setproperty 1 << 6 want_enumerate 1 << 7 want_newenumerate 1 << 8 indicates that the object wants to have its newenumerate method called. want_newresolve 1 << 9 indicates that the object wants to have its newresolve method called. want_convert 1 << 10 want_finalize 1 << 11 want_checkaccess 1 << 12 want_call 1 << 13 want_construct 1 << 14 want_hasinstance 1 << 15 want_trace 1 << 16 use_jsstub_for_addproperty 1 << 17 use_jsstub_for_delproperty 1 << 18 use_jsstub_for_setproperty 1 << 19...
...And 5 more matches

Web Console remoting - Firefox Developer Tools
tivity", "fileactivity"] the web console actor does not start any listeners by default. the client has the option to start each listener when needed. this approach allows for lower resource usage on the server - this is a potential issue if the server runs on devices with fewer resources. the onattachconsole callback receives a new instance of the webconsoleclient object. this object provides methods that abstract away protocol packets, things like startlisteners(), stoplisteners(), etc. protocol packets look as follows: { "to": "root", "type": "listtabs" } { "from": "root", "consoleactor": "conn0.console9", "selected": 2, "tabs": [ { "actor": "conn0.tab2", "consoleactor": "conn0.console7", "title": "", "url": "https://tbpl.mozilla.org/?tree=fx-team"...
...native or not for the top level window object for the given tab - this is always true when navigation starts. when navigation stops the following packet is sent: { "from": tabactor, "type": "tabnavigated", "state": "stop", "url": newurl, "title": newtitle, "nativeconsoleapi": true|false } getcachedmessages(types, onresponse) the webconsoleclient.getcachedmessages(types, onresponse) method sends the following packet to the server: { "to": "conn0.console9", "type": "getcachedmessages", "messagetypes": [ "pageerror", "consoleapi" ] } the getcachedmessages packet allows one to retrieve the cached messages from before the web console was open. you can only get cached messages for page errors and console api calls. the reply looks like this: { "messages": [ ... ], ...
...his notification is sent only when your client is attached to the global console actor, it does not make sense for tab console actors. this notification has been introduced in firefox 24. ...
...And 5 more matches

AudioWorkletProcessor.process - Web APIs
in other words, every time a new block of audio is ready for your processor to manipulate, your process() function is invoked to do so. important: currently, audio data blocks are always 128 frames long—that is, they contain 128 32-bit floating-point samples for each of the inputs' channels. ...
...ons). if there is no active node connected to the n-th input of the node, inputs[n] will be an empty array (zero input channels available). the number of channels in each input may vary, depending on channelcount and channelcountmode properties. outputs an array of outputs that is similar to the inputs parameter in structure. it is intended to be filled during the execution of the process() method. each of the output channels is filled with zeros by default — the processor will output silence unless the output arrays are modified. parameters an object containing string keys and float32array values. for each custom audioparam defined using the parameterdescriptors getter, the key in the object is a name of that audioparam, and the value is a float32array. the values of the array are c...
... called again. returning true forces the web audio api to keep the node alive, while returning false allows the browser to terminate the node if it is neither generating new audio data nor receiving data through its inputs that it is processing. the 3 most common types of audio node are: a source of output. ...
...And 5 more matches

The HTML DOM API - Web APIs
le object within the document (such as an element or text node). nodes may be strictly organizational, providing a means for grouping other nodes together or for providing a point at which a hierarchy can be constructed; other nodes may represent visible components of a document. each node is based on the node interface, which provides properties for getting information about the node as well as methods for creating, deleting, and organizing nodes within the dom. nodes don't have any concept of including the content that is actually displayed in the document. they're empty vessels. the fundamental notion of a node that can represent visual content is introduced by the element interface. an element object instance represents a single element in a document created using either html or an xml voc...
...eric, however, providing only the functionality common to all html elements such as the element's id, its coordinates, the html making up the element, information about scroll position, and so forth. in order to expand upon the functionality of the core htmlelement interface to provide the features needed by a specific element, the htmlelement class is subclassed to add the needed properties and methods. for example, the <canvas> element is represented by an object of type htmlcanvaselement. htmlcanvaselement augments the htmlelement type by adding properties such as height and methods like getcontext() to provide canvas-specific features. the overall inheritance for html element classes looks like this: as such, an element inherits the properties and methods of all of its ancestors. for ex...
... each level defines a key aspect of the utility of the element. from node, the element inherits concepts surrounding the ability for the element to be contained by another element, and to contain other elements itself. ...
...And 5 more matches

IDBObjectStoreSync - Web APIs
important: the synchronous version of the indexeddb api was originally intended for use only with web workers, and was eventually removed from the spec because its need was questionable. it may however be reintroduced in the future if there is enough demand from web developers. the idbobjectstoresync interface of the indexeddb api provides synchronous access to an object store of a database. ...
...ore. constants mode constants constant value description read_only 1 modification operations are not allowed on this object store. read_write 0 modification operations are allowed on this object store. snapshot_read 2 any read operations must access a snapshot view of the data, which cannot change once it is created. methods add() stores the given value into this object store, optionally with the specified key. if a record already exists with the given key, an exception is raised. any add( in any value, in optional any key ) raises (idbdatabaseexception); parameters returns exceptions this method can raise a idbdatabaseexception with the following codes: value the value to store into the index. key ...
...ed. returns idbindexsync an object to access the newly created index. get() retrieves and returns the value from this object store for the record that corresponds to the given key. any get ( in any key ) raises (idbdatabaseexception); parameters key the key that identifies the record to be retrieved. returns any the value retrieved from the object store. exceptions this method can raise a idbdatabaseexception with the following codes: serial_err if the data being stored could not be deserialized by the internal structured cloning algorithm. not_found_err if no record exists in this index for the given key. opencursor() creates a cursor over the records of this object store. the range of the new cursor matches the specified key range; if the key range is not sp...
...And 5 more matches

Using IndexedDB - Web APIs
n work both online and offline. about this document this tutorial walks you through using the asynchronous api of indexeddb. if you are not familiar with indexeddb, you should first read basic concepts about indexeddb. for the reference documentation on the indexeddb api, see the indexeddb article and its subpages. this article documents the types of objects used by indexeddb, as well as the methods of the asynchronous api (the synchronous api was removed from spec). basic pattern the basic pattern that indexeddb encourages is the following: open a database. create an object store in the database. start a transaction and make a request to do some database operation, like adding or retrieving data. wait for the operation to complete by listening to the right kind of dom event. ...
...abase or start the transaction right away. the call to the open() function returns an idbopendbrequest object with a result (success) or error value that you handle as an event. most other asynchronous functions in indexeddb do the same thing - return an idbrequest object with the result or error. the result for the open function is an instance of an idbdatabase. the second parameter to the open method is the version of the database. the version of the database determines the database schema — the object stores in the database and their structure. if the database doesn't already exist, it is created by the open operation, then an onupgradeneeded event is triggered and you create the database schema in the handler for this event. if the database does exist but you are specifying an upgraded ve...
...write").objectstore("customers"); customerdata.foreach(function(customer) { customerobjectstore.add(customer); }); }; }; as indicated previously, onupgradeneeded is the only place where you can alter the structure of the database. in it, you can create and delete object stores and build and remove indices. object stores are created with a single call to createobjectstore(). the method takes a name of the store, and a parameter object. even though the parameter object is optional, it is very important, because it lets you define important optional properties and refine the type of object store you want to create. in our case, we've asked for an object store named "customers" and defined a keypath, which is the property that makes an individual object in the store unique. that p...
...And 5 more matches

Using writable streams - Web APIs
required, and creates a model in javascript of the underlying sink the data is being written to. the second object is optional, and allows you to specify a custom queueing strategy to use for your stream, which takes the form of an instance of bytelengthqueuingstrategy or countqueuingstrategy. the first object can contain up to four members, all of which are optional: start(controller) — a method that is called once, immediately after the writablestream is constructed. inside this method, you should include code that sets up the stream functionality, e.g. getting access to the underlying sink. write(chunk,controller) — a method that is called repeatedly every time a new chunk is ready to be written to the underlying sink (specified in the chunk parameter). close(controller) — a meth...
...k,controller) — a method that is called repeatedly every time a new chunk is ready to be written to the underlying sink (specified in the chunk parameter). close(controller) — a method that is called if the app signals that it has finished writing chunks to the stream. it should do whatever is necessary to finalize writes to the underlying sink, and release access to it. abort(reason) — a method that will be called if the app signals that it wishes to abruptly close the stream and put it in an errored state. the constructor call in our example looks like this: const decoder = new textdecoder("utf-8"); const queuingstrategy = new countqueuingstrategy({ highwatermark: 1 }); let result = ""; const writablestream = new writablestream({ // implement the sink write(chunk) { return n...
...'); listitem.textcontent = "chunk decoded: " + decoded; list.appendchild(listitem); result += decoded; resolve(); }); }, close() { var listitem = document.createelement('li'); listitem.textcontent = "[message received] " + result; list.appendchild(listitem); }, abort(err) { console.log("sink error:", err); } }, queuingstrategy); the write() method contains a promise including code that decodes each written chunk into a format that can be written to the ui. this is called when each chunk is actually written (see the next section). the close() method is called automatically when writing has finished — it prints the entire decoded result to the ui in one string. the abort() method simply prints an error to the console if the stream is abo...
...And 5 more matches

Establishing a connection: The WebRTC perfect negotiation pattern - Web APIs
. handling incoming ice candidates next, we need to handle the rtcpeerconnection event icecandidate, which is how the local ice layer passes candidates to us for delivery to the remote peer over the signaling channel. pc.onicecandidate = ({candidate}) => signaler.send({candidate}); this simply takes the candidate member of this ice event and passes it through to the signaling channel's send() method to be sent over the signaling server to the remote peer. handling incoming messages on the signaling channel the last piece of the puzzle is code to handle incoming messages from the signaling server. that's implemented here as an onmessage event handler on the signaling channel object. this method is invoked each time a message arrives from the signaling server. let ignoreoffer = false; sign...
... to accept the offer, we set the remote description to the incoming offer by calling setremotedescription(). this lets webrtc know what the proposed configuration of the other peer is. if we're the polite peer, we will drop our offer and accept the new one. if the newly-set remote description is an offer, we ask webrtc to select an appropriate local configuration by calling the rtcpeerconnection method setlocaldescription() without parameters. this causes setlocaldescription() to automatically generate an appropriate answer in response to the received offer. then we send the answer through the signaling channel back to the first peer. on receiving an ice candidate on the other hand, if the received message contains an ice candidate, we simply deliver it to the local ice layer by calling the r...
...ion() without parameters. this causes setlocaldescription() to automatically generate an appropriate answer in response to the received offer. then we send the answer through the signaling channel back to the first peer. on receiving an ice candidate on the other hand, if the received message contains an ice candidate, we simply deliver it to the local ice layer by calling the rtcpeerconnection method addicecandidate(). if an error occurs and we've ignored the most recent offer, we also ignore any error that may occur when trying to add the candidate. making negotiation perfect if you're curious what makes perfect negotiation so... perfect... this section is for you. here, we'll look at each change made to the webrtc api and to best practice recommendations to make perfect negotiation possib...
...And 5 more matches

Viewpoints and viewers: Simulating cameras in WebXR - Web APIs
used: when rendering animation—whether for filmmaking or for use within the context of a presentation or game—the virtual camera is used just like a real-world film camera. as much as possible, standard cinematographic techniques are used, since the viewer has likely grown up watching films using those techniques, and has subconscious expectations that a film or animation will follow those methods. deviating from them can pull the viewer out of the moment. in business applications, the 3d camera is used to simply set the apparent size and perspective when rendering things such as graphs and charts. in mapping applications, the camera may either be placed directly over the scene, or might use various angles to show perspective. for 3d gps solutions, the camera is positioned to show the a...
...te a sense of anxiety, surprise, or tension. because a zoom does not move the camera's position, the resulting effect is unnatural. the human eye doesn't have a zoom lens on it. we make things smaller or larger by moving away from or toward them. in cinematography, that's called a dolly shot. there are two techniques in 3d graphics that can create similar though not identical results, and whose methods apply more easily in different situations. zooming by adjusting field of view you can do something more akin to a true "zoom" by altering the camera's field of view (fov). the field of view is an angle defining the length of the arc on the entire viewable area surrounding the camera that should be visible at once. this is an effect of the focal length in a physical camera, so since there is no...
...ing a setting or providing a sense of scope in a vast space or on a vast object. or just for looking left and right, like simulating the player turning their head in an immersive or vr scenario. to do this, then, we need to rotate around the y axis, to simulate the left and right rotation of the camera. using the glmatrix library we've used previously, this can be performed using the rotatey() method on the mat4 class, which represents a standard 4x4 matrix. to rotate the viewpoint defined by the matrix viewmatrix by panangle radians: mat4.rotatey(viewmatrix, viewmatrix, panangle); if panangle is positive, this transform will pan the camera to the right; a negative value for panangle will pan to the left. tilting (pitching up or down) when you tilt or pitch the camera, you keep it fixed ...
...And 5 more matches

Inputs and input sources - Web APIs
h buttons or other sources of selection actions. single-button click devices. gaze tracking (following the movements of the eye to choose targets). input sources each source of webxr input data is represented by an xrinputsource object which describes the input source and its current state. the information for each input source includes which hand it's held in (if applicable), what targeting method it uses, xrspaces that can be used to draw the targeting ray and to find the targeted object or location as well as to draw objects in the user's hands, and profile strings specifying the preferred way to represent the controller in the user's viewing area as well as how the input operates. the fundamental capabilities of an input source are: targeting monitoring directional controls (either...
... to control the positioning of a shield. targeting ray mode the targeting ray mode is a string found in the targetraymode property. it describes the technique used to determine the targeting ray and how it should be shown to the user if presented visually. when the targeting ray mode is gaze, the ray's origin is at the viewer and simply aims in the direction the user is facing. this gaze input method is fairly simple, and doesn't need any special controls, as it will be based on the facing direction reported by the headset or whatever device is used to determine what direction the viewer's face is pointing in. the target ray should extend outward from between the eyes in a direction perpendicular to the viewer's face. more flexible is the tracked-pointer mode, in which the ray's origin is at...
...rom which the target ray is emitted (such as the front tip of the controller, or the end of a gun barrel if the controller is being rendered as a gun, for example), and the space's orientation vector extends outward along the path of the target ray. you can easily obtain the target ray corresponding to the targetrayspace from within the drawing handler for a given frame using xrframe's getpose() method. the returned xrpose's transform is the transform corresponding to the target ray. thus, for an input controller primaryinput: let targetraypose = frame.session.getpose(primaryinput.targetrayspace, viewerrefspace); let targetrayorigin = targetraypose.transform.position; let targetrayvector = targetraypose.transform.orientation; with this, you now have the point from whic...
...And 5 more matches

Spaces and reference spaces: Spatial tracking in WebXR - Web APIs
e is represented by an xrpose object, whose transform property is an xrrigidtransform defining the transform matrix that, applied to any coordinate, vector, or matrix in the original space, converts it to the target space. thus a pose can be used to not only convert and determine positions, but also rotational information. there is only one way to create an xrpose, and that's using the getpose() method on an animation frame as given using an xrframe object. this means that most frequently, you'll be using poses within your frame rendering code, which is executed as a callback from the xrframe method requestanimationframe(). getpose() computes the position of an xrreferencespace relative to the origin of a specified xrspace and then creates a pose representing the resulting position and orienta...
...pose interface. when rendering a frame, you'll use the viewer pose to determine the position and facing direction of the viewer in order to place the virtual camera and render the scene. the only way to obtain a pose that adapts positional information from one space to another is through the xrframe object received by your frame rendering callback function specified when you called the xrsession method requestanimationframe(). for example, given an xrsession whose reference space is worldrefspace, the following line of code would request the first frame of animation to be scheduled: animationframerequestid = xrsession.requestanimationframe(mydrawframe); then, the mydrawframe() function—the callback executed when it's time to draw the frame—might be something like this: function mydrawf...
...pose = frame.getviewerpose(viewerrefspace); animationframerequestid = session.requestanimationframe(mydrawframe); if (viewerpose) { /* ... render the frame ... */ } } the frame parameter is the xrframe representing the animation frame information provided by webxr. when called, this function begins by getting the xrsession from the frame object, then uses the frame's getviewerpose() method to compute the xrviewerpose for the viewer, given viewerrefspace, which describes the current facing direction and position of the viewer. the returned viewer pose, viewerpose, can in turn be used to compute positions and orientations to properly render the objects in the scene given the user's point of view. offsetting or moving reference spaces while you can't change a reference space since ...
...And 5 more matches

Window.open() - Web APIs
if the name doesn't exist, then a new browsing context is opened in a new tab or a new window, and the specified resource is loaded into it. syntax var window = window.open(url, windowname, [windowfeatures]); parameters url a domstring indicating the url of the resource to be loaded. this can be a path or url to an html page, image file, or any other resource that is supported by the browser. if the empty string ("") is specified as url, a blank page is opened into the targeted browsing context. ...
...e string. see window features below for documentation of each of the features that can be specified. return value a windowproxy object, which is basically a thin wrapper for the window object representing the newly created window, and has all its features available. if the window couldn't be opened, the returned value is instead null. the returned reference can be used to access properties and methods of the new window as long as it complies with same-origin policy security requirements. description the open() method creates a new secondary browser window, similar to choosing new window from the file menu. the url parameter specifies the url to be fetched and loaded in the new window. if url is an empty string, then a new blank, empty window (url about:blank) is created with the default too...
.../www.cnn.com/", "cnn_windowname", windowfeatures); } var windowobjectreference; function openrequestedpopup() { windowobjectreference = window.open( "http://www.domainname.ext/path/imagefile.png", "descriptivewindowname", "resizable,scrollbars,status" ); } if a window with the name already exists, then url is loaded into the existing window. in this case the return value of the method is the existing window and windowfeatures is ignored. providing an empty string for url is a way to get a reference to an open window by its name without changing the window's location. on firefox and chrome (at least), this only works from the same parent, ie. if the current window is the opener of the window you try to get an handle on. otherwise the call to window.open() will just create a new...
...And 5 more matches

WorkerGlobalScope - Web APIs
scope.location read only returns the workerlocation associated with the worker. it is a specific location object, mostly a subset of the location for browsing scopes, but adapted to workers. non-standard properties workerglobalscope.performance read only returns the performance associated with the worker. it is a regular performance object, except that only a subset of its property and methods are available to workers. workerglobalscope.console read only returns the console associated with the worker. properties implemented from elsewhere windoworworkerglobalscope.caches read only returns the cachestorage object associated with the current context. this object enables functionality such as storing assets for offline use, and generating custom responses to requests. window...
...alled when the close event is raised. also available via the workerglobalscope.onclose property. rejectionhandled an event handler for handled promise rejection events. also available via the workerglobalscope.onrejectionhandled property. unhandledrejection an event handler for unhandled promise rejection events. also available via the workerglobalscope.onunhandledrejection property. ...
...sed. also available via the workerglobalscope.onclose property. rejectionhandled an event handler for handled promise rejection events. also available via the workerglobalscope.onrejectionhandled property. unhandledrejection an event handler for unhandled promise rejection events. also available via the workerglobalscope.onunhandledrejection property. ...
...And 5 more matches

WritableStream.WritableStream() - Web APIs
the writablestream() constructor creates a new writablestream object instance. syntax var writablestream = new writablestream(underlyingsink[, queuingstrategy]); parameters underlyingsink an object containing methods and properties that define how the constructed stream instance will behave. underlyingsink can contain the following: start(controller) optional this is a method, called immediately when the object is constructed. the contents of this method are defined by the developer, and should aim to get access to the underlying sink. if this process is to be done asynchronously, it can return a promise to signal success or failure. the controller parameter passed to this method is a writablestreamdefaultcontroller. this can be used by the developer to control the stream during...
...ts of this method are defined by the developer, and should aim to get access to the underlying sink. if this process is to be done asynchronously, it can return a promise to signal success or failure. the controller parameter passed to this method is a writablestreamdefaultcontroller. this can be used by the developer to control the stream during set up. write(chunk, controller) optional this method, also defined by the developer, will be called when a new chunk of data (specified in the chunk parameter) is ready to be written to the underlying sink. it can return a promise to signal success or failure of the write operation. ...
...roller. this can be used by the developer to control the stream during set up. write(chunk, controller) optional this method, also defined by the developer, will be called when a new chunk of data (specified in the chunk parameter) is ready to be written to the underlying sink. it can return a promise to signal success or failure of the write operation. the controller parameter passed to this method is a writablestreamdefaultcontroller that can be used by the developer to control the stream as more chunks are submitted for writing. this method will be called only after previous writes have succeeded, and never after the stream is closed or aborted (see below). ...
...And 5 more matches

Getting Started - Developer guides
1 – how to make an http request in order to make an http request to the server with javascript, you need an instance of an object with the necessary functionality. this is where xmlhttprequest comes in. its predecessor originated in internet explorer as an activex object called xmlhttp. then, mozilla, safari, and other browsers followed, implementing an xmlhttprequest object that supported the methods and properties of microsoft's original activex object. meanwhile, microsoft implemented xmlhttprequest as well. // old compatibility code, no longer needed. if (window.xmlhttprequest) { // mozilla, safari, ie7+ ... httprequest = new xmlhttprequest(); } else if (window.activexobject) { // ie 6 and older httprequest = new activexobject("microsoft.xmlhttp"); } note: for illustration purp...
...me, you can use the javascript technique of defining functions on the fly (called "anonymous functions") to define the actions that will process the response, like this: httprequest.onreadystatechange = function(){ // process the server response here. }; next, after declaring what happens when you receive the response, you need to actually make the request, by calling the open() and send() methods of the http request object, like this: httprequest.open('get', 'http://www.example.org/some.file', true); httprequest.send(); the first parameter of the call to open() is the http request method – get, post, head, or another method supported by your server. keep the method all-capitals as per the http standard, otherwise some browsers (like firefox) might not process the request. for more...
... the second parameter is the url you're sending the request to. as a security feature, you cannot call urls on 3rd-party domains by default. ...
...And 5 more matches

<input>: The Input (Form Input) element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
type or types description accept file hint for expected file type in file upload controls alt image alt attribute for the image type. ...
... name of form field to use for sending the element's directionality in form submission disabled all whether the form control is disabled form all associates the control with a form element formaction image, submit url to use for form submission formenctype image, submit form data set encoding type to use for form submission formmethod image, submit http method to use for form submission formnovalidate image, submit bypass form control validation for form submission formtarget image, submit browsing context for form submission height image same as height attribute for <img>; vertical dimension list almost all value of the id attribute of the <datalist> of autocom...
...uttons is on. dirname valid for text and search input types only, the dirname attribute enables the submission of the directionality of the element. when included, the form control will submit with two name/value pairs: the first being the name and value, the second being the value of the dirname as the name with the value of ltr or rtl being set by the browser. <form action="page.html" method="post"> <label>fruit: <input type="text" name="fruit" dirname="fruit.dir" value="cherry"></label> <input type="submit"/> </form> <!-- page.html?fruit=cherry&fruit.dir=ltr --> when the form above is submitted, the input cause both the name / value pair of fruit=cherry and the dirname / direction pair of fruit.dir=ltr to be sent. disabled a boolean attribute which, if present, indicate...
...And 5 more matches

Indexed collections - JavaScript
ject an array is an ordered list of values that you refer to with a name and an index. for example, consider an array called emp, which contains employees' names indexed by their numerical employee number. so emp[0] would be employee number zero, emp[1] employee number one, and so on. javascript does not have an explicit array data type. however, you can use the predefined array object and its methods to work with arrays in your applications. the array object has methods for manipulating arrays in various ways, such as joining, reversing, and sorting them. it has a property for determining the array length and other properties for use with regular expressions. creating an array the following statements create equivalent arrays: let arr = new array(element0, element1, ..., elementn) let arr...
...mber whose fractional portion is non-zero. the following example illustrates this behavior. let arr = array(9.3) // rangeerror: invalid array length if your code needs to create arrays with single elements of an arbitrary data type, it is safer to use array literals. alternatively, create an empty array first before adding the single element to it. in es2015, you can use the array.of static method to create arrays with single element. let wisenarray = array.of(9.3) // wisenarray contains only one element 9.3 referring to array elements because elements are also properties, you can access the using property accessors. suppose you define the following array: let myarray = ['wind', 'rain', 'fire'] you can refer to the first element of the array as myarray[0], the second element of the...
...consists only of dom nodes, for example—you can use a more efficient idiom: let divs = document.getelementsbytagname('div') for (let i = 0, div; div = divs[i]; i++) { /* process div in some way */ } this avoids the overhead of checking the length of the array, and ensures that the div variable is reassigned to the current item each time around the loop for added convenience. ...
...And 5 more matches

Array.prototype.map() - JavaScript
the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax let new_array = arr.map(function callback( currentvalue[, index[, array]]) { // return element for new_array }[, thisarg]) parameters callback function that is called for every element of arr. each time callback executes, the returned value is added to new_array. the callback function accepts the following arguments: currentvalue the current element being processed in the array. ...
... if (!array.prototype.map) { array.prototype.map = function(callback/*, thisarg*/) { var t, a, k; if (this == null) { throw new typeerror('this is null or not defined'); } // 1. let o be the result of calling toobject passing the |this| // value as the argument. var o = object(this); // 2. let lenvalue be the result of calling the get internal // method of o with the argument "length". // 3. let len be touint32(lenvalue). var len = o.length >>> 0; // 4. if iscallable(callback) is false, throw a typeerror exception. // see: http://es5.github.com/#x9.11 if (typeof callback !== 'function') { throw new typeerror(callback + ' is not a function'); } // 5. if thisarg was supplied, let t be thisarg; else let t be unde...
...in constructor with that name and // len is the value of len. a = new array(len); // 7. let k be 0 k = 0; // 8. repeat, while k < len while (k < len) { var kvalue, mappedvalue; // a. let pk be tostring(k). // this is implicit for lhs operands of the in operator // b. ...
...And 5 more matches

Introduction to using XPath in JavaScript - XPath
this document describes the interface for using xpath in javascript internally, in extensions, and from websites. mozilla implements a fair amount of the dom 3 xpath, which means that xpath expressions can be run against both html and xml documents. the main interface to using xpath is the evaluate function of the document object. document.evaluate this method evaluates xpath expressions against an xml based document (including html documents), and returns a xpathresult object, which can be a single node or a set of nodes. the existing documentation for this method is located at document.evaluate, but it is rather sparse for our needs at the moment; a more comprehensive examination will be given below. var xpathresult = document.evaluate( xpathexpression, contextnode, namespaceresolv...
...sed. namespaceresolver: a function that will be passed any namespace prefixes contained within xpathexpression which returns a string representing the namespace uri associated with that prefix. this enables conversion between the prefixes used in the xpath expressions and the possibly different prefixes used in the document. the function can be either: created by using the creatensresolver method of a xpathevaluator object. you should use this virtually all of the time. null, which can be used for html documents or when no namespace prefixes are used. note that, if the xpathexpression contains a namespace prefix, this will result in a domexception being thrown with the code namespace_err. a custom user-defined function. see the using a user defined namespace resolver section in the ...
...xisting xpathresult object is specified, it will be reused to return the results. specifying null will create a new xpathresult object. return value returns xpathresult, which is an xpathresult object of the type specified in the resulttype parameter. the xpathresult interface is defined here. implementing a default namespace resolver we create a namespace resolver using the creatensresolver method of the document object. var nsresolver = document.creatensresolver( contextnode.ownerdocument == null ? contextnode.documentelement : contextnode.ownerdocument.documentelement ); or alternatively by using the <code>creatensresolver</code> method of a <code>xpathevaluator</code> object. <pre> var xpevaluator = new xpathevaluator(); var nsresolver = xpevaluator.creatensresolver( contextnode.owne...
...And 5 more matches

Classes and Inheritance - Archive of obsolete content
all instances of that class. we will show how to define classes using constructors, and how to use prototypes to efficiently define member functions on each instance. classical inheritance can be implemented in javascript using constructors and prototypes. we will show how to make inheritance work correctly with respect to constructors, prototypes, and the instanceof operator, and how to override methods in subclasses. the sdk uses a special constructor internally, known as class, to create constructors that behave properly with respect to inheritance. the last section shows how to work with the class constructor. it is possible to read this section on its own. however, to fully appreciate how class works, and the problem it is supposed to solve, it is recommended that you read the entire articl...
...circle(2, 3, 5); circle instanceof circle; // => true circle.x; // => 2 circle.y; // => 3 circle.radius; // => 5 inheritance and prototypes there is a problem with the definition of circle in the previous section that we have glossed over thus far. consider the following: let circle = circle(2, 3, 5); circle.draw(); // => typeerror: circle.draw is not a function this is not quite right. the method draw is defined on instances of shape, so we definitely want it to be defined on instances of circle. the problem is that draw is defined on the prototype of shape, but not on the prototype of circle. we could of course copy every property from the prototype of shape over to the prototype of circle, but this is needlessly inefficient. instead, we use a clever trick, based on the observation that ...
...otype of circle, but this is needlessly inefficient. instead, we use a clever trick, based on the observation that prototypes are ordinary objects. since prototypes are objects, they have a prototype as well. we can thus override the prototype of circle with an object which prototype is the prototype of shape. circle.prototype = object.create(shape.prototype); now when javascript looks for the method draw on an instance of circle, it first looks for it on the object itself. when it cannot find the property there, it looks for it on the prototype of circle. when it cannot find the property there either, it looks for it on shape, at which point the lookup succeeds. the resulting behavior is what we were aiming for. inheritance and instanceof the single line of code we added in the previous se...
...And 4 more matches

panel - Archive of obsolete content
is shown. your add-on can receive notifications when a panel is shown or hidden by listening to its show and hide events. opening a panel will close any panel created by the panel() constructor that is already open, even if that panel was opened by a different add-on sdk based extension. if you want to close an existing panel without opening a new one, you can call the hide() or the destroy() method. panel content the panel's content is specified as html, which is loaded from the url supplied in the contenturl option to the panel's constructor. you can load remote html into the panel: var mypanel = require("sdk/panel").panel({ width: 180, height: 180, contenturl: "https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=jetpack&useformat=mobile" }); mypanel.show(); you can also load html tha...
...the panel: var mypanel = require("sdk/panel").panel({ width: 180, height: 180, contenturl: "https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=jetpack&useformat=mobile" }); mypanel.show(); you can also load html that's been packaged with your add-on, and this is most probably how you will create dialogs. to do this, save the html in your add-on's data directory and load it using the data.url() method exported by the self module, like this: var mypanel = require("sdk/panel").panel({ contenturl: require("sdk/self").data.url("myfile.html") }); mypanel.show(); from firefox 34, you can use "./myfile.html" as an alias for self.data.url("myfile.html"). so you can rewrite the above code like this: var mypanel = require("sdk/panel").panel({ contenturl: "./myfile.html" }); mypanel.show(); ...
..."./myfile.html" as an alias for self.data.url("myfile.html"). so you can rewrite the above code like this: var mypanel = require("sdk/panel").panel({ contenturl: "./myfile.html" }); mypanel.show(); panel positioning by default the panel appears in the center of the currently active browser window. you can position the panel by passing a position to the panel's constructor or to its show() method. ...
...And 4 more matches

Connecting to Remote Content - Archive of obsolete content
nload and onerror handlers are registered to a callback function to handle the response returned from the remote server. in both cases aevent.target is an nsixmlhttprequest. in the onload callback function, the responsetext parameter contains the server response as text. if the response is an xml document, the responsexml property will hold an xmldocument object that can be manipulated using dom methods. sometimes the server doesn't specify an xml content-type header, which is necessary for the xml parsing to happen automatically. you can use overridemimetype to force the response to be parsed as xml. request.overridemimetype("text/xml"); // do this before sending the request! the open method takes two required parameters: the http request method and the url to send the request. the http req...
...metimes the server doesn't specify an xml content-type header, which is necessary for the xml parsing to happen automatically. you can use overridemimetype to force the response to be parsed as xml. request.overridemimetype("text/xml"); // do this before sending the request! the open method takes two required parameters: the http request method and the url to send the request. the http request method can be "get", "post" or "put". ...
...pe to force the response to be parsed as xml. request.overridemimetype("text/xml"); // do this before sending the request! the open method takes two required parameters: the http request method and the url to send the request. the http request method can be "get", "post" or "put". sending a post request requires you to set the content type of the request and to pass the post data to the send() method as below. request.open("post", url, true); request.setrequestheader("content-type", "application/x-www-form-urlencoded"); request.send("data=hello&version=2"); the third parameter for the open method specifies whether the request should be handled asynchronously or not. in asynchronous mode code execution continues immediately after the send call. in synchronous mode the code and user interfac...
...And 4 more matches

Observer Notifications - Archive of obsolete content
be performed. you could do that by calling all those functions directly, but xpcom offers you a better and cleaner way to achieve that using observers and the observer service. an observer is an object that is responsible to observe (wait for) notifications and then to carry out subsequent actions. to create an observer, you need to implement the nsiobserver interface. the interface has only one method observe() which takes three parameters. the first parameter (subject) can be any xpcom object, the second parameter is a notification topic, and the final parameter is a string that further describes the notification. this example code shows you what an implementation of the nsiobserver interface looks like: let testobserver = { observe : function(asubject, atopic, adata) { if (atopic =...
... further describes the notification. this example code shows you what an implementation of the nsiobserver interface looks like: let testobserver = { observe : function(asubject, atopic, adata) { if (atopic == "xulschoolhello-test-topic") { window.alert("data received: " + adata); } } } in order for this observer to work, you need to use the observer service that provides methods for you to add, remove, notify and enumerate observers. adding an observer to the observer service is simple, invoking the addobserver method with three parameters. the first parameter is an observer object, the second parameter is a notification topic, and the third parameter is a boolean which indicates whether the observer service should hold a weak reference to the observer. you should norm...
...ents.classes["@mozilla.org/observer-service;1"]. getservice(components.interfaces.nsiobserverservice); observerservice.addobserver(testobserver, "xulschoolhello-test-topic", false); you should come up with a notification topic that is unique so you know it will not conflict with firefox or other extensions topics. to remove an observer for a specific topic, you use the removeobserver method. the method takes the observer object and notification topic as parameters. observerservice.removeobserver(testobserver, "xulschoolhello-test-topic"); after you have registered some observers to listen to a notification topic, you can then use the notifyobservers method to send a notification to all of them. the method takes three parameters. the first parameter can be any xpcom object to p...
...And 4 more matches

Promises - Archive of obsolete content
use the response to construct form data object for the // second request. let form = new formdata; form.append("id", data.id); form.append("content", data.content); // make the second request. xhr = yield request(updateurl, { data: form }); // use the response of the second request. notifyuser(xhr.responsetext); }); downloading remote files nearly all previous methods of downloading remote files have been superseded by the much simpler downloads.jsm module. the downloads object provides a promise-based api for downloading remote files, with full support for progress tracking, pause and resume, and, optionally, integration with the download manager ui. representative example usage components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/downloads.jsm"); task.spawn(fu...
... iconurl, version, loadgroup)); }, getinstallforfile: function getinstallforfile(url, mimetype) { return new promise(accept => this.addonmanager.getinstallforfile(url, accept, mimetype)); }, getallinstalls: function getallinstalls() { return new promise(accept => this.addonmanager.getallinstalls(accept)); }, _replacemethod: function replacemethod(method, callback) { object.defineproperty(this, method, { enumerable: true, configurable: true, value: key => { return new promise(accept => this.addonmanager[method](key, addon => accept(callback(addon)))); } }); }, }; for (let method ...
..., method, { enumerable: true, configurable: true, value: key => { return new promise(accept => this.addonmanager[method](key, addon => accept(callback(addon)))); } }); }, }; for (let method of ["getaddonbyid", "getaddonbysyncguid"]) aom._replacemethod(method, addon => aom.addon(addon)); for (let method of ["getalladdons", "getaddonsbyids", "getaddonsbytypes", "getaddonswithoperationsbytypes"]) aom._replacemethod(method, addons => addons.map(aom.addon)); aom._replacemethod("getinstallsbytypes", installs => installs); components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/addonmanager.j...
...And 4 more matches

Creating a Microsummary - Archive of obsolete content
ut. specifying the output type since the xslt transform sheet will generate a text microsummary, we should indicate this with the xslt <output> element: <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <generator xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/microsummaries/0.1" name="firefox download count"> <template> <transform xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xsl/transform" version="1.0"> <output method="text"/> </transform> </template> </generator> using a simple xslt <template> the xslt processor transforms documents by comparing each xslt <template> element in the transform sheet to a set of nodes in the document. when a <template>'s match attribute matches a node, the processor performs the transformations specified by the content of the element. this mechanism is powerful, because...
... xpath is a language for identifying nod...
...download count node: id('download-count'). add a <value-of> element to the xslt <template> element whose select attribute contains that xpath expression: <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <generator xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/microsummaries/0.1" name="firefox download count"> <template> <transform xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xsl/transform" version="1.0"> <output method="text"/> <template match="/"> <value-of select="id('download-count')"/> </template> </transform> </template> </generator> adding text to include the label fx downloads in the microsummary, we need to add an xslt <text> element to the xslt <template> element whose content is the text we want to add. add a <text> element to the xslt template with the content fx downloa...
...And 4 more matches

Clipboard Test - Archive of obsolete content
<style></style> <style>.description{ display: block; font-size: 13pt; color: #444; font-style: italic; margin-bottom: 7px; } .method>.returns{display: none;} .method>.name>.param:not(:last-child):after{content: ","; padding-right: .5em; } .method>.name>.param:not(:last-child):after{content: ","; padding-right: .5em; } .method>.name>.param>.name:after{content: " as "; font-weight: normal; } .method>.params{display: block; color:#555;} .method>.params>.param{display: block; margin-bottom:5px;} .method>.params>.param>.name{font-weight:bold; margin-right:.5em; min-width:80px; display:inline-block;} .method>.params>.param>.description{display:inline-block; width:300px; vertical-align:top;margin-right:30px} .method>.params>.param>.type{display:inline-block; width:100px; vertical-align:top;font-weight:...
...f...
...features can get and set the clipboard in various flavors of data type. the namespace ass...
...And 4 more matches

Space Manager Detailed Design - Archive of obsolete content
*/ nsresult offsetregion(nsiframe* aframe, nscoord dx, nscoord dy); /** * remove the region associated with afrane. * * returns ns_ok if successful and ns_error_invalid_arg if there is no region * tagged with aframe */ nsresult removeregion(nsiframe* aframe); /** * clears the list of regions representing the unavailable space. */ void clearregions(); /** * methods for dealing with the propagation of float damage during * reflow. */ prbool hasfloatdamage() { return !mfloatdamage.isempty(); } void includeindamage(nscoord aintervalbegin, nscoord aintervalend) { mfloatdamage.includeinterval(aintervalbegin + my, aintervalend + my); } prbool intersectsdamage(nscoord aintervalbegin, nscoord aintervalend) { return mfloatdamage.
...llocations and the performance penalties associated with it. the #define ns_space_manager_cache_size is used to control the number of space manager instances that can be present in the recycler, currently 4. if more than ns_space_manager_cache_size are allocated at a time,then standard allocation is used. void* operator new(size_t asize); void operator delete(void* aptr, size_t asize); a static method is used to shutdown the space manager recycling. this method deletes all of the space mangers in the recycler,and prevents further recycling. it is meant to be called only when the layout module is being terminated. static void shutdown(); origin / coordinate space translation /** * translate the current origin by the specified (dx, dy). this * creates a new local coordinate space relative ...
...d with aframe */ nsresult offsetregion(nsiframe* aframe, nscoord dx, nscoord dy); /** * remove the region associated with afrane. * * returns ns_ok if successful and ns_error_invalid_arg if there is no region * tagged with aframe */ nsresult removeregion(nsiframe* aframe); /** * clears the list of regions representing the unavailable space. */ void clearregions(); float impact /** * methods for dealing with the propagation of float damage during * reflow. */ prbool hasfloatdamage() { return !mfloatdamage.isempty(); } void includeindamage(nscoord aintervalbegin, nscoord aintervalend) { mfloatdamage.includeinterval(aintervalbegin + my, aintervalend + my); } prbool intersectsdamage(nscoord aintervalbegin, nscoord aintervalend) { return mfloatdamage.intersects(aintervalbegin ...
...And 4 more matches

Template Builder Interface - Archive of obsolete content
ulelement interface, so all xul elements will have this property, although, as mentioned earlier, is will be set to null for most elements. for non-xul elements, the template builder will be assigned to a builder property on the element using a custom javascript property instead. rebuilding and refreshing a template the main purpose of accessing the builder for an element is to call its 'rebuild' method. this method removes any existing generated content and deletes all data in the rule network. then, the method recompiles the query and the rules and regenerates the content. essentially, the rebuild method instructs the builder to remove any existing information and reconstruct it from the beginning. the only difference is that the datasource has already loaded so the data will be the same. howe...
...piles the query and the rules and regenerates the content. essentially, the rebuild method instructs the builder to remove any existing information and reconstruct it from the beginning. the only difference is that the datasource has already loaded so the data will be the same. however, this is often used if you modify the datasource or modify the rules. for rdf datasources, the builder's refresh method, however, will reload the datasources. it will not rebuild the template, but we'll see in a later section why this is not usually necessary. to summarize, the refresh method reloads the data, whereas the rebuild method reconstructs the content. the builder is accessible to unprivileged code, so the rebuild and refresh methods may be called by remote code. changing the datasource you can modify th...
...nce this is a composite datasource, it may contain more than one datasource. these may be listed in the datasources attribute separated by spaces. for example: <vbox datasources="template-guide-photos5.rdf template-guide-streets.rdf"> sometimes, you will want to calculate the datasource to be used and attach it to the template later. you can do this using the composite datasource's adddatasource method. you can add as many datasources as you wish, and you can remove them using the removedatasource method. a common pattern is to use the following: var rdf = components.classes["@mozilla.org/rdf/rdf-service;1"]. getservice(components.interfaces.nsirdfservice); var ds = rdf.getdatasource("http://www.xulplanet.com/ndeakin/tests/xul/template-guide-streets.rdf"); var tree = document.gete...
...And 4 more matches

Tree Widget Changes - Archive of obsolete content
write any extra code. you can get the columns object which implements the nsitreecolumns interface for a tree using the tree's columns property. from there you can get specific columns, the current sort column, and position and size info about the columns. for the most part these objects are readonly; you can modify the columns by just adjusting the treecol attributes directly. the tree and view methods no longer take ids as arguments when columns are used. instead, they use nsitreecolumns. for example, nsitreeview.getcellvalue() takes a row index and a nsitreecolumn as arguments, whereas before it took a row index and a column id. to get a column in javascript: tree.columns.getcolumnfor(treecolelement); tree.columns.getnamedcolumn(treecolid); tree.columns.getcolumnat(index); you can also j...
... you should now get the tree selection object from the view, not the box object, meaning use tree.view.selection instead of tree.treeboxobject.selection. use tree.columns[1].id instead of tree.treeboxobject.getcolumnid(1) to get the id of a column, in this case column 1. use tree.columns.getkeycolumn().index instead of tree.treeboxobject.getkeycolumnindex(). ...
...x instead of tree.treeboxobject.getkeycolumnindex(). the nsitreeboxobject.getpagecount() method has been renamed to make it clearer what it does. it returns the number of rows that can be displayed in the tree. this should correspond to the rows attribute on the tree if it was specified. tree.treeboxobject.getpagecount() is now tree.treeboxobject.getpagelength(). the invalidateprimarycell(row) method has been removed, instead use nsitreeboxobject.invalidatecell() like this invalidatecell(row, tree.columns.getprimarycolumn()). this may be used to redraw a cell after it or its data has been changed. the nsitreeview.cycleheader() method has been changed, cycleheader(colid, element) is now just cycleheader(column), since the code can get the element from the column object. the constants below h...
...And 4 more matches

menupopup - Archive of obsolete content
when a menupopup is open, it floats above the window and may extend outside the window border. there are several ways in which a menupopup may be used: it may be placed inside a menu, menulist, toolbarbutton, or a button with the type attribute set to "menu" to create a popup that will open when the menu or button is pressed. it may be attached to any element using the popup attribute. when the element is clicked with the left mouse button, the menupopup will be displayed. it may be attached to any element using the context attribute. ...
...upopup will be displayed. a context menu may be opened by right-clicking the element, or by pressing the menu key on the keyboard. more information is available in the xul tutorial and popup guide. attributes ignorekeys, left, onpopuphidden, onpopuphiding, onpopupshowing, onpopupshown, position, top properties accessibletype, anchornode, popupboxobject, position, state, triggernode methods hidepopup, moveto, openpopup, openpopupatscreen, setconsumerollupevent, showpopup, sizeto examples the following example shows how a menupopup may be attached to a menulist. <menulist> <menupopup> <menuitem label="mozilla" value="http://mozilla.org"/> <menuitem label="slashdot" value="http://slashdot.org"/> <menuitem label="sourceforge" value="http://sf.net"/> <menuitem la...
... <menupopup id="clipmenu"> <menuitem label="cut"/> <menuitem label="copy"/> <menuitem label="paste"/> </menupopup> <label value="right click for popup" context="clipmenu"/> attributes ignorekeys type: boolean if true, keyboard navigation between items in the popup is disabled. left type: integer overrides the horizontal position of the popup specified by the showpopup method. ...
...And 4 more matches

toolbar - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home [ examples | attributes | properties | methods | related ] a container which typically contains a row of buttons. it is a type of box that defaults to horizontal orientation. it can be collapsed with a grippy when the toolbar is placed inside a toolbox. the toolbar should always have an id attribute. note: gecko 2.0 adds support for external toolbars. these are toolbars that are not children of a toolbox element. you can associate an external toolbar with a toolbox for the purpose of managing your toolbars by setting the toolboxid property on the toolbar. ...
... external toolbars. these are toolbars that are not children of a toolbox element. you can associate an external toolbar with a toolbox for the purpose of managing your toolbars by setting the toolboxid property on the toolbar. the chromeclass-toolbar class may be used to create a toolbar where its visibility depends on the toolbar flag when opening the window with the window interface's open() method loads the specified resource into the browsing context (window, <iframe> or tab) with the specified name. if the name doesn't exist, then a new window is opened and the specified resource is loaded into its browsing context.">window.open() method. more information is available in the xul tutorial. note: starting in gecko 1.9.1, toolbar items are moved from the toolbarpalette and added to the t...
...ntial compatibility problem for extensions that depend on being able to identify all possible toolbar items by looking in the toolbarpalette. ...
...And 4 more matches

NPAPI plugin reference - Archive of obsolete content
np_getmimedescription np_getmimedescription returns a supported mime type list for your plugin. it works on unix (linux) and macos. on windows you have to define supported mimetypes in the dll resource file. ...
... np_getmimedescription np_getmimedescription returns a supported mime type list for your plugin. it works on unix (linux) and macos. on windows you have to define supported mimetypes in the dll resource file. ...
... allows the browser to query the plug-in for information. np_initialize provides global initialization for a plug-in. np_port contains information required by the window field of an npwindow structure. np_shutdown provides global deinitialization for a plug-in. npanycallbackstruct contains information required during embedded mode printing. npapi plug-in side api this chapter describes methods in the plug-in api that are available from the plug-in object; these allow plug-ins to interact with the browser. the names of all of these methods begin with npp_ to indicate that they are implemented by the plug-in and called by the browser. npbyterange represents a particular range of bytes from a stream. npclass npclass is a structure that holds a set of pointers to functions that make u...
...And 4 more matches

Reference - Archive of obsolete content
, base64-related functionality is not a part of the javascript engine, but a dom feature (probably non-standard). --nickolay 08:31, 22 september 2005 (pdt) what's funny is that this talk page shows up first in a google search for "btoa javascript". this is number 2. it's not in the ecma docs. if it's not in a standard, and that sun doc is corrent, then it should probably go in the window object methods. --jonnyq i've already added those methods in the methods listing, but i haven't defined them yet. --maian 02:39, 21 october 2005 (pdt) delete? i don't see any mention in the operators section for the delete operator. did this operator get removed/deprecated, or is it missing from the documentation? brundlefly 13:15, 19 december 2005 (pst) neither: core javascript 1.5 reference:operato...
...rators:delete operator --nickolay 14:48, 19 december 2005 (pst) reading offline? well, may be it's no so common in today's world... but is there a way to get content of jsref-1.5 or other documents as a tarball? there are still valid needs for this: computers on slow links, computers behind insane firewalls, as well as computers not connected to internet. unfortunately there is not an [easy] method to download content/packages of content off of devmo for 'local' browsing/viewing/printing, yet. it is in the "nice to have" category for us here, however i am unaware of anyone feverishly working on it. (there are some other priorities ahead of that, imho). if downloading the stuff is your priority you are free to field ideas/concept to the devmo mailing list for discussion, and then actually co...
...uctor note : the function.constructor seems to keep on refering to itself, if you do the following you get same results which suggests that this is indeed the top level object. alert(function.constructor.constructor) alert(function.constructor.constructor.constructor.constructor) function == object however the following statement suggests that function is object. ...
...And 4 more matches

Bounding volume collision detection with THREE.js - Game development
unding boxes and spheres using the three.js library. it is assumed that before reading this you have read our 3d collision detection introductory article first, and have basic knowledge about three.js. using box3 and sphere three.js has objects that represent mathematical volumes and shapes — for 3d aabb and bounding spheres we can use the box3 and sphere objects. once instantiated, they have methods available to do intersection tests against other volumes. instantiating boxes to create a box3 instance, we need to provide the lower and upper boundaries of the box. usually we will want this aabb to be "linked" to an object in our 3d world (like a character.) in three.js, geometry instances have a boundingbox property with min and max boundaries for the object. keep in mind that in order for...
....boundingsphere.radius); unfortunately, there is no equivalent of box3.setfromobject for sphere instances. so if we apply transformations or change the position of the mesh, we need to manually update the bounding sphere. for instance: knot.scale.set(2, 2, 2); knotbsphere.radius = knot.geometry.radius * 2; intersection tests point vs. box3 / sphere both box3 and sphere have a containspoint method to do this test. var point = new three.vector3(2, 4, 7); knotbbox.containspoint(point); box3 vs. box3 the box3.intersectsbox method is available for performing this test. knotbbox.intersectsbox(otherbox); note: this is different from the box3.containsbox method, which checks whether the box3 fully wraps another one. sphere vs. sphere in a similar fashion as before, there is a sphere.inte...
...est. var point = new three.vector3(2, 4, 7); knotbbox.containspoint(point); box3 vs. box3 the box3.intersectsbox method is available for performing this test. knotbbox.intersectsbox(otherbox); note: this is different from the box3.containsbox method, which checks whether the box3 fully wraps another one. sphere vs. sphere in a similar fashion as before, there is a sphere.intersectssphere method to perform this test. knotbsphere.intersectssphere(othersphere); sphere vs. box3 unfortunately this test is not implemented in three.js, but we can patch sphere to implement a sphere vs. aabb intersection algorithm. ...
...And 4 more matches

Safe - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
an http method is safe if it doesn't alter the state of the server. in other words, a method is safe if it leads to a read-only operation. several common http methods are safe: get, head, or options. all safe methods are also idempotent, but not all idempotent methods are safe. for example, put and delete are both idempotent but unsafe. even if safe methods have a read-only semantic, servers can alter their state: e.g. they can log or keep statistics. what is important here is that by calling a safe method, the client doesn't request any server change itself, and therefore won't create an unnecessary load or burden for the server. browsers can call safe methods without fearing to cause any harm to the server; this allows them to perform activities like pre-fetching without risk. web cra...
...an log or keep statistics. what is important here is that by calling a safe method, the client doesn't request any server change itself, and therefore won't create an unnecessary load or burden for the server. browsers can call safe methods without fearing to cause any harm to the server; this allows them to perform activities like pre-fetching without risk. web crawlers also rely on calling safe methods. safe methods don't need to serve static files only; a server can generate an answer to a safe method on-the-fly, as long as the generating script guarantees safety: it should not trigger external effects, like triggering an order in an e-commerce web site. it is the responsibility of the application on the server to implement the safe semantic correctly, the webserver itself, being apache, ng...
...ting script guarantees safety: it should not trigger external effects, like triggering an order in an e-commerce web site. it is the responsibility of the application on the server to implement the safe semantic correctly, the webserver itself, being apache, nginx or iis, can't enforce it by itself. in particular, an application should not allow get requests to alter its state. ...
...And 4 more matches

Responsive design - Learn web development
ile devices became more powerful and able to display full websites, this was frustrating to mobile users who found themselves trapped in the site's mobile version and unable to access information they knew was on the full-featured desktop version of the site. flexible layout before responsive design a number of approaches were developed to try to solve the downsides of the liquid or fixed-width methods of building websites. in 2004 cameron adams wrote a post entitled resolution dependent layout, describing a method of creating a design that could adapt to different screen resolutions. this approach required javascript to detect the screen resolution and load the correct css. zoe mickley gillenwater was instrumental in her work to describe and formalize the different ways in which flexible sit...
...ogy — it is a term used to describe an approach to web design or a set of best practices, used to create a layout that can respond to the device being used to view the content. in marcotte's original exploration this meant flexible grids (using floats) and media queries, however in the almost 10 years since that article was written, working responsively has become the default. modern css layout methods are inherently responsive, and we have new things built into the web platform to make designing responsive sites easier. the rest of this article will point you to the various web platform features you might want to use when creating a responsive site. media queries responsive design was only able to emerge due to the media query. the media queries level 3 specification became a candidate rec...
...le, if our target column size is 60 pixels, and the context (or container) it is in is 960 pixels, we divide 60 by 960 to get a value we can use in our css, after moving the decimal point two places to the right. .col { width: 6.25%; /* 60 / 960 = 0.0625 */ } this approach will be found in many places across the web today, and it is documented here in the layout section of our legacy layout methods article. it is likely that you will come across websites using this approach in your work, so it is worth understanding it, even though you would not build a modern site using a float-based flexible grid. the following example demonstrates a simple responsive design using media queries and a flexible grid. on narrow screens the layout displays the boxes stacked on top of one another: on wi...
...And 4 more matches

Supporting older browsers - Learn web development
this will always be the case on the web — as new features are developed, different browsers will prioritise different things. this article explains how to use modern web techniques without locking out users of older technology. ...
...this will always be the case on the web — as new features are developed, different browsers will prioritise different things. this article explains how to use modern web techniques without locking out users of older technology. ...
...browsers. it would be better to spend the time on things which make the site more accessible, thus serving far more users. there is a middle ground between a plain html page and all the bells and whistles, and css has actually made creating these fallbacks pretty straightforward. creating fallbacks in css css specifications contain information that explains what the browser does when two layout methods are applied to the same item. this means that there is a definition for what happens if a floated item, for example, is also a grid item using css grid layout. couple this information with the knowledge that browsers ignore css that they don’t understand, and you have a way to create simple layouts using the legacy techniques we have already covered, which are then overwritten by your grid lay...
...And 4 more matches

Your first form - Learn web development
lementing our form html ok, let's have a go at creating the html for our form. we will use the following html elements: <form>, <label>, <input>, <textarea>, and <button>. before you go any further, make a local copy of our simple html template — you'll enter your form html into here. ...
... note: we'll look at how those attributes work in our sending form data article later on. ...
...e a <section> or <footer> element, but specifically for containing forms; it also supports some specific attributes to configure the way the form behaves. all of its attributes are optional, but it's standard practice to always set at least the action and method attributes: the action attribute defines the location (url) where the form's collected data should be sent when it is submitted. the method attribute defines which http method to send the data with (usually get or post). note: we'll look at how those attributes work in our sending form data article later on. for now, add the above <form> element into your html <body>. the <label>, <input>, and <textarea> elements our contact form is not complex: the data entry portion contains three text fields, each with a corresponding <labe...
...And 4 more matches

Drawing graphics - Learn web development
red, and just like any other image (the rendered canvas is just an image), the image could become pixellated/distorted. getting the canvas context and final setup we need to do one final thing before we can consider our canvas template finished. to draw onto the canvas we need to get a special reference to the drawing area called a context. this is done using the htmlcanvaselement.getcontext() method, which for basic usage takes a single string as a parameter representing the type of context you want to retrieve. in this case we want a 2d canvas, so add the following javascript line below the others inside the <script> element: const ctx = canvas.getcontext('2d'); note: other context values you could choose include webgl for webgl, webgl2 for webgl 2, etc., but we won't need those in this...
...s background black to give you a first taste of the canvas api. add the following lines at the bottom of your javascript: ctx.fillstyle = 'rgb(0, 0, 0)'; ctx.fillrect(0, 0, width, height); here we are setting a fill color using the canvas' fillstyle property (this takes color values just like css properties do), then drawing a rectangle that covers the entire area of the canvas with thefillrect method (the first two parameters are the coordinates of the rectangle's top left hand corner; the last two are the width and height you want the rectangle drawn at — we told you those width and height variables would be useful)! ok, our template is done and it's time to move on. 2d canvas basics as we said above, all drawing operations are done by manipulating a canvasrenderingcontext2d object (in ...
...h. basically, this involves writing code to specify exactly what path the pen should move along on your canvas to trace the shape you want to draw. canvas includes functions for drawing straight lines, circles, bézier curves, and more. let's start the section off by making a fresh copy of our canvas template (1_canvas_template.html), in which to draw the new example. we'll be using some common methods and properties across all of the below sections: beginpath() — start drawing a path at the point where the pen currently is on the canvas. on a new canvas, the pen starts out at (0, 0). moveto() — move the pen to a different point on the canvas, without recording or tracing the line; the pen simply "jumps" to the new position. fill() — draw a filled shape by filling in the path you've...
...And 4 more matches

Adding features to our bouncing balls demo - Learn web development
y the evil circle). this should be a boolean (true/false). the ball() constructor should inherit the x, y, velx, vely, and exists properties from the shape() constructor. it should also define a color and a size property, like the original ball() constructor did. remember to set the ball() constructor's prototype and constructor appropriately. the ball draw(), update(), and collisiondetect() method definitions should be able to stay exactly the same as they were before. you also need to add a new parameter to the new ball() ( ... ) constructor call — the exists parameter should be the 5th parameter, and should be given a value of true. at this point, try reloading the code — it should work just the same as it did before, with our redesigned objects. defining evilcircle() now it's ti...
...exists from shape(), but velx and vely should always equal 20. you should do this something like shape.call(this, x, y, 20, 20, exists); it should also define its own properties, as follows: color — 'white' size — 10 again, remember to define your inherited properties as parameters in the constructor, and set the prototype and constructor properties correctly. defining evilcircle()'s methods evilcircle() should have four methods, as described below. draw() this method has the same purpose as ball()'s draw() method: it draws the object instance on the canvas. it will work in a very similar way, so you can start by copying the ball.prototype.draw definition. you should then make the following changes: we want the evil circle to not be filled in, but rather just have an outer lin...
... we want the evil circle to not be filled in, but rather just have an outer line (stroke). you can achieve this by updating fillstyle and fill() to strokestyle and stroke(). we also want to make the stroke a bit thicker, so you can see the evil circle a bit more easily. this can be achieved by setting a value for linewidth somewhere after the beginpath() call (3 will do). checkbounds() this method will do the same thing as the first part of ball()'s update() function — look to see whether the evil circle is going to go off the edge of the screen, and stop it from doing so. again, you can mostly just copy the ball.prototype.update definition, but there are a few changes you should make: get rid of the last two lines — we don't want to automatically update the evil circle's position o...
...And 4 more matches

Eclipse CDT
he ctrl/cmd key, move the mouse slightly to linkify the symbol, then click on it. (having to move the mouse slightly is eclipse bug 26873). alternately, you can jump to the definition of the symbol under the cursor by pressing f3. to do a c++ symbol search select "search > c/c++" from the menubar, or use ctrl-h and select the "c/c++" search tab. ...
...note that there are buttons to the right of the "open call hierarchy" tab that open to switch between "show callers" and "show callees". ...
... ctrl-shift-t/cmd-shift-t. to get a list of autocomplete options in an editor tab, start typing the name of an identifier and then type ctrl-space. unfortunately, the autocomplete list cannot (currently) be configured to appear automatically as soon as you start typing a character that might be the start of an identifier name. to see the callers of a method (and their callers, etc.), select the method and use the context menu to select "open call hierarchy". note that there are buttons to the right of the "open call hierarchy" tab that open to switch between "show callers" and "show callees". to see the inheritance tree for a class, select its name in an editor window and select "open type hierarchy" from the context menu. note that you can switch between "show the type hierarchy", "show the ...
...And 4 more matches

HTML parser threading
s constructed without an nshtml5streamparser due to legacy code structure around parser creation. if the parser is not script-created, nshtml5parser::markasnotscriptcreated() is called to create an nshtml5streamparser for the nshtml5parser. due to legacy interface design oddities, an nshtml5parser is initialized by calling nshtml5parser::parse(nsiuri*, nsirequestobserver*, void*, nsdtdmode). that method call doesn't yet cause anything to be parsed, though. actual network data is passed to an nsistreamlistener. nshtml5streamparser is the nsistreamlistener implementation obtained by calling nsistreamlistener* nshtml5parser::getstreamlistener(). the nsistreamlistener methods (onstartrequest, ondataavailable and onstoprequest) are called on the main thread. onstartrequest does all sorts of initializ...
...rser::getstreamlistener(). the nsistreamlistener methods (onstartrequest, ondataavailable and onstoprequest) are called on the main thread. onstartrequest does all sorts of initialization on the main thread. at that point, nothing has happened on the parser thread yet and the nshtml5streamparser lives fully on the main thread. passing data to the parser thread nshtml5streamparser gets some of its methods called on the main thread and some called on the parser thread. the method implementations assert which thread they are supposed to be called on. ondataavailable and onstoprequest on the main thread post runnables on to the parser thread. ...
...the runnables hold mtokenizermutex for the entire duration of the dodataavailable or dostoprequest call. mtokenizermutex protects most data structures on nshtml5streamparser from concurrent access. ...
...And 4 more matches

Downloads.jsm
the downloads.jsm javascript code module provides a single entry point to interact with the downloading capabilities of the platform, including starting new downloads, controlling ongoing downloads, and retrieving download-related configuration. to use it, you first need to import the code module into your javascript scope: components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/downloads.jsm"); method overview promise<download> createdownload(object aproperties); promise<void> fetch(asource, atarget, [optional] object aoptions); promise<downloadlist> getlist(atype); promise<downloadsummary> getsummary(atype); constants constant description public work on downloads that were not started from a private browsing window. priv...
...exception during a download, you can use this to verify if ex instanceof downloads.error, before reading the exception properties with the error details. example (using task.jsm): try { yield downloads.fetch(sourceuri, targetfile); } catch (ex if ex instanceof downloads.error && ex.becausetargetfailed) { console.log("unable to write to the target file, ignoring the error."); } methods createdownload() creates a new download object. promise<download> createdownload( object aproperties ); parameters aproperties provides the initial properties for the newly created download. this matches the serializable representation of a download object. some of the most common properties in this object include: source: string containing the uri for the download source. alterna...
... path: string containing the path of the target file. saver: optional string representing the class of the download operation. if omitted, defaults to "copy". alternatively, may be the serializable representation of a downloadsaver object. promise resolves to the newly created download object. fetch() downloads data from a remote network location to a local file. this download method does not provide user interface or the ability to cancel or restart the download programmatically. for that, you should obtain a reference to a download object using the createdownload() function. since the download cannot be restarted, any partially downloaded data will not be kept in case the download fails. promise fetch( asource, atarget, object aoptions ); parameters asource st...
...And 4 more matches

Memory reporting
keep about:memory's "heap-unclassified" number low. see below for more details. sometimes counter-based reporters are unavoidable, particularly when writing memory reporters for third-party code that cannot be modified. a simple example imagine a simple string class with the following data fields: class mystring { private: char *mbuffer; // heap-allocated size_t mlen; // ... methods ... } here are what the measurement functions (yes, functions) should look like for this class. size_t mystring::sizeofexcludingthis(mozilla::mallocsizeof amallocsizeof) const { return amallocsizeof(mbuffer); } size_t mystring::sizeofincludingthis(mozilla::mallocsizeof amallocsizeof) const { return amallocsizeof(this) + sizeofexcludingthis(amallocsizeof); } (note that sizeofexcludingthis ...
...ions (yes, functions) should look like for this class. ...
...; } size_t mystring::sizeofincludingthis(mozilla::mallocsizeof amallocsizeof) const { return amallocsizeof(this) + sizeofexcludingthis(amallocsizeof); } (note that sizeofexcludingthis and sizeofincludingthis aren't overrides of methods on a global base class that is common to all reporters. these names are just a convention that is commonly followed. that said, note that for some classes these methods may be virtual.) mfbt/memoryreporting.h defines mozilla::mallocsizeof as follows: typedef size_t (*mallocsizeof)(const void* p); functions with this signature measure the size of p by asking the heap allocator how big it is (via moz_malloc_usable_size). all this is probably not what you'd expect, but the above functions have the following crucial features. they let you measure the mys...
...And 4 more matches

Necko Interfaces Overview
r various uri parts (eg. scheme, host, path, ...) per protocol implementation necko provides uri impl's for common uri formats (see nsstandardurl, nssimpleuri) nsichannel : nsirequest represents a logical connection to the resource identified by a nsiuri per protocol implementation single use (ie. ...
....) per protocol implementation necko provides uri impl's for common uri formats (see nsstandardurl, nssimpleuri) nsichannel : nsirequest represents a logical connection to the resource identified by a nsiuri per protocol implementation single use (ie. ...
...uri impl's for common uri formats (see nsstandardurl, nssimpleuri) nsichannel : nsirequest represents a logical connection to the resource identified by a nsiuri per protocol implementation single use (ie. channel is used to download the resource once) download initiated via nsichannel::asyncopen method can be canceled via nsirequest::cancel method at anytime after invocation of asyncopen method nsiprotocolhandler a service that manages a protocol, identified by it's uri scheme (eg. ...
...And 4 more matches

Tutorial: Embedding Rhino
all it does it read a script from the command line, execute it, and print a result. here's an example use of runscript from a shell command line: $ java runscript "math.cos(math.pi)" -1 $ java runscript "function f(x){return x+1} f(7)" 8 no...
...; uses the context cx to evaluate a string. evaluation of the script looks up variables in scope, and errors will be reported with the filename <cmd> and line number 1. printing the result the code system.out.println(cx.tostring(result)); prints the result of evaluating the script (contained in the variable result). result could be a string, javascript object, or other values. the tostring method converts any javascript value to a string. exiting the context the code } finally { context.exit(); } exits the context. this removes the association between the context and the current thread and is an essential cleanup action. there should be a call to exit for every call to enter. to make sure that it is called even if an exception is thrown, it is put into the finally block correspon...
...f = (function)fobj; object result = f.call(cx, scope, scope, functionargs); string report = "f('my args') = " + context.tostring(result); system.out.println(report); } javascript host objects defining host objects custom host objects can implement special javascript features like dynamic properties. counter example the counter example is a simple host object. we'll go through it method by method below. it's easy to try out new host object classes in the shell using its built-in defineclass function. we'll see how to add it to runscript later. (note that because the java -jar option preempts the rest of the classpath, we can't use that and access the counter class.) $ java -cp "js.jar;examples" org.mozilla.javascript.tools.shell.main js> defineclass("counter") js> c = new coun...
...And 4 more matches

JS::CallArgs
per class encapsulating access to the callee, this value, arguments, and argument count for a function call. syntax js::callargs js::callargsfromvp(unsigned argc, js::value *vp); name type description args unsigned number of argument. (2nd argument of jsnative) vp js::value * a pointer to the argument value array. ...
... encapsulating access to the callee, this value, arguments, and argument count for a function call. syntax js::callargs js::callargsfromvp(unsigned argc, js::value *vp); name type description args unsigned number of argument. (2nd argument of jsnative) vp js::value * a pointer to the argument value array. ...
...e, this value, arguments, and argument count for a function call. syntax js::callargs js::callargsfromvp(unsigned argc, js::value *vp); name type description args unsigned number of argument. (2nd argument of jsnative) vp js::value * a pointer to the argument value array. (3nd argument of jsnative) methods methods of js::callargs method description bool requireatleast(jscontext *cx, const char *fnname, unsigned required) returns true if there are at least required arguments passed in. if false, it reports an error message on the context. methods inherited from js::callargsbase method description unsigned length() const returns the number of arguments.. js::mutablehandlevalu...
...And 4 more matches

JSClass
a jsclass describes a class of javascript objects. a c/c++ program can use a jsclass with the js_initclass and js_newobject apis to create objects that have custom methods and properties implemented in c/c++. syntax struct jsclass { const char *name; uint32_t flags; /* optional since spidermonkey 37 */ jspropertyop addproperty; jsdeletepropertyop delproperty; jspropertyop getproperty; jsstrictpropertyop setproperty; jsenumerateop enumerate; jsresolveop resolve; jsconvertop convert; /* obsolete since spidermonkey 44 */ /* optional since spidermonkey 25 */ jsfinalizeop finalize; /* optional */ jsclassinternal reserved0; /* obsolete since spidermonkey 13 */ ...
...tystub (spidermonkey 31 or older) for default behavior. setproperty jsstrictpropertyop a hook called when setting a property. this is the default setter for the class. when a script creates a new property, this is called after addproperty. use null or js_strictpropertystub (spidermonkey 31 or older) for default behavior. enumerate jsenumerateop method for enumerating object properties. use null or js_enumeratestub (spidermonkey 31 or older) for default behavior. obsolete since jsapi 37 the jsclass_new_enumerate flag instructs spidermonkey to call this as a jsnewenumerateop. resolve jsresolveop hook for implementing lazy properties. see jsclass.resolve for details. use null or js_resolvestub (spi...
...ich is equivalent to that defined by ecmascript in §8.12.8. finalize jsfinalizeop the object finalizer hook. this is called at some point after the object becomes unreachable, and can be used to free any additional resources associated with the object. if objects of this class do not need finalization, use null. checkaccess jscheckaccessop optional method for access checks. implements js_checkaccess. if your application does not use the jsapi's security features, use null. obsolete since jsapi 29 call jsnative this is called when a script calls an object as though it were a function: obj(). if objects of your class shouldn't be callable, use null. most objects are not callable. hasinstance jshasinstanceop pointer to a...
...And 4 more matches

Places Developer Guide
and unique integer identifiers for items in the bookmark system. some of the apis are uri-centric, some use item ids. the api signature and context usually make clear which is required. bookmarks the toolkit bookmarks service is nsinavbookmarksservice: var bookmarks = cc["@mozilla.org/browser/nav-bookmarks-service;1"] .getservice(ci.nsinavbookmarksservice); this service provides methods for adding, editing and deleting items in the bookmarks collection. types in the bookmark system there are the four types of items in the bookmarks system, and their identifiers in the idl: bookmark: nsinavbookmarksservice.type_bookmark folder: nsinavbookmarksservice.type_folder separator: nsinavbookmarksservice.type_separator dynamic container: nsinavbookmarksservice.type_dynamic_conta...
...itemid) - works for all types removefolder(aitemid) - works for folders and livemarks removefolderchildren(aitemid) - works for folders and livemarks observing bookmark events the nsinavbookmarkobserver interface is used for observing bookmarks activity such as item additions, changes and deletions. // create a bookmark observer var observer = { onbeginupdatebatch: function() { // this method is notified when a batch of changes are about to occur. // observers can use this to suspend updates to the user-interface, for example // while a batch change is occurring. }, onendupdatebatch: function() { this._inbatch = false; }, onitemadded: function(id, folder, index) { }, onitemremoved: function(id, folder, index) { }, onitemchanged: function(id, property, isann...
...mat. note that this service is only currently available for firefox, not other toolkit-based applications. importing: importhtmlfromfile (nsilocalfile afile, boolean aisinitialimport) - this imports all the bookmarks in the specified file into the current bookmarks collection. if aisinitialimport is true, all pre-existing bookmarks in the toolbar and menu folders will be deleted. note: the method importhtmlfromfiletofolder() method was removed in gecko 14.0 (firefox 14.0 / thunderbird 14.0 / seamonkey 2.11). exporting: exporthtmltofile (nsilocalfile afile) - this exports all bookmarks in the toolbar, menu and unfiled bookmarks folders into the specified file. backup/restore the new bookmarks system uses the json format for storing backups of users' bookmarks. the apis are available vi...
...And 4 more matches

Fun With XBL and XPConnect
rty on the widget called autocompletesession. the initial value of this property evaluates to an xp-connect object. now accesses to autocompletesession will return the xp-connect object. exposing the xpcom interfaces one somewhat nasty trick you need to do is to manually expose the interfaces of the xpcom object that you want your widget to support. ...
.... the initial value of this property evaluates to an xp-connect object. now accesses to autocompletesession will return the xp-connect object. exposing the xpcom interfaces one somewhat nasty trick you need to do is to manually expose the interfaces of the xpcom object that you want your widget to support. all you have to do is specifically defining a method on the xbl widget which forwards the method call to the xpcom object. ...
...aluates to an xp-connect object. now accesses to autocompletesession will return the xp-connect object. exposing the xpcom interfaces one somewhat nasty trick you need to do is to manually expose the interfaces of the xpcom object that you want your widget to support. all you have to do is specifically defining a method on the xbl widget which forwards the method call to the xpcom object. ...
...And 4 more matches

Interfacing with the XPCOM cycle collector
elves, typically by using an nscyclecollectingautorefcnt rather than a nsautorefcnt. it only traverses objects that return a helper object when qi'ed to nsicyclecollectionparticipant. if it encounters an unknown edge during its traversal, it gives up on that edge; this means that every edge involved in a cycle must be participating, otherwise the cycle will not be found. the traverse and unlink methods on the helper object are not magic; they are programmer-supplied and must be correct, or else the collector will fail. the collector does not know how to find temporary owning pointers that exist on the stack, so it is important that it only run from near the top-loop of the program. it will not crash if there are extra owning pointers, but it will find itself unable to account for the referenc...
...more complicated structure than this picture. for example, your class may have multiple nsisupports base classes, which requires the use of some *_ambiguous macros that perform a disambiguating downcast. or your class may have a complicated ownership structure, such that the simple ns_impl_cycle_collection_n macros are insufficient; in this case you might need to implement the traverse and unlink methods of your helper class manually. it's helpful even in these cases to use the ns_impl_cycle_collection_traverse_{begin,end} and ns_impl_cycle_collection_unlink_{begin,end} macros. you can see an example of their use in some more complicated classes such as content/base/src/nsgenericelement.cpp. if your class has tearoffs or is being aggregated by other classes it is important to make the tearoff cl...
...ple of their use in some more complicated classes such as content/base/src/nsgenericelement.cpp. if your class has tearoffs or is being aggregated by other classes it is important to make the tearoff classes or the outer classes participate in cycle collection too, not doing so could lead to the cycle collector trying to collect the objects too soon. manually implementing the traverse and unlink methods each field that may contain cycle collected objects needs to be passed to the cycle collector, so it can detect cycles that pass through those fields. the main macro for traverse is ns_impl_cycle_collection_traverse: ns_impl_cycle_collection_traverse(msomemember) unlink works similarly: ns_impl_cycle_collection_unlink(msomemember) these macros should handle a variety of cases, such as ...
...And 4 more matches

nsIAccessibleText
accessible/public/nsiaccessibletext.idlscriptable please add a summary to this article. ...
...in new code. boundary_line_start 5 boundary_line_end 6 boundary_attribute_range 7 coordinate type constants obsolete since gecko 1.9 (firefox 3)this feature is obsolete. although it may still work in some browsers, its use is discouraged since it could be removed at any time. try to avoid using it. constant value description coord_type_screen 0 coord_type_window 1 methods addselection() void addselection( in long startoffset, in long endoffset ); parameters startoffset endoffset getattributerange() obsolete since gecko 1.9.1 (firefox 3.5 / thunderbird 3.0 / seamonkey 2.0) get the accessible and start/end offsets around the given offset. this accessible get return the dom node and layout frame with the uniform attributes for this...
...height of the bounding box of the referenced character. coordtype specifies if the coordinates are relative to the screen or to the parent window (see constants declared in nsiaccessiblecoordinatetype.constants. ...
...And 4 more matches

nsIAppShellService
pshellservice.idlscriptable provides the appshellservice. ...
...scription size_to_content -1 create a window, which will be initially invisible. econsiderquit 1 attempt to quit if all windows are closed. obsolete since gecko 1.8 eattemptquit 2 try to close all windows, then quit if successful. obsolete since gecko 1.8 eforcequit 3 force all windows to close, then quit. obsolete since gecko 1.8 methods closetoplevelwindow() obsolete since gecko 1.8 (firefox 1.5 / thunderbird 1.5 / seamonkey 1.0) close a window. void closetoplevelwindow( in nsixulwindow awindow ); parameters awindow a window. native code only!createhiddenwindow creates a hidden window. void createhiddenwindow( in nsiappshell aappshell ); parameters aappshell a widget "appshell" ...
... tasks specfied by "general.startup.*" prefs. note: size_to_content may be used for width or height. boolean createstartupstate( in long awindowwidth, in long awindowheight ); parameters awindowwidth the width to make the initial window(s) opened. awindowheight the height to make the initial window(s) opened. return value true if a window was opened. createtoplevelwindow() this method creates a window, which will be initially invisible. nsixulwindow createtoplevelwindow( in nsixulwindow aparent, in nsiuri aurl, in boolean ashowwindow, in boolean aloaddefaultpage, in pruint32 achromemask, in long ainitialwidth, in long ainitialheight, in nsiappshell aappshell ); parameters aparent the parent window. can be null. aurl the contents of the new window. ash...
...And 4 more matches

nsIAsyncOutputStream
its from: nsioutputstream last changed in gecko 1.7 if an output stream is non-blocking, it may return ns_base_stream_would_block when written to. the caller must then wait for the stream to become writable. ...
...the caller can use this interface to request an asynchronous notification when the stream becomes writable or closed (via the asyncwait() method). while this interface is almost exclusively used with non-blocking streams, it is not necessary that nsioutputstream.isnonblocking() return true. nor is it necessary that a non-blocking nsioutputstream implementation also implement nsiasyncoutputstream. ...
...sewithstatus(in nsresult reason); constants constant value description wait_closure_only (1<<0) if passed to asyncwait(), this flag overrides the default behavior, causing the onoutputstreamready notification to be suppressed until the stream becomes closed (either as a result of closewithstatus()/close being called on the stream or possibly due to some error in the underlying stream). methods asyncwait() asynchronously wait for the stream to be writable or closed. the notification is one-shot, meaning that each asyncwait call will result in exactly one notification callback. after the nsioutputstreamcallback.onoutputstreamready() event is dispatched, the stream releases its reference to the nsioutputstreamcallback object. it is safe to call asyncwait again from the notification handl...
...And 4 more matches

nsIChannelEventSink
plement this interface to gain control over various channel events, such as redirects. 1.0 66 introduced gecko 1.8 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1) channels will try to get this interface from a channel's notificationcallbacks or, if not available there, from the loadgroup's notificationcallbacks. ...
... inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1) channels will try to get this interface from a channel's notificationcallbacks or, if not available there, from the loadgroup's notificationcallbacks. these methods are called before onstartrequest. note: prior to gecko 2.0, redirect handling was synchronous, using the onchannelredirect() method. ...
...ast changed in gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1) channels will try to get this interface from a channel's notificationcallbacks or, if not available there, from the loadgroup's notificationcallbacks. these methods are called before onstartrequest. note: prior to gecko 2.0, redirect handling was synchronous, using the onchannelredirect() method. starting in gecko 2.0, that method no longer exists, and instead the asynconchannelredirect() method is called; this uses a callback to handle redirects asynchronously. ...
...And 4 more matches

nsIClipboard
widget/nsiclipboard.idlscriptable this interface supports basic clipboard operations such as: setting, retrieving, emptying, matching and supporting clipboard data. ...
...s peculiar to the x windows system, where it refers to the primary selection, which is the one that simple mouse selection and middle-click paste operations are using. constant value description kselectionclipboard 0 clipboard for selection. kglobalclipboard 1 clipboard for global use. kfindclipboard 2 clipboard for find strings. methods emptyclipboard() this method empties the clipboard and notifies the clipboard owner. it empties the "logical" clipboard. it does not clear the native clipboard. void emptyclipboard( in long awhichclipboard ); parameters awhichclipboard specifies the clipboard to which this operation applies. forcedatatoclipboard() obsolete since gecko 1.8 (firefox 1.5 / thunderbird ...
...lipboard. it does not clear the native clipboard. void emptyclipboard( in long awhichclipboard ); parameters awhichclipboard specifies the clipboard to which this operation applies. forcedatatoclipboard() obsolete since gecko 1.8 (firefox 1.5 / thunderbird 1.5 / seamonkey 1.0) some platforms support deferred notification for putting data on the clipboard this method forces the data onto the clipboard in its various formats this may be used if the application going away. void forcedatatoclipboard( in long awhichclipboard ); parameters awhichclipboard specifies the clipboard to which this operation applies. getdata() this method retrieves data from the clipboard into a transferable. void getdata( in nsitransferable atransferable, in long awhic...
...And 4 more matches

nsIContentPrefService2
his interface doesn't impart any special significance to global preferences; they're simply name-value pairs that aren't associated with any particular domain. as a consumer of this interface, you might choose to let a global preference override all non- global preferences of the same name, for example, for whatever definition of "override" is appropriate for your use case. ...
...pass null to unconditionally use permanent storage. ...
...ull urls, like "http://example.com/foo/bar". in the latter case the api extracts the full domain from the url, so if you specify "http://foo.bar.example.com/baz", the domain is taken to be "foo.bar.example.com", not "example.com". private-browsing context parameters many methods also accept a "context" parameter. this parameter relates to private browsing and determines the kind of storage that a method uses, either the usual permanent storage or temporary storage set() aside for private browsing sessions. pass null to unconditionally use permanent storage. pass an nsiloadcontext to use storage appropriate to the context's useprivatebrowsing attribute: if useprivatebrowsing is true, temporary private-browsing storage is used, and otherwise permanent storage is used. a context can be obtained fro...
...And 4 more matches

nsIDOMChromeWindow
dom/interfaces/base/nsidomchromewindow.idlscriptable this interface is implemented on the window object in chrome. inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1) method overview void beginwindowmove(in nsidomevent mousedownevent); void getattention(); void getattentionwithcyclecount(in long acyclecount); void maximize(); void minimize(); void notifydefaultbuttonloaded(in nsidomelement defaultbutton); void restore(); void setcursor(in domstring cursor); attributes attribute type description browserdomwindow nsibrowserdomwindow the related nsibrowserdomwindow instance which provides access to yet another layer of utility functions by chrome script. it will be null for domwindows not corresponding to brows...
...r read only. title domstring obsolete since gecko 1.9.1 windowstate unsigned short returns current window state, the value is one of state_* constants. read only. constants constant value description state_maximized 1 the window is maximized. state_minimized 2 the window is minimized. state_normal 3 the window is normal. state_fullscreen 4 the window is in full screen mode. methods beginwindowmove() on some operating systems, we must allow the window manager to handle window dragging. this method tells the window manager to start dragging the window. this method will fail unless called while the left mouse button is held down, callers must check this. void beginwindowmove( in nsidomevent mousedownevent ); parameters mousedownevent exceptions thrown ns_error_not_impl...
... allow the window manager to handle window dragging. this method tells the window manager to start dragging the window. this method will fail unless called while the left mouse button is held down, callers must check this. void beginwindowmove( in nsidomevent mousedownevent ); parameters mousedownevent exceptions thrown ns_error_not_implemented if the operating system does not support this method. getattention() void getattention(); parameters none. getattentionwithcyclecount() same as getattention method excepting that this can specify the maximum number of times to animate the window per system conventions. void getattentionwithcyclecount( in long acyclecount ); parameters acyclecount the maximum number of times to animate the window per system conventions. if set to -1, cycles in...
...And 4 more matches

nsIMsgMessageService
objects that implements nsimsgmessageservice give the user top level routines related to messages like copying, displaying, attachment's manipulation, printing, streaming the message content to eml format string, etc. ...
...acopylistener already knows about the destination folder. void copymessage(in string asrcuri, in nsistreamlistener acopylistener, in boolean amovemessage, in nsiurllistener aurllistener, in nsimsgwindow amsgwindow, out nsiuri aurl); ...
... the end of the file. aurllistener a nsiurllistener for being notified when the copy is finished. canonicallineending amsgwindow nsimsgwindow for progress and status feedback return values aurl the new nsiuri of the saved message. note: this operation may be obsolete. you always can use streammessage to get the eml string representation of the message and then write it using file i/o methods. geturlforuri() when you have a uri and you would like to convert that to a url which can be run through necko, you can use this method. note: the uri must refer to a message and not a folder! void geturlforuri(in string amessageuri, out nsiuri aurl, in nsimsgwindow amsgwindow); parameters amessageuri amsgwindow nsimsgwindow for progress and st...
...And 4 more matches

nsIProcess
xpcom/threads/nsiprocess.idlscriptable this interface represents an executable process. inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1) implemented by: @mozilla.org/process/util;1. ...
...g the name of the process. read only. gecko 1.9.1 note this attribute is no longer implemented as of gecko 1.9.1, and is removed entirely in gecko 1.9.2. processsignature unsigned long the process signature. read only. gecko 1.9.1 note this attribute is no longer implemented as of gecko 1.9.1, and is removed entirely in gecko 1.9.2. methods init() initializes the nsiprocess with the specified executable file. once initialized, you can start the process executing by calling run(). note: this function does not work with application bundles on mac os x, see bug 307463 for details. void init( in nsifile executable ); parameters executable the nsifile executable file to be represented by the nsiprocess object. ini...
... x, see bug 307463 for details. void init( in nsifile executable ); parameters executable the nsifile executable file to be represented by the nsiprocess object. initwithpid() obsolete since gecko 1.9.2 (firefox 3.6 / thunderbird 3.1 / fennec 1.0) initializes the nsiprocess to represent an existing process, given that process's id. gecko 1.9.1 note this method is no longer implemented as of gecko 1.9.1, and is removed entirely in gecko 1.9.2. void initwithpid( in unsigned long pid ); parameters pid the process id to begin to represent. kill() immediately terminates the process represented by the nsiprocess object. this only works if the process was run without blocking enabled. gecko 1.9.1 note prior to gecko 1.9.1 (firefox 3.5), thi...
...And 4 more matches

nsISecurityCheckedComponent
code that has the "universalbrowserread" capability is allowed to perform certain actions that allow it to read information from the local system. ...
... accessing it from potentially unprivileged code. inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 1.7 capability strings in gecko, a "capability" is a string identifying a set of actions that code is allowed to perform. two examples: code that has the "universalxpconnect" capability is allowed to access all of xpcom. this includes creating instances of arbitrary xpcom objects and calling methods and setting properties on them. code that has the "universalbrowserread" capability is allowed to perform certain actions that allow it to read information from the local system. for example, this capability allows code to set the value of <input type="file"> and access an arbitrary file on disk. standard web pages have no special capabilities. extensions can define their own capabilities and...
...low access to code trusted with that capability. the two special return values of '"allaccess" or "noaccess" unconditionally allow or deny access to the operation. all code has the "allaccess" capability, and no code has the "noaccess" capability. this interface is used in mozilla by xpconnect and a handful of things that need special handing (xul controllers, the ui for the <video> tag, etc.). ...
...And 4 more matches

nsIServiceManager
xpcom/components/nsiservicemanager.idlscriptable this interface provides a means to obtain global services in an application. the service manager depends on the repository to find and instantiate factories to obtain services. ...
...unlike createinstance, this will always return the same object each time it is called with the same arguments. void getservice( in nscidref aclass, in nsiidref aiid, [iid_is(aiid),retval] out nsqiresult result ); parameters aclass the classid of the service that is being re...
...unlike createinstance, this will always return the same object each time it is called with the same arguments. void getservice( in nscidref aclass, in nsiidref aiid, [iid_is(aiid),retval] out nsqiresult result ); parameters aclass the classid of the service that is being requested. aiid the interfac...
...And 4 more matches

nsISupports proxies
ed because javascript code can no longer run on arbitrary threads, and compiled code can use compiled runnable to achieve the same effect in a much simpler manner. for more information about alternatives, see making cross-thread calls using runnables. the following interface is now obsolete: nsiproxyobjectmanager. about xpcom proxies a proxy, in this context, is a stub object which enables a method of any class which is derived from nsisupports and has a typelib to be called on any in-process thread. the main reason for nsisupports proxies is that javascript and ui are on a single thread. when one is busy, the other is blocked. a good example of this is the old install.js scripts that were used in xpinstall in older mozilla versions. they from the majority of javascript code, which is sma...
...ions. in this document, i will try to explain how to use nsisupports proxies. how do i use it? the api has changed in mozilla 1.9, but the prose below hasn't been updated yet. see xpcom/proxy/public/nsiproxyobjectmanager.idl for the updated interface and its documentation. see also . from a users point of view, you need only to look at the nsiproxyobjectmanager. ...
...rface and its documentation. see also . from a users point of view, you need only to look at the nsiproxyobjectmanager. it has two entry points: ns_imethod getproxyforobject(nsieventqueue *destqueue, const nsiid & iid, nsisupports *object, print32 proxytype, void * *result); ns_imethod getproxy(nsieventqueue *destqueue, const nsiid & cid, nsisupports *aouter, const nsiid & iid, print32 proxytype, void * *result); the two apis are essentially the same. the only difference is that the first accepts a created object object, and the latter will create an object for you. this creati...
...And 4 more matches

nsIThread
raction for an operating system thread. threads have a built-in event queue, and a thread is an event target that can receive nsirunnable objects (events) to be processed on the thread. to create a thread, use the nsithreadmanager interface. xpcom/threads/nsithread.idlscriptable please add a summary to this article. last changed in gecko 1.9 (firefox 3) inherits from: nsieventtarget method overview void shutdown() boolean haspendingevents() boolean processnextevent(in boolean maywait) attributes attribute type description prthread prthread the nspr thread object corresponding to the nsithread. read only. methods shutdown() shuts down the thread. this causes events to stop being dispatched to the thread, and ...
...instead, you must only call it from another thread (usually the thread that created it, or the main application thread). ...
...instead, you must only call it from another thread (usually the thread that created it, or the main application thread). when this function returns, the thread will be shut down and will no longer be available to receive events. void shutdown() parameters none. ...
...And 4 more matches

nsITransactionListener
editor/txmgr/idl/nsitransactionlistener.idlscriptable this interface is implemented by an object that tracks transactions. ...
...void diddo( ...
...void diddo( in nsitransactionmanager amanager, in nsitransaction atransaction, in nsresult adoresult ); parameters amanager the nsitransactionmanager that did the transaction. atransaction the transaction that was executed. adoresult the nsresult returned after executing the transaction. ...
...And 4 more matches

nsIXmlRpcClient
warning: this interface was removed from firefox 3 and is no longer available. extensions/xml-rpc/idl/nsixmlrpcclient.idlscriptable please add a summary to this article. ...
...null if the last call didn't return an xml-rpc fault. ...
... server was unreachable or not yet contacted. constants constant type description int unsigned long nsisupportsprint32 boolean unsigned long nsisupportsprbool string unsigned long nsisupportscstring double unsigned long nsisupportsdouble datetime unsigned long nsisupportsprtime array readonly unsigned long nsisupportsarray struct readonly unsigned long nsisupportsdictionary methods init() set server url. call this before using this object void getdata ( in string serverurl ) ; parameters serverurl url of server side object on which methods should be called setauthentication() set authentication info if needed. both parameters must be specified for authentication to be enabled void setauthentication ( in string username, in string password ) ; para...
...And 4 more matches

xptcall FAQ
to support dynamically impersonating any xpcom interface. both of these facilities are required by xpconnect. these facilities are also used by xpcom/proxy. it may also be used by other subsystems in the future. ...
... to support dynamically impersonating any xpcom interface. both of these facilities are required by xpconnect. these facilities are also used by xpcom/proxy. it may also be used by other subsystems in the future. ...
... to support dynamically impersonating any xpcom interface. both of these facilities are required by xpconnect. these facilities are also used by xpcom/proxy. it may also be used by other subsystems in the future. ...
...And 4 more matches

XPCOM
dd-ons—like extensions and themes—that were created prior to firefox 1.5. add-ons can (and should) be identified with ids of the form extensionname@organization.tld since firefox 1.5.generic factorymost xpcom factories can be very simple. rick potts wrote a templated-based generic factory (nsfactory<t>) that simplifies the factory creation process that just requires writing a createinstance() method. the new nsigenericfactory interface takes this a step further, by providing a single interface that can be reused anytime a simple implementation of nsifactory is needed. here is the interface, and a description of its use.</t>how to build a binary xpcom component using visual studiothis is a simple tutorial for building xpcom objects in c++ using visual studio. xpcom is mozilla’s cross platfo...
...on of its use.</t>how to build a binary xpcom component using visual studiothis is a simple tutorial for building xpcom objects in c++ using visual studio. xpcom is mozilla’s cross platform component object model, similar to microsoft’s com technology. xpcom components can be implemented in c, c++, and javascript, and can be used from c, c++, and javascript. ...
...t, and can be used from c, c++, and javascript. that means you can call javascript methods from c++ and vice versa. for more information on the workings of xpcom look elsewhere.how to pass an xpcom object to a new windowif you want to be able to call functions within an xpcom object from a xul window's code, you can do so if you pass the xpcom object as one of the arguments to the window creation method.interfacing with the xpcom cycle collectorthis is a quick overview of the cycle collector introduced into xpcom for firefox 3, including a description of the steps involved in modifying an existing c++ class to participate in xpcom cycle collection. if you have a class that you think is involved in a cyclical-ownership leak, this page is for you.introduction to xpcom for the domwarning: this docu...
...And 4 more matches

The libmime module
the parser is object-oriented. there is a class for each mime type, and each class is responsible for parsing itself, and/or handing the input data off to one of its child objects. ...
... class initialization function the mimedefclass macr...
...nd then we define the class object using the mimedefclass macro: #include "foobar.h" #define mime_superclass parentlclass mimedefclass(foobar, foobarclass, foobarclass, &mime_superclass); the definition of mime_superclass is just to move most of the knowlege of the exact class hierarchy up to the file's header, instead of it being scattered through the various methods; see below. method declarations we will be putting function pointers into the class object, so we declare them here. they can generally all be static, since nobody outside of this file needs to reference them by name; all references to these routines should be through the class object. extern int foobarmethod(foobar *); ...etc... class initialization function the mimedefclass macro expects us to defin...
...And 4 more matches

Scripting plugins - Plugins
alling the old plugin api call npp_getvalue with the new enumeration value that has been added to the nppvariable enumeration. the new nppvariable enumeration is defined in npapi.h as: nppvpluginscriptablenpobject = 15 threading model this api is not designed to be thread safe. the threading model for this api is such that all calls through this api are synchronous and calls from a plugin to methods in this api must come from the thread on which the plugin was initiated, and likewise all calls to methods in this api by the browser are guaranteed to come from the same thread. future revisions to this api might provide a mechanism for proxying calls from one thread to another to aid in using this api from other threads. security model the security model for making calls through this api is ...
...ions to this api might provide a mechanism for proxying calls from one thread to another to aid in using this api from other threads. security model the security model for making calls through this api is much like the general same-origin security model enforced by the browser. that means that a script from an origin other than the origin of the page that loaded the plugin is not able to access methods and properties on the plugin. the same thing applies the other way too; the plugin can reach only javascript objects in the same origin as the page that loaded the plugin. in addition to this, a further extension to this api is being discussed that would give a plugin greater flexibility by letting the plugin control the origin of the calling code, so that the plugin can specify the origin of c...
... is done by using an extension to npn_getvalue. the extensions are two additions to the npnvariables enumeration; the new enumerations are npnvwindownpobject and npnvpluginelementnpobject. ...
...And 4 more matches

Version, UI, and Status Information - Plugins
status line to notify the user of plug-in-related information. the user might appreciate seeing the percentage completed of the current operation or the url of a button or other link object when the cursor is over it, all of which the browser shows. in fact, your plug-in interface should be consistent with the rest of the browser in this way. to accomplish this, the plug-in calls the npn_status method to display your message on the status line. void npn_status(npp instance, const char *message); the instance parameter is the current plug-in instance, that is, the one that the status message belongs to. in the message parameter, pass the string you want to display on the status line. the browser always displays the last status line message it receives, regardless of the message source. for ...
...t the status message belongs to. in the message parameter, pass the string you want to display on the status line. the browser always displays the last status line message it receives, regardless of the message source. for this reason, your message is always displayed, but you have no control over how long it stays in the status line before another message replaces it. you should use a different method to display messages that the user needs to see, such as error messages. getting agent information a plug-in can check which browser is running on the user's current system. browsers communicate with http servers, which store agent software name, version, and operating system in a user_agent field. if you want to gather usage statistics or just find out the version of your plug-in's host browser...
...s. getting agent information a plug-in can check which browser is running on the user's current system. browsers communicate with http servers, which store agent software name, version, and operating system in a user_agent field. if you want to gather usage statistics or just find out the version of your plug-in's host browser, this information can help you. the plug-in calls the npn_useragent method to retrieve the contents of the user_agent field. const char* npn_useragent(npp instance); the instance parameter represents the current plug-in instance. this function returns a string that contains the user_agent field of the browser. getting the current version your plug-in should make sure, possibly during initialization, that the version of the plug-in api it is using is compatible with...
...And 4 more matches

AudioNode - Web APIs
put has a given amount of channels. for example, mono audio has one channel, while stereo audio has two channels. the web audio api will up-mix or down-mix the number of channels as required; check the web audio spec for details. for a list of all audio nodes, see the web audio api homepage. creating an audionode there are two ways to create an audionode: via the constuctor and via the factory method. ...
...s as required; check the web audio spec for details. for a list of all audio nodes, see the web audio api homepage. creating an audionode there are two ways to create an audionode: via the constuctor and via the factory method. ...
...ctor const analysernode = new analysernode(audioctx, { fftsize: 2048, maxdecibels: -25, mindecibels: -60, smoothingtimeconstant: 0.5, }); // factory method const analysernode = audioctx.createanalyser(); analysernode.fftsize = 2048; analysernode.maxdecibels = -25; analysernode.mindecibels = -60; analysernode.smoothingtimeconstant = 0.5; you are free to use either constructors or factory methods, or mix both, however there are advantages to using the constructors: all parameters can be set during construction time and don't need to be set individually. you can sub-class an audio node. while the actual processing is done internally by the browser and cannot be altered, you could write a wrapper around an audio node to provide custom properties and methods. slightly better performanc...
...And 4 more matches

CSSPrimitiveValue.primitiveType - Web APIs
the primitivetype read-only property of the cssprimitivevalue interface represents the type of a css value. syntax type = cssprimitivevalue.primitivetype; value an unsigned short representing the type of the value. possible values are: constant description css_attr the value is an attr() function. the value can be obtained by using the getstringvalue() method. css_cm the value is a <length> in centimeters. the value can be obtained by using the getfloatvalue() method. css_counter the value is a counter or counters function. the value can be obtained by using the getcountervalue() method. css_deg the value is an <angle> in degrees. the value can be obtained by using the getfloatvalue() method. css_dimension the value i...
...alue() method. css_counter the value is a counter or counters function. the value can be obtained by using the getcountervalue() method. css_deg the value is an <angle> in degrees. the value can be obtained by using the getfloatvalue() method. css_dimension the value is a <number> with an unknown dimension. the value can be obtained by using the getfloatvalue() method. css_ems the value is a <length> in em units. the value can be obtained by using the getfloatvalue() method. css_exs the value is a <length> in ex units. the value can be obtained by using the getfloatvalue() method. css_grad the value is an <angle> in grads. the value can be obtained by using the getfloatvalue() method. css_hz the value is a <frequ...
...can be obtained by using the getfloatvalue() method. css_exs the value is a <length> in ex units. the value can be obtained by using the getfloatvalue() method. css_grad the value is an <angle> in grads. the value can be obtained by using the getfloatvalue() method. css_hz the value is a <frequency> in hertz. the value can be obtained by using the getfloatvalue method. css_ident the value is an identifier. the value can be obtained by using the getstringvalue() method. css_in the value is a <length> in inches. the value can be obtained by using the getfloatvalue() method. css_khz the value is a <frequency> in kilohertz. the value can be obtained by using the getfloatvalue() method. css_mm the value is a <length> ...
...And 4 more matches

Pixel manipulation with canvas - Web APIs
st colorindices = getcolorindicesforcoord(xcoord, ycoord, canvaswidth); const [redindex, greenindex, blueindex, alphaindex] = colorindices; you may also access the size of the pixel array in bytes by reading the uint8clampedarray.length attribute: var numbytes = imagedata.data.length; creating an imagedata object to create a new, blank imagedata object, you should use the createimagedata() method. there are two versions of the createimagedata() method: var myimagedata = ctx.createimagedata(width, height); this creates a new imagedata object with the specified dimensions. all pixels are preset to transparent black (all zeroes i.e rgba(0,0,0,0)). you can also create a new imagedata object with the same dimensions as the object specified by anotherimagedata. the new object's pixels are al...
... imagedata object with the same dimensions as the object specified by anotherimagedata. the new object's pixels are all preset to transparent black. this does not copy the image data! var myimagedata = ctx.createimagedata(anotherimagedata); getting the pixel data for a context to obtain an imagedata object containing a copy of the pixel data for a canvas context, you can use the getimagedata() method: var myimagedata = ctx.getimagedata(left, top, width, height); this method returns an imagedata object representing the pixel data for the area of the canvas whose corners are represented by the points (left,top), (left+width, top), (left, top+height), and (left+width, top+height). the coordinates are specified in canvas coordinate space units. note: any pixels outside the canvas are returned...
...for this, we need the current position of the mouse with layerx and layery, then we look up the pixel data on that position in the pixel array that getimagedata() provides us. ...
...And 4 more matches

Document - Web APIs
depending on the document's type (e.g. html, xml, svg, …), a larger api is available: html documents, served with the "text/html" content type, also implement the htmldocument interface, whereas xml and svg documents implement the xmldocument interface. constructor document() creates a new document object. properties this interface also inherits from the node ...
...coding as determined by the xml declaration. document.xmlstandalone obsolete since gecko 10 returns true if the xml declaration specifies the document to be standalone (e.g., an external part of the dtd affects the document's content), else false. document.xmlversion obsolete since gecko 10 returns the version number as specified in the xml declaration or "1.0" if the declaration is absent. methods this interface also inherits from the node and eventtarget interfaces. document.adoptnode() adopt node from an external document. document.captureevents() see window.captureevents. document.caretrangefrompoint() gets a range object for the document fragment under the specified coordinates. document.createattribute() creates a new attr object and returns it. document.createattribu...
...cument.creatensresolver() creates an xpathnsresolver object. document.evaluate() evaluates an xpath expression. extension for html documents the document interface for html documents inherit from the htmldocument interface or, since html5, is extended for such documents: document.clear() in majority of modern browsers, including recent versions of firefox and internet explorer, this method does nothing. document.close() closes a document stream for writing. document.execcommand() on an editable document, executes a formating command. document.getelementsbyname() returns a list of elements with the given name. document.hasfocus() returns true if the focus is currently located anywhere inside the specified document. document.open() opens a document stream for writing. docu...
...And 4 more matches

Examples of web and XML development using the DOM - Web APIs
le 5: event propagation this example demonstrates how events fire and are handled in the dom in a very simple way. when the body of this html document loads, an event listener is registered with the top row of the table. the event listener handles the event by executing the function stopevent, which changes the value in the bottom cell of the table. however, stopevent also calls an event object method, event.stoppropagation, which keeps the event from bubbling any further up into the dom. note that the table itself has an onclick event handler that ought to display a message when the table is clicked. but the stopevent method has stopped propagation, and so after the data in the table is updated, the event phase is effectively ended, and an alert box is displayed to confirm this. <!doctype ht...
...these latter types of styles can be retrieved with the more direct elt.style property, whose properties are listed in the dom css properties list. getcomputedstyle() returns a computedcssstyledeclaration object, whose individual style p...
...g the style attribute or with javascript (e.g., elt.style.backgroundcolor="rgb(173, 216, 230)"). these latter types of styles can be retrieved with the more direct elt.style property, whose properties are listed in the dom css properties list. getcomputedstyle() returns a computedcssstyledeclaration object, whose individual style properties can be referenced with this object's getpropertyvalue() method, as the following example document shows. <!doctype html> <html lang="en"> <head> <title>getcomputedstyle example</title> <script> function cstyles() { var refdiv = document.getelementbyid("d1"); var txtheight = document.getelementbyid("t1"); var h_style = document.defaultview.getcomputedstyle(refdiv, null).getpropertyvalue("height"); txtheight.value = h_style; var txtwidth = docum...
...And 4 more matches

Element.getAttributeNS() - Web APIs
the getattributens() method of the element interface returns the string value of the attribute with the specified namespace and name. if the named attribute does not exist, the value returned will either be null or "" (the empty string); see notes for details. syntax attrval = element.getattributens(namespace, name) parameters namespace the namespace in which to look for the specified attribute. name the name of the attribute to look for. return value the string value of the specified attribute. if the attribute doesn't exist, the result is null. note: earlier versions of the dom specification had this method described as returning an empty string for non-existent attributes, but it was not typically implemented this way since null makes more sense. the dom4 specification now says...
... examples the following svg document reads the value of the foo attribute in a custom namespace. ...
... namespaces are only supported in xml documents. html5 documents have to use getattribute() instead. getattributens() differs from getattribute() in that it allows you to further specify the requested attribute as being part of a particular namespace, as in the example above, where the attribute is part of the fictional "specialspace" namespace on mozilla. prior to the dom4 specification, this method was specified to return an empty string rather than null for non-existent attributes. however, most browsers instead returned null. starting with dom4, the specification now says to return null. however, some older browsers return an empty string. for that reason, you should use hasattributens() to check for an attribute's existence prior to calling getattributens() if it is possible that the req...
...And 4 more matches

Element.removeAttributeNode() - Web APIs
the removeattributenode() method of the element object removes the specified attribute from the current element. syntax removedattr = element.removeattributenode(attributenode) attributenode is the attr node that needs to be removed. removedattr is the removed attr node. example // given: <div id="top" align="center" /> var d = document.getelementbyid("top"); var d_align = d.getattributenode("align"); d.removeattributenode(d_align); // align is now removed: <div id="top" /> notes if the removed attribute has a default value, it is immediately replaced. the replacing attribute has the same namespace uri and local name, as well as the original prefix, when applicable. ...
...nter" /> var d = document.getelementbyid("top"); var d_align = d.getattributenode("align"); d.removeattributenode(d_align); // align is now removed: <div id="top" /> notes if the removed attribute has a default value, it is immediately replaced. the replacing attribute has the same namespace uri and local name, as well as the original prefix, when applicable. ...
...mentbyid("top"); var d_align = d.getattributenode("align"); d.removeattributenode(d_align); // align is now removed: <div id="top" /> notes if the removed attribute has a default value, it is immediately replaced. the replacing attribute has the same namespace uri and local name, as well as the original prefix, when applicable. ...
...And 4 more matches

HTMLInputElement.stepDown() - Web APIs
valid on all numeric, date, and time input types that support the step attribute, includingdate, month, week, time, datetime-local, number, and range. given <input id="mytime" type="time" max="17:00" step="900" value="17:00">, invoking mytime.step(3) will change the value to 16:15, decrementing the time by 3 * 900, or 45 minutes. ...
.... mytime.step(), with no parameter, would have resulted in 16:45, as n defaults to 1. <!-- decrements by intervals of 900 seconds (15 minute) --> <input type="time" max="17:00" step="900"> <!-- decrements by intervals of 7 days (one week) --> <input type="date" max="2019-12-25" step="7"> <!-- decrements by intervals of 12 months (one year) --> <input type="month" max="2019-12" step="12"> the method, when invoked, changes the form control's value by the value given in the step attribute, multiplied by the parameter, within the constraints set within the form control. the default value for the parameter, if not is passed, is 1. the method will not cause the value to go below the min value set or defy the constraints set by the step attribute. a negative value for n will increment the value, b...
..., multiplied by the parameter, within the constraints set within the form control. the default value for the parameter, if not is passed, is 1. the method will not cause the value to go below the min value set or defy the constraints set by the step attribute. a negative value for n will increment the value, but will not increment beyond the max value. if the value before invoking the stepdown() method is invalid, for example, if it doesn't match the constraints set by the step attribute, invoking the stepdown() method will return a value that does match the form controls constraints. if the form control is non time, date, or numeric in nature, and therefore does not support the step attribute (see the list of supported input types in the the table above), or if the step value is set to any, a...
...And 4 more matches

HTMLSelectElement - Web APIs
the htmlselectelement interface represents a <select> html element. these elements also share all of the properties and methods of other html elements via the htmlelement interface. <div id="interfacediagram" style="display: inline-block; position: relative; width: 100%; padding-bottom: 20%; vertical-align: middle; overflow: hidden;"><svg style="display: inline-block; position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0;" viewbox="-50 0 600 120" preserveaspectratio="xminymin meet"><a xlink:href="/docs/web/api/eventtarget" target="_top"><rect x="1" y="1" width="110" height="50" fill="#fff" stroke="#d4dde4" stroke-width="2px" /><text x="56" y="30" font-size="12px" font-family="consolas,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill="#4d4e53" text-anchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">eventtarget</text></a><polyli...
...control is in. htmlselectelement.value a domstring reflecting the value of the form control. returns the value property of the first selected option element if there is one, otherwise the empty string. htmlselectelement.willvalidateread only a boolean that indicates whether the button is a candidate for constraint validation. it is false if any conditions bar it from constraint validation. methods this interface inherits the methods of htmlelement, and of element and node. htmlselectelement.add() adds an element to the collection of option elements for this select element. htmlselectelement.blur() removes input focus from this element. this method is now implemented on htmlelement. htmlselectelement.checkvalidity() checks whether the element has any constraints and whether it sa...
...nt.blur() removes input focus from this element. this method is now implemented on htmlelement. htmlselectelement.checkvalidity() checks whether the element has any constraints and whether it satisfies them. if the element fails its constraints, the browser fires a cancelable invalid event at the element (and returns false). htmlselectelement.focus() gives input focus to this element. this method is now implemented on htmlelement. htmlselectelement.item() gets an item from the options collection for this <select> element. you can also access an item by specifying the index in array-style brackets or parentheses, without calling this method explicitly. htmlselectelement.nameditem() gets the item in the options collection with the specified name. the name string can match either the id ...
...And 4 more matches

Dragging and Dropping Multiple Items - Web APIs
caution: all of the methods and properties with a moz prefix (such as mozsetdataat() are gecko specific interfaces. these interfaces will only work with gecko based browsers. mozilla supports the ability to drag multiple items using some additional non-standard methods. these are methods that mirror the types property as well as the getdata(), setdata() and cleardata() methods, however, they take an additional argument that specifies the index of the item to retrieve, modify or remove. the drag processing described in this document use the datatransfer interface. this processing does not use the datatransferitem interface nor the datatransferitemlist interface. setting and getting with indices the mozsetdataat() method allows you to add multiple items during a dragstart event. this func...
... this example adds two items to be dragged. the last argument specifies the index of the item to add. you should add them in order starting with 0 as you cannot add items at positions farther than the last item, however you can replace existing items by using indices you have already added. using 0 as the index is equivalent to calling setdata(). you can clear an item using the mozcleardataat() method. event.datatransfer.mozcleardataat("text/plain", 1); caution: removing the last format for a particular index will remove that item entirely, shifting the remaining items down, so the later items will have different indices. for example: var dt = event.datatransfer; dt.mozsetdataat("text/uri-list", "url1", 0); dt.mozsetdataat("text/plain", "url1", 0); dt.mozsetdataat("text/uri-list", "url2...
...d. if a particular drop target only supports dropping a single item, it could either reject the dragged items or it could just use just the first item. to reject the items, either don't cancel the dragover event, or set the effectallowed property to none. you may wish to do both in case another listener has already cancelled the event. to just take the first item being dropped, use the getdata() method as with a single item. this is convenient as drop targets which only need to support a single item do not need to do anything extra. however, use the mozgetdataat() method to retrieve a specific item from the data transfer. the following example retrieves a set of files being dragged and adds them to an array. function ondrop(event) { var files = []; var dt = event.datatransfer; for (var ...
...And 4 more matches

HTML Drag and Drop API - Web APIs
faces are dragevent, datatransfer, datatransferitem and datatransferitemlist. the dragevent interface has a constructor and one datatransfer property, which is a datatransfer object. datatransfer objects include the drag event's state, such as the type of drag being done (like copy or move), the drag's data (one or more items), and the mime type of each drag item. datatransfer objects also have methods to add or remove items to the drag's data. the dragevent and datatransfer interfaces should be the only ones needed to add html drag and drop capabilities to an application. (firefox supports some gecko-specific extensions to the datatransfer object, but those extensions will only work on firefox.) each datatransfer object contains an items property, which is a list of datatransferitem objects...
...me gecko-specific extensions to the datatransfer object, but those extensions will only work on firefox.) each datatransfer object contains an items property, which is a list of datatransferitem objects. a datatransferitem object represents a single drag item, each with a kind property (either string or file) and a type property for the data item's mime type. ...
...ct contains an items property, which is a list of datatransferitem objects. a datatransferitem object represents a single drag item, each with a kind property (either string or file) and a type property for the data item's mime type. the datatransferitem object also has methods to get the drag item's data. the datatransferitemlist object is a list of datatransferitem objects. the list object has methods to add a drag item to the list, remove a drag item from the list, and clear the list of all drag items. a key difference between the datatransfer and datatransferitem interfaces is that the former uses the synchronous getdata() method to access a drag item's data, but the latter instead uses the asynchronous getasstring() method. note: dragevent and datatransfer are broadly supported on deskto...
...And 4 more matches

IDBIndexSync - Web APIs
important: the synchronous version of the indexeddb api was originally intended for use only with web workers, and was eventually removed from the spec because its need was questionable. it may however be reintroduced in the future if there is enough demand from web developers. the idbindexsync interface of the indexeddb api provides synchronous access to an index in a database. ...
...adonly domstring the key path of this index. if this attribute is null, this index is not auto-populated. name readonly domstring the name of this index. storename readonly domstring this index's referenced object store. unique readonly boolean if true, a key can have only one value within the index; if false, a key can have duplicate values. methods add() stores the given value into this index, optionally with the specified key. if a record already exists with the given key, an exception is raised. any add( in any value, in optional any key ) raises (idbdatabaseexception); parameters returns exceptions this method can raise a idbdatabaseexception with the following code: value the value to store into the index. key a key t...
...record exists with a key corresponding to the value parameter in the index's referenced object store. get() retrieves the value from this index for the record that corresponds to the given key. any get ( in any key ) raises (idbdatabaseexception); parameters key the key that identifies the record to be retrieved. returns any the retrieved value from the index. exceptions this method can raise an idbdatabaseexception with the following code: not_found_err if no record exists in this index for the given key. getobject() retrieves and returns the value from this index's referenced object store that corresponds to the given key. any getobject ( in any key ) raises (idbdatabaseexception); parameters key the key that identifies the record to be retrieved. returns...
...And 4 more matches

IDBTransactionSync - Web APIs
entually removed from the spec because its need was questionable. it may however be reintroduced in the future if there is enough demand from web developers. the idbtransactionsync interface of the indexeddb api provides a synchronous transaction on a database. when an application creates an idbtransactionsync object, it blocks until the browser is able to reserve the require database objects. method overview void abort() raises (idbdatabaseexception); void commit() raises (idbdatabaseexception); idbobjectstoresync objectstore(in domstring name) raises (idbdatabaseexception); attributes attribute type description db idbdatabasesync the database connection that this transaction is associated with. static boolean...
... raises (idbdatabaseexception); idbobjectstoresync objectstore(in domstring name) raises (idbdatabaseexception); attributes attribute type description db idbdatabasesync the database connection that this transaction is associated with. static boolean if true, this transaction is static; if false, this transaction is dynamic. ...
...n); idbobjectstoresync objectstore(in domstring name) raises (idbdatabaseexception); attributes attribute type description db idbdatabasesync the database connection that this transaction is associated with. static boolean if true, this transaction is static; if false, this transaction is dynamic. ...
...And 4 more matches

Node - Web APIs
pal obsolete since gecko 46 a nsiprincipal representing the node principal. node.prefix read only is a domstring representing the namespace prefix of the node, or null if no prefix is specified. node.rootnode read only returns a node object representing the topmost node in the tree, or the current node if it's the topmost node in the tree. this has been replaced by node.getrootnode(). methods in addition to the properties below, node inherits methods from its parent, eventtarget. node.appendchild(childnode) adds the specified childnode argument as the last child to the current node. if the argument referenced an existing node on the dom tree, the node will be detached from its current position and attached at the new position. node.clonenode() clone a node, and optionally, al...
... if not). supplying null for the prefix will return the default namespace. node.normalize() clean up all the text nodes under this element (merge adjacent, remove empty). node.removechild() removes a child node from the current element, which must be a child of the current node. node.replacechild() replaces one child node of the current one with the second one given in parameter. obsolete methods node.getuserdata() allows a user to get some domuserdata from the node. node.hasattributes() returns a boolean indicating if the element has any attributes, or not. node.issupported() returns a boolean flag containing the result of a test whether the dom implementation implements a specific feature and this feature is supported by the specific node. node.setuserdata() allows a ...
...t nodes that contain typos: const typos = ["teh", "adn", "btu", "adress", "youre", "msitakes"] const pattern = new regexp("\\b(" + typos.join("|") + ")\\b", "gi") const mistakes = grep(document.body, pattern) console.log(mistakes) specifications specification status comment domthe definition of 'node' in that specification. living standard added the following methods: getrootnode() dom4the definition of 'node' in that specification. obsolete removed the following properties: attributes, namespaceuri, prefix, and localname. removed the following methods: issupported(), hasattributes(), getfeature(), setuserdata(), and getuserdata(). document object model (dom) level 3 core specificationthe definition of 'node' in that specification...
...And 4 more matches

NodeIterator.nextNode() - Web APIs
recent browsers never throw. ...
...recent browsers never throw. ...
...recent browsers never throw. ...
...And 4 more matches

NodeIterator.previousNode() - Web APIs
recent browsers never throw. ...
...recent browsers never throw. ...
...recent browsers never throw. ...
...And 4 more matches

PaymentRequest.canMakePayment() - Web APIs
syntax paymentrequest.canmakepayment() .then( canpay => { ... }) .catch( error => { ... ...
... syntax paymentrequest.canmakepayment() .then( canpay => { ... }) .catch( error => { ... ...
... syntax paymentrequest.canmakepayment() .then( canpay => { ... }) .catch( error => { ... ...
...And 4 more matches

PerformanceEntry.toJSON() - Web APIs
the tojson() method is a serializer; it returns a json representation of the performance entry object. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax json = perfentry.tojson(); arguments none return value json a json object that is the serialization of the performanceentry object. example the following example shows the use of the tojson() method. function run_performanceentry() { log("performanceentry support ..."); if (performance.mark === undefined) { log("... ...
... return value json a json object that is the serialization of the performanceentry object. example the following example shows the use of the tojson() method. function run_performanceentry() { log("performanceentry support ..."); if (performance.mark === undefined) { log("... ...
... mark() method performance.mark("begin"); do_work(50000); performance.mark("end"); // use getentries() to iterate through the each entry var p = performance.getentries(); for (var i=0; i < p.length; i++) { log("entry[" + i + "]"); check_performanceentry(p[i]); } } function check_performanceentry(obj) { var properties = ["name", "entrytype", "starttime", "duration"]; var methods = ["tojson"]; for (var i=0; i < properties.length; i++) { // check each property var supported = properties[i] in obj; if (supported) log("..." + properties[i] + " = " + obj[properties[i]]); else log("..." + properties[i] + " = not supported"); } for (var i=0; i < methods.length; i++) { // check each method var supported = typeof obj[methods[i]] == "fun...
...And 4 more matches

Using Performance Timeline - Web APIs
to the performance interface to support client-side latency measurements within applications. the standard also includes interfaces that allow an application to be notified when specific performance events occur. together, these interfaces can be used to help identify an application's performance bottlenecks. performance extensions performance timeline extends the performance object with three methods that provide different mechanisms to get a set of performance records (metrics), depending on the specified filter criteria. the following example show the usage of these methods getentries(), getentriesbyname() and getentriesbytype(). function log(s) { var o = document.getelementsbytagname("output")[0]; o.innerhtml += s + " <br>"; } function do_work (n) { for (var i=0 ; i < n; i++) { ...
... function print_perf_entry(pe) { log("..name: " + pe.name + "; entrytype: " + pe.entrytype + "; starttime: " + pe.starttime + "; duration: " + pe.duration); } function print_performanceentries() { if (performance.mark === undefined) { log("... ...
...i + "]"); for (var j=0; j < properties.length; j++) { // check each property in window.performance var supported = properties[j] in p[i]; if (supported) { var pe = p[i]; log("... " + properties[j] + " = " + pe[properties[j]]); } else { log("... " + properties[j] + " = not supported"); } } } } this interface also includes a tojson() method that returns the serialization of the performanceentry object. the following examples show the use of this method. function perfentry_tojson() { // create a few performance entries performance.mark("mark-1"); performance.mark("mark-2"); performance.measure("meas-1", "mark-1", "mark-2"); var pelist = performance.getentries(); var pe = pelist[0]; if (pe.tojson === undefined) { ...
...And 4 more matches

Request - Web APIs
nly returns a string from the requestdestination enum describing the request's destination. this is a string indicating the type of content being requested. request.headers read only contains the associated headers object of the request. request.integrity read only contains the subresource integrity value of the request (e.g., sha256-bpfbw7ivv8q2jlit13fxdyae2tjllusrsz273h2nfse=). request.method read only contains the request's method (get, post, etc.) request.mode read only contains the mode of the request (e.g., cors, no-cors, same-origin, navigate.) request.redirect read only contains the mode for how redirects are handled. it may be one of follow, error, or manual. request.referrer read only contains the referrer of the request (e.g., client). request.referrerpolicy read ...
...d only contains the referrer policy of the request (e.g., no-referrer). request.url read only contains the url of the request. request implements body, so it also inherits the following properties: body read only a simple getter used to expose a readablestream of the body contents. bodyused read only stores a boolean that declares whether the body has been used in a response yet. methods request.clone() creates a copy of the current request object. request implements body, so it also has the following methods available to it: body.arraybuffer() returns a promise that resolves with an arraybuffer representation of the request body. body.blob() returns a promise that resolves with a blob representation of the request body. body.formdata() returns a promise that resol...
...ody functions can be run only once; subsequent calls will resolve with empty strings/arraybuffers. ...
...And 4 more matches

SVGSVGElement - Web APIs
the svgsvgelement interface provides access to the properties of <svg> elements, as well as methods to manipulate them. this interface contains also various miscellaneous commonly-used utility methods, such as matrix operations and the ability to control the time of redraw on visual rendering devices. <div id="interfacediagram" style="display: inline-block; position: relative; width: 100%; padding-bottom: 23.333333333333332%; vertical-align: middle; overflow: hidden;"><svg style="display: inline-block; position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0;" viewbox="-50 0 600 140" preserveaspectratio="xminymin meet"><a xlink:href="/docs/web/api/eventtarget" target="_top"><rect x="1" y="1" width="110" height="50" fill="#fff" stroke="#d4dde4" stroke-width="2px" /><text x="56" y="30" font-size="12px" font-fam...
... an extra transformation were placed at the outermost level on the svg document fragment (i.e., outside the outermost <svg> element). svgsvgelement.currenttranslate read only an svgpoint representing the translation factor that takes into account user "magnification" corresponding to an outermost <svg> element. the behavior is undefined for <svg> elements that are not at the outermost level. methods this interface also inherits methods from its parent, svggraphicselement and also implements the ones from svgzoomandpan, svgfittoviewbox, and windoweventhandlers. svgsvgelement.suspendredraw() takes a time-out value which indicates that redraw shall not occur until: the corresponding unsuspendredraw() call has been made, an unsuspendredrawall() call has been made, or its timer has tim...
...been made, an unsuspendredrawall() call has been made, or its timer has timed out. in environments that do not support interactivity (e.g., print media), then redraw shall not be suspended. calls to suspendredraw() and unsuspendredraw() should, but need not be, made in balanced pairs. to suspend redraw actions as a collection of svg dom changes occur, precede the changes to the svg dom with a method call similar to: const suspendhandleid = suspendredraw(maxwaitmilliseconds) and follow the changes with a method call similar to: unsuspendredraw(suspendhandleid) note that multiple suspendredraw() calls can be used at once, and that each such method call is treated independently of the other suspendredraw() method calls. svgsvgelement.unsuspendredraw() cancels a specified suspendre...
...And 4 more matches

SVGTextPathElement - Web APIs
textpathelement" target="_top"><rect x="-169" y="65" width="180" height="50" fill="#f4f7f8" stroke="#d4dde4" stroke-width="2px" /><text x="-79" y="94" font-size="12px" font-family="consolas,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill="#4d4e53" text-anchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">svgtextpathelement</text></a></svg></div> a:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} constants method types name value description textpath_methodtype_unknown 0 the type is not one of predefined types. it is invalid to attempt to define a new value of this type or to attempt to switch an existing value to this type. textpath_methodtype_align 1 corresponds to the value align. textpath_methodtype_stretch 2 corresponds to the value stretch...
... textpath_spacingtype_exact 2 corresponds to the value exact. properties this interface also inherits properties from its parent interface, svgtextcontentelement, and also implements properties of svgurireference. svgtextpathelement.startoffset read only an svganimatedlength corresponding to the x component of the startoffset attribute of the given element. ...
...t. properties this interface also inherits properties from its parent interface, svgtextcontentelement, and also implements properties of svgurireference. svgtextpathelement.startoffset read only an svganimatedlength corresponding to the x component of the startoffset attribute of the given element. svgtextpathelement.method read only an svganimatedenumeration corresponding to the method attribute of the given element. ...
...And 4 more matches

Using the User Timing API - Web APIs
ry types: the "mark" entry type and the "measure" entry type. mark events are named by the application and can be set at any location in an application. measure events are also named by the application but they are placed between two marks thus they are effectively a midpoint between two marks. this document shows how to create mark and measure performance entry types and how to use user timing methods (which are extensions of the performance interface) to retrieve and remove entries from the browser's performance timeline. a live version of the examples is available on github, as is the source code. pull requests, enhancement requests and bug reports are welcome. performance marks a performance mark is a named performance entry that is created by the application at some location in an appl...
... a live version of the examples is available on github, as is the source code. pull requests, enhancement requests and bug reports are welcome. performance marks a performance mark is a named performance entry that is created by the application at some location in an application. the mark is a timestamp in the browser's performance timeline. creating a performance mark the performance.mark() method is used to create a performance mark. the method takes one argument, the name of the mark, as shown in the following example. function create_marks(ev) { if (performance.mark === undefined) { log("create marks: performance.mark not supported", 0); return; } else { log("create marks", 0); // create several performance marks including two with the same name performance.mark("mark...
...; // create several performance marks including two with the same name performance.mark("mark-1"); do_work(50000); performance.mark("mark-2"); do_work(50000); performance.mark("mark-2"); var marks = ["mark-1", "mark-2", "mark-2"]; for (var i=0; i < marks.length; i++) log("... created mark = " + marks[i], 0); } retrieving performance marks the performance interface has three methods to retrieve marks. the following examples shows how to use each of these methods (performance.getentries(), performance.getentriesbytype(entrytype), and performance.getentriesbyname(name, entrytype) ) to retrieve one or more marks. function display_marks(ev) { if (performance.getentries === undefined) { log("display marks: performance.getentries not supported", 0); return; } log("...
...And 4 more matches

Introduction to the Real-time Transport Protocol (RTP) - Web APIs
instead, it only offers the information necessary to allow qos to be implemented elsewhere in the stack. rtp doesn't handle allocation or reservation of resources that may be needed. where it matters for webrtc purposes, these are dealt with in a variety of places within the webrtc infrastructure. for example, rtcp handles qos monitoring. rtcpeerconnection and rtp each rtcpeerconnection has methods which provide access to the list of rtp transports that service the peer connection. these correspond to the following three types of transport supported by rtcpeerconnection: rtcrtpsender rtcrtpsenders handle the encoding and transmission of mediastreamtrack data to a remote peer. the senders for a given connection can be obtained by calling rtcpeerconnection.getsenders(). rtcrtpreceiver ...
...ut incoming mediastreamtrack data. a connection's receivers can be obtained by calling rtcpeerconnection.getreceivers(). rtcrtptransceiver an rtcrtptransceiver is a pair of one rtp sender and one rtp receiver which share an sdp mid attribute, which means they share the same sdp media m-line (representing a bidirectional srtp stream). these are returned by the rtcpeerconnection.gettransceivers() method, and each mid and transceiver share a one-to-one relationship, with the mid being unique for each rtcpeerconnection. leveraging rtp to implement a "hold" feature because the streams for an rtcpeerconnection are implemented using rtp and the interfaces above, you can take advantage of the access this gives you to the internals of streams to make adjustments. among the simplest things you can do...
...old" feature, wherein a participant in a call can click a button and turn off their microphone, begin sending music to the other peer instead, and stop accepting incoming audio. note: this example makes use of modern javascript features including async functions and the await expression. this enormously simplifies and makes far more readable the code dealing with the promises returned by webrtc methods. in the examples below, we'll refer to the peer which is turning "hold" mode on and off as the local peer and the user being placed on hold as the remote peer. activating hold mode local peer when the local user decides to enable hold mode, the enablehold() method below is called. it accepts as input a mediastream containing the audio to play while the call is on hold. async function en...
...And 4 more matches

Advanced techniques: Creating and sequencing audio - Web APIs
you hear when you dial up, we're going to create an oscillator to generate the sound. the oscillatornode comes with basic waveforms out of the box — sine, square, triangle or sawtooth. however, instead of using the standard waves that come by default, we're going to create our own using the periodicwave interface and values set in a wavetable. ...
...e standard waves that come by default, we're going to create our own using the periodicwave interface and values set in a wavetable. we can use the baseaudiocontext.createperiodicwave method to use this custom wave with an oscillator. the periodic wave first of all, we'll create our periodic wave. to do so, we need to pass real and imaginary values into the baseaudiocontext.createperiodicwave() method.: let wave = audioctx.createperiodicwave(wavetable.real, wavetable.imag); note: in our example the wavetable is held in a separate javascript file (wavetable.js), because there are so many values. it is taken from a repository of wavetables, which can be found in the web audio api examples from google chrome labs. the oscillator now we can create an oscillatornode and set its wave to the o...
... let's say our envelope has attack and release. we can allow the user to control these using range inputs on the interface: <label for="attack">attack</label> <input name="attack" id="attack" type="range" min="0" max="1" value="0.2" step="0.1" /> <label for="release">release</label> <input name="release" id="release" type="range" min="0" ma...
...And 4 more matches

XMLHttpRequest.sendAsBinary() - Web APIs
the string is converted to binary for transfer by removing the high-order byte of each character. ...
...the string is converted to binary for transfer by removing the high-order byte of each character. ...
...the string is converted to binary for transfer by removing the high-order byte of each character. ...
...And 4 more matches

<input type="submit"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
type submit are rendered as buttons. when the click event occurs (typically because the user clicked the button), the user agent attempts to submit the form to the server. <input type="submit" value="send request"> value a domstring used as the button's label events click supported common attributes type and value idl attributes value methods none value an <input type="submit"> element's value attribute contains a domstring which is displayed as the button's label. buttons do not have a true value otherwise. <input type="submit" value="send request"> if you don't specify a value, the button will have a default label, chosen by the user agent. this label is likely to be something along the lines of "submit" or "submit...
... formnovalidate a boolean which, if present, means the form's fields will not be subjected to constraint validation before submitting the data to the server formtarget the browsing context into which to load the response returned by the server after submitting the form formaction a string indicating t...
... formnovalidate a boolean which, if present, means the form's fields will not be subjected to constraint validation before submitting the data to the server formtarget the browsing context into which to load the response returned by the server after submitting the form formaction a string indicating the url to which to ...
...And 4 more matches

Details of the object model - JavaScript
t you are already somewhat familiar with javascript and that you have used javascript functions to create simple objects. class-based vs. prototype-based languages class-based object-oriented languages, such as java and c++, are founded on the concept of two distinct entities: classes and instances. a class defines all of the properties that characterize a certain set of objects (considering methods and fields in java, or members in c++, to be properties). a class is abstract rather than any particular member in a set of objects it describes. for example, the employee class could represent the set of all employees. an instance, on the other hand, is the instantiation of a class; that is. for example, victoria could be an instance of the employee class, representing a particular individual ...
... properties for a new object. any object can specify its own properties, either when you create it or at run time. in addition, any object can be associated as the prototype for another object, allowing the second object to share the first object's properties. defining a class in class-based languages, you define a class in a separate class definition. in that definition you can specify special methods, called constructors, to create instances of the class. a constructor method can specify initial values for the instance's properties and perform other processing appropriate at creation time. you use the new operator in association with the constructor method to create class instances. javascript follows a similar model, but does not have a class definition separate from the constructor. inste...
...ould do it in java. comparison of class-based (java) and prototype-based (javascript) object systems category class-based (java) prototype-based (javascript) class vs. instance class and instance are distinct entities. all objects can inherit from another object. definition define a class with a class definition; instantiate a class with constructor methods. define and create a set of objects with constructor functions. creation of new object create a single object with the new operator. same. construction of object hierarchy construct an object hierarchy by using class definitions to define subclasses of existing classes. construct an object hierarchy by assigning an object as the prototype associated with a constr...
...And 4 more matches

Meta programming - JavaScript
er object, in which a get trap is implemented. here, an object that is proxied will not return undefined when getting undefined properties, but will instead return the number 42. additional examples are available on the proxy reference page. terminology the following terms are used when talking about the functionality of proxies. handler placeholder object which contains traps. traps the methods that provide property access. (this is analogous to the concept of traps in operating systems.) target object which the proxy virtualizes. it is often used as storage backend for the proxy. invariants (semantics that remain unchanged) regarding object non-extensibility or non-configurable properties are verified against the target. invariants semantics that remain unchanged when implementing...
... and traps the following table summarizes the available traps available to proxy objects. see the reference pages for detailed explanations and examples. handler / trap interceptions invariants handler.getprototypeof() object.getprototypeof() reflect.getprototypeof() __proto__ object.prototype.isprototypeof() instanceof getprototypeof method must return an object or null. if target is not extensible, object.getprototypeof(proxy) method must return the same value as object.getprototypeof(target). handler.setprototypeof() object.setprototypeof() reflect.setprototypeof() if target is not extensible, the prototype parameter must be the same value as object.getprototypeof(target). handler.isextens...
... handler.deleteproperty() property deletion delete proxy[foo] delete proxy.foo reflect.deleteproperty() a property cannot be deleted if it exists as a non-configurable own property of target. handler.enumerate() property enumeration / for...in: for (let name in proxy) {...} reflect.enumerate() the enumerate method must return an object. handler.ownkeys() object.getownpropertynames() object.getownpropertysymbols() object.keys() reflect.ownkeys() the result of ownkeys is a list. the type of each result list element is either string or symbol. the result list must contain the keys of all non-configurable own properties of target. if the target object is not...
...And 4 more matches

Regular expressions - JavaScript
this chapter describes javascript regular expressions. ...
...this chapter describes javascript regular expressions. ...
...posal to add such a function to regexp, but it was rejected by tc39. using parentheses parentheses around any part of the regular expression pattern causes that part of the matched substring to be remembered. once remembered, the substring can be recalled for other use. see groups and ranges for more details. using regular expressions in javascript regular expressions are used with the regexp methods test() and exec() and with the string methods match(), replace(), search(), and split(). these methods are explained in detail in the javascript reference. methods that use regular expressions method description exec() executes a search for a match in a string. it returns an array of information or null on a mismatch. test() tests for a match in a string...
...And 4 more matches

Array.prototype.every() - JavaScript
it returns a boolean value. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax arr.every(callback(element[, index[, array]])[, thisarg]) parameters callback a function to test for each element, taking three arguments: element the current element being processed in the array. index optional the index of the current element being processed in the array. array optional the array every was called upon. thisarg optional a value to use as this when executing callback. ...
...lement the current element being processed in the array. index optional the index of the current element being processed in the array. array optional the array every was called upon. thisarg optional a value to use as this when executing callback. return value true if the callback function returns a truthy value for every array element. otherwise, false. ...
...n. thisarg optional a value to use as this when executing callback. return value true if the callback function returns a truthy value for every array element. otherwise, false. description the every method executes the provided callback function once for each element present in the array until it finds the one where callback returns a falsy value. if such an element is found, the every method immediately returns false. otherwise, if callback returns a truthy value for all elements, every returns true. caution: calling this method on an empty array will return true for any condition! callback is invoked only for array indexes which have assigned values. it is not invoked for indexes which have been deleted, or which have never been assigned values. callback is invoked with three a...
...And 4 more matches

Object.defineProperty() - JavaScript
the static method object.defineproperty() defines a new property directly on an object, or modifies an existing property on an object, and returns the object. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax object.defineproperty(obj, prop, descriptor) parameters obj the object on which to define the property. prop the name or symbol of the property to be defined or modified. descriptor the descriptor for the property being defined or modified. return value the object that was passed to the function. description this method allows a precise addition to or modification of a property on an object. n...
...operty to be defined or modified. descriptor the descriptor for the property being defined or modified. return value the object that was passed to the function. description this method allows a precise addition to or modification of a property on an object. normal property addition through assignment creates properties which show up during property enumeration (for...in loop or object.keys method), whose values may be changed, and which may be deleted. this method allows these extra details to be changed from their defaults. by default, values added using object.defineproperty() are immutable and not enumerable. property descriptors present in objects come in two main flavors: data descriptors and accessor descriptors. a data descriptor is a property that has a value, which may or may no...
...ning value if (d.value !== value) d.value = value; return d; } // ... and ... object.defineproperty(obj, 'key', withvalue('static')); // if freeze is available, prevents adding or // removing the object prototype properties // (value, get, set, enumerable, writable, configurable) (object.freeze || object)(object.prototype); examples if you want to see how to use the object.defineproperty method with a binary-flags-like syntax, see additional examples. creating a property when the property specified doesn't exist in the object, object.defineproperty() creates a new property as described. fields may be omitted from the descriptor, and default values for those fields are inputted. var o = {}; // creates a new object // example of an object property added // with defineproperty with a d...
...And 4 more matches

Object.prototype.valueOf() - JavaScript
the valueof() method returns the primitive value of the specified object. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax object.valueof() return value the primitive value of the specified object. a (unary) plus sign can sometimes be used as a shorthand for valueof, e.g. in +new number()). also see using unary plus. description javascript calls the valueof method to convert an object to a primitive value. you rarely need to invoke the valueof method yourself; javascript automatically invokes it when encountering an object where a primitive value is expected. ...
...if an object has no primitive value, valueof returns the object itself. ...
...o see using unary plus. description javascript calls the valueof method to convert an object to a primitive value. you rarely need to invoke the valueof method yourself; javascript automatically invokes it when encountering an object where a primitive value is expected. by default, the valueof method is inherited by every object descended from object. every built-in core object overrides this method to return an appropriate value. if an object has no primitive value, valueof returns the object itself. you can use valueof within your own code to convert a built-in object into a primitive value. when you create a custom object, you can override object.prototype.valueof() to call a custom method instead of the default object method. overriding valueof for custom objects you can create a func...
...And 4 more matches

Object - JavaScript
the object class represents one of javascript's data types. it is used to store various keyed collections and more complex entities. objects can be created using the object() constructor or the object initializer / literal syntax. description nearly all objects in javascript are instances of object; a typical object inherits properties (including methods) from object.prototype, although these properties may be shadowed (a.k.a. overridden). ...
...ds) from object.prototype, although these properties may be shadowed (a.k.a. overridden). however, an object may be deliberately created for which this is not true (e.g. by object.create(null)), or it may be altered so that this is no longer true (e.g. with object.setprototypeof). changes to the object prototype object are seen by all objects through prototype chaining, unless the properties and methods subject to those changes are overridden further along the prototype chain. this provides a very powerful although potentially dangerous mechanism to override or extend object behavior. the object constructor creates an object wrapper for the given value. if the value is null or undefined, it will create and return an empty object. otherwise, it will return an object of a type that correspon...
...null or undefined, it will create and return an empty object. otherwise, it will return an object of a type that corresponds to the given value. if the value is an object already, it will return the value. when called in a non-constructor context, object behaves identically to new object(). see also the object initializer / literal syntax. deleting a property from an object there isn't any method in an object itself to delete its own properties (such as map.prototype.delete()). to do so, one must use the delete operator. constructor object() creates a new object object. it is a wrapper for the given value. static methods object.assign() copies the values of all enumerable own properties from one or more source objects to a target object. object.create() creates a new object w...
...And 4 more matches

String.prototype.substring() - JavaScript
the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax str.substring(indexstart[, indexend]) parameters indexstart the index of the first character to include in the returned substring. indexend optional the index of the first character to exclude from the returned substring. return value a new string containing the specified part of the given string. description substring() extracts characters from indexstart up to but not including indexend. ...
... // displays 'illa' the last 4 characters let anystring = 'mozilla' let anystring4 = anystring.substring(anystring.length - 4) console.log(anystring4) // displays 'zilla' the last 5 ...
...plays 'lla' console.log(anystring.substring(4)) console.log(anystring.substring(4, 7)) console.log(anystring.substring(7, 4)) // displays 'mozilla' console.log(anystring.substring(0, 7)) console.log(anystring.substring(0, 10)) using substring() with length property the following example uses the substring() method and length property to extract the last characters of a particular string. this method may be easier to remember, given that you don't need to know the starting and ending indices as you would in the above examples. // displays 'illa' the last 4 characters let anystring = 'mozilla' let anystring4 = anystring.substring(anystring.length - 4) console.log(anystring4) // displays 'zilla' the last 5 characters let anystring = 'mozilla' let anystring5 = anystring.substring(anystring.len...
...And 4 more matches

Codecs used by WebRTC - Web media technologies
their sdp, identifying the sub-profile used by the codec. the specific value that is set is not defined; what matters is that the parameter be used at all. this is useful to note, since in rfc 6184 ("rtp payload format for h.264 video"), profile-level-id is entirely optional. other requirements for the purposes of supporting switching between portrait and landscape orientations, there are two methods that can be used. the first is the video orientation (cvo) header extension to the rtp protocol. however, if this isn't signaled as supported in the sdp, then it's encouraged that browsers support display orientation sei messages, though not required. unless signaled otherwise, the pixel aspect ratio is 1:1, indicating that pixels are square. other notes the payload format used for avc in web...
...nd chrome support it. firefox and edge do not. comfort noise (cn) is a form of artificial background noise which is used to fill gaps in a transmission instead of using pure silence. this helps to avoid a jarring effect that can occur when voice activation and similar features cause a stream to stop sending data temporarily—a capability known as discontinuous transmission (dtx). in rfc 3389, a method for providing an appropriate filler to use during silences. comfort noise is used with g.711, and may potentially be used with other codecs that don't have a built-in cn feature. opus, for example, has its own cn capability; as such, using rfc 3389 cn with the opus codec is not recommended. an audio sender is never required to use discontinuous transmission or comfort noise. opus the opus for...
...have different availability among the potential codecs—and may have multiple profiles or levels supported for a given codec—the first step when configuring codecs for an rtcpeerconnection is to get the list of available codecs. to do this, you first have to establish a connection on which to get the list. there are a couple of ways you can do this. the most efficient way is to use the static method rtcrtpsender.getcapabilities() (or the equivalent rtcrtpreceiver.getcapabilities() for a receiver), specifying the type of media as the input parameter. for example, to determine the supported codecs for video, you can do this: codeclist = rtcrtpsender.getcapabilities("video").codecs; now codeclist is an array of rtcrtpcodeccapability objects, each describing one codec configuration. also prese...
...And 4 more matches

page-mod - Archive of obsolete content
age matches ruleset</h1>";' }); you can supply the content script(s) in one of two ways: as a string literal, or an array of string literals, assigned to the contentscript option, as above as separate files supplied in your add-on's "data" directory. ...
...pproved on amo. instead, keep the script in a separate file and load it using contentscriptfile. this makes your code easier to maintain, secure, debug and review. a page-mod only attaches scripts to documents loaded in tabs. it will not attach scripts to add-on panels, page-workers, sidebars, or firefox hidden windows. to stop a page-mod from making any more modifications, call its destroy() method. the pagemod constructor takes a number of other options to control its behavior: contentstyle lists stylesheets to attach, supplied as strings. contentstylefile lists stylesheets to attach, supplied in separate files. contentscriptoptions defines read-only values accessible to content scripts. attachto controls whether to attach scripts to tabs t...
...scripts to documents based on their url. sometimes, though, we don't care about the url: we just want to execute a script on demand in the context of a particular tab. for example, we might want to run a script in the context of the currently active tab when the user clicks a button: to block certain content, to change the font style, or to display the document's dom structure. using the attach method of the tab object, you can attach a set of content scripts to a particular tab. the scripts are executed immediately. the following add-on creates a button which, when clicked, highlights all the div elements in the document loaded into the active tab: require("sdk/ui/button/action").actionbutton({ id: "highlight-divs", label: "highlight divs", icon: "./icon-16.png", onclick: function()...
...And 3 more matches

ui/button/action - Archive of obsolete content
ate) { console.log("you clicked '" + state.label + "'"); button.removelistener("click", firstclick); button.on("click", subsequentclicks); } function subsequentclicks(state) { console.log("you clicked '" + state.label + "' again"); } the listener is passed a state object that contains all the button's properties. you can generate click events programmatically with the button's click() method. disabling buttons you can disable a button by setting its disabled property to true. a disabled button will not generate click events and its icon will appear disabled: updating state you can update all the button's properties except for its id. by default, the button has global state: that is, its properties are the same across all open windows and tabs, and updating them updates the but...
...lick events and its icon will appear disabled: updating state you can update all the button's properties except for its id. by default, the button has global state: that is, its properties are the same across all open windows and tabs, and updating them updates the button's state across all open windows and tabs. you can set state to be specific to a window or tab using the button's state() method. to set state like this, call state() with 2 parameters: the first parameter is a window or tab object or as a shorthand, the string "window" for the currently active window, or the string "tab" for the currently active tab the second parameter is an object containing the state properties you wish to update. here's an add-on with a button that disables itself when you click it, but only for...
...ate("window", { disabled: true }); } to fetch the state for a specific window or tab, call state(), passing in the window or tab you are interested in, and it will return the state: var labelforactivetab = button.state("tab").label; to learn more about this, see the api documentation for state(). destroying buttons when you've finished with a button, destroy it by calling its destroy() method. after that, any attempts to access any of its properties or to call any of its methods will throw exceptions. globals constructors actionbutton(options) creates an action button. parameters options : object required options: name type id string the button's id. this is used internally to keep track of this button. the id must be unique within your...
...And 3 more matches

Chapter 3: Introduction to XUL—How to build a more intuitive UI - Archive of obsolete content
ions, please see the xul reference on mdc and the xul page in the mozilla wiki. for each element that i explain in this chapter, i will illustrate it with a source code example. you can type these examples up and open them in firefox to see how they behave and appear. you can download a file with all the source code examples from: fixme: attache the translated tarball - paul task !. ...
...om: fixme: attache the translated tarball - paul task !. xul display methods xul is used almost exclusively in mozilla applications like firefox and thunderbird, and extensions for them, but other web browsers based on firefox or the gecko engine, and even web-based content also used xul. for example, there is the mozilla amazon browser, which helps with shopping at amazon, and the presentation method in xul, a tool for writing and displaying presentations to try out the code samples in this chapter, save them as text files with .xul extensions and drag and drop them into the firefox browser window. fixme: explain how setting this option and use next listings if we want to run firefox displaying none of its gui and only the contents of a certain xul file, we can launch firefox and set the o...
...er, save them as text files with .xul extensions and drag and drop them into the firefox browser window. fixme: explain how setting this option and use next listings if we want to run firefox displaying none of its gui and only the contents of a certain xul file, we can launch firefox and set the option: -chrome file_url.xul another way, as shown in listing 1, is to use the window.opendialog() method, which can be used only within a xul window. this is used by extensions to open a separate window. window.opendialog('another.xul', '_blank','chrome,all,dialog=no'); listing 1: opening a window without the firefox gui xul as an xml application listing 2 shows an example of a gui definition file marked up in xul (a "xul document"). the root element in xul is generally the "window" element. th...
...And 3 more matches

jspage - Archive of obsolete content
object":var d=function(){};d.prototype=a[c];var b=new d;a[c]=object.reset(b);break;case"array":a[c]=$unlink(a[c]); break;}return a;};new native({name:"class",initialize:class}).extend({instantiate:function(b){b._prototyping=true;var a=new b;delete b._prototyping;return a; },wrap:function(a,b,c){if(c._origin){c=c._origin;}return function(){if(c._protected&&this._current==null){throw new error('the method "'+b+'" cannot be called.'); }var e=this.caller,f=this._current;this.caller=f;this._current=arguments.callee;var d=c.apply(this,arguments);this._current=f;this.caller=e;return d;}.extend({_owner:a,_origin:c,_name:b}); }});class.implement({implement:function(a,d){if($type(a)=="object"){for(var e in a){this.implement(e,a[e]);}return this;}var f=class.mutators[a];if(f){d=f.call(this,d); if(d==null){...
...a]=class.wrap(this,a,d);break;case"object":var b=c[a]; if($type(b)=="object"){$mixin(b,d);}else{c[a]=$unlink(d);}break;case"array":c[a]=$unlink(d);break;default:c[a]=d;}return this;}});class.mutators={extends:function(a){this.parent=a; this.prototype=class.instantiate(a);this.implement("parent",function(){var b=this.caller._name,c=this.caller._owner.parent.prototype[b];if(!c){throw new error('the method "'+b+'" has no parent.'); }return c.apply(this,arguments);}.protect());},implements:function(a){$splat(a).each(function(b){if(b instanceof function){b=class.instantiate(b);}this.implement(b); },this);}};var chain=new class({$chain:[],chain:function(){this.$chain.extend(array.flatten(arguments));return this;},callchain:function(){return(this.$chain.length)?this.$chain.shift().apply(this,arguments)...
...2,10*--b)*math.cos(20*b*math.pi*(a[0]||1)/3);}});["quad","cubic","quart","quint"].each(function(b,a){fx.transitions[b]=new fx.transition(function(c){return math.pow(c,[a+2]); });});var request=new class({implements:[chain,events,options],options:{url:"",data:"",headers:{"x-requested-with":"xmlhttprequest",accept:"text/javascript, text/html, application/xml, text/xml, */*"},async:true,format:false,method:"post",link:"ignore",issuccess:null,emulation:true,urlencoded:true,encoding:"utf-8",evalscripts:false,evalresponse:false,nocache:false},initialize:function(a){this.xhr=new browser.request(); this.setoptions(a);this.options.issuccess=this.options.issuccess||this.issuccess;this.headers=new hash(this.options.headers);},onstatechange:function(){if(this.xhr.readystate!=4||!this.running){return; }this.
...And 3 more matches

addDirectory - Archive of obsolete content
adddirectory unpacks an entire directory into a temporary location. ...
...an absolute pathname is used as specified. a relative pathname is appended to the registry name of the package as spec...
... the pathname in the client version registry for the root directory of the files that are to be installed.this parameter can be an absolute pathname (beginning with a /) or a relative pathname, (not beginning with a slash). an absolute pathname is used as specified. a relative pathname is appended to the registry name of the package as specified by the package parameter to the initinstall method.this parameter can also be null, in which case the xpisourcepath parameter is used as a relative pathname.note that the registry pathname is not the location of the software on the computer; it is the location of information about the software inside the client version registry. version an installversion object or a string of up to four integer values delimited by periods, such as "...
...And 3 more matches

confirm - Archive of obsolete content
see the notes at the end of this document for a safe way to implement a fallback. ...
...see the notes at the end of this document for a safe way to implement a fallback. atext the string to be displayed in the confirmation dialog. ...
...see the notes at the end of this document for a safe way to implement a fallback. ...
...And 3 more matches

Learn XPI Installer Scripting by Example - Archive of obsolete content
ines 24 to 41; the registration part of the main installation block is on lines 42-58; and the execution at the end of the main block is on lines 59 to 71. if you choose not to register the installed software or do the verifications at the front end of the installation, then at a minimum, the install scripts mustinitialize, add the files to be installed, and execute. note also that when you call methods on the install--as you do so often in installation scripts (getfolder, initinstall, addfile, and performinstall are all examples of common install object methods)--the install object is implicit; like the window object in regular web page scripts, the install object does not need to be prefixed to the method. initializing the installation all installations must begin with initinstall(). the in...
...tall--as you do so often in installation scripts (getfolder, initinstall, addfile, and performinstall are all examples of common install object methods)--the install object is implicit; like the window object in regular web page scripts, the install object does not need to be prefixed to the method. initializing the installation all installations must begin with initinstall(). the initinstall() method on the install object creates a new installation for the specified software and version. ...
... does not need to be prefixed to the method. initializing the installation all installations must begin with initinstall(). the initinstall() method on the install object creates a new installation for the specified software and version. in the browser.xpi installation, this function appears at line 20: var err = initinstall("netscape seamonkey", "browser", "6.0.0.2000110807"); if you call a method on the install object before initinstall(), you will get an error. the initinstall method takes the following parameters: the display name of the package, the name of the package as it appears in the client registry, and the version, which can be expressed as a number or as an installversion object. in the example above, "netscape seamonkey" is the display name, "browser" is the registry name, a...
...And 3 more matches

Dynamically modifying XUL-based user interface - Archive of obsolete content
it is written for beginner to intermediate xul developers. we assume that the reader has basic knowledge of both xul and javascript. ...
...bird, to describe the user interface. in xul applications javascript defines the behavior, using dom apis to access the xul document. so what are the document object model apis? they are the interfaces that are used in any interaction of a script and a document. if you have ever written a script that interacts with a xul (or html) document, you have already used dom calls. the most well known dom method is probably document.getelementbyid(), which returns an element, given its id. you may also have used other calls, such as element.setattribute(), or, if you wrote an extension, the addeventlistener() method. all of these are defined in dom. there are also dom methods that create, move, or delete elements from a document. they will be demonstrated in a later section. right now, let's learn what a...
... there may even be a few different documents in a single window, when there is an <iframe>, <browser>, or a <tabbrowser> element. you must be sure to always manipulate the correct document. (read more about this in working with windows in chrome code.) when your script is included using a <script> tag, the document property references the dom document that includes the script. examples: using dom methods this section demonstrates the use of appendchild(), createelement(), insertbefore(), and removechild() dom methods. removing all children of an element this example removes all children of an element with id=someelement from the current document, by calling removechild() method to remove the first child, until there are no children remaining. note, that haschildnodes() and firstchild are also pa...
...And 3 more matches

PopupEvents - Archive of obsolete content
clicking elsewhere. popuphidden this event is fired on a menupopup, panel or tooltip once it has been hidden. the popupshowing event just before a popup is about to be displayed, a popupshowing event will fired on the popup. this will occur regardless of how the popup is opened, either from user interaction or from a script calling the openpopup or openpopupatscreen methods. the typical usage of a listener of the popupshowing event is to adjust the content of the popup based on context. for instance, right clicking on an image might display items on a context menu pertaining to images, whereas clicking on a link would display only those items pertaining to links. within the listener for the popupshowing event, you can append to or modify the menu as needed before i...
...n be applied to any type of popup. in this example, a label within a panel is initialized with the current time. <panel id="time-panel" onpopupshowing="this.lastchild.value = (new date()).tolocaleformat('%t')"> <label value="time:"/> <label id="time"/> </panel> <toolbarbutton label="show time" popup="time-panel"/> you can prevent a menu or popup from appearing by calling the preventdefault method of the event from within a popupshowing listener. the default operation of the popupshowing event is to continue showing the popup. the preventdefault method will stop this from happening and the popup will not be opened. <menu label="edit"> <menupopup onpopupshowing="if (gdisallowed) event.preventdefault();"> <menuitem label="undo"/> <menuitem label="redo"/> </menupopup> </menu> in ...
...if you want to prevent a context menu from opening it is better to call preventdefault with a handler for the contextmenu event instead, to avoid the extra steps necessary to fire the popupshowing event if it isn't needed. ...
...And 3 more matches

menulist - Archive of obsolete content
the user may select one of the elements displayed in the menulist. the currently selected choice is displayed on the menulist element. to create the drop-down, put a menupopup inside the menulist containing the choices as menuitem elements. the command event may be used to execute code when the menulist selection changes. more information is available in the xul tutorial. ...
... in the xul tutorial. ...
... property, the selectedindex property, or changed by the user. tabindex type: integer gets and sets the value of the tabindex attribute. value type: string gets and sets the value of the value attribute. for textbox and user editable menulist elements, the contents, as visible to the user, are read and set using the textbox.value and menulist.value syntax. ...
...And 3 more matches

tree - Archive of obsolete content
the tree may contain any number of rows and any number of columns. each row of the tree may contain child rows which are displayed indented from the parent. unlike other elements, the data to display inside the tree is not specified using tags, but is determined from a view object. the view object implements the nsitreeview interface. the view is queried for the data to appear in the tree. there are several ways in which trees are used, as listed below. the second column lists the interfaces available via the tree's view property. ...
...nd clicking on a row. the onselect event will be sent for each item added to or removed from the selection. rows type: integer the number of rows to display in the element. if the element contains more than this number of rows, a scrollbar will appear which the user can use to scroll to the other rows. to get the actual number of rows in the element, use the getrowcount method. seltype type: one of the values below used to indicate whether multiple selection is allowed. single only one row may be selected at a time. (default in listbox and richlistbox.) multiple multiple rows may be selected at once. (default in tree.) for trees, you can also use the following values: cell individual cells can be selected text rows are selected; h...
...e obtained by this property. if the caret isn't present for any row (for example, because the tree has never been focused), the value will be -1. you cannot rely on this property to change or determine a tree selection, except for trees with seltype="single". (all trees have seltype="multiple" by default.) to reliably change or determine a selection, instead use the nsitreeselection interface methods available via tree.view.selection. disabled type: boolean gets and sets the value of the disabled attribute. disablekeynavigation type: boolean gets or sets the value of the disablekeynavigation attribute. editingcolumn type: nsitreecolumn the column of the tree cell currently being edited, or null if there is no cell being edited. editingrow type...
...And 3 more matches

calICalendarView - Archive of obsolete content
summary an object implementing calicalendarview is generally intended to serve as a way of manipulating a set of dom nodes corresonding to a visual representation of calievent and calitodo objects. because of this close association between methods and attributes on the one hand, and content on the other, calicalendarview implementations are particularly well suited to xbl. ...
...tations are particularly well suited to xbl. there is, however, no practical obstacle to the interface being implemented by any javascript object associated with a group of dom nodes, even non-anonymous xul nodes. in the vast majority of cases, the dom corresponding to an implementation of calicalendarview will be rather complex. ...
...up of dom nodes, even non-anonymous xul nodes. in the vast majority of cases, the dom corresponding to an implementation of calicalendarview will be rather complex. this explains the need for the fairly large list off attributes and methods that must be implemented, so that outside code can be able to gain a decent picture of the current state of those nodes. it should be noted, however, that the methods and attributes implemented by a calicalendarview need not behave in any predictable fashion. for instance, when the showdate method of the the calendar-multiday-view (an implementation of this interface) will sometimes show an entire week of dates, and sometimes show only the single date passed in. this allows lack of required predictability allows calicalendarview implementations to be re-used ...
...And 3 more matches

nsIContentPolicy - Archive of obsolete content
r example), or if you want to stop or allow user-browsed urls. warning: do not block the caller in your implementations of shouldload() or shouldprocess() (for example, by launching a dialog to prompt the user for something).") note: in reality, much of this interface is defined in the nsicontentpolicybase interface, but for now is documented here until someone has time to split things up. ...
...load() will never get this, because it does not represent content to be loaded (the actual load triggered by the refresh will go through shouldload() as expected). shouldprocess() will get this for, for example <meta> refresh elements and http refresh headers. type_xbl 9 indicates an xbl binding request, triggered either by -moz-binding css property or the document.addbinding() method. type_ping 10 indicates a ping triggered by a click on an <a> element using the ping attribute. type_xmlhttprequest 11 indicates an xmlhttprequest. also used for document.load() type_object_subrequest 12 indicates a request by a plugin. type_dtd 13 indicates a dtd loaded by an xml document. type_font 14 indicates a font lo...
... type_media 15 indicates a video or audio load. type_websocket 16 indicates a websocket load. type_csp_report 17 indicates a content security policy report. type_xslt 18 indicates a style sheet transformation. type_beacon 19 indicates a beacon post. type_fetch 20 indicates a load initiated by the globalfetch.fetch() method, which is available as a global in both window and worker contexts. type_imageset 21 indicates a request to load an <img> (with the srcset attribute or <picture>. type_web_manifest 22 indicates a request to load a web manifest. type_internal_script 23 an internal constant used to represent scripts loaded using <script> elements. importan...
...And 3 more matches

Adobe Flash - Archive of obsolete content
this document is out of date. scriptability refers to the ability of plugins to interact with javascript. in particular, the macromedia® flash™ plugin exposes certain plugin functionality for access via javascript. it can also access javascript methods from within the plugin. this article explains how javascript can be used to access methods from within the flash plugin, as well as how a feature called fscommands can be used to access javascript functions from within the flash animation. the focus of this article is to present tips on scripting flash within gecko™-based web browsers. detecting the right flash plugin (and browser) adobe flash has exposed the scriptability feature in netscape gecko browsers since flash 6r49 and later. versions of flash prior to flash 6r49 (such as ...
...ator.useragent.indexof("mach-o")!=-1) { if(flashversion < flashversionosxscriptable) // flash version is less than version 12, thus not scriptable on os x } // 6. handle errors (no flash installed, etc.) example 1 uses the regexp (regular expression) object exposed to javascript strings. the description string is broken into an array of constituent strings based on an invocation of the match method with a regular expression that assumes that the string format will be in the format flash major rminor where major can be a major revision such as "5" or "6" and minor is the subsidiary version number. example 1 also creates a constant flashversionosxscriptable that declares (arbitrarily) that macromedia will fix flash to be scriptable in mach-o browsers (on os x) by version 12. this is currently...
...not work with flash player versions older than version 8 if the user has installed multiple mozilla based browsers onto the same machine (see bug 284057 and bug 233533). enter some text in the html form field below and then click outside the field, or hit the enter key, to send the text to the flash movie below: the example is missing. example 2 shows the use of macromedia flash's setvariable method being invoked from javascript. in general, to invoke a macromedia-defined method on a flash animation in netscape gecko browsers: use dom methods to get a handle to the html element that spawns the plugin. this may be the embed element or the object element's name or id attribute respectively. treat the handle to the html element as a handle to the actual flash plugin and invoke the published...
...And 3 more matches

LiveConnect - Archive of obsolete content
older versions of gecko included special support for the java<->javascript bridge (such as the java and packages global objects), but as of mozilla 16 (firefox 16 / thunderbird 16 / seamonkey 2.13) liveconnect functionality is provided solely by the oracle's java plugin. documentation java plugin - liveconnect documentation this is likely the most up-to-date documentation of liveconnect. removal of java and packages global objects in mozilla 16 see bug 748343 for the rationale and workarounds. ...
...date documentation of liveconnect. removal of java and packages global objects in mozilla 16 see bug 748343 for the rationale and workarounds. you can still embed java applets and access their api from javascript. liveconnect overview an overview for liveconnect. liveconnect reference the java classes used for liveconnect, along with their constructors and methods. java in firefox extensions community view mozilla.dev.tech.java forums... mailing list newsgroup rss feed related topics javascript, plugins older notes (please update or remove as needed.) while the bloated liveconnect code in the mozilla source was removed in version 1.9.2 of the platform (see bug 442399), ...
...sing number of other bugs introduced by the decline of the original liveconnect (e.g., java.lang.string and arrays not working properly). ...
...And 3 more matches

Old Proxy API - Archive of obsolete content
lower-level languages like c++. proxies let the programmer define most of the behavior of an object in javascript. they are said to provide a meta-programming api. terminology catch-all mechanism (or "intercession api") the technical term for this feature. handler the object that intercepts properties. proxy the object whose properties are being intercepted. proxy factory the object or method that creates intercessive proxies. traps the methods that provide property access. this is analogous to the concept of traps in operating systems. proxies can be either be trapping or fixed. proxy api catch-alls can be defined only on distinct proxy objects, controlled by a handler object. there are two kinds of proxies: object proxies var proxy = proxy.create(handler, proto); and functi...
...o be defined, then an error is thrown. if a derived trap is implemented, then that trap's code is called whenever the corresponding behavior happens on the proxy. if the derived trap is undefined, a default implementation using the fundamental traps is used. in other words: fundamental traps are required, derived traps are optional. fundamental traps emulated javascript code handler method description object.getownpropertydescriptor(proxy, name) getownpropertydescriptor: function(name) -> propertydescriptor | undefined should return a valid property descriptor object, or undefined to indicate that no property with name exists in the emulated object. object.getpropertydescriptor(proxy, name) getpropertydescriptor: function(name) -> propertydescriptor | ...
...tpropertynames: function() -> strings array this function doesn't exist in ecmascript 5. like getownpropertynames, but should also return non-overridden inherited properties. object.defineproperty(proxy,name,pd) defineproperty: function(name, propertydescriptor) -> any define a new property whose attributes are determined by the given propertydescriptor. the return value of this method is ignored. delete proxy.name delete: function(name) -> boolean delete the named property from the proxy. the boolean return value of this method should indicate whether or not the name property was successfully deleted. object.freeze(proxy) object.seal(proxy) object.preventextensions(proxy) fix: function() -> propertydescriptor map (indexed on proper...
...And 3 more matches

Idempotent - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
to be idempotent, only the actual back-end state of the server is considered, the status code returned by each request may differ: the first call of a delete will likely return a 200, while successive ones will likely return a 404. ...
... to be idempotent, only the actual back-end state of the server is considered, the status code returned by each request may differ: the first call of a delete will likely return a 200, while successive ones will likely return a 404. ...
... to be idempotent, only the actual back-end state of the server is considered, the status code returned by each request may differ: the first call of a delete will likely return a 200, while successive ones will likely return a 404. ...
...And 3 more matches

CSS layout - Learn web development
ng on a computer/tablet/other device where you don't have the ability to create your own files, you could try out (most of) the code examples in an online coding program such as jsbin or glitch. guides these articles will provide instruction on the fundamental layout tools and techniques available in css. at the end of the lessons is an assessment to help you check your understanding of layout methods, by laying out a webpage. introduction to css layout this article will recap some of the css layout features we've already touched upon in previous modules — such as different display values — and introduce some of the concepts we'll be covering throughout this module. normal flow elements on webpages lay themselves out according to normal flow - until we do something to change that. t...
...on in previous modules — such as different display values — and introduce some of the concepts we'll be covering throughout this module. normal flow elements on webpages lay themselves out according to normal flow - until we do something to change that. this article explains the basics of normal flow as a grounding for learning how to change it. flexbox flexbox is a one-dimensional layout method for laying out items in rows or columns. items flex to fill additional space and shrink to fit into smaller spaces. this article explains all the fundamentals. after studying this guide you can test your flexbox skills to check your understanding before moving on. grids css grid layout is a two-dimensional layout system for the web. it lets you lay content out in rows and columns, and has many ...
...explains. positioning positioning allows you to take elements out of the normal document layout flow, and make them behave differently, for example sitting on top of one another, or always remaining in the same place inside the browser viewport. this article explains the different position values, and how to use them. multiple-column layout the multiple-column layout specification gives you a method of laying content out in columns, as you might see in a newspaper. this article explains how to use this feature. responsive design as more diverse screen sizes have appeared on web-enabled devices, the concept of responsive web design (rwd) has appeared: a set of practices that allows web pages to alter their layout and appearance to suit different screen widths, resolutions, etc. it is an ide...
...And 3 more matches

Making asynchronous programming easier with async and await - Learn web development
ary — you have to create an async function to define a block of code in which you'll run your async code; as we said earlier, await only works inside of async functions. inside the myfetch() function definition you can see that the code closely resembles the previous promise version, but there are some differences. instead of needing to chain a .then() block on to the end of each promise-based method, you just need to add an await keyword before the method call, and then assign the result to a variable. the await keyword causes the javascript runtime to pause your code on this line, allowing other code to execute in the meantime, until the async function call has returned its result. once that's complete, your code continues to execute starting on the next line. for example: let response = a...
...he next line. for example: let response = await fetch('coffee.jpg'); the response returned by the fulfilled fetch() promise is assigned to the response variable when that response becomes available, and the parser pauses on this line until that occurs. once the response is available, the parser moves to the next line, which creates a blob out of it. this line also invokes an async promise-based method, so we use await here as well. when the result of operation returns, we return it out of the myfetch() function. this means that when we call the myfetch() function, it returns a promise, so we can chain a .then() onto the end of it inside which we handle displaying the blob onscreen. you are probably already thinking "this is really cool!", and you are right — fewer .then() blocks to wrap ar...
...sentially the same time, the promises will all fulfill at the same time; when you run the second example, you'll see the alert box reporting a total run time of just over 3 seconds! you'll have to test your code carefully, and bear this in mind if performance starts to suffer. another minor inconvenience is that you have to wrap your awaited promises inside an async function. ...
...And 3 more matches

Fetching data from the server - Learn web development
let url = verse + '.txt'; to begin creating an xhr request, you need to create a new request object using the xmlhttprequest() constructor. you can call this object anything you like, but we'll call it request to keep things simple. add the following below your previous lines inside your updatedisplay() function: let request = new xmlhttprequest(); next, you need to use the open() method to specify what http request method to use to request the resource from the network, and what its url is. we'll just use the get method here and set the url as our url variable. add this below your previous line: request.open('get', url); next, we'll set the type of response we are expecting — which is defined by the request's responsetype property — as text. this isn't strictly nece...
...elow your last addition. you'll see that inside the onload event handler we are setting the textcontent of the poemdisplay (the <pre> element) to the value of the request.response property. request.onload = function() { poemdisplay.textcontent = request.response; }; the above is all set up for the xhr request — it won't actually run until we tell it to, which is done using the send() method. add the following below your previous addition to complete the function. this line should rest just above the closing curly brace of your updatedisplay() function. request.send(); one problem with the example as it stands is that it won't show any of the poem when it first loads. to fix this, add the following two lines at the bottom of your code (just above the closing </script> tag) t...
... the xhr code with this: fetch(url).then(function(response) { response.text().then(function(text) { poemdisplay.textcontent = text; }); }); load the example in your browser (running it through a web server) and it should work just the same as the xhr version, provided you are running a modern browser. so what is going on in the fetch code? first of all, we invoke the fetch() method, passing it the url of the resource we want to fetch. this is the modern equivalent of request.open() in xhr, plus you don't need any equivalent to .send(). after that, you can see the .then() method chained onto the end of fetch() — this method is a part of promises, a modern javascript feature for performing asynchronous operations. fetch() returns a promise, which resolves to the response s...
...And 3 more matches

JavaScript Tips
ng code with an xul overlay, wrap functions and variables inside an object with a unique name to avoid conflicting with existing or future function and variable names. var uniquename = { _privatemember: 3, publicmember: "a string", init: function() { this.dosomething(this.anothermember); }, dosomething: function(aparam) { alert(aparam); } }; xpconnect don't use object methods and properties more than you have to. it is often faster to store the result in a temporary variable. don't call methods that you don't have to. for instance, windowmanager.getenumerator(atype).hasmoreelements() may be replaced with windowmanager.getmostrecentwindow(atype) != null for a single window. don't query interfaces unless you need to access methods and properties of that interface. yo...
...ource) return target.value; if (target instanceof components.interfaces.nsirdfliteral) return target.value; return null; don't test the return value of queryinterface, it always returns the original variable if it succeeds. xpconnect knows all about tearoffs and modifies the object that you queryinterface or instanceof to cache all its known interfaces. ...
...literal) return target.value; return null; don't test the return value of queryinterface, it always returns the original variable if it succeeds. xpconnect knows all about tearoffs and modifies the object that you queryinterface or instanceof to cache all its known interfaces. when passing an object to an xpcom method it is helpful if the object you pass is an xpcom object, so that the c++ method access a c++ object. however, this is not always necessary or desirable. for instance the offline observer declared above is a javascript object that is registered with an xpcom object, so that the call back from xpcom executes the javascript method. some xpcom methods expect an object that implements several interfaces thus requiring you to write a queryinterface method. however, in javascript t...
...And 3 more matches

Addon
an addon represents an add-on that is either installed or can be installed. instances can be created using the many getaddon methods on the addonmanager object. the interface can represent many different kinds of add-ons and as such, some of the methods and properties are considered "required" and others "optional," which means that the optional methods or property may not exist on addon instances for some types of add-ons. api consumers should take care to verify the existence of these methods or properties before relying on them. ...
... the interface can represent many different kinds of add-ons and as such, some of the methods and properties are considered "required" and others "optional," which means that the optional methods or property may not exist on addon instances for some types of add-ons. api consumers should take care to verify the existence of these methods or properties before relying on them. ...
...s for some types of add-ons. api consumers should take care to verify the existence of these methods or properties before relying on them. ...
...And 3 more matches

Deferred
a deferred object is returned by the obsolete promise.defer() method to provide a new promise along with methods to change its state. starting from gecko 30, this object is obsolete and should not be used anymore. use the new promise() constructor instead (or use the above backwards/forwards compatible deferred function given below). ...
...given below). for example, the equivalent of var deferred = promise.defer(); dosomething(function cb(good) { if (good) deferred.resolve(); else deferred.reject(); }); return deferred.promise; would be return new promise(function(resolve, reject) { dosomething(function cb(good) { if (good) resolve(); else reject(); }); }); method overview void resolve([optional] avalue); void reject([optional] areason); properties attribute type description promise read only promise a newly created promise, initially in the pending state. methods resolve() fulfills the associated promise with the specified value, or propagates the state of an existing promise. if the assoc...
... properties attribute type description promise read only promise a newly created promise, initially in the pending state. methods resolve() fulfills the associated promise with the specified value, or propagates the state of an existing promise. if the associated promise has already been resolved, either to a value, a rejection, or another promise, this method does nothing. note: this function is bound to its associated promise when promise.defer() is called, and can be called with any value of this. ...
...And 3 more matches

source-editor.jsm
e code module into your javascript scope: components.utils.import("resource:///modules/source-editor.jsm"); warning: much of the functionality of the source editor is implemented by a secondary code module (by default, source-editor-orion.jsm). you must not directly import that code module; it is essentially an implementation detail. its functionality is all exposed through source-editor.jsm. ...
...most recent save. in addition, when this value changes, the "dirtychanged" event is sent. editorelement element the element containing the editor. when using the default orion editor, this is a xul <xul:iframe> element. read only. lastfind object an object describing the result of the last find operation performed using the find(), findnext(), or findprevious() method. read only. this object has the following properties: property type description str string the last string that was searched for. index number an integer value indicating the result of the most recent find operation; this is the index into the text at which str was found, or -1 if th...
...b "devtools.editor.expandtab" a boolean value that indicates whether or not to automatically expand tabs out to a series of spaces. sourceeditor.prefs.tab_size "devtools.editor.tabsize" an integer value that specifies the number of spaces per tab. editor mode constants these constants are used to set the syntax highlighting mode for the editor by calling its setmode() method, or in the configuration object when first initializing the editor using its init() method. constant value description sourceeditor.modes.css "css" cascading style sheet. sourceeditor.modes.html "html" html document. sourceeditor.modes.javascript "js" javascript source code. sourceeditor.modes.text "text" utf-8 text docum...
...And 3 more matches

GC Rooting Guide
js::handle<t> all gc thing pointers that are parameters to a function must be wrapped in js::handle<t>. a js::handle<t> is a reference to a js::rooted<t>, and is created implicitly by referencing a js::rooted<t>: it is not valid to create a js::handle<t> manually (...
... are used as out-parameters must be wrapped in a js::mutablehandle<t>. a js::mutablehandle<t> is a reference to a js::rooted<t> that, unlike a normal handle, may modify the underlying js::rooted<t>. all js::mutablehandle<t>s are created through an explicit "&" - address of operator - on a js::rooted<t> instance. js::mutablehandle<t> is exactly like a js::handle<t> except that it adds a .set(t &t) method and must be created from a js::rooted<t> explicitly. there are typedefs for js::mutablehandle<t>, the same as for the other templates: template class typedef js::mutablehandle<js::value> js::mutablehandlevalue js::mutablehandle<jsobject*> js::mutablehandleobject js::mutablehandle<jsstring*> js::mutablehandlestring js::mutablehandle<js...
...ass js::value[] autoarrayrooter js::vector<js::value> autovaluevector js::vector<jsid> autoidvector js::vector<jsobject*> autoobjectvector js::vector<jsscript*> autoscriptvector if your case is not covered by one of these, it is possible to write your own by deriving from js::customautorooter and overriding the virtual trace() method. the implementation should trace all the gc things contained in the object by calling js::traceedge. gc things on the heap js::heap<t> gc thing pointers on the heap must be wrapped in a js::heap<t>. the only exception to this is if they are added as roots with the js::persistentrooted class, but don't do this unless it's really necessary. js::heap<t> pointers must also continue to be traced ...
...And 3 more matches

JS::Value
val.isobject() js::objectvalue(jsobject&amp;), js::objectornullvalue(jsobject*) val.toobject() val.setobject(jsobject &) symbol val.issymbol() js::symbolvalue(js::symbol*) val.tosymbol() val.setsymbol(js::symbol &) numbers are stored in a js::value either as a double or as an int32_t. the different representations are visible using the separate int32/double methods but do not affect observable semantics (ignoring performance). the number mutators attempt to use int32_t representation for compatible input values, returning true when int32 could be used and false when double representation was required. any double value may be stored in a js::value, in one of these two representations. the only exception is that only a single nan value can be represented. (n...
...alues, returning true when int32 could be used and false when double representation was required. any double value may be stored in a js::value, in one of these two representations. the only exception is that only a single nan value can be represented. (note that both -0 and +0 are allowed, and the latter may sometimes be stored using the int32_t representation.) js::value further provides these methods combining various aspects of the above methods: js::objectornullvalue(jsobject*) returns an object value corresponding to the given non-null pointer, or a null value if the pointer is null. val.setobjectornull(jsobject *) sets the given value to the specified object, or to null if the pointer was null. val.isobjectornull() returns true if the value is either an object or undefined. corresp...
...s a primitive value -- that is, not an object. it is equivalent to !val.isobject(). val.isnullorundefined() returns true if the value is either null or undefined. val.isgcthing() returns true if a js value has a type that is subject to garbage collection. the are two major issues to be aware of when using js::value. js::value is not inherently type-safe it is an error to call any accessor method on a value of a non-matching type: val.toint32() must only be called if val.isint32(), val.tostring() must only be called if val.isstring(), and so on. in particular, note that it is an error to call val.toobject() when val.isnull(). the now-deprecated jsval methods allowed jsval_to_object(val) when jsval_is_null(val), but this was a source of constant bugs. val.toobject() is only permitted when...
...And 3 more matches

SpiderMonkey 31
latforms (sparc, mips), the jit is provided but not supported. on all other platforms the jit is simply disabled; javascript code runs in an interpreter, as in previous versions. it's the same language, just not as fast. migrating to spidermonkey 31 the first change most embedders will notice is that spidermonkey must now be initialized before it can be used, using the newly-repurposed js_init method. after this method is called, normal jsapi operations are permitted. when all jsapi operation has completed, the corresponding js_shutdown method (currently non-mandatory, but highly recommended as it may become mandatory in the future) uninitializes spidermonkey, cleaning up memory and allocations performed by js_init. a major change to spidermonkey in 31 is that its apis support a moving gar...
...d still have the same names and implement essentially unchanged functionality. applications will need significant changes, but most of those changes will be detected by the c/c++ compiler, so they are easy to detect and updating the code is a fairly straightforward job. here is a list of the most significant changes: many of the garbage collector changes require type signature changes to jsapi methods: specifically introducing js::rooted, js::handle, and js::mutablehandle types. these types, with the appropriate parametrizations, can roughly be substituted for plain types of gc things (values, string/object pointers, etc.). the jsbool type has been removed, along with the corresponding js_true and js_false constants. they have been replaced by bool, true, and false respectively. many jscl...
... detail below. new javascript language features javascript 31 includes significant updates to language features, yo. new c++ apis jsapi is now a c++-only api. please note that spidermonkey reserves the js:: namespace for itself (and the js:: namespace for internal use). js_init is a new function which must be used to initialize the js engine before any jsruntimes are created or other jsapi methods are called. this method pairs with the existing (currently non-mandatory) js_shutdown method, which uninitializes the js engine after all runtimes have been destroyed. js_seticumemoryfunctions is a new function which can be used to set the allocation and deallocation functions used by the icu internationalization library. this is unlikely to be of interest to embedders unless you are doing de...
...And 3 more matches

Language bindings
tween a particular language and xpcom to provide access to xpcom objects from that language, and to let modules written in that language be used as xpcom objects by all other languages for which there are xpcom bindings. more specifically, an xpcom language binding: enables access to xpcom objects from that language (where access means reading/writing/creating xpcom objects as well as calling methods on them). exposes modules written in the bound language as xpcom objects, thereby enabling all other languages for which xpcom bindings exist to access these modules. since the xpcom layer itself is written in c/c++, its api can be accessed out-of-the-box using c or c++. in order to allow any other language to use the xpcom api, a bridging layer is required. the following bridging layers are...
...nts.interfacesbyid is a read-only array of classes indexed by iid.components.issuccesscodedetermines whether a given xpcom return code (that is, an nsresult value) indicates the success or failure of an operation, returning true or false respectively.components.lastresultcomponents.managercomponents.manager is a convenience reflection of the global native component manager service. ...
...account for any native (c++) xpcom objects hanging off javascript objects though. in many cases a javascript application will have internal knowledge of javascript objects referencing large (trees of) xpcom objects and know when they are no longer reachable. in this case it can be important to be able to force a garbage collection cycle from javascript. components.utils.getglobalforobjectthis method is used to determine the global object with which an object is associated. this is the global object in place at the time the object was created, which is to say the global object used when executing the script that created the object.components.utils.getweakreferencethis method was introduced in firefox 3 and is used for obtaining a weak reference for an object. to obtain the object reference, y...
...And 3 more matches

IAccessibleEditableText
r just before endoffset. if endoffset is lower than startoffset, the result is the same as a call with the two arguments exchanged. the whole text can be defined by passing the indices zero and iaccessibletext.ncharacters(). if both indices have the same value, an empty string is defined. ...
...h the two arguments exchanged. the whole text can be defined by passing the indices zero and iaccessibletext.ncharacters(). if both indices have the same value, an empty string is defined. refer to the @ref _specialoffsets "special offsets for use in the iaccessibletext and iaccessibleeditabletext methods" for information about a special offset constant that can be used in iaccessibleeditabletext methods. ...
... arguments exchanged. the whole text can be defined by passing the indices zero and iaccessibletext.ncharacters(). if both indices have the same value, an empty string is defined. refer to the @ref _specialoffsets "special offsets for use in the iaccessibletext and iaccessibleeditabletext methods" for information about a special offset constant that can be used in iaccessibleeditabletext methods. ...
...And 3 more matches

IAccessibleHyperlink
ink associated with a single substring of text or single non-text object. non-text objects can have either a single link or a collection of links such as when the non-text object is an image map. linked objects and anchors are implementation dependent. this interface is derived from iaccessibleaction. iaccessibleaction.nactions() is one greater than the maximum value for the indices used with the methods of this interface. furthermore, the object that implements this interface has to be connected implicitly or explicitly with an object that implements iaccessibletext. startindex() and endindex() are indices with respect to the text exposed by iaccessibletext. this interface provides access to a single object which can have multiple actions. an example is an image map which is an image with multi...
...h area is associated with multiple actions, for example an image map of smart tags. in this case you would have to implement two levels of accessible hyperlinks. the first level hyperlinks would only implement anchor() and anchortarget(). the anchors would all reference the image object. the anchortargets would reference the second level accessible hyperlink objects. none of the iaccessibleaction methods would be implemented on the first level hyperlink objects. the second level hyperlink objects would implement the iaccessibleaction methods. their anchors would also reference the image object and their anchortargets would reference urls or the objects that would be activated. this use case demonstrates that in some cases there is no need for iaccessiblehyperlink to derive from iaccessibleaction...
...ds. their anchors would also reference the image object and their anchortargets would reference urls or the objects that would be activated. this use case demonstrates that in some cases there is no need for iaccessiblehyperlink to derive from iaccessibleaction. as a result it may be removed in a later version of the idl and it is suggested that implementations should not rely on the inheritance. ...
...And 3 more matches

IAccessibleText
other-licenses/ia2/accessibletext.idlnot scriptable a structure containing a substring and the start and end offsets in the enclosing string. 1.0 66 introduced gecko 1.9 inherits from: iunknown last changed in gecko 1.9 (firefox 3) this enum defines values which specify a text() boundary type. ia2_text_boundary_sentence is optional. when a method doesn't implement this method it must return s_false. typically this feature would not be implemented by an application. however, if the application developer was not satisfied with how screen readers have handled the reading of sentences this boundary type could be implemented and screen readers could use the application's version of a sentence rather than the screen reader's. the rest of the boundary types must be sup...
...lication. however, if the application developer was not satisfied with how screen readers have handled the reading of sentences this boundary type could be implemented and screen readers could use the application's version of a sentence rather than the screen reader's. the rest of the boundary types must be supported. this enum is used in textbeforeoffset(), textatoffset(), and textafteroffset(). ...
...hresult addselection( [in] long startoffset, [in] long endoffset ); parameters startoffset starting offset ( 0 based). endoffset offset of first character after new selection() (0 based). return value e_invalidarg if bad [in] passed. s_ok. attributes() returns text() attributes. [propget] hresult attributes( [in] long offset, [out] long starto...
...And 3 more matches

mozIStorageStatement
storage/public/mozistoragestatement.idlscriptable this interface lets you create and execute sql statements on a mozistorageconnection. inherits from: mozistoragevaluearray last changed in gecko 1.9.2 (firefox 3.6 / thunderbird 3.1 / fennec 1.0) for an introduction on how to use this interface, see the storage overview document. ...
...gestatement.moz_storage_statement_executing. read only. statement status constants constant value description moz_storage_statement_invalid 0 the sql statement is invalid. moz_storage_statement_ready 1 the sql statement is ready to be executed. moz_storage_statement_executing 2 the sql statement is executing at the moment. methods initialize() obsolete since gecko 1.9.1 (firefox 3.5 / thunderbird 3.0 / seamonkey 2.0) note: this method has been removed for gecko 1.9.1. to initialize a statement, consumers should call mozistorageconnection.createstatement(). this method exists back to gecko 1.8.0. initialize this query with the given sql statement. void initialize( in mozistorageconnection ad...
....8.0. initialize this query with the given sql statement. void initialize( in mozistorageconnection adbconnection, in autf8string asqlstatement ); parameters adbconnection a mozistorageconnection database connection. asqlstatement string key representing the sql statement. finalize() finalizes a statement which releases all resources that were allocated for it. you must call this method on every active statement before you try to call mozistorageconnection.close(). void finalize(); note: this method does not need to be used from native callers because you have to release the statement in order to not leak. finalize will be called for you when the reference count on the statement goes to zero. clone() creates a copy of the statement whose state will be mozistoragestatement.m...
...And 3 more matches

nsIChannel
n(). after a request has been completed, the channel is still valid for accessing protocol-specific results. for example, queryinterfacing to nsihttpchannel allows response headers to be retrieved for the corresponding http transaction. this interface must be used only from the xpcom main thread. implemented by netwerk/base/src/nsbasechannel.cpp and netwerk/protocol/http/src/nshttpchannel.cpp. method overview void asyncopen(in nsistreamlistener alistener, in nsisupports acontext); nsiinputstream open(); attributes attribute type description contentcharset acstring the character set of the channel's content if available and if applicable. this attribute only applies to textual data. setting contentcharset before the channel has...
...ocument uri. load_retargeted_document_uri 17 if the end consumer for this load has been retargeted after discovering its content, this flag will be set: load_replace 18 this flag is set to indicate that this channel is replacing another channel. this means that: the stream listener this channel will be notifying was initially passed to the asyncopen() method of some other channel this channel's uri is a better identifier of the resource being accessed than this channel's originaluri. this flag can be set, for example, for redirects or for cases when a single channel has multiple parts to it (and thus can follow onstoprequest with another onstartrequest/onstoprequest pair, each pair for a different request). load_initial_documen...
...uld call the content sniffers as described in netwerk/build/nsnetcid.h about ns_content_sniffer_category. see nsicontentsniffer [en-us] note: channels may ignore this flag; however, new channel implementations should only do so with good reason. load_classify_uri 22 this flag tells the channel to use uri classifier service to check the uri when opening the channel. methods asyncopen() asynchronously open this channel. data is fed to the specified stream listener as it becomes available. the stream listener's methods are called on the thread that calls asyncopen and are not called until after asyncopen returns. if asyncopen returns successfully, the channel promises to call at least onstartrequest and onstoprequest. if the nsirequest object passed to the stream ...
...And 3 more matches

nsIComponentManager
xpcom/components/nsicomponentmanager.idlscriptable this interface provides methods to access factory objects and instantiate instances of classes. ...
... xpcom/components/nsicomponentmanager.idlscriptable this interface provides methods to access factory objects and instantiate instances of classes. ...
...until gecko 10...
...And 3 more matches

nsIDOMMozNetworkStatsManager
ore, the networkstatsmanager is published through a moznetworkstats child object within the navigator object. if the object exists, you can use the network statistics service. ...
...ds between samples stored in the database. read only. maxstorageage long long time in milliseconds recorded by the api until present time. all samples older than maxstorageage from now are deleted. read only. constants constant type description wifi long constant for wifi, set to 0 mobile long constant for mobile, set to 1 methods getsamples() asynchronously queries network interface statistics. the query may be filtered by connection type and date. nsidomdomrequest getsamples(in nsisupports network, in jsval start, in jsval end, [optional] in jsval options /* networkstatsgetoptions */); parameters network the origin of the data. ...
... in jsval start, in jsval end, [optional] in jsval options /* networkstatsgetoptions */); parameters network the origin of the data. it can specify wifi, mobile, or null. if null, data measurement from both origins are merged. to know in advance which kind of origin is available, the moznetworkstatsmanager.getavailablenetworks method returns an array of interfaces. start a date object representing the beginning of data measurement. end a date object representing the end of data measurement. options optional filtering options. networkstatsgetoptions is a dictionary object providing filtering options. return value an nsidomdomrequest object. if successful, the request result is an nsidommoznetworkstats object describi...
...And 3 more matches

nsIDOMOfflineResourceList
the nsidomofflineresourcelist interface provides access to the application cache that allows web content's resources to be cached locally for use while offline. it includes methods for adding resources to and removing resources from the cache, as well as for enumerating the dynamically managed resource list. dom/interfaces/offline/nsidomofflineresourcelist.idlscriptable please add a summary to this article. ...
...cached locally for use while offline. it includes methods for adding resources to and removing resources from the cache, as well as for enumerating the dynamically managed resource list. dom/interfaces/offline/nsidomofflineresourcelist.idlscriptable please add a summary to this article. ...
...on cache is not in the process of being updated. checking 2 the application cache manifest is being fetched and checked for updates. downloading 3 resources are being downloaded to be added to the cache. updateready 4 there is a new version of the application cache available. obsolete 5 the application cache group is now obsolete. ...
...And 3 more matches

nsIDynamicContainer
1.0 66 introduced gecko 1.9 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 1.9 (firefox 3) the service can fill result nodes directly into the container when it is opened. it can use the property bag on every result node to store data associated with each item, such as a full path on disk. it can also create additional containers for each container, registered to its service. ...
...it is called after the container has been moved. void oncontainermoved( in long long aitemid, in long long anewparent, in long anewindex ); parameters aitemid the item-id of the container item. ...
...it is called after the container has been moved. void oncontainermoved( in long long aitemid, in long long anewparent, in long anewindex ); parameters aitemid the item-id of the container item. anewparent the item of the new parent folder for the container. ...
...And 3 more matches

nsIModule
xpcom/components/nsimodule.idlscriptable this interface must be implemented by each xpcom component. it is the main entry point by which the system accesses an xpcom component. ...
...boolean canunload( in nsicomponentmanager acompmgr ); parameters acompmgr the global component manager. return value indicates to the caller whether or not the component module can be unloaded. returning true is not a guarantee that the module will be unloaded. it consti...
...boolean canunload( in nsicomponentmanager acompmgr ); parameters acompmgr the global component manager. return value indicates to the caller whether or not the component module can be unloaded. returning true is not a guarantee that the module will be unloaded. it constitues only willingness of ...
...And 3 more matches

nsIMsgFolder
the nsimsgfolder interface is used to interact with folders in thunderbird. this page is out of date. check //github.com/realityripple/uxp/blob/master/mailnews/base/public/nsimsgfolder.idl for the newer methods (esp. isspecialfolder and such). ...
... the nsimsgfolder interface is used to interact with folders in thunderbird. this page is out of date. check //github.com/realityripple/uxp/blob/master/mailnews/base/public/nsimsgfolder.idl for the newer methods (esp. isspecialfolder and such). ...
...gdownloadsettings sortorder long used for order in the folder pane, folder pickers, etc. lastmessageloaded nsmsgkey unique id to the folder, it is not a globally unique identifier. will return nsmsgkey_none if there was no last message loaded. note: does not persist across sessions. uri acstring readonly: old nsifolder properties and methods. name astring old nsifolder properties and methods. prettyname astring old nsifolder properties and methods. abbreviatedname astring readonly: old nsifolder properties and methods. parent nsimsgfolder old nsifolder properties and methods. parentmsgfolder nsimsgfolder readonly: handy accessor when we want a msg folder. ...
...And 3 more matches

nsINavHistoryResultViewObserver
toolkit/components/places/public/nsinavhistoryservice.idlscriptable this interface is used by clients of the history results to define domain-specific handling of specific nsitreeview methods that the history result doesn't implement. ...
... toolkit/components/places/public/nsinavhistoryservice.idlscriptable this interface is used by clients of the history results to define domain-specific handling of specific nsitreeview methods that the history result doesn't implement. ...
...itreecolumn column); constants constant value description drop_before -1 the drag operation wishes to insert the dragged item before the indicated row. drop_on 0 the drag operation wishes to drop the dragged item onto the indicated row. drop_after 1 the drag operation wishes to insert the dragged item after the indicated row. methods candrop() implement this method to report whether or not a drop is permitted onto the specified location. to provide behavior similar to the folder pane in thunderbird, where drops are only permitted on items themselves instead of on the pane as a whole, always return false when the orientation isn't drop_on. warning: do not change the content of the observer list. boolean candrop( in long...
...And 3 more matches

nsINavHistoryResultViewer
duced gecko 1.9 obsolete gecko 2.0 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 1.9.2 (firefox 3.6 / thunderbird 3.1 / fennec 1.0) obsolete since gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1)this feature is obsolete. although it may still work in some browsers, its use is discouraged since it could be removed at any time. try to avoid using it. ...
....2 (firefox 3.6 / thunderbird 3.1 / fennec 1.0) obsolete since gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1)this feature is obsolete. although it may still work in some browsers, its use is discouraged since it could be removed at any time. try to avoid using it. note: most methods in this interface were renamed in gecko 1.9.2, and others have slightly different parameter lists. ...
...anode , in unsigned long anewindex); void sortingchanged(in unsigned short sortingmode); attributes attribute type description result nsinavhistoryresult the nsinavhistoryresult this viewer monitors. although this attribute is read-write, you should not alter it directly; instead, use the nsinavhistoryresult.viewer attribute to set the viewer. methods containerclosed() called when a container node's state changes from closed to opened. void containerclosed( in nsinavhistorycontainerresultnode acontainernode ); parameters acontainernode the container node whose state changed. containeropened() called when a container node's state changes from closed to opened. void containeropened( in nsinavhistorycontainerresultnode acon...
...And 3 more matches

nsIPlacesImportExportService
toolkit/components/places/nsiplacesimportexportservice.idlscriptable provides methods for exporting places data. 1.0 66 introduced gecko 1.9 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 14.0 (firefox 14.0 / thunderbird 14.0 / seamonkey 2.11) in the past, this interface also offered methods for importing places data, but those methods are now part of the bookmarkhtmlutils.jsm javascript code module. the interface name has been kept for compatibility reasons for code using the export service. ...
... bookmarkhtmlutils.jsm javascript code module. the interface name has been kept for compatibility reasons for code using the export service. ...
... void backupbookmarksfile(); parameters none. exporthtmltofile() saves the current bookmarks hierarchy to a bookmarks.html file. void exporthtmltofile( in nsilocalfile afile ); parameters afile an nsilocalfile indicating where to save the new bookmarks.html file. importhtmlfromfile() obsolete since gecko 1...
...And 3 more matches

nsISelectionPrivate
dom/base/nsiselectionprivate.idlscriptable internal support for content selection handling. inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 35 (firefox 35 / thunderbird 35 / seamonkey 2.32) warning: the content of this article may be out of date. this page wasn't updated since the initial import in 2011. see the idl file linked above for up-to-date information. ...
...tants). read only. constants constant value description endofprecedingline 0 startofnextline 1 tableselection_none 0 tableselection_cell 1 tableselection_row 2 tableselection_column 3 tableselection_table 4 tableselection_allcells 5 methods addselectionlistener() void addselectionlistener( in nsiselectionlistener newlistener ); parameters newlistener endbatchchanges() will resume user interface updates after a previous call to startbatchchanges(). void endbatchchanges(); parameters none. native code only!getcachedframeoffset returns cached value for nstextframe::getpointfromoffset. void getcachedframeoffset( ...
... that overlap (or touch) the input range. results returns the ranges that overlap (or touch) the input range. native code only!getrangesforintervalcomarray obsolete since gecko 12.0 (firefox 12.0 / thunderbird 12.0 / seamonkey 2.9)this feature is obsolete. although it may still work in some browsers, its use is discouraged since it could be removed at any time. try to avoid using it. this method became obsolete in gecko 12.0 (firefox 12.0 / thunderbird 12.0 / seamonkey 2.9). use getrangesforintervalarray() instead. void getrangesforintervalcomarray( in nsidomnode beginnode, in print32 beginoffset, in nsidomnode endnode, in print32 endoffset, in prbool allowadjacent, in rangearray results ); parameters beginnode beginoffset endnode endoffset these four param...
...And 3 more matches

nsITextInputProcessor
d manages its composition and modifier state 1.0 66 introduced gecko 38 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 38.0 (firefox 38.0 / thunderbird 38.0 / seamonkey 2.35) the motivation of this interface is to provide better api than nsidomwindowutils to dispatch key events and create, modify, and commit composition in higher level. ...
... and create, modify, and commit composition in higher level. nsidomwindowutils has provided the methods which dispatched keyboard events and composition events almost directly. therefore they sometimes caused impossible scenarios in automated tests (what's tested with such events?) and js-ime and/or js-keyboard on firefox os or add-ons may dispatch events with wrong rules. for solving that issue, methods of this interface have been designed for performing a key operation or representing a change of composition state. for example, the implementation of this interface manages modifier state and composition state, initializes dom events from minimum information, and doesn't dispatch some events if they are not necessary. this means that even when gecko changes the dom event behavior, it may not be...
...); note that specifying keyboard event may not be dispatched during composition due to conforming to the specification of dom level 3 events. however, it's the best for every textinputprocessor user to specify keyboardevent every time because when gecko will change the behavior of keyboard events during composition, textinputprocessor must not need to change for the new behavior in most cases. ...
...And 3 more matches

nsIWebProgressListener
face is implemented by clients wishing to listen in on the progress associated with the loading of asynchronous requests in the context of a nsiwebprogress instance as well as any child nsiwebprogress instances. inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 15 (firefox 15 / thunderbird 15 / seamonkey 2.12) nsiwebprogress describes the parent-child relationship of nsiwebprogress instances. ...
...on corresponds to the start or stop of activity for restoring a previously-rendered presentation. as such, there is no actual network activity associated with this request, and any modifications made to the document or presentation when it was originally loaded will still be present. state security flags these flags describe the security state reported by a call to the onsecuritychange() method. these flags are mutually exclusive. constant value description state_is_insecure 0x00000004 this flag indicates that the data corresponding to the request was received over an insecure channel. state_is_broken 0x00000001 this flag indicates an unknown security state. this may mean that the request is being loaded as part of a page in which some conte...
...an insecure channel. state_is_secure 0x00000002 this flag indicates that the data corresponding to the request was received over a secure channel. the degree of security is expressed by state_secure_high, state_secure_med, or state_secure_low. security strength flags these flags describe the security strength and accompany state_is_secure in a call to the onsecuritychange() method. these flags are mutually exclusive. these flags are not meant to provide a precise description of data transfer security. these are instead intended as a rough indicator that may be used to, for example, color code a security indicator or otherwise provide basic data transfer security feedback to the user. constant value description state_secure_high 0x00040000 th...
...And 3 more matches

Setting HTTP request headers
your own http headers to any request the application makes, whether the request is initiated by your code explicitly opening an http channel, because of xmlhttprequest activity, an <img> element in content, or even from css. http channels when you deal with http requests and responses, typically you are doing this with an nsihttpchannel. the nsihttpchannel interface has a number of properties and methods, but the method that is of interest to us is setrequestheader. this method allows us to set an http request header. below is some sample code where we set an http header. // adds "x-hello: world" header to the request httpchannel.setrequestheader("x-hello", "world", false); in the example code above we have a variable named httpchannel which points to an object implementing nsihttpchannel. (thi...
...thod allows us to set an http request header. below is some sample code where we set an http header. // adds "x-hello: world" header to the request httpchannel.setrequestheader("x-hello", "world", false); in the example code above we have a variable named httpchannel which points to an object implementing nsihttpchannel. (this variable could have been named anything though.) the setrequestheader method takes 3 parameters. the first parameter is the name of the http request header. the second parameter is the value of the http request header. and for now, just ignore the third parameter, and just always make it false. in our example code, the http request header that we added is named x-hello and the value of this http request header is world. note: if you are making up your own http header, y...
... for more information about notifications framework and a list of common notification topics, see observer notifications. observers to get notified about some topic (like "http-on-modify-request") we need to create an observer. an observer is a component implementing nsiobserver interface. and once the observer is registered for a topic, it will get notified about the topic by having its observe method called. below is an example observer that adds a custom header "x-hello" to the channel passed in for http-on-modify-request notification: var {cc, ci} = require("chrome"); var httprequestobserver = { observe: function(subject, topic, data) { if (topic == "http-on-modify-request") { var httpchannel = subject.queryinterface(ci.nsihttpchannel); httpchannel.setrequestheader("x-he...
...And 3 more matches

Weak reference
ck to you), then none of the objects in the cycle can be reclaimed without taking special measures. there are less severe situations. a naive design for an observer/observable relationship would require the observable to hold a owning reference to the observer. after all, the observable must send messages to each observer, notifying it of the appropriate state changes. to do that, it will call a method on the observer, so it needs a pointer. and the call would fail if the pointer were allowed to dangle, therefore, the pointer should be a owning reference. this design, however, is flawed, as it holds the observer in existence longer than would otherwise be necessary. the observer may only need a short life compared to the thing being observed. it might go away after the first interesting event, ...
... the new and interesting things are highlighted. #include "nsweakptr.h" #include "nsiweakreferenceutils.h" // ... // it's easy to get a weak reference... nsweakptr weakptr = do_getweakreference(afooptr); // ... { // ...but to use my weak reference, i'll need a (short-lived) owning reference nscomptr<nsifoo> tempfooptr = do_queryreferent(weakptr); if ( tempfooptr ) tempfooptr->somefoomethod(...); // else, the `real' object has gone away } in a real world example, however, you are more likely to be holding a weak reference in a member variable. in the following example, an nsobservable must keep some kind of a reference to each observer, in order to report events. the nsobservable doesn't want to keep the observers alive just to prevent a dangling pointer, however. so, instead of...
... ns_ok; } // ... it's key to note that an nsweakptr has exactly the same interface as an nscomptr. in fact, nsweakptr is defined like this typedef nscomptr<nsiweakreference> nsweakptr; well this sucks! by now you've probably noticed that this particular weak reference implementation doesn't give you exactly the interface you were hoping for. why can't i just directly call my interfaces methods on the weak reference? you really want this weak reference scheme to give you a pointer that implements the interface you actually care about, e.g., // note: _not_ the implementation we have... nsweakptr<nsifoo> weakfooptr = fooptr; // ... if ( weakfooptr ) status = weakfooptr->somefoomethod(...); this is a reasonable thing to want. it's expensive to implement automatically, however. neith...
...And 3 more matches

Declaring types
each type you declare using js-ctypes corresponds to a compatible c declaration. types are declared in terms of other, already defined types. at the core of all this is a set of predefined types provided by js-ctypes. these are all primitive types, upon which all other types are eventually based. primitive types primitive types are those types that represent a single value in memory, as opposed to arrays, structures, or functions. you can define values of these types without declaring new types. ...
...ing primitive types. for example, on windows, you may wish to be able to use the windows-standard dword type name for unsigned 32-bit integers. to declare this type, you can simply do: const dword = ctypes.uint32_t; after doing this, dword is a ctype that can then be used to represent 32-bit unsigned integers. structures structures are declared using the ctypes.structtype() constructor. this method accepts as input the name of the structure and an array of field descriptors, each describing one field in the structure. you can, optionally, leave out the field descriptor array; this creates an opaque structure whose contents are not defined. note: at present, there isn't a way to specify that an array's c equivalent was declared as a packed structure; that is, using #pragma pack. field desc...
....ptr, struct_tm.ptr); var thetime = new struct_tm; thetime.tm_hour = 3; thetime.tm_min = 15; ... var timestr = asctime(thetime.address()); // pass a pointer to the tm struct var jsstring = timestr.readstring(); // convert the c string to javascript the last line converts the c string returned by the libc asctime() function into a javascript string by calling the cdata readstring() method. for another example see here: getcursorpos opaque structures an opaque structure is one whose content fields are not known, or are not intended to be accessed directly. they can also be used to handle forward declarations, by declaring a structure as opaque if it needs to include a structure that has yet to be declared. you can then define the fields in the opaque structure later by calling t...
...And 3 more matches

URLs - Plugins
l; displays a page that javascript has updated using document.write. for more information, see rfc 3986, "uniform resource identifier (uri): generic syntax", and the iana uri scheme registry. getting urls posting urls getting urls to retrieve a url and display it on a specified target page, use the npn_geturl, npn_geturlnotify, and npp_urlnotify functions. this section describes the methods and procedures used for getting the url and displaying the page. the plug-in uses the npn_geturl function to ask the browser to display data retrieved from a url in a specified target window or frame, or deliver it to the plug-in instance in a new stream. this is the way that plug-ins provide hyperlinks to other documents or retrieve data from the network. if the browser cannot locate the url ...
...de hyperlinks to other documents or retrieve data from the network. if the browser cannot locate the url and retrieve the data, it does not create a stream for the instance; in this case, the plug-in receives notification of the result. to request a stream and receive notification of the result in all cases, use npn_geturlnotify. for http urls, the browser resolves npn_geturl as the http server method get, which requests url objects. note that npn_geturl is typically asynchronous: it returns immediately and only later handles the request, such as displaying the url or creating the stream for the instance and writing the data. for this reason as well, calling npn_geturlnotify may be more useful than npn_geturl; the plug-in is notified upon either successful or unsuccessful completion of the re...
...eneral, if a url works in the location box of the navigator, it works as a target for npn_geturl, except for the _self target. make sure that the target matches the url type sent to it. for example, a null target does not make sense for some url types (such as mailto). for some recommendations to help you with target parameter choice, see the reference entry for npn_geturl. the npn_geturlnotify method acts like npn_geturl. both request the creation of a new stream with the contents of the specified url, and, in addition, npn_geturlnotify notifies the plug-in of the successful or unsuccessful completion of the request. the browser notifies the plug-in by calling the plug-in's npp_urlnotify function and passing it the notifydata value, which may be used to track multiple requests. npn_geturlnot...
...And 3 more matches

Debugger.Script - Firefox Developer Tools
al, excluding the bodies of any functions that code defines. the contents of a <script> element. a dom event handler, whether embedded in html or attached to the element by other javascript code. code appearing in a javascript: url. the debugger interface constructs debugger.script objects as scripts of debuggee code are uncovered by the debugger: via the onnewscript handler method; via debugger.frame’s script properties; via the functionscript method of debugger.object instances; and so on. for a given debugger instance, spidermonkey constructs exactly one debugger.script instance for each underlying script object; debugger code can add its own properties to a script object and expect to find them later, use == to decide whether two expressions refer to the same script, ...
...ment. debugger.script for webassembly for debugger.script instances referring to a block of webassembly code, they are distinguished by their format property being "wasm". currently only entire modules evaluated via new webassembly.module are represented. debugger.script objects for webassembly are uncovered via onnewscript when a new webassembly module is instantiated and via the findscripts method on debugger instances. spidermonkey constructs exactly one debugger.script for each underlying webassembly module per debugger instance. a debugger.script instance is a strong reference to the underlying webassembly module; it protects the module it refers to from being garbage collected. please note at the time of this writing, support for webassembly is very preliminary. many properties and m...
....script for each underlying webassembly module per debugger instance. a debugger.script instance is a strong reference to the underlying webassembly module; it protects the module it refers to from being garbage collected. please note at the time of this writing, support for webassembly is very preliminary. many properties and methods below throw. convention for descriptions of properties and methods below, if the behavior of the property or method differs between the instance referring to a jsscript or to a block of webassembly code, the text will be split into two sections, headed by “if the instance refers to a jsscript” and “if the instance refers to webassembly code”, respectively. if the behavior does not differ, no such emphasized headings will appear. accessor properties of ...
...And 3 more matches

Attr - Web APIs
the attr interface represents one of a dom element's attributes as an object. in most dom methods, you will directly retrieve the attribute as a string (e.g., element.getattribute()), but certain functions (e.g., element.getattributenode()) or means of iterating return attr types. <div id="interfacediagram" style="display: inline-block; position: relative; width: 100%; padding-bottom: 11.666666666666666%; vertical-align: middle; overflow: hidden;"><svg style="display: inline-block; position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0;" viewbox="-50 0 600 70" preserveaspectratio="xminymin meet"><a xlink:href="/docs/web/api/eventtarget" target="_top"><rect x="1" y="1" width="110" height="50" fill="#fff" stroke="#d4dde4" stroke-width="2px" /><text x="56" y="30" font-size="12px" font-family="consolas,monaco,a...
... properties name read only the attribute's name. namespaceuri read only a domstring representing the namespace uri of the attribute, or null if there is no namespace. localname read only a domstring representing the local part of the qualified nam...
... properties name read only the attribute's name. ...
...And 3 more matches

Using the CSS Typed Object Model - Web APIs
d javascript objects to allow their performant manipulation. converting css object model value strings into meaningfully-typed javascript representations and back (via htmlelement.style) can incur a significant performance overhead. the css typed om makes css manipulation more logical and performant by providing object features (rather than cssom string manipulation), providing access to types, methods, and an object model for css values. this article provides an introduction to all of its main features. computedstylemap() with the css typed om api, we can access all the css properties and values — including custom properties — that are impacting an element. let's see how this works by creating our first example, which explores computedstylemap(). we start with some html: a paragraph ...
...we iterate through the style map, creating a <dt> and <dd> for each property and value respectively. in browsers that support computedstylemap(), you'll see a list of all the css properties and values. in other browsers, you'll just see a link. did you realize how many...
...nd value respectively. in browsers that support computedstylemap(), you'll see a list of all the css properties and values. in other browsers, you'll just see a link. did you realize how many default css properties a link had? update the javascript on line 2 to select the <p> rather than the <a>. you'll notice a difference in the margin-top and margin-bottom default computed values. .get() method / custom properties let's update our example to only retrieve a few properties and values. let's start by adding some css to our example, including a custom property and an inhertable property: p { font-weight: bold; } a { --color: red; color: var(--color); } instead of getting all the properties, we create an array of properties of interest and use the stylepropertymapreadonly.get() m...
...And 3 more matches

CSS Typed Object Model API - Web APIs
gned to css properties while enabling maintainable code that is both more understand and easier to write. interfaces cssstylevalue the cssstylevalue interface of the the css typed object model api is the base class of all css values accessible through the typed om api. an instance of this class may be used anywhere a string is expected. ...
... the typed om api. an instance of this class may be used anywhere a string is expected. cssstylevalue.parse(property, csstext) the parse() method of the cssstylevalue interface allows a cssnumericvalue to be constructed from a css string. it sets a specific css property to the specified values and returns the first value as a cssstylevalue object. cssstylevalue.parseall() the parseall() method of the cssstylevalue interface sets all occurences of a specific css property to the specified valueand returns an array of cssstylevalue objects, each containing one of the supplied values. stylepropertymap the stylepropertymap interface of the the css typed object model api provides a representation of a css declaration block that is an alternative to cssstyledeclaration. stylepropertymap...
...cssstylevalue interface sets all occurences of a specific css property to the specified valueand returns an array of cssstylevalue objects, each containing one of the supplied values. stylepropertymap the stylepropertymap interface of the the css typed object model api provides a representation of a css declaration block that is an alternative to cssstyledeclaration. ...
...And 3 more matches

CanvasRenderingContext2D.lineTo() - Web APIs
html <canvas id="canvas"></canvas> javascript the line begins at (30, 50) and ends at (150, 100). ...
... html <canvas id="canvas"></canvas> javascript the line begins at (30, 50) and ends at (150, 100). ...
... html <canvas id="canvas"></canvas> javascript the line begins at (30, 50) and ends at (150, 100). ...
...And 3 more matches

DataTransfer.clearData() - Web APIs
syntax datatransfer.cleardata([format]); parameters format optional a string which specifies the type of data to remove. ...
... syntax datatransfer.cleardata([format]); parameters format optional a string which specifies the type of data to remove. ...
... syntax datatransfer.cleardata([format]); parameters format optional a string which specifies the type of data to remove. ...
...And 3 more matches

Element.setAttributeNode() - Web APIs
the setattributenode() method adds a new attr node to the specified element. syntax var replacedattr = element.setattributenode(attribute); attribute is the attr node to set on the element. replacedattr is the replaced attribute node, if any, returned by this function. example this example copies the align attribute from one element to another. ...
...iv> <div id="two">two</div> javascript let d1 = document.getelementbyid('one'); let d2 = document.getelementbyid('two'); let a = d1.getattributenode('align'); d2.setattributenode(a.clonenode(true)); // returns: 'left' alert(d2.attributes[1].value); notes if the attribute named already exists on the element, that attribute is replaced with the new one and the replaced one is returned. ...
...entbyid('two'); let a = d1.getattributenode('align'); d2.setattributenode(a.clonenode(true)); // returns: 'left' alert(d2.attributes[1].value); notes if the attribute named already exists on the element, that attribute is replaced with the new one and the replaced one is returned. this method is seldom used, with element.setattribute() usually being used to change element's attributes. ...
...And 3 more matches

FileSystemDirectoryEntry - Web APIs
basic concepts you can create a new directory by calling getdirectory(). if you want to create subdirectories, create each child directory in sequence. if you try creating a directory using a full path that includes parent directories that do not exist yet, an error is returned. so create the hierarchy by recursively adding a new path after creating the parent directory. ...
... //directoryentry.isdirectory === true //directoryentry.name === 'documents' //directoryentry.fullpath === '/documents' }, onerror); } // opening a file system with temporary storage window.requestfilesystem(temporary, 1024*1024 /*1mb*/, onfs, onerror); properties this interface has no properties of its own, but inherits properties from its parent interface, filesystementry. methods this interface inherits methods from its parent interface, filesystementry. createreader() creates a filesystemdirectoryreader object which can be used to read the entries in this directory. getdirectory() returns a filesystemdirectoryentry object representing a directory located at a given path, relative to the directory on which the method is called. getfile() returns a filesystemfile...
...this has been removed from the spec. ...
...And 3 more matches

Using FormData Objects - Web APIs
the formdata object lets you compile a set of key/value pairs to send using xmlhttprequest. it is primarily intended for use in sending form data, but can be used independently from forms in order to transmit keyed data. the transmitted data is in the same format that the form's submit() method would use to send the data if the form's encoding type were set to multipart/form-data. ...
...orm data, but can be used independently from forms in order to transmit keyed data. the transmitted data is in the same format that the form's submit() method would use to send the data if the form's encoding type were set to multipart/form-data. creating a formdata object from scratch you can build a formdata object yourself, instantiating it then appending fields to it by calling its append() method, like this: var formdata = new formdata(); formdata.append("username", "groucho"); formdata.append("accountnum", 123456); // number 123456 is immediately converted to a string "123456" // html file input, chosen by user formdata.append("userfile", fileinputelement.files[0]); // javascript file-like object var content = '<a id="a"><b id="b">hey!</b></a>'; // the body of the new file... var blo...
... file... var blob = new blob([content], { type: "text/xml"}); formdata.append("webmasterfile", blob); var request = new xmlhttprequest(); request.open("post", "http://foo.com/submitform.php"); request.send(formdata); note: the fields "userfile" and "webmasterfile" both contain a file. the number assigned to the field "accountnum" is immediately converted into a string by the formdata.append() method (the field's value can be a blob, file, or a string: if the value is neither a blob nor a file, the value is converted to a string). this example builds a formdata instance containing values for fields named "username", "accountnum", "userfile" and "webmasterfile", then uses the xmlhttprequest method send() to send the form's data. the field "webmasterfile" is a blob. a blob object represents a ...
...And 3 more matches

HTMLElement.focus() - Web APIs
the htmlelement.focus() method sets focus on the specified element, if it can be focused. the focused element is the element which will receive keyboard and similar events by default. syntax element.focus(options); // object parameter parameters options optional an optional object providing options to control aspects of the focusing process. this object may contain the following property: preventscroll optional a boolean value indicating whether or not the browser should scroll the document to bring the newly-focused element into view. a value of false for preventscroll (the default) means that the browser will scroll the element into view after focusing it. if preventscroll is set to true, no scrolling will occur. ...
...y: preventscroll optional a boolean value indicating whether or not the browser should scroll the document to bring the newly-focused element into view. a value of false for preventscroll (the default) means that the browser will scroll the element into view after focusing it. if preventscroll is set to true, no scrolling will occur. ...
...default) means that the browser will scroll the element into view after focusing it. if preventscroll is set to true, no scrolling will occur. ...
...And 3 more matches

History.replaceState() - Web APIs
alternatively, you could pass a short title for the state. ...
...alternatively, you could pass a short title for the state. ...
...alternatively, you could pass a short title for the state. ...
...And 3 more matches

History - Web APIs
for a page loaded in a new tab this property returns 1. scrollrestoration allows web applications to explicitly set default scroll restoration behavior on history navigation. this property can be either auto or manual. state read only returns an any value representing the state at the top of the history stack. this is a way to look at the state without having to wait for a popstate event. ...
...ns 1. scrollrestoration allows web applications to explicitly set default scroll restoration behavior on history navigation. this property can be either auto or manual. state read only returns an any value representing the state at the top of the history stack. this is a way to look at the state without having to wait for a popstate event. methods the history interface doesn't inherit any methods. ...
...pplications to explicitly set default scroll restoration behavior on history navigation. this property can be either auto or manual. state read only returns an any value representing the state at the top of the history stack. this is a way to look at the state without having to wait for a popstate event. methods the history interface doesn't inherit any methods. ...
...And 3 more matches

Working with the History API - Web APIs
html5 introduced the pushstate() and replacestate() methods for add and modifying history entries, respectively. these methods work in conjunction with the onpopstate event. adding and modifying history entries using pushstate() changes the referrer that gets used in the http header for xmlhttprequest objects created after you change the state. the referrer will be the url of the document whose window is this at the time of creation of the xmlhttprequest object. ...
...es, respectively. these methods work in conjunction with the onpopstate event. adding and modifying history entries using pushstate() changes the referrer that gets used in the http header for xmlhttprequest objects created after you change the state. the referrer will be the url of the document whose window is this at the time of creation of the xmlhttprequest object. example of pushstate() method suppose http://mozilla.org/foo.html executes the following javascript: let stateobj = { foo: "bar", } history.pushstate(stateobj, "page 2", "bar.html") this will cause the url bar to display http://mozilla.org/bar.html, but won't cause the browser to load bar.html or even check that bar.html exists. suppose now that the user navigates to http://google.com, then clicks the back button. a...
... in the previous step, although the document might update its contents manually upon receiving the popstate event. note: calling history.back() normally behaves the same way as clicking the back button. but there is one important exception: after using history.pushstate(), calling history.back() does not raise a popstate event. clicking the browser's back button (still) does. the pushstate() method pushstate() takes three parameters: a state object; a title (currently ignored); and (optionally), a url. let's examine each of these three parameters in more detail. state object the state object is a javascript object which is associated with the new history entry created by pushstate(). whenever the user navigates to the new state, a popstate event is fired, and the state property of th...
...And 3 more matches

IDBDatabaseSync - Web APIs
important: the synchronous version of the indexeddb api was originally intended for use only with web workers, and was eventually removed from the spec because its need was questionable. it may however be reintroduced in the future if there is enough demand from web developers. the databasesync interface in the indexeddb api represents a synchronous connection to a database. ...
...he human-readable description of the connected database. name readonly domstring the name of the connected database. objectstores readonly domstringlist the names of the object stores that exist in the connected database. version readonly domstring the version of the connected database. has the null value when the database is first created. methods createobjectstore() creates and returns a new object store with the given name in the connected database. idbobjectstoresync createobjectstore( in domstring name, in domstring keypath, in optional boolean autoincrement ) raises (idbdatabaseexception); parameters name the name of a new object store. keypath the key path used by the new object store. if a null path is specified,...
...rs name the name of a new object store. keypath the key path used by the new object store. if a null path is specified, then the object store does not have a key path, and uses out-of-line keys. autoincrement if true, the object store uses a key generator; if false, it does not use one. returns idbobjectstoresync an object to access the newly created object store. exceptions this method can raise an idbdatabaseexception with the following code: constraint_err if an object store with the same name (based on case-sensitive comparison) already exists in the connected database. openobjectstore() opens the object store with the given name in the connected database using the specified mode. idbobjectstoresync openobjectstore ( in domstring name, in optional unsigned short ...
...And 3 more matches

LocalFileSystem - Web APIs
the localfilesystem interface of the file system api gives you access to a sandboxed file system. the methods are implemented by window and worker objects. basic concepts this section includes a few key concepts for the methods. creating new storage you request access to a sandboxed file system by calling window.requestfilesystem(). the argument of a successful callback is the filesystem object, which has two properties: the name and root of the file system. you can call the method more than once if you want to create two file systems: one that's temporary and one that's persistent. (to learn more about the storage types, see the basic concepts article.) in most cases, you need to create only one file system, but in a few cases, it might be useful to create a second one. for exa...
...econd one. for example, if you were to create a mail app, you might create a temporary storage for caching assets (like images and attachments) to speed up performance, while creating persistent storage for unique data—such as drafts of emails that were composed while offline—that should not be lost before they are backed up into the cloud. using persistent storage the requestfilesystem() method lets you ask for persistent or temporary storage. persistent storage is storage that stays in the browser unless the app or the user removes it, but the user must grant you permission before you can use it. in contrast, temporary storage is automatically granted without any user permission, but it can be expunged by the browser at any time. to use persistent storage with the file system api, chr...
...tfilesystem = window.requestfilesystem || window.webkitrequestfilesystem; // the first parameter defines the type of storage: persistent or temporary // next, set the size of space needed (in bytes) // initfs is the success callback // and the last one is the error callback // for denial of access and other errors. ...
...And 3 more matches

Capabilities, constraints, and settings - Web APIs
that aren't known will simply be ignored when you specify them—but if you have any that you can't get by without, you can start by checking to be sure they're on the list. ...
... sure they're on the list. once the script knows whether the property or properties it wishes to use are supported, it can then check the capabilities of the api and its implementation by examining the object returned by the track's getcapabilities() method; this object lists each supported constraint and the values or range of values which are supported. finally, the track's applyconstraints() method is called to configure the api as desired by specifying the values or ranges of values it wishes to use for any of the constrainable properties about which it has a preference. the track's getconstraints() method returns the set of constraints passed into the most recent call to applyconstraints(). this may not represent the actual current state of the track, due to properties whose requested va...
...ut sources are allowed. to collect a list of the available devices, you can call navigator.mediadevices.enumeratedevices(), then for each device which meets the desired criteria, add its deviceid to the mediaconstraints object that eventually gets passed into getusermedia(). you can also change the constraints of an existing mediastreamtrack on the fly, by calling the track's applyconstraints() method, passing into it an object representing the constraints you wish to apply to the track: videotrack.applyconstraints({ width: 1920, height: 1080 }); in this snippet, the video track referenced by videotrack is updated so that its resolution as closely as possible matches 1920x1080 pixels (1080p high definition). retrieving current constraints and settings it's important to remember the di...
...And 3 more matches

Navigator.sendBeacon() - Web APIs
for example, which link the user clicked before navigating away and unloading the page. ...
...for example, which link the user clicked before navigating away and unloading the page. ...
...igator.sendbeacon(url, data); parameters url the url that will receive the data. can be relative or absolute. data a arraybuffer, arraybufferview, blob, domstring, formdata, or urlsearchparams object containing the data to send. return values the sendbeacon() method returns true if the user agent successfully queued the data for transfer. otherwise, it returns false. description this method is for analytics and diagnostics that send data to a server before the document is unloaded, where sending the data any sooner may miss some possible data collection. for example, which link the user clicked before navigating away and unloading the page. ensuring that data has been sent during the unloading of a document has traditionally been difficult, because user agents typically ignore asyn...
...And 3 more matches

NodeFilter.acceptNode() - Web APIs
the children of rejected nodes are not visited by the nodeiterator or treewalker object; this value is treated as "skip this node and all its children". ...
...the children of rejected nodes are not visited by the nodeiterator or treewalker object; this value is treated as "skip this node and all its children". ...
...the children of rejected nodes are not visited by the nodeiterator or treewalker object; this value is treated as "skip this node and all its children". ...
...And 3 more matches

Pointer Lock API - Web APIs
it gives you access to raw mouse movement, locks the target of mouse events to a single element, eliminates limits on how far mouse movement can go in a single direction, and removes the cursor from view. it is ideal for first person 3d games, for example. more than that, the api is useful for any applications that require significant mouse input to control movements, rotate objects, and change entries, for example allowing users to control the viewing angle simply by moving the mouse around without any button clicking. ...
...ed, but it stops when the mouse button is released. pointer lock is different from mouse capture in the following ways: it is persistent: pointer lock does not release the mouse until an explicit api call is made or the user uses a specific release gesture. it is not limited by browser or screen boundaries. it continues to send events regardless of mouse button state. it hides the cursor. method/properties overview this section provides a brief description of each property and method related to the pointer lock specification. requestpointerlock() the pointer lock api, similar to the fullscreen api, extends dom elements by adding a new method, requestpointerlock(). as it has recently unprefixed, you would currently declare it something like this, for example if you wanted to request po...
...ck has not previously been entered for this document, an event generated as a result of an engagement gesture must be received by the document before requestpointerlock will succeed. (from https://w3c.github.io/pointerlock/#extensions-to-the-element-interface) pointerlockelement and exitpointerlock() the pointer lock api also extends the document interface, adding both a new property and a new method. the new property is used for accessing the currently locked element (if any), and is named pointerlockelement and the new method on document is exitpointerlock() and, as the name implies, it is used to exit the pointer lock. the pointerlockelement property is useful for determining if any element is currently pointer locked (e.g., for doing a boolean check) and also for obtaining a reference to...
...And 3 more matches

PushMessageData - Web APIs
pushmessagedata.blob() extracts the data as a blob object. pushmessagedata.json() extracts the data as a json object. ...
... pushmessagedata.blob() extracts the data as a blob object. pushmessagedata.json() extracts the data as a json object. ...
... pushmessagedata.blob() extracts the data as a blob object. pushmessagedata.json() extracts the data as a json object. ...
...And 3 more matches

Using the Screen Capture API - Web APIs
note: it may be useful to note that recent versions of the webrtc adapter.js shim include implementations of getdisplaymedia() to enable screen sharing on browsers that support it but do not implement the current standard api. this works with at least chrome, edge, and firefox. ...
... console.log = msg => logelem.innerhtml += `${msg}<br>`; console.error = msg => logelem.innerhtml += `<span class="error">${msg}</span><br>`; console.warn = msg => logelem.innerhtml += `<span class="warn">${msg}<span><br>`; console.info = msg => logelem.innerhtml += `<span class="info">${msg}</span><br>`; this allows us to use the fam...
...gelem.innerhtml += `<span class="error">${msg}</span><br>`; console.warn = msg => logelem.innerhtml += `<span class="warn">${msg}<span><br>`; console.info = msg => logelem.innerhtml += `<span class="info">${msg}</span><br>`; this allows us to use the familiar console.log(), console.error(), and so on to log information to the log box in the document. starting display capture the startcapture() method, below, starts the capture of a mediastream whose contents are taken from a user-selected area of the screen. startcapture() is called when the "start capture" button is clicked. async function startcapture() { logelem.innerhtml = ""; try { videoelem.srcobject = await navigator.mediadevices.getdisplaymedia(displaymediaoptions); dumpoptionsinfo(); } catch(err) { console.error("...
...And 3 more matches

Using Service Workers - Web APIs
this all happen...
... this all happens asynchronously. ...
...this returns a promise for a created cache; once resolved, we then call a function that calls addall() on the created cache, wh...
...And 3 more matches

User Timing API - Web APIs
e "mark" event type and the "measure" event type. mark events are named by the application and can be set at any location in an application. measure events are also named by the application but they are placed between two marks thus they are effectively a midpoint between two marks. ...
...ication. measure events are also named by the application but they are placed between two marks thus they are effectively a midpoint between two marks. this document provides an overview of the mark and measure performance event types including the four user timing methods that extend the performance interface. for more details and example code regarding these two performance event types and the methods, see using the user timing api. performance marks a performance mark is a named performance entry that is created by the application. the mark is a timestamp in the browser's performance timeline. creating a performance mark the performance.mark() method is used to create a performance mark. the method takes one argument, the name of the mark (for example performance.mark("mark-1")). the ma...
..., the name of the mark (for example performance.mark("mark-1")). the mark's performance entry will have the following property values: entrytype - set to "mark". name - set to the "name" given when the mark was created. starttime - set to the timestamp when mark() was called. duration - set to "0" (a mark has no duration). retrieving performance marks the performance interface has three methods that can be used to retrieve a mark: performance.getentries() returns all performance entries in the performance timeline. finding only mark entries requires checking each entry's entrytype for "mark". performance.getentriesbyname(name, entrytype) returns all performance entries in the performance timeline with the specified name and entrytype, thus set entrytype to "mark" to get all marks...
...And 3 more matches

WebGL model view projection - Web APIs
webglbox.prototype.draw = function(settings) { // create some attribute data; these are the triangles that will end being // drawn to the screen. there are two that form a square. var data = new float32array([ //triangle 1 settings.left, settings.bottom, settings.depth, settings.right, settings.bottom, settings.depth, settings.left, settings...
...this point is to move the boxes around the clip space by varying the code to get a feel for how points get clipped and moved around in clip space. try drawing a picture like a boxy smiley face with a background. homogeneous coordinates the main line of the previous clip space vertex shader contained this code: gl_position = vec4(position, 1.0); the position variable was defined in the draw() method and passed in as an attribute to the shader. this is a three dimensional point, but the gl_position variable that ends up getting passed down through the pipeline is actually 4 dimensional — instead of (x, y, z) it is (x, y, z, w). there is no letter after z, so by convention this fourth dimension is labeled w. in the above example the w coordinate is set to 1.0. the obvious question is "why t...
...y frame of the animation a series of scale, rotation, and translation matrices move the data into the desired spot in clip space. the cube is the size of clip space (-1,-1,-1) to (1,1,1) so it will need to be shrunk down in order to not fill the entirety of clip space. this matrix is sent directly to the shader, having been multiplied in javascript beforehand. the following code sample defines a method on the cubedemo object that will create the model matrix. it uses custom functions to create and multiply matrices as defined in the mdn webgl shared code. the new function looks like this: cubedemo.prototype.computemodelmatrix = function(now) { //scale down by 50% var scale = mdn.scalematrix(0.5, 0.5, 0.5); // rotate a slight tilt var rotatex = mdn.rotatexmatrix(now * 0.0003); // ro...
...And 3 more matches

Background audio processing using AudioWorklet - Web APIs
on the main thread, thus blocking everything else going on until it completed execution. this was far less than ideal, especially for something that can be as computationally expensive as audio processing. enter audioworklet. an audio context's audio worklet is a worklet which runs off the main thread, executing audio processing code added to it by calling the context's audioworklet.addmodule() method. calling addmodule() loads the specified javascript file, which should contain the implementation of the audio processor. with the processor registered, you can create a new audioworkletnode which passes the audio through the processor's code when the node is linked into the chain of audio nodes along with any other audio nodes. the process of creating an audio processor using javascript, establ...
...verview of what's involved. create module that defines a audio worklet processor class, based on audioworkletprocessor which takes audio from one or more incoming sources, performs its operation on the data, and outputs the resulting audio data. access the audio context's audioworklet through its audioworklet property, and call the audio worklet's domxref("worklet.addmodule", "addmodule()")}} method to install the audio worklet processor module. as needed, create audio processing nodes by passing the processor's name (which is defined by the module) to the audioworkletnode() constructor. set up any audio parameters the audioworkletnode needs, or that you wish to configure. these are defined in the audio worklet processor module. connect the created audioworkletnodes into your audio proces...
...e as long) is implemented using a javascript module that defines and installs the custom audio processor class. structure of an audio worklet processor an audio worklet processor is a javascript module which consists of the following: a javascript class which defines the audio processor. this class extends the audioworkletprocessor class. the audio processor class must implement a process() method, which receives incoming audio data and writes back out the data as manipulated by the processor. the module installs the new audio worklet processor class by calling registerprocessor(), specifying a name for the audio processor and the class that defines the processor. a single audio worklet processor module may define multiple processor classes, registering each of them with individual call...
...And 3 more matches

CSS Box Alignment - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
the css box alignment module specifies css features that relate to the alignment of boxes in the various css box layout models: block layout, table layout, flex layout, and grid layout. the module aims to create a consistent method of alignment across all of css. this document details the general concepts found in the specification. note: the documentation for each layout method will detail how box alignment is applied there. older alignment methods css traditionally had very limited alignment capabilities. we were able to align text using text-align, center blocks using auto margins, and in table or inline-block layouts using the vertical-align property. alignment of text is now covered by the inline layout and css text modules, and for the first time in box alignment we have full horizon...
...hree flex items are aligned on the main axis using justify-content and on the cross axis using align-items. the first item overrides the align-items set on the group by setting align-self to center. key concepts and terminology the specification details some alignment terminology to make it easier to discuss these alignment properties outside of their implementation within a particular layout method. there are also some key concepts which are common to all layout methods. relationship to writing modes alignment is linked to writing modes in that when we align an item we do not consider whether we are aligning it to the physical dimensions of top, right, bottom and left. instead we describe alignment in terms of the start and end of the particular dimension we are working with. this ensures...
...lign on the main axis, the align- properties on the cross axis. the alignment subject the alignment subject is the thing that is being aligned. for justify-self or align-self, or when setting these values as a group with justify-items or align-items, this will be the margin box of the element that this property is being used on. the justify-content and align-content properties differ per layout method. the alignment container the alignment container is the box the subject is being aligned inside. this will typically be the alignment subject’s containing block. an alignment container may contain one or many alignment subjects. the below image shows an alignment container with two alignment subjects inside. fallback alignment if you set an alignment that cannot be fulfilled, then the fa...
...And 3 more matches

Linear-gradient Generator - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
this.r = obj.r; this.g = obj.g; this.b = obj.b; this.a = obj.a; this.hue = obj.hue; this.saturation = obj.saturation; this.value = obj.value; this.format = '' + obj.format; this.lightness = obj.lightness; }; color.prototype.setformat = function setformat(format) { if (format === 'hsv') this.format = 'hsv'; if (format === 'hsl') this.format = 'hsl'; }; /*========== methods to set color properties ==========*/ color.prototype.isvalidrgbvalue = function isvalidrgbvalue(value) { return (typeof(value) === 'number' && isnan(value) === false && value >= 0 && value <= 255); }; color.prototype.setrgba = function setrgba(red, green, blue, alpha) { if (this.isvalidrgbvalue(red) === false || this.isvalidrgbvalue(green) === false || this.isvalidrgbvalue(blue...
...valid !== true) return; if (value[0] === '#') value = value.slice(1, value.length); if (value.length === 3) value = value.replace(/([0-9a-f])([0-9a-f])([0-9a-f])/i,'$1$1$2$2$3$3'); this.r = parseint(value.substr(0, 2), 16); this.g = parseint(value.substr(2, 2), 16); this.b = parseint(value.substr(4, 2), 16); this.alpha = 1; this.rgbtohsv(); }; /*========== conversion methods ==========*/ color.prototype.converttohsl = function converttohsl() { if (this.format === 'hsl') return; this.setformat('hsl'); this.rgbtohsl(); }; color.prototype.converttohsv = function converttohsv() { if (this.format === 'hsv') return; this.setformat('hsv'); this.rgbtohsv(); }; /*========== update methods ==========*/ color.prototype.updatergb = function updater...
...lta) { if (cmax === red ) { hue = ((green - blue) / delta); } if (cmax === green ) { hue = 2 + (blue - red) / delta; } if (cmax === blue ) { hue = 4 + (red - green) / delta; } if (cmax) saturation = delta / x; } this.hue = 60 * hue | 0; if (this.hue < 0) this.hue += 360; this.saturation = (saturation * 100) | 0; this.lightness = (lightness * 100) | 0; }; /*========== get methods ==========*/ color.prototype.gethexa = function gethexa() { var r = this.r.tostring(16); var g = this.g.tostring(16); var b = this.b.tostring(16); if (this.r < 16) r = '0' + r; if (this.g < 16) g = '0' + g; if (this.b < 16) b = '0' + b; var value = '#' + r + g + b; return value.touppercase(); }; color.prototype.getrgba = function getrgba() { var rgb = '(' + this.r + ', ' ...
...And 3 more matches

Cross-browser audio basics - Developer guides
t the user has the appropriate plugin installed, and that the browser cannot guarantee the security aspects of code running on those plugin platforms. these are also deprecated, and soon won't work in any modern browsers. manipulating the audio element with javascript in addition to being able to specify various attributes in html, the <audio> element comes complete with several properties and methods that you can manipulate via javascript. given the following html: <audio id="my-audio" src="audiofile.mp3"> ... </audio> you can grab the <audio> element like this: var myaudio = document.getelementbyid('my-audio'); alternatively, you can create a new element. here's an example of creating an <audio> element, setting the media to play, playing and pausing, and then playing from 5 second...
... canplaytype the canplaytype() m...
...io.canplaytype('audio/mpeg')) { myaudio.setattribute('src','audiofile.mp3'); } if (myaudio.canplaytype('audio/ogg')) { myaudio.setattribute('src','audiofile.ogg'); } alert('play'); myaudio.play(); alert('stop'); myaudio.pause(); alert('play from 5 seconds in'); myaudio.currenttime = 5; myaudio.play(); let's explore the available properties and methods in more detail. play the play() method is used to tell the audio to play. ...
...And 3 more matches

<form> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
tes a hyperlink or annotation depending on the value, see the rel attribute for details. attributes for form submission the following attributes control behavior during form submission. action the url that processes the form submission. this value can be overridden by a formaction attribute on a <button>, <input type="submit">, or <input type="image"> element. enctype if the value of the method attribute is post, enctype is the mime type of the form submission. possible values: application/x-www-form-urlencoded: the default value. multipart/form-data: use this if the form contains <input> elements with type=file. text/plain: introduced by html5 for debugging purposes. this value can be overridden by formenctype attributes on <button>, <input type="submit">, or <input type="i...
...enctype is the mime type of the form submission. possible values: application/x-www-form-urlencoded: the default value. multipart/form-data: use this if the form contains <input> elements with type=file. text/plain: introduced by html5 for debugging purposes. this value can be overridden by formenctype attributes on <button>, <input type="submit">, or <input type="image"> elements. ...
...me type of the form submission. possible values: application/x-www-form-urlencoded: the default value. multipart/form-data: use this if the form contains <input> elements with type=file. text/plain: introduced by html5 for debugging purposes. this value can be overridden by formenctype attributes on <button>, <input type="submit">, or <input type="image"> elements. ...
...And 3 more matches